diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite')
108 files changed, 43512 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Action.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Action.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a73171c --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Action.c @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Action.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 9 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Action.c $ +// +// 9 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 7 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 9/21/12 12:34p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP99022 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Tokenize the feature of flushing keyboard after every +// key read +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, TseAdvanced.c, Action.c +// +// 6 1/20/12 4:09a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP78929, 77467 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Control selection using Mouse is not user friendly. +// [RootCause] Updating the buffer with mouse click information provided +// by mouse driver is improper. +// [Solution] Updated the mouse click information properly to the buffer +// which is used by tse to do action. +// [Files] Action.c, frame.c ListBox.c +// +// 5 11/20/11 7:38a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 4 2/04/11 11:12a Mallikarjunanv +// AmiKey structure data is initialized with zero to aviod garbage values. +// +// 3 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Action.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle different actions. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +/////////////////////////////////// +//VARIABLES DECLARATION +////////////////////////////////// +ACTION_METHODS gAction = +{ + ActionCreate, + ActionDestroy, + ActionGetAction, + ActionClearAction +}; +/////////////////////////////////// +//FUNCTIONS DECLARATION +////////////////////////////////// +EFI_STATUS _ActionReadMouse(MOUSE_INFO *MouseInfo); +BOOLEAN FlushKeysAfterRead(void); + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ActionCreate +// +// Description: Function to create an action. +// +// Input: ACTION_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ActionCreate( ACTION_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(ACTION_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + (*object)->Methods = &gAction; + + _ActionInstallTimer( *object, ONE_SEC / 10 ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ActionDestroy +// +// Description: Function to destroy an action. +// +// Input: ACTION_DATA *action, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ActionDestroy( ACTION_DATA *action, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + TimerStopTimer( &action->TimerEvent ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&action ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ActionGetAction +// +// Description: Function to get an action. +// +// Input: ACTION_DATA *action +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ActionGetAction( ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA AmiKey; + MOUSE_INFO MouseInfo; + + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( action->TimerCount > 0 ) + { + action->Input.Type = ACTION_TYPE_TIMER; + action->Input.Data.TimerCount = action->TimerCount; + action->TimerCount = 0; + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + MemSet(&AmiKey, sizeof(AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA), 0); //makesure AmiKey does not have any garbage data + Status = ActionReadKey( &AmiKey, TIMER_ONE_SECOND / 20 ); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { //If Key press return that first. + action->Input.Type = ACTION_TYPE_KEY; + MemCopy( &action->Input.Data.AmiKey, &AmiKey, sizeof(AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA) ); + return Status; + } + + //Read the Mouse Movement Co-ordinates and the Mouse Click + Status = _ActionReadMouse(&MouseInfo); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + //EIP77467 & 78929: Not updating the action data for TSEMOUSE_RIGHT_DOWN and TSEMOUSE_RIGHT_UP + if((MouseInfo.ButtonStatus!=TSEMOUSE_NULL_CLICK)&&(MouseInfo.ButtonStatus != TSEMOUSE_RIGHT_DOWN)&&(MouseInfo.ButtonStatus != TSEMOUSE_RIGHT_UP)) + { + action->Input.Type = ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE; + MemCopy( &action->Input.Data.MouseInfo, &MouseInfo, sizeof(MOUSE_INFO) ); + return Status; + } + } + + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ActionClearAction +// +// Description: Function to clear actions +// +// Input: ACTION_DATA *action +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ActionClearAction( ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + MemSet( &action->Input, sizeof(ACTION_INPUT), 0 ); + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +// +// Internal functions +// +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _ActionReadKey +// +// Description: Function to read a key. +// +// Input: AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _ActionReadKey( AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STATUS StatusFlush; + EFI_EVENT EventList[2] = { NULL, NULL }; + UINTN Count = 1, Index = 1; + AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA KeyFlush; + + if ( Timeout ) + { + EventList[0] = gST->ConIn->WaitForKey; + + Status = TimerCreateTimer( &EventList[1], NULL, NULL, TimerRelative, Timeout, EFI_TPL_CALLBACK ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + Count++; + + gBS->WaitForEvent( Count, EventList, &Index ); + + TimerStopTimer( &EventList[1] ); + + if ( Index == 1 ) + return EFI_NOT_READY; + } + + Status = gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke( gST->ConIn, (EFI_INPUT_KEY*)pAmiKey); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) && FlushKeysAfterRead())//EIP 99022 :check for the FLUSH_KEYS_AFTER_READ token before flushing the keys + { + do + { + StatusFlush = gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke( gST->ConIn, &KeyFlush.Key ); + } while ( ! EFI_ERROR( StatusFlush ) ); + + } + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _ActionTimer +// +// Description: Function action timer +// +// Input: EFI_EVENT Event, VOID *Context +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _ActionTimer( EFI_EVENT Event, VOID *Context ) +{ + (*(UINT32 *)Context)++; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _ActionInstallTimer +// +// Description: Function to install action timer +// +// Input: ACTION_DATA *action, UINT64 TriggerTime +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _ActionInstallTimer( ACTION_DATA *action, UINT64 TriggerTime ) +{ + TimerCreateTimer( &action->TimerEvent, _ActionTimer, &action->TimerCount, TimerPeriodic, TriggerTime, EFI_TPL_CALLBACK ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _ActionReadMouse +// +// Description: Function to get mouse action +// +// Input: MOUSE_INFO *MouseInfo +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +//Function Which gets the Mouse action +EFI_STATUS _ActionReadMouse(MOUSE_INFO *MouseInfo) +{ + return MouseReadInfo(MouseInfo); +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/AddBootOption.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/AddBootOption.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..331bf33 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/AddBootOption.c @@ -0,0 +1,2548 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2013, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/AddBootOption.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 29 $ +// +// $Date: 5/21/14 6:28p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/AddBootOption.c $ +// +// 29 5/21/14 6:28p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP170152 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Normal +// [Symptom:] Add boot option failed to add the boot option +// [Root Cause] If boot order is not there then TSE not allowing to add +// boot options +// [Solution] If boot order not presents also allowing to add boot option +// [Files] AddBootOption.c +// +// 28 5/02/14 12:56p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP131549 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] After adding boot/driver options and Loading defaults causes +// crashing issue. +// [Root Cause] While discarding boot/driver options the boot order get +// corrupted by copying extra data because of wrong size. +// [Solution] Handled proper size to copy boot/driver options while +// loading defaults +// [Files] AddBootOption.c, Special.c +// +// 27 2/11/14 8:46p Arunsb +// +// 26 1/30/14 10:58a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP132762 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Normal +// [Symptom:] Adding UEFI bootable RHEL OS(Bootx64.efi) from UEFI REHL6.4 +// DVD disk causes setup hang +// [Root Cause] The DevicePath is not created properly while adding boot +// options +// [Solution] Added '\' before file path name e.g \EFI\Boot\Bootx64.efi +// instead of EFI\Boot\Bootx64.efi +// [Files] AddBootOption.c +// +// 25 12/04/13 2:22p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP131549 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] After adding boot/driver options and Loading defaults causes +// crashing issue. +// [Root Cause] While discarding boot/driver options the boot order get +// corrupted by copying extra data because of wrong size. +// [Solution] Handled proper size to copy boot/driver options while +// loading defaults +// [Files] AddBootOption.c, Special.c +// +// 24 5/22/13 10:56a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123432 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Issue Faced] Take print screen for save & Exit msg box. OK +// of msg box is consumed by Save & Exit msg box. +// - Cursor is missing after taking print screen of popupedit box in +// string control +// - Printscreen support is not given for Filebrowser feature +// [RootCause] - When msg box for Save&Exit is popped and printscreen +// event is called and displaying msg box over Save&Exit. Then msgbox +// handleaction for printscreen event will change the result value in +// _CallbackMsgbox() function so it will break the while loop in +// _CallbackGetValue() function so destroy the next msg box in +// CallbackShowMessageBox() function. +// - DrawCursor variable is not set to TRUE after printscreen event +// [Solution] - Returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED for printscreen event handling +// function for messgebox and change the result value to 0xff +// - Support given for file browser feature +// [Files] Callback.c, MessageBox.c, Minisetupext.c, PopupString.c, +// AddBootOption.c +// AmiTSEStr.uni, FakeToken.c +// +// 23 5/22/13 10:51a Arunsb +// EfiLibAllocateCopyPool leads to memory crash so changed it to +// EfiLibAllocateZeroPool +// +// 22 4/16/13 12:59p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP113590 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Can't load default boot priorities if enable token +// "SETUP_SUPPORT_ADD_BOOT_OPTION" +// [RootCause] Size calculated wrongly +// [Solution] Defaults will be formed only if size is 0, otherwise +// current buffer will be overwritten. +// [Files] AddBootOption.c +// +// 21 3/29/13 12:23p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP97611 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] PrintScreen Support in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, HotKeyBin.h, AddBootOption.c, +// Page.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 20 12/01/12 6:46a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP105725 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Setup hangs on BBS Menu having string more than 200 +// characters +// [RootCause] File path string is not handled properly +// [Solution] Handled FilePath strings based on length of string and +// allocate memory based on length dynamically +// [Files] AddBootOption.c, AMIVfr.h +// +// 19 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 15 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 18 5/29/12 4:37a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP91109 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Sync the Aptio IV source for AptioV +// +// 17 1/24/12 4:37a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP81581 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Default driver order support +// [Files] globals.c, addbootoption.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h and +// variable.c +// +// 16 1/19/12 10:49a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP79956 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Two boot option entries displayed with the single name +// value +// [RootCause] If defaults are loaded then boot order is trying to load +// the improper boot order due to add boot option feature +// [Solution] Boot order formed properly for add boot option case. +// If no tsedefaultbootorder module present then gOptimalDefaults +// [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER] are saved properly in SaveAddDelBootOptions at +// first time. +// At first time optimal buffer is empty so it was filled with some junk +// value so it is changed to fill the current variable list at first time +// of saving with add boot option feature. +// [Files] Addbootoption.c and callback.c +// +// 15 1/09/12 1:50a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP79952 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Add driver option displays select boot option as title +// [RootCause] Title problem +// [Solution] Title changes +// [Files] Faketokens.c, amitsestr.uni, addbootoption.c, +// uefi2.0\hiicallback.c and uefi21wapper.c +// +// 14 11/30/11 1:34p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75352 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] Boot.c, bbs.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, Variable.c, +// TseLiteHelper.c, PopupSel.c, AddBootOption.c, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c +// +// 13 11/13/11 12:54p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70421 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini, +// boot.c, +// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c, +// addbootoption.c, +// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h, +// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h, +// TseElink.h, variable.h, +// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni +// +// 12 1/10/11 3:55p Mallikarjunanv +// Updated to work with respect to EDK Libraries +// +// 11 1/07/11 12:09a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP51378 +// [Description] Global variable gHandleBuffer changed to +// gSmplFileSysHndlBuf because of the conflict with HddSecurity module, +// which already using gHandleBuffer. +// +// 10 1/06/11 11:14p Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP41615 +// [Description] Updated the files with respect to File Browser support. +// +// 9 12/28/10 6:20p Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP41615 +// [Description] Added the file browser support for the Add boot option +// reated controls +// [Files] AmiVfr.h, AmiTse.sdl, AmiTseStr.uni, CommonHelper.c, +// Faketokens.c, TseElinks.h, EdkHelper.h, minisetup.h, TseAdvanced.c, +// AddBootOption.c +// +// 8 3/26/10 5:25p Madhans +// EIP 35562: Support To create Boot option in Capital letters. +// +// 7 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 11 2/25/10 8:04a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated the memory corruptions in case of add delete boot options +// +// 10 2/19/10 8:19a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 9 1/28/10 1:10p Mallikarjunanv +// //EIP:34119 - Fix to solve issues, if the boot option name is set with +// max number of characters allowed. +// +// 8 1/09/10 7:12a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 7 1/04/10 10:40a Mallikarjunanv +// EIPs 27161/29095 - Added support for reserved boot option names and +// added support not to create empty boot option names +// +// 6 12/18/09 2:27p Madhans +// EIP: 32350/32445 To fix the Add/Delete Boot option issues with TSE 2.0. +// +// 5 8/18/09 5:34p Madhans +// EIP 25367: To resolve the build issue and to avoid redefinition. +// +// 4 8/13/09 7:39a Mallikarjunanv +// eip:24971 - supporting tse features without tse sources +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 4/29/09 9:02p Madhans +// Bug Fixes after unit Testing.. +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 1 4/28/09 9:39p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: AddBootOption.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle the Add boot option operation. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/// MACRO DEFINITIONS +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/// VARIABLE DECLARATIONS +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +typedef struct// EIP-41615: Start +{ + UINT64 Type; + UINTN Size; + CHAR16 *Name; + STRING_REF Token; +} FILE_TYPE; +EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL *gFs = NULL; +EFI_GUID gSimpleFileSystemGuid = EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL_GUID; +AMI_POST_MANAGER_PROTOCOL *mPostMgr = NULL; +static EFI_HANDLE *gSmplFileSysHndlBuf = NULL; //EIP:51378 Global variable gHandleBuffer changed to gSmplFileSysHndlBuf because of the conflict with HddSecurity module, which already using gHandleBuffer. +BOOLEAN gValidOption = FALSE; +UINT16 gSelIdx = 0;/// EIP-41615: End +UINTN gDelOptionCount; +BOOT_DATA *gDelBootData; +UINTN gFsCount; +FS_DATA *gFsList; +UINTN gDriverDelOptionCount; //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +BOOT_DATA *gDelDriverData; //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/// EXTERN VARIABLES +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +extern UINTN gDelBootOptionReserved; +extern UINTN gAddBootOptionEmpty; +extern UINTN gAddDriverOptionEmpty; +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/// FUNCTION DECLARATIONS +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *_BootBuildFileDevicePath( UINT32 *index, CHAR16 *fileName ); +VOID BbsStrnCpy ( CHAR16 *Dst, CHAR16 *Src, UINTN Length ); +VOID _GetFsLists (VOID); +UINT16 *_DevicePathToStr(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path); +VOID FixHiddenOptions (BOOLEAN, UINT16 **, UINTN); +UINT16 _BootSetBootNowCount(VOID); +EFI_STATUS ShowPostMsgBox(IN CHAR16 *MsgBoxTitle,IN CHAR16 *Message,IN UINT8 MsgBoxType, UINT8 *pSelection);//EIP:41615 +EFI_STATUS FileBrowserLaunchFilePath(UINT32 Variable); + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TseUpdateAddDeleteBootVar +// +// Description: Function to update add and delete boot variables +// +// Input: None +// +// Output: None +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +void TseUpdateAddDeleteBootVar(void) +{ + UINT16 u16DelOption; + EFI_GUID DelBootOptionGuid = DEL_BOOT_OPTION_GUID; + EFI_GUID AddBootOptionGuid = ADD_BOOT_OPTION_GUID; + NEW_BOOT_OPTION AddBootOption; + + //Set del boot option var + u16DelOption = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + VarSetNvramName( L"DelBootOption", &DelBootOptionGuid, EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS, &u16DelOption, sizeof(UINT16) ); + + //Set AddBootOption variable + _GetFsLists (); + MemSet(&AddBootOption, sizeof(NEW_BOOT_OPTION),0); + AddBootOption.FsCount = (UINT16)gFsCount; + VarSetNvramName( L"AddBootOption", &AddBootOptionGuid, EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS, &AddBootOption, sizeof(NEW_BOOT_OPTION) ); + +} + +//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TseUpdateAddDeleteDriverVar +// +// Description: Function to update add and delete driver variables +// +// Input: None +// +// Output: None +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +void TseUpdateAddDeleteDriverVar (void) +{ + UINT16 u16DelOption; + EFI_GUID DelDriverOptionGuid = DEL_DRIVER_OPTION_GUID; + EFI_GUID AddDriverOptionGuid = ADD_DRIVER_OPTION_GUID; + NEW_DRIVER_OPTION AddDriverOption; + + //Set del driver option var + u16DelOption = DISABLED_DRIVER_OPTION; + VarSetNvramName (L"DelDriverOption", &DelDriverOptionGuid, EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS, &u16DelOption, sizeof (UINT16)); + + //Set AddDriverOption variable + _GetFsLists(); + MemSet (&AddDriverOption, sizeof (NEW_DRIVER_OPTION), 0); + AddDriverOption.FsCount = (UINT16)gFsCount; + VarSetNvramName (L"AddDriverOption", &AddDriverOptionGuid, EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS, &AddDriverOption, sizeof (NEW_DRIVER_OPTION)); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _GetFsLists +// +// Description: function to get the file system details +// +// Input: None +// +// Output: None +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _GetFsLists (VOID) +{ + UINTN Count,i; + EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath; + CHAR16 *Str; + EFI_STATUS Status; + + //Find all handles supporting Simple File Sys Protocol + if (0 == gFsCount) //EIP70421 Support for driver order; No need of calling continuously boot then driver, one call is enough to set gFsCount + { + Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer( + ByProtocol, + &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, + NULL, + &Count, + &HandleBuffer + ); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return; + + for(i=0;i<Count;i++) + { + DevicePath = NULL; + Status = gBS->OpenProtocol ( + HandleBuffer[i], + &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, + (VOID **) &DevicePath, + NULL, + HandleBuffer[i], + EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL + ); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)) + continue; + if(!DevicePath) + continue; + Str = NULL; + Str = _DevicePathToStr(DevicePath); + + gFsList = MemReallocateZeroPool(gFsList, gFsCount * sizeof(FS_DATA), (gFsCount + 1) * sizeof(FS_DATA)); + gFsList[gFsCount].FsId = Str ? Str : StrDup(L"Unknown"); + gFsList[gFsCount].FsPath = DevicePath; + + gFsCount++; + } + } +} + +static UINT16 DefaultDevicePath[]=L"DevicePath(Type %x, SubType %x)"; + +static UINT16 *HWDP[] = { + L"PCI(%X|%X)\\", //HW_PCI_DP + L"Pccard(Socket %x)\\", //HW_PCCARD_DP + L"VenHw(%g)\\" //HW_VENDOR_DP +}; + +/*Uncomment if ACPI details are necessary +static UINT16 *ACPIDP[] = { + L"Acpi(%x, %x)\\" //ACPI_DP +};*/ + +static UINT16 *MSGDP[] = { + L"ATA(%s,%s)\\", //MSG_ATAPI_DP + L"SCSI(%x,%x)\\", //MSG_SCSI_DP + L"VenMsg(%g)\\" //MSG_VENDOR_DP +}; + +static UINT16 *MEDIADP[] = { + L"CDROM(Entry%x)\\", //MEDIA_CDROM_DP + L"VenMedia(%g)\\", //MEDIA_VENDOR_DP + L"%g\\" //MEDIA_FILEPATH_DP +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _HWToStr +// +// Description: Convert Device Path of type to string. +// +// Input: +// IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path - Device Path +// OUT UINT16 *Str - String form of device path. +// +// Output: +// int - number of characters not including \0 or -1 if error. +// +// Notes: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _HWToStr( + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path, + UINT16 *Str + ) +{ + switch(Path->SubType) + { + case HW_PCI_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,HWDP[0],((PCI_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->Device,((PCI_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->Function); + case HW_PCCARD_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,HWDP[1],((AMITSE_PCCARD_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->FunctionNumber); + case HW_VENDOR_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,HWDP[2],&((VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->Guid); + } + + return SPrint(Str,0,DefaultDevicePath,Path->Type,Path->SubType); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ACPIToStr +// +// Description: Convert Device Path of type to string. +// +// Input: +// IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path - Device Path +// OUT UINT16 *Str - String form of device path. +// +// Output: +// int - number of characters not including \0 or -1 if error. +// +// Notes: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +/* +Uncomment below code if ACPI details are necessary. +CAUTION: If ACPI details are included then the string becomes too big +to display +*/ +/* +UINTN ACPIToStr( + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path, + UINT16 *Str + ) +{ + switch(Path->SubType) + { + case ACPI_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,ACPIDP[0], ((ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->HID, ((ACPI_HID_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->UID); + } + return SPrint(Str,0,DefaultDevicePath,Path->Type,Path->SubType); +} +*/ + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _MSGToStr +// +// Description: Convert Device Path of type to string. +// +// Input: +// IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path - Device Path +// OUT UINT16 *Str - String form of device path. +// +// Output: +// int - number of characters not including \0 or -1 if error. +// +// Notes: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _MSGToStr( + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path, + UINT16 *Str + ) +{ + switch(Path->SubType) + { + case MSG_ATAPI_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,MSGDP[0], + ((ATAPI_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->PrimarySecondary ? L"Sec" : L"Pri", + ((ATAPI_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->SlaveMaster ? L"Sl" :L"Ma"); + case MSG_SCSI_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,MSGDP[1], ((SCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->Pun, ((SCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->Lun); + case MSG_VENDOR_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,MSGDP[2], ((VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->Guid); + case MSG_USB_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,L"USB(%x,%x)\\", + ((USB_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->ParentPortNumber,((USB_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->InterfaceNumber); + + } + return SPrint(Str,0,DefaultDevicePath,Path->Type,Path->SubType); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _MEDIAToStr +// +// Description: Convert Device Path of type to string. +// +// Input: +// IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path - Device Path +// OUT UINT16 *Str - String form of device path. +// +// Output: +// int - number of characters not including \0 or -1 if error. +// +// Notes: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _MEDIAToStr( + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path, + UINT16 *Str + ) +{ + switch(Path->SubType) + { + case MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP: + { + HARDDRIVE_DEVICE_PATH *Hd = (HARDDRIVE_DEVICE_PATH *)Path; + switch(Hd->SignatureType) + { + case SIGNATURE_TYPE_MBR: + return SPrint(Str,0,L"HD(Part%d,Sig%08X)", Hd->PartitionNumber, *((UINT32 *)(&(Hd->Signature[0])))); + case SIGNATURE_TYPE_GUID: + return SPrint(Str,0, L"HD(Part%d,Sig%g)", Hd->PartitionNumber, (EFI_GUID *) &(Hd->Signature[0])); + default: + return SPrint(Str,0,L"HD(Part%d,MBRType=%02x,SigType=%02x)", + Hd->PartitionNumber, + Hd->MBRType, + Hd->SignatureType + ); + } + } + case MEDIA_CDROM_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,MEDIADP[0], ((CDROM_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->BootEntry); + case MEDIA_VENDOR_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,MEDIADP[1], ((VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->Guid); + case MEDIA_FILEPATH_DP: + return SPrint(Str,0,MEDIADP[2], &((AMITSE_MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH*)Path)->FvFileName); + } + return SPrint(Str,0,DefaultDevicePath,Path->Type,Path->SubType); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _UnknownToStr +// +// Description: Convert Device Path of type to string. +// +// Input: +// IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path - Device Path +// OUT UINT16 *Str - String form of device path. +// +// Output: +// int - number of characters not including \0 or -1 if error. +// +// Notes: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _UnknownToStr( + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path, + UINT16 *Str + ) +{ + return SPrint(Str,0,DefaultDevicePath,Path->Type,Path->SubType); +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DevicePathToStr +// +// Description: Convert Device Path of type to string. Str is allocated by +// this routine. It must be freed by the caller. +// +// Input: +// IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path - Device Path +// +// +// Output: +// OUT UINT16 *Str - String form of device path. +// +// Notes: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT16 *_DevicePathToStr(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Path) +{ + CHAR16 Buffer[512]; + CHAR16 *p = Buffer, *Str = NULL; + UINTN Count = 0; + UINTN Length; + + MemSet(Buffer,sizeof(Buffer),0); + for(;;) + { + switch(Path->Type) + { + case HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH: + Count = _HWToStr(Path, p); + break; + case ACPI_DEVICE_PATH: +/* +Uncomment below code if ACPI details are necessary. +CAUTION: If ACPI details are included then the string becomes too big +to display +*/ +/* + Count = SPrint(p,0,L"Acpi\\"); + ACPIToStr(Path, p); +*/ + break; + case MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH: + Count = _MSGToStr(Path, p); + break; + case MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH: + Count = _MEDIAToStr(Path, p); + break; + case END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE: + Count = 0; + break; + case END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE: + *p = L'|'; + *(p+1) = L'\0'; + Count = 1; + break; + default: + Count = _UnknownToStr(Path, p); + } + + p += EfiStrLen(p); + + if (Count == -1) return NULL; + if (IsDevicePathEnd(Path)) break; + + Path = NextDevicePathNode(Path); + } + + Length = (UINTN)p - (UINTN)Buffer; + + Str = (UINT16 *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(Length+sizeof(UINT16)); + + MemCopy(Str, Buffer, Length); + + return Str; +} + +//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DisableRestorePrevOptions +// +// Description: Function to make the boot/driver option as disable in bootorder/driverorder +// if it is inactive and non hidden +// +// +// Input: BOOLEAN , UINT16 **, UINTN +// +// Output: VOID +// +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _DisableRestorePrevOptions (BOOLEAN Option, UINT16 **Order, UINTN OptionCount) +{ + UINTN iIndex = 0; + BOOT_DATA *pBootData; + + if (0 == OptionCount) + { + return; + } + for (iIndex = 0; iIndex < OptionCount; iIndex ++) + { + if (BOOT_ORDER_OPTION == Option) + { + pBootData = BootGetBootData ((*Order) [iIndex]); + } + else + { + pBootData = DriverGetDriverData ((*Order) [iIndex]); + } + if (pBootData) + { + if ( (!(pBootData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) && (!(pBootData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) ) + { + (*Order) [iIndex] = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + } + } + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: BootAddBootOption +// +// Description: Function to add boot option +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID BootAddBootOption( VOID ) +{ + UINTN i,size; + UINT16 u16Option; + NEW_BOOT_OPTION *newBoot = NULL, *tmpPtr; + CHAR16 *fileName; + UINT32 index; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *devicePath; + UINT16 *NewBootOrder = NULL, *CurrBootOrder = NULL; + UINT16 BootCountVal; + CHAR16 *BootNameBuf = NULL; //EIP:34119 + EFI_STATUS Status; + //Get input + size = 0; + Status = gBS->LocateProtocol(&gAmiPostManagerProtocolGuid, NULL,(void**) &mPostMgr); + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + return; + newBoot = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION, &size ); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == newBoot){ + return; + } + +//EIP:34119 - Start + //Fix EIP:29095 - not to create boot option with out a name + if (( EfiStrLen( newBoot->Path ) == 0 ) || ( EfiStrLen(newBoot->Label) == 0 )) + { + // CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gAddBootOptionEmpty, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + + mPostMgr->DisplayMsgBox( L"WARNING", L"Please set Boot Option Name and File Path", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,NULL); + return; + } + BootNameBuf = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(newBoot->Label)+2 ); + BbsStrnCpy( BootNameBuf, newBoot->Label, (sizeof(newBoot->Label))/2 ); +//EIP:34119 - End + + // cleanup old data + tmpPtr = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( size ); + tmpPtr->FsCount = (UINT16)gFsCount; + VarSetValue( VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION, 0, size, tmpPtr ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tmpPtr ); + + fileName = newBoot->Path; + + index = newBoot->SelFs; + + devicePath = _BootBuildFileDevicePath( &index, fileName ); + if ( devicePath != NULL ) + { + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TmpDevPath, *HddMediaPath; + + //Find a free option number + for ( u16Option = 0; u16Option < MAX_BOOT_OPTIONS; u16Option++ ) + { + for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++) + { + if(gBootData[i].Option == u16Option) + break; + } + if(i<gBootOptionCount) + continue; + for(i=0;i<gDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(gDelBootData[i].Option == u16Option) + break; + } + if(i<gDelOptionCount) + continue; + + break;//The desired option number is in u16Option + } + + if ( u16Option == MAX_BOOT_OPTIONS ) //Not possible + return; + + gBootData = MemReallocateZeroPool(gBootData, gBootOptionCount * sizeof(BOOT_DATA), (gBootOptionCount + 1) * sizeof(BOOT_DATA) ); + + gBootData[gBootOptionCount].Option = u16Option; + gBootData[gBootOptionCount].Active |= LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE; +//EIP:34119 - Fix to solve issues, if the boot option name is set with max number of characters allowed. + //gBootData[gBootOptionCount].Name = StrDup( newBoot->Label ); + gBootData[gBootOptionCount].Name = BootNameBuf; +//EIP:34119 - End + + //For a hard drive start the dev path from the partition + for( TmpDevPath = devicePath; + !IsDevicePathEndType(TmpDevPath); + TmpDevPath=NextDevicePathNode(TmpDevPath) + ) + { + if(TmpDevPath->Type==MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH && TmpDevPath->SubType==MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP) + { + HddMediaPath = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(EfiDevicePathSize(TmpDevPath)); + MemCopy(HddMediaPath, TmpDevPath, EfiDevicePathSize(TmpDevPath)); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&devicePath); + devicePath = HddMediaPath; + break; + } + } + gBootData[gBootOptionCount].DevicePath = devicePath; + gBootData[gBootOptionCount].bNewOption = TRUE; + + size = 0; + CurrBootOrder = VarGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER, &size); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +/* if (NULL == CurrBootOrder){ //If file system available and no boot option presents then add boot option always fails so commenting it. + return; + }*/ + NewBootOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((gBootOptionCount+1) * sizeof(UINT16)); + + for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++) + { + if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == CurrBootOrder[i]) + break; + NewBootOrder[i] = CurrBootOrder[i]; + } + if (i < gBootOptionCount) //Preserve the hidden options at last + { + MemCpy (NewBootOrder+i+1, CurrBootOrder+i, (gBootOptionCount-i)*2); + } + NewBootOrder [i] = u16Option; + //i ++; + MemFreePointer ((VOID **) &CurrBootOrder); + gBootOptionCount ++; + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&newBoot); + + //Update boot manager vars in memory + //1. TSE Boot order + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer); + if (gLoadOptionHidden) //Move hidden options to last + { + FixHiddenOptions (BOOT_ORDER_OPTION, &NewBootOrder, gBootOptionCount); + } + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer = (UINT8 *)NewBootOrder; + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size = gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + + //2. BootManager + BootCountVal = (UINT16)gBootOptionCount; + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); + + //3. Set Boot now count + if(gShowAllBbsDev) + BootCountVal = _BootSetBootNowCount(); + + Status = VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS) + mPostMgr->DisplayMsgBox( L"SUCCESS", L"Boot Option Created Successfully", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,NULL); + } +} + +//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DriverAddDriverOption +// +// Description: Function to add driver options +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID DriverAddDriverOption(VOID) +{ + UINTN i,size; + UINT16 u16Option; + NEW_DRIVER_OPTION *newDriver = NULL, *tmpPtr; + CHAR16 *fileName; + UINT32 index; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *devicePath; + UINT16 *NewDriverOrder = NULL, *CurrDriverOrder = NULL; + UINT16 DriverCountVal; + CHAR16 *BootNameBuf = NULL; + EFI_STATUS Status; + //Get input + size = 0; + Status = gBS->LocateProtocol(&gAmiPostManagerProtocolGuid, NULL,(void**) &mPostMgr); + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + return; + newDriver = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION, &size ); + if (( EfiStrLen (newDriver->DriverPath) == 0 ) || (EfiStrLen (newDriver->Label) == 0)) + { + //CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gAddDriverOptionEmpty, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + + mPostMgr->DisplayMsgBox( L"WARNING", L"Please set Driver Option Name and File Path", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,NULL); + return; + } + + BootNameBuf = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(newDriver->Label)+2 ); + BbsStrnCpy( BootNameBuf, newDriver->Label, (sizeof(newDriver->Label))/2 ); + + // cleanup old data + tmpPtr = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( size ); + tmpPtr->FsCount = (UINT16)gFsCount; + VarSetValue( VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION, 0, size, tmpPtr ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tmpPtr ); + + fileName = newDriver->DriverPath; + + index = newDriver->SelFs; + + devicePath = _BootBuildFileDevicePath( &index, fileName ); + + if ( devicePath != NULL ) + { +// EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TmpDevPath, *HddMediaPath; + + //Find a free option number + for ( u16Option = 0; u16Option < MAX_BOOT_OPTIONS; u16Option++ ) + { + for(i=0;i<gDriverOptionCount;i++) + { + if(gDriverData[i].Option == u16Option) + break; + } + if(i<gDriverOptionCount) + continue; + for(i=0;i<gDriverDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(gDelDriverData[i].Option == u16Option) + break; + } + if(i<gDriverDelOptionCount) + continue; + + break;//The desired option number is in u16Option + } + + if ( u16Option == MAX_BOOT_OPTIONS ) //Not possible + return; + + gDriverData = MemReallocateZeroPool(gDriverData, gDriverOptionCount * sizeof(BOOT_DATA), (gDriverOptionCount + 1) * sizeof(BOOT_DATA) ); + + gDriverData[gDriverOptionCount].Option = u16Option; + gDriverData[gDriverOptionCount].Active |= LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE; +//EIP:34119 - Fix to solve issues, if the boot option name is set with max number of characters allowed. + //gBootData[gBootOptionCount].Name = StrDup( newDriver->Label ); + gDriverData[gDriverOptionCount].Name = BootNameBuf; +//EIP:34119 - End + + /* + //TSE will append hard drive device path at front if it is MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH but core needs fullpath so commented below + //For a hard drive start the dev path from the partition + for( TmpDevPath = devicePath; + !IsDevicePathEndType(TmpDevPath); + TmpDevPath=NextDevicePathNode(TmpDevPath) + ) + { + if(TmpDevPath->Type==MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH && TmpDevPath->SubType==MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP) + { + HddMediaPath = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(EfiDevicePathSize(TmpDevPath)); + MemCopy(HddMediaPath, TmpDevPath, EfiDevicePathSize(TmpDevPath)); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&devicePath); + devicePath = HddMediaPath; + break; + } + }*/ + + gDriverData[gDriverOptionCount].DevicePath = devicePath; + gDriverData[gDriverOptionCount].bNewOption = TRUE; + + size = 0; + CurrDriverOrder = VarGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER, &size); + NewDriverOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((gDriverOptionCount+1) * sizeof(UINT16)); + + for(i=0;i<gDriverOptionCount;i++) + { + if(DISABLED_DRIVER_OPTION == CurrDriverOrder[i]) + break; + NewDriverOrder[i] = CurrDriverOrder[i]; + } + if (i < gDriverOptionCount) //Preserve the hidden options at last + { + MemCpy (NewDriverOrder+i+1, CurrDriverOrder+i, (gDriverOptionCount-i)*2); + } + + NewDriverOrder[i] = u16Option; + //i++; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &CurrDriverOrder); + + gDriverOptionCount ++; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newDriver ); + + //Update boot manager vars in memory + //1. TSE driver order + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer); + if (gLoadOptionHidden) //Move the hidden options to last + { + FixHiddenOptions (DRIVER_ORDER_OPTION, &NewDriverOrder, gDriverOptionCount); + } + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer = (UINT8 *)NewDriverOrder; + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size = gDriverOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + + //2. DriverManager + DriverCountVal = (UINT16)gDriverOptionCount; + Status = VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&DriverCountVal)); + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS) + mPostMgr->DisplayMsgBox( L"SUCCESS", L"Driver Option Created Successfully", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,NULL); + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: BootDelBootOption +// +// Description: Function to handle the del boot option +// +// Input: UINT16 index +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID BootDelBootOption( UINT16 index ) +{ + UINTN i,j,k, size; + BOOT_DATA *pBootData = NULL; + UINT16 BootCountVal; + UINT16 *NewBootOrder = NULL, *CurrBootOrder = NULL; + EFI_STATUS Status=EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + VOID * UnicodeInterface; + CHAR16 *ResStr = NULL; + CHAR16 *TmpStr = NULL; + + // If it BBS device we should not delete it. + // FIX......to check for the correct Boot option. + Status = gBS->LocateProtocol(&gAmiPostManagerProtocolGuid, NULL,(void**) &mPostMgr); + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + return; + for(i=0; i<gBootOptionCount; i++) + { + if(index == gBootData[i].Option) + { + if(gBootData[i].DevicePath->Type == BBS_DEVICE_PATH && gBootData[i].DevicePath->SubType == BBS_BBS_DP) + return; + + ///Fix: Eip-27161 - not to allow Reserved boot options to delete + if( ( IsReservedBootOptionNamesEnable() ) && + ( gBootData[i].Name ) ) + { + ResStr = CONVERT_TO_WSTRING(RESERVED_ADD_DEL_BOOT_OPTION_NAME); + TmpStr = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( EfiStrLen(ResStr)+1 ); + BbsStrnCpy(TmpStr, gBootData[i].Name, (EfiStrLen(ResStr)+1) ); + TmpStr[EfiStrLen(ResStr)]= L'\0'; + Status = InitUnicodeCollectionProtocol(&UnicodeInterface); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) { + if( StringColl( UnicodeInterface, TmpStr, ResStr) == 0 ) + { + //CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gDelBootOptionReserved, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + mPostMgr->DisplayMsgBox( L"WARNING", L"Reserved Boot Option, can not be Deleted", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,NULL); + return; + } + } + } + } + } + + //Remove option from gBootData and add to gDelBootData + //Remove option from BootOrder + if(gBootOptionCount - 1) + { + pBootData = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(BOOT_DATA) * (gBootOptionCount - 1)); + NewBootOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(UINT16) * (gBootOptionCount - 1)); + } + + size = 0; + CurrBootOrder = VarGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER, &size); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == CurrBootOrder){ + return; + } + + gDelBootData = MemReallocateZeroPool(gDelBootData, sizeof(BOOT_DATA) * gDelOptionCount, sizeof(BOOT_DATA) * (gDelOptionCount + 1)); + + for(i=0,j=0,k=0; i<gBootOptionCount; i++) + { + if(index == gBootData[i].Option) + { + MemCopy(gDelBootData + gDelOptionCount, gBootData + i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + } + else + { + MemCopy(pBootData + j, gBootData + i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + j++; + } + + if(index != CurrBootOrder[i]) + { + if(k<(gBootOptionCount-1)) + { + NewBootOrder[k] = CurrBootOrder[i]; + k++; + } + } + } + + gDelOptionCount++; + gBootOptionCount--; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&gBootData); + gBootData = pBootData; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&CurrBootOrder); + + //Update boot manager vars in memory + //1. TSE Boot order + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer); + if (gLoadOptionHidden) //Move the hidden options to last + { + FixHiddenOptions (BOOT_ORDER_OPTION, &NewBootOrder, gBootOptionCount); + } + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer = (UINT8 *)NewBootOrder; + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size = gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + + //2. BootManager + BootCountVal = (UINT16)gBootOptionCount; + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER,0,sizeof(UINT16),(VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); + + //3. Set Boot now count + if(gShowAllBbsDev) + BootCountVal = _BootSetBootNowCount(); + + Status = VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW,0,sizeof(UINT16),(VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); + if(EFI_SUCCESS == Status) + mPostMgr->DisplayMsgBox( L"SUCCESS", L"Boot Option Deleted Successfully", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,NULL); +} + +//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DriverDelDriverOption +// +// Description: Function to handle the del Driver option +// +// Input: UINT16 index +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID DriverDelDriverOption( UINT16 index ) +{ + UINTN i,j,k, size; + BOOT_DATA *pDriverData = NULL; + UINT16 DriverCountVal; + UINT16 *NewDriverOrder = NULL, *CurrDriverOrder = NULL; + EFI_STATUS Status=EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +// VOID * UnicodeInterface; + CHAR16 *ResStr = NULL; + CHAR16 *TmpStr = NULL; + + if ((NULL == gDriverData) || (0 == gDriverOptionCount)) + return; + Status = gBS->LocateProtocol(&gAmiPostManagerProtocolGuid, NULL,(void**) &mPostMgr); + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + return; + for(i=0; i<gDriverOptionCount; i++) + { + if(index == gDriverData[i].Option) + { + if(gDriverData[i].DevicePath->Type == BBS_DEVICE_PATH && gDriverData[i].DevicePath->SubType == BBS_BBS_DP) + return; + break; + } + } + + //Remove option from gDriverData and add to gDelDriverData + //Remove option from DriverOrder + if(gDriverOptionCount - 1) + { + pDriverData = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(BOOT_DATA) * (gDriverOptionCount - 1)); + NewDriverOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(UINT16) * (gDriverOptionCount - 1)); + } + + size = 0; + CurrDriverOrder = VarGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER, &size); + + gDelDriverData = MemReallocateZeroPool(gDelDriverData, sizeof(BOOT_DATA) * gDriverDelOptionCount, sizeof(BOOT_DATA) * (gDriverDelOptionCount + 1)); + + for(i=0,j=0,k=0; i<gDriverOptionCount; i++) + { + if(index == gDriverData[i].Option) + { + MemCopy(gDelDriverData + gDriverDelOptionCount, gDriverData + i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + } + else + { + MemCopy(pDriverData + j, gDriverData + i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + j++; + } + + if(index != CurrDriverOrder[i]) + { + if(k<(gDriverOptionCount-1)) + { + NewDriverOrder[k] = CurrDriverOrder[i]; + k++; + } + } + } + + gDriverDelOptionCount++; + gDriverOptionCount--; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&gDriverData); + gDriverData = pDriverData; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&CurrDriverOrder); + + //Update boot manager vars in memory + //1. TSE Driver Order + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer); + if (gLoadOptionHidden) + { + FixHiddenOptions (DRIVER_ORDER_OPTION, &NewDriverOrder, gDriverOptionCount); + } + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer = (UINT8 *)NewDriverOrder; + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size = gDriverOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + + //2. DriverManager + DriverCountVal = (UINT16)gDriverOptionCount; + Status = VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER,0,sizeof(UINT16),(VOID *)(&DriverCountVal)); + if(EFI_SUCCESS == Status) + mPostMgr->DisplayMsgBox( L"SUCCESS", L"Driver Deleted Successfully", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,NULL); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DiscardAddDelBootOptions +// +// Description: Function to discarding the add/del boot option +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID DiscardAddDelBootOptions(VOID) +{ + UINTN count,i,j; + BOOT_DATA *pBootData; + UINT16 *AddOptionList=NULL,*DelOptionList=NULL; + UINTN AddOptionListCount=0, DelOptionListCount=0; + UINT16 *NewBootOrder = NULL, *CurrBootOrder = NULL; + UINTN size, tempsize = 0; + + //find no. of boot options + count = 0; + for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gBootData[i].bNewOption) + count++; + else + AddOptionListCount++; + } + for(i=0;i<gDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDelBootData[i].bNewOption) + count++; + else + DelOptionListCount++; + } + + //Allocate for boot options + pBootData = NULL; + if(count) + pBootData = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(count * sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + if(AddOptionListCount) + AddOptionList=EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(AddOptionListCount * sizeof(UINT16)); + if(DelOptionListCount) + DelOptionList=EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(DelOptionListCount * sizeof(UINT16)); + + count = 0; + AddOptionListCount=0; + DelOptionListCount=0; + + //Copy old options + for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gBootData[i].bNewOption) + { + MemCopy(pBootData+count, gBootData+i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + count++; + } + else + { // Newly added option that need to removed. + AddOptionList[AddOptionListCount++] = gBootData[i].Option; + } + } + + for(i=0;i<gDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDelBootData[i].bNewOption) + { + MemCopy(pBootData+count, gDelBootData+i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + count++; + + // deleted option that need to added. + DelOptionList[DelOptionListCount++] = gDelBootData[i].Option; + } + } + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gBootData); + gBootData = pBootData; + gBootOptionCount = count; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gDelBootData); + gDelOptionCount = 0; + +// EIP 32445 +// Update BootOrderVar Cache after discarding the changes. +// If newly add/Del option discorded. + if(AddOptionListCount || DelOptionListCount) + { + CurrBootOrder = VarGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER, &size); + NewBootOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((gBootOptionCount) * sizeof(UINT16)); + count = size/2; + + // Defaults might be load Move the disabled boot option to the end + for(j=0;j<count;j++) + { + if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == CurrBootOrder[j]) + { + if (size < ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16))) //EIP-131549 + tempsize = ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)) - size; + else + tempsize = size - ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)); + + MemCopy(&CurrBootOrder[j], &CurrBootOrder[j+1], tempsize); + size-=sizeof(UINT16); + } + } + + // remove the Newly added boot options + count = size/2; + for(i=0;i<AddOptionListCount;i++) + { + for(j=0;j<count;j++) + { + if(CurrBootOrder[j] == AddOptionList[i]) + { + if (size < ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16))) //EIP-131549 + tempsize = ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)) - size; + else + tempsize = size - ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)); + + MemCopy(&CurrBootOrder[j], &CurrBootOrder[j+1], tempsize); + size-=sizeof(UINT16); + } + } + } + count = size/2; + // Add the DelOptions + MemCopy(NewBootOrder, CurrBootOrder, size); + MemCopy(&NewBootOrder[count],DelOptionList,DelOptionListCount*sizeof(UINT16) ); + + // Make the remailing options as disabled. + for(i=count+DelOptionListCount;i<gBootOptionCount;i++) + NewBootOrder[i] = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &CurrBootOrder); + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &DelOptionList); + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &AddOptionList); + + //Update boot manager vars in memory + //1. TSE Boot order + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer); + if (gLoadOptionHidden) + { + FixHiddenOptions (BOOT_ORDER_OPTION, &NewBootOrder, gBootOptionCount); + } + _DisableRestorePrevOptions (BOOT_ORDER_OPTION, &NewBootOrder, gBootOptionCount); //Disable options after discarding changes to active so fixed it + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer = (UINT8 *)NewBootOrder; + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size = gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + } +} + +//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DiscardAddDelDriverOptions +// +// Description: Function to discarding the add/del driver option +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID DiscardAddDelDriverOptions(VOID) +{ + UINTN count,i,j; + BOOT_DATA *pDriverData; + UINT16 *AddOptionList=NULL,*DelOptionList=NULL; + UINTN AddOptionListCount=0, DelOptionListCount=0; + UINT16 *NewDriverOrder = NULL, *CurrDriverOrder = NULL; + UINTN size = 0, tempsize = 0; + + //find no. of boot options + count = 0; + for(i=0;i<gDriverOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDriverData[i].bNewOption) + count++; + else + AddOptionListCount++; + } + for(i=0;i<gDriverDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDelDriverData[i].bNewOption) + count++; + else + DelOptionListCount++; + } + + //Allocate for boot options + pDriverData = NULL; + if(count) + pDriverData = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(count * sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + if(AddOptionListCount) + AddOptionList=EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(AddOptionListCount * sizeof(UINT16)); + if(DelOptionListCount) + DelOptionList=EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(DelOptionListCount * sizeof(UINT16)); + + count = 0; + AddOptionListCount=0; + DelOptionListCount=0; + + //Copy old options + for(i=0;i<gDriverOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDriverData[i].bNewOption) + { + MemCopy(pDriverData+count, gDriverData+i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + count++; + } + else + { // Newly added option that need to removed. + AddOptionList[AddOptionListCount++] = gDriverData[i].Option; + } + } + + for(i=0;i<gDriverDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDelDriverData[i].bNewOption) + { + MemCopy(pDriverData+count, gDelDriverData+i, sizeof(BOOT_DATA)); + count++; + + // deleted option that need to added. + DelOptionList[DelOptionListCount++] = gDelDriverData[i].Option; + } + } + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gDriverData); + gDriverData = pDriverData; + gDriverOptionCount = count; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gDelDriverData); + gDriverDelOptionCount = 0; + +// Update DriverOrderVar Cache after discarding the changes. +// If newly add/Del option discorded. + if(AddOptionListCount || DelOptionListCount) + { + CurrDriverOrder = VarGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER, &size); + NewDriverOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((gDriverOptionCount) * sizeof(UINT16)); + count = size/2; + + // Defaults might be load Move the disabled driver option to the end + for(j=0;j<count;j++) + { + if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == CurrDriverOrder[j]) + { + if (size > ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16))) //EIP-131549 + tempsize = size - ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)); + else + tempsize = ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)) - size; + + MemCopy(&CurrDriverOrder[j], &CurrDriverOrder[j+1], tempsize ); + size-=sizeof(UINT16); + } + } + + // remove the Newly added driver options + count = size/2; + for(i=0;i<AddOptionListCount;i++) + { + for(j=0;j<count;j++) + { + if(CurrDriverOrder[j] == AddOptionList[i]) + { + if ((UINTN)size >= ((j+1)*sizeof (UINT16)) ) //Check added bcoz, If only added driver presents and loading defaults will lead to crash + { + if (size > ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16))) //EIP-131549 + tempsize = size - ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)); + else + tempsize = ((j+1)*sizeof(UINT16)) - size; + + MemCopy (&CurrDriverOrder [j], &CurrDriverOrder[j+1], tempsize ); + size-=sizeof(UINT16); + } + } + } + } + + count = size/2; + // Add the DelOptions + MemCopy(NewDriverOrder, CurrDriverOrder, size); + MemCopy(&NewDriverOrder[count],DelOptionList,DelOptionListCount*sizeof(UINT16) ); + + // Make the remaining options as disabled. + for(i=count+DelOptionListCount;i<gDriverOptionCount;i++) + NewDriverOrder[i] = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &CurrDriverOrder); + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &DelOptionList); + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &AddOptionList); + + //Update driver manager vars in memory + //1. TSE Driver Order + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer); + if (gLoadOptionHidden) + { + FixHiddenOptions (DRIVER_ORDER_OPTION, &NewDriverOrder, gDriverOptionCount); + } + _DisableRestorePrevOptions (DRIVER_ORDER_OPTION, &NewDriverOrder, gDriverOptionCount); + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer = (UINT8 *)NewDriverOrder; + gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size = gDriverOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SaveAddDelBootOptions +// +// Description: function to save the added/deleted boot option +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SaveAddDelBootOptions(VOID) +{ + UINTN i,OptimalIndex,FailsafeIndex,size; + UINT16 dpLength,*pNewOptimal, *pOldOptimal, *pNewFailsafe, *pOldFailsafe; + BOOT_OPTION *pOption; + CHAR16 *varName = L"BootXXXX"; + UINT16 BootCountVal; + + //Old Boot order defaults are not valid any more. Form the new + //defaults by removing deleted options and adding the new options at the end. + pNewOptimal = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16) ); + pNewFailsafe = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16) ); + pOldOptimal = (UINT16 *)gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer; + pOldFailsafe = (UINT16 *)gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer; + size = gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Size; + OptimalIndex = FailsafeIndex = 0; + + //Add existing options first + for(i=0;i<size/sizeof(UINT16);i++) + { + if(BootGetBootData(pOldOptimal[i])) + { + pNewOptimal[OptimalIndex] = pOldOptimal[i]; + OptimalIndex++; + } + if(BootGetBootData(pOldFailsafe[i])) + { + pNewFailsafe[FailsafeIndex] = pOldFailsafe[i]; + FailsafeIndex++; + } + } + //Save New boot options + for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++) + { + if(gBootData[i].bNewOption) + { + dpLength = (UINT16)EfiDevicePathSize( gBootData[i].DevicePath ); + size = sizeof(BOOT_OPTION) + sizeof(CHAR16)*EfiStrLen(gBootData[i].Name) + dpLength; + pOption = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( size ); + pOption->Active = gBootData[i].Active; + pOption->PathLength = dpLength; + EfiStrCpy( pOption->Name, gBootData[i].Name ); + MemCopy( (UINT8 *)pOption + size - dpLength, gBootData[i].DevicePath, dpLength ); + + SPrint( varName, sizeof(CHAR16) * (EfiStrLen( varName )+1), gBootFormarSpecifier, gBootData[i].Option ); + VarSetNvramName( varName, + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + pOption, + size ); + + gBootData[i].bNewOption = 0; + + //Append this option in defaults + pNewOptimal[OptimalIndex] = gBootData[i].Option; + pNewFailsafe[FailsafeIndex] = gBootData[i].Option; + OptimalIndex++; + FailsafeIndex++; + } + } + + //Put new defaults in global default repository + //If Default order is not found in first time then will take current order. + //If any boot options added after that then new boot option always follow the first saved optimized buffer + //Removed EIP81581 fixes All the time changing the default buffer is not good + if (0 == gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size) //EIP79956 Defaults not loading properly + { + UINT8 *pOptWithOutDefaultBootOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size); + if (NULL != pOptWithOutDefaultBootOrder) + { + MemCopy (pOptWithOutDefaultBootOrder, gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer, gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size); + gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer = pOptWithOutDefaultBootOrder; + gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size = gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Size; + } + } + else + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer ); + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer = (UINT8 *)pNewOptimal; + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Size = OptimalIndex * sizeof(UINT16); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer ); + gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer = (UINT8 *)pNewFailsafe; + gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Size = FailsafeIndex * sizeof(UINT16); + + //Delete removed options + for(i=0;i<gDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDelBootData[i].bNewOption) + { + SPrint( varName, sizeof(CHAR16) * (EfiStrLen( varName )+1), gBootFormarSpecifier, gDelBootData[i].Option ); + VarSetNvramName( varName, + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + varName, + 0); + } + } + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&gDelBootData); + gDelOptionCount = 0; + + //Update default value for Boot Manager and Boot Now count + BootCountVal = (UINT16) gBootOptionCount; + _VarGetSetValue (VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); + _VarGetSetValue (VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); + + if (gShowAllBbsDev) + BootCountVal = _BootSetBootNowCount (); + + _VarGetSetValue (VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); + _VarGetSetValue (VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&BootCountVal)); +} + +//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SaveAddDelDriverOptions +// +// Description: Function to save the added/deleted Driver option +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SaveAddDelDriverOptions(VOID) +{ + UINTN i,OptimalIndex,FailsafeIndex,size; + UINT16 dpLength,*pNewOptimal, *pOldOptimal, *pNewFailsafe, *pOldFailsafe; + BOOT_OPTION *pOption; + CHAR16 *varName = L"DriverXXXX"; + UINT16 DriverCountVal; + + //Old Driver order defaults are not valid any more. Form the new + //defaults by removing deleted options and adding the new options at the end. + pNewOptimal = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( gDriverOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16) ); + pNewFailsafe = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( gDriverOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16) ); + pOldOptimal = (UINT16 *)gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer; + pOldFailsafe = (UINT16 *)gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer; + size = gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Size; + OptimalIndex = FailsafeIndex = 0; + + //Add existing options first + for(i=0;i<size/sizeof(UINT16);i++) + { + if (DriverGetDriverData (pOldOptimal [i])) + { + pNewOptimal[OptimalIndex] = pOldOptimal[i]; + OptimalIndex++; + } + if(DriverGetDriverData (pOldFailsafe[i])) + { + pNewFailsafe[FailsafeIndex] = pOldFailsafe[i]; + FailsafeIndex++; + } + } + //Save New driver options + for(i=0;i<gDriverOptionCount;i++) + { + if(gDriverData[i].bNewOption) + { + dpLength = (UINT16)EfiDevicePathSize( gDriverData[i].DevicePath ); + size = sizeof(BOOT_OPTION) + sizeof(CHAR16)*EfiStrLen(gDriverData[i].Name) + dpLength; + pOption = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( size ); + pOption->Active = gDriverData[i].Active; + pOption->PathLength = dpLength; + EfiStrCpy( pOption->Name, gDriverData[i].Name ); + MemCopy( (UINT8 *)pOption + size - dpLength, gDriverData[i].DevicePath, dpLength ); + + SPrint( varName, sizeof(CHAR16) * (EfiStrLen( varName )+1), gDriverFormarSpecifier, gDriverData[i].Option ); + VarSetNvramName( varName, + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + pOption, + size ); + + gDriverData[i].bNewOption = 0; + //Append this option in defaults + pNewOptimal[OptimalIndex] = gDriverData[i].Option; + pNewFailsafe[FailsafeIndex] = gDriverData[i].Option; + OptimalIndex++; + FailsafeIndex++; + } + } + + //Put new defaults in global default repository + //Default order is not found in first time then will take current order. + //If any driver options added after that then new driver option always follow the first saved optimized buffer + //Removed EIP81581 fixes All the time changing the default buffer is not good + if (0 == gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size) + { + UINT8 *pOptWithOutDefaultDriverOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size); + if (NULL != pOptWithOutDefaultDriverOrder) + { + MemCopy (pOptWithOutDefaultDriverOrder, gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer, gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size); + gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer = pOptWithOutDefaultDriverOrder; + gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size = gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size; + } + } + else + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer ); + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer = (UINT8 *)pNewOptimal; + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Size = OptimalIndex * sizeof(UINT16); + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer ); + gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer = (UINT8 *)pNewFailsafe; + gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Size = FailsafeIndex * sizeof(UINT16); + + //Delete removed options + for(i=0;i<gDriverDelOptionCount;i++) + { + if(!gDelDriverData[i].bNewOption) + { + SPrint( varName, sizeof(CHAR16) * (EfiStrLen( varName )+1), gDriverFormarSpecifier, gDelDriverData[i].Option ); + VarSetNvramName (varName, + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + varName, + 0); + } + } + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&gDelDriverData); + gDriverDelOptionCount = 0; + + //Update default value for Driver Manager + DriverCountVal = (UINT16) gDriverOptionCount; + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&DriverCountVal) ); + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER, 0, sizeof(UINT16), (VOID *)(&DriverCountVal) ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSELiteFixAddBootOptionFileList +// +// Description: Function to fix Add Boot Option file list +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *ControlData +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID TSELiteFixAddBootOptionFileList(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData) +{ + POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel = (POPUPSEL_DATA *)ControlData; + UINT16 i=0; + if(gFsCount >= popupSel->ItemCount) // If the filesystem found + { + for(i=0;i<popupSel->ItemCount;i++) + { + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Option = HiiAddString( popupSel->ControlData.ControlHandle, gFsList[i].FsId ); + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Value = i; + } + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSELiteFixAddBootOptionFileList +// +// Description: Function to fix Delete Boot option file list +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *ControlData +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID TSELiteFixDelBootOptionFileList(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData) +{ + POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel = (POPUPSEL_DATA *)ControlData; + UINT16 i=0; + + for(i=0;i<popupSel->ItemCount;i++) + { + if((UINT16)popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Value != 0xFFFF) + { + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Value = gBootData[i-1].Option; + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Option = HiiAddString( popupSel->ControlData.ControlHandle, BootGetOptionName( &(gBootData[i-1]) ) ); + } + } +} + +/// EIP-41615: START - File Browser related functions for Add Boot Option.. +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CleanFileTypes +// +// Description: Frees all allocated memory associated with the FILE_TYPE structure +// and resets the InternalString current strings next available string token +// to be the first dynamically added string +// +// Input: FILE_TYPE **FileList - The array of FILE_TYPE structures found in +// a directory +// UINTN *FileCount - pointer to the number of entries in the FileList +// +// Output: +// +// Returns: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID CleanFileTypes(FILE_TYPE **FileList, UINTN *FileCount) +{ + UINTN i; + for(i = 0; i<*FileCount; i++) gBS->FreePool((*FileList)[i].Name); + if(FileList!=NULL && (*FileList!=NULL) && (*FileCount>0)) gBS->FreePool(*FileList); + if(FileList!=NULL) *FileList = NULL; + *FileCount = 0; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CheckDirectoryType +// +// Description: Checks if the EFI_FILE_INFO is a directory (and not the current directory) +// +// Input: EFI_FILE_INFO *File +// +// Output: +// +// Returns: BOOLEAN - TRUE - item is a directory, and not the current directory +// FALSE - item is not a directory, or is the current directory +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN CheckDirectoryType(EFI_FILE_INFO *File) +{ + BOOLEAN Status = FALSE; + + if((File->Attribute & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) && (EfiStrCmp(File->FileName, L".") != 0)) { + + Status = TRUE; + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CheckExtension +// +// Description: Check is the EFI_FILE_INFO has the same extension as the +// extension passed in the second parameter +// +// Input: EFI_FILE_INFO *File - The file entry whose extension should be checked +// CHAR16 *ExtensionEfi - the extension +// +// Output: +// +// Returns: BOOLEAN - TRUE - The extension matches +// FALSE - the extension does not match +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN CheckExtension(EFI_FILE_INFO *File, CHAR16 *ExtensionEfi) +{ + BOOLEAN Status = FALSE; + UINTN Length = EfiStrLen(File->FileName); + + if((File->Attribute & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) != EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY && Length > 3) + if((((File->FileName[Length-1])&0xdf) == ((ExtensionEfi[2])&0xdf)) && + (((File->FileName[Length-2])&0xdf) == ((ExtensionEfi[1])&0xdf)) && + (((File->FileName[Length-3])&0xdf) == ((ExtensionEfi[0])&0xdf))) + Status = TRUE; + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: FindInsertionIndex +// +// Description: Finds the inded where directories items turn into file items +// +// Input: FILE_TYPE *List - the current array of File Type structures +// UINTN FileCount - the count of File Type structures in the array +// +// Output: +// +// Returns: the index to insert a new item +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN FindInsertionIndex(FILE_TYPE *List, UINTN FileCount) +{ + UINTN i = 0; + + if(FileCount <= 1) return 0; + + for(i = 1; i < (FileCount-1); i++) + { + if(List[i-1].Type != List[i].Type) + break; + } + + return i; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: AddFileTypeEntry +// +// Description: Creates a new entry in the FILE_TYPE array and adds the current File into +// the array. +// +// Input: FILE_TYPE **List - Array of FILE_TYPE structures alread found +// UINTN *FileCount - number of entries in the FILE_TYPE array +// EFI_FILE_INFO *FileInfo - file info of the file that should be added +// +// Output: +// +// Returns: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +static VOID AddFileTypeEntry(FILE_TYPE **List, UINTN *FileCount, EFI_FILE_INFO *FileInfo) +{ + FILE_TYPE *NewList=NULL; + UINTN Length; + UINTN Index = 0; + + Length = (EfiStrLen(FileInfo->FileName)+3)*sizeof(CHAR16); + + // Allocate space for a new list entry plus all the previous list items + NewList = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(FILE_TYPE)*(++(*FileCount))); + if (NewList != NULL) + { + // Clear the memory of the entire list + MemSet(NewList, sizeof(FILE_TYPE)*(*FileCount), 0); + + // Copy the old entries (if there are any old entries to copy) + if(*List != NULL) + { + Index = FindInsertionIndex(*List, *FileCount); + + MemCopy(NewList, *List, sizeof(FILE_TYPE)*(Index)); + MemCopy(&(NewList[Index+1]), &((*List)[Index]), sizeof(FILE_TYPE)*((*FileCount)-Index-1)); + + gBS->FreePool(*List); + } + + // Store the type of this FILE_TYPE entry (non-zero is directory) + NewList[Index].Type = ((FileInfo->Attribute) & EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY); + + // Store the size of the file + NewList[Index].Size = (UINTN)FileInfo->FileSize; + + // Allocate space for the string + NewList[Index].Name = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (Length); + if((NewList[Index].Name) != NULL ) + { + // Clear the allocated memory + MemSet(NewList[Index].Name, Length, 0); + + // Create either a Dir string or a File string for addition to the HiiDataBase + if(NewList[Index].Type == EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) + SPrint(NewList[Index].Name, (sizeof(CHAR16)*EfiStrLen(FileInfo->FileName)+1), L"<%s>", FileInfo->FileName); + else + SPrint(NewList[Index].Name, (sizeof(CHAR16)*EfiStrLen(FileInfo->FileName)+1), L"%s", FileInfo->FileName); + + // Add the string to the HiiDataBase + ///NewList[Index].Token = AddStringToHii(FileInfo->FileName, &gInternalStrings); ///Just by trying using the following line + NewList[Index].Token = HiiAddString(gHiiHandle, NewList[Index].Name ); + + // Clear the memory and create the string for the File Structure + MemSet(NewList[Index].Name, Length, 0); + SPrint(NewList[Index].Name, (sizeof(CHAR16)*EfiStrLen(FileInfo->FileName)+1), L"%s", FileInfo->FileName); + } + *List = NewList; + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CreateFileList +// +// Description: Parse all the files in the current directory and add valid files to the +// FILE_TYPE list and update the filecount +// +// Input: EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL *FileProtocol - the current direcotry to parse +// +// Output: FILE_TYPE **FileList - pointer in which to return the array of FileType items +// UINTN *FileCount - the count of filetype items discovered +// +// Returns: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +static EFI_STATUS CreateFileList(EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL *FileProtocol, FILE_TYPE **FileList, UINTN *FileCount) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + UINTN BufferSize = 1; + EFI_FILE_INFO *File = NULL; + + CHAR16 ExtensionEfi[] = L"EFI"; + + // Continue parsing the directory until we no longer read valid files + while(BufferSize != 0 && !EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + BufferSize = 0; + Status = FileProtocol->Read(FileProtocol, &BufferSize, NULL); + + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) break; + + if(Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) + { + File = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (BufferSize); + if(File != NULL) { + MemSet(File, BufferSize, 0); + } + } + + Status = FileProtocol->Read(FileProtocol, &BufferSize, File); + + // Check if a valid file was read + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status) && BufferSize != 0) + { + // check if the file read was a directory or a ".efi" extension + if(CheckDirectoryType(File) || CheckExtension(File, ExtensionEfi)) + { + // the file was valid, add it to the file list + AddFileTypeEntry(FileList, FileCount, File); + } + } + + // free the space allocated for readin the file info structure + gBS->FreePool(File); + + // set the pointer to null to prevent the chance of memory corruption + File = NULL; + } + + if(*FileCount == 0) Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DisplayFileListMenu +// +// Description: Display a menu of the FILE_TYPE items and return the selected item +// in the Selection +// +// Input: FILE_TYPE *FileList - List of FILE_TYPE items to display in the menu +// UINTN FileCount - the number of FILE_TYPE items in the list +// +// Output: UINT16 *Selection - The index of the selected FILE_TYPE item +// +// Returns: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +static EFI_STATUS DisplayFileListMenu(FILE_TYPE *FileList, UINTN FileCount, UINT16 *Selection, UINT32 Variable) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + UINT16 i = 0; + + POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *List = NULL; + + // Check there are any files to display + if(FileCount != 0 && FileList != NULL) + { + // allocate space for the POSTMENU_TEMPLATE items + List = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (sizeof(POSTMENU_TEMPLATE)*FileCount); + if(List != NULL) + { + // Clear the memory allocated + MemSet(List, sizeof(POSTMENU_TEMPLATE)*FileCount, 0); + + // Add the STRING_REF tokens to the POSTMENU_TEMPLATE structures + for(i = 0; i < FileCount; i++) + List[i].ItemToken = FileList[i].Token; + } + + // Call post manager to display the menu + Status = mPostMgr->DisplayPostMenu(gHiiHandle, + (VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION == Variable) ? STRING_TOKEN (STR_FILE_PATH) : STRING_TOKEN (STR_DRIVER_PATH), + 0, + List, + (UINT16)FileCount, + Selection); + } + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdateFilePathString +// +// Description: To create the File Path string based on the file selected. +// +// Input: CHAR16 *FilePath - Buffer to fill with the file path +// CHAR16 * CurFile - current file selected +// UINT16 idx - Index of the file in the current directory +// +// Output: CHAR16 *FilePath - Updated File Path +// +// Returns: +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID UpdateFilePathString(CHAR16 *FilePath, CHAR16 * CurFile, UINT16 idx) +{ + UINTN Length=0; + + if(EfiStrLen(FilePath)) + { + if( idx==0 ) { + if(EfiStrCmp(CurFile,L"..")) { + EfiStrCat(FilePath,L"\\"); + EfiStrCat(FilePath,CurFile); + } + else { + + for ( Length = EfiStrLen(FilePath); ( Length!= 0 ) && (FilePath[Length-1] != L'\\') ; Length -- ); + if ( Length ) + FilePath[Length-1] = L'\0'; + else + FilePath[Length] = L'\0'; + } + } + else { + EfiStrCat(FilePath,L"\\"); + EfiStrCat(FilePath,CurFile); + } + } + else { + EfiStrCpy(FilePath,L"\\"); + EfiStrCat(FilePath,CurFile); + //EfiStrCpy(FilePath,CurFile); + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: FileBrowserLaunchFileSystem +// +// Description: To select the File System for the new boot option with the help of file browser. +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: Selected File System Index +// +// Returns: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS FileBrowserLaunchFileSystem(UINT32 Variable) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINTN Count = 0; + UINT16 i = 0; + + EFI_GUID DevicePathGuid = EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL_GUID; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Dp = NULL; + + POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *PossibleFileSystems = NULL; + + Status = gBS->LocateProtocol(&gAmiPostManagerProtocolGuid, NULL, &mPostMgr); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)) { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + // Locate all the simple file system devices in the system + Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer(ByProtocol, &gSimpleFileSystemGuid, NULL, &Count, &gSmplFileSysHndlBuf); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + // allocate space to display all the simple file system devices + PossibleFileSystems = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (sizeof(POSTMENU_TEMPLATE)*Count); + if(PossibleFileSystems != NULL) + { + // clear the allocated space + MemSet(PossibleFileSystems, sizeof(POSTMENU_TEMPLATE)*Count, 0); + for(i = 0; i < Count; i++) + { + // get the device path for each handle with a simple file system + Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(gSmplFileSysHndlBuf[i], &DevicePathGuid, &Dp); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + CHAR16 *Name = NULL; + + // Get the name of the driver installed on the handle + // GetControllerName(gHandleBuffer[i],&Name); + + Name = NULL; + Name = _DevicePathToStr(Dp); + + // Add the name to the Hii Database + ///PossibleFileSystems[i].ItemToken = AddStringToHii(Name); + PossibleFileSystems[i].ItemToken = HiiAddString(gHiiHandle, Name ); + + PossibleFileSystems[i].Attribute = AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_FOCUS; + } + else + { + PossibleFileSystems[i].ItemToken = 0; + PossibleFileSystems[i].Attribute = AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN; + } + } + // Reset the item selected to be the first item + gSelIdx = 0; + + // Display the post menu and wait for user input + Status = mPostMgr->DisplayPostMenu(gHiiHandle, + (Variable != 0xffff)? STRING_TOKEN(STR_FILE_SYSTEM) : STRING_TOKEN(STR_FILE_SYSTEM_TO_SAVE_IMG),//EIP-123432 + 0, + PossibleFileSystems, + (UINT16)Count, + &gSelIdx); + + + // A valid item was selected by the user + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + gValidOption = TRUE; + } + } + } + + else { + ShowPostMsgBox( L"No Valid File System", L"No Valid File System Available", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK, NULL );//EIP:41615 To display Warning message when there is no file system connected. + + } + // Free the allocated menu list space + if(PossibleFileSystems != NULL) + gBS->FreePool(PossibleFileSystems); + if(Variable == VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION) + { + // Set the File System Index for the new boot option added + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION, STRUCT_OFFSET(NEW_BOOT_OPTION,SelFs), sizeof(UINT16), (VOID*)&gSelIdx); + } + if(Variable == VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + { + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION, STRUCT_OFFSET(NEW_DRIVER_OPTION,SelFs), sizeof(UINT16), (VOID*)&gSelIdx); + } + return Status; +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: FileBrowserLaunchFilePath +// +// Description: To select the Boot file for the new boot option with the help of file browser. +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: File Path string +// +// Returns: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS FileBrowserLaunchFilePath(UINT32 Variable) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_HANDLE Handle = 0; + + EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL *SimpleFs = NULL; + EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL *NewFs = NULL; + FILE_TYPE *FileList = NULL; + UINTN FileCount = 0; + UINT16 i = 0; + //CHAR16 FilePath[120]; + CHAR16 *FilePath=NULL; + UINTN filenamelength = 0, Length = 0; + + // Attempt to locate the post manager protocol + Status = gBS->LocateProtocol(&gAmiPostManagerProtocolGuid, NULL, &mPostMgr); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + if( gValidOption == TRUE ) + { + gValidOption = FALSE; + + // Get the simple file system protocol + Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(gSmplFileSysHndlBuf[gSelIdx], &gSimpleFileSystemGuid, &SimpleFs); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + // And open it and return the efi file protocol + Status = SimpleFs->OpenVolume(SimpleFs, &gFs); + } + } + else { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + // Free handle buffer space (auto allocated by the called function) + if(gSmplFileSysHndlBuf != NULL) + gBS->FreePool(gSmplFileSysHndlBuf); + + // clean up the file list and strings used in getting the file system + CleanFileTypes(&FileList, &FileCount); + } + + //MemSet(FilePath, 120, 0); + if ( NULL == FilePath ) //EIP-105725 + { + FilePath = (CHAR16*)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(CHAR16)); + } + + while(!EFI_ERROR(Status) && gFs != NULL) + { + i = 0; + + // Create a list of the files in the current directory + Status = CreateFileList(gFs, &FileList, &FileCount); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + // Display the list in a menu and allow the user to select + Status = DisplayFileListMenu(FileList, FileCount, &i, Variable); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + // The user selected something, attempt to open it + Status = gFs->Open( gFs, + &NewFs, + FileList[i].Name, + EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, + 0); + + // close the old file system protocol and set it to null + gFs->Close(gFs); + gFs = NULL; + + Length = EfiStrLen(FilePath) + 3; // adding 2 more character for \ and null termination + filenamelength = EfiStrLen(FileList[i].Name); + if ( NULL != FilePath ) + { + ////EIP-105725 Re-allocating based on filePath string length + FilePath = MemReallocateZeroPool( FilePath, (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)), ( (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)) + (filenamelength * sizeof (CHAR16)) ) ); + } + + + // Create the File Path based on the file selected + UpdateFilePathString(FilePath, FileList[i].Name, i); + + // the newly selected item was opened correctly + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + // check what type was opened + if(FileList[i].Type != EFI_FILE_DIRECTORY) + { + // the file was read, close the file system protocol and set it to null + NewFs->Close(NewFs); + NewFs = NULL; + + //SPrint (FileName, 50, L"%s", FileList[i].Name); + //ShowPostMsgBox( L"Selected Boot File Name", FileName, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK, &SelOpt ); + } + gFs = NewFs; + } + } + } + + if(FileCount <= 0) { + ShowPostMsgBox( L"No Valid File", L"No Valid File Available in the Selected File System", MSGBOX_TYPE_OK, NULL );//EIP:41615 Warning message to show unavailability of the selected file + } + // clean the strings that were used and free allocated space + CleanFileTypes(&FileList, &FileCount); + + if(Status == EFI_ABORTED) { + return Status;//EIP:41615 Returning the status if its aborted. + } + } + // Set the File path for the new boot option added. + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + if (VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION == Variable) + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION, STRUCT_OFFSET(NEW_BOOT_OPTION,Path), ((EfiStrLen(FilePath)+1)*sizeof(CHAR16)), FilePath); + if (VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION == Variable) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION, STRUCT_OFFSET(NEW_DRIVER_OPTION,DriverPath), ((EfiStrLen(FilePath)+1)*sizeof(CHAR16)), FilePath); + } + MemFreePointer((VOID**)&FilePath); + return Status; +} +//EIP-41615: END.. +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Date.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Date.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..812244f --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Date.c @@ -0,0 +1,1397 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2012, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Date.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 32 $ +// +// $Date: 5/01/14 3:39p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Date.c $ +// +// 32 5/01/14 3:39p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 31 11/20/12 12:41a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP107049 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] If set Token "STYLE_DATE_FORMAT" to change the date display +// type to [yyyy/mm/dd], it can't key-in correct value to set the date +// value, only use the +/- command to set the date value +// [Files] Date.c +// +// 30 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 14 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 29 4/05/12 7:13a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 28 2/02/12 1:16p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351,75352,75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, boot.c, TseAdvanced.c,Time.c, PopupEdit.c, +// MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 27 1/18/12 7:27a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIPEIP 79487: +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Decreasing YEAR field displayed yearr with XX before 2005 +// and after 2098. +// [RootCause] Improper handling of the date and year field of the date +// control. +// [Solution] Global variable DateTempNum is handled properly while +// updating the date and year field of the date control. +// [Files] Date.c +// +// 26 1/18/12 6:22a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP79961 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] "Non RTC date control - decreasing from year value 0001 +// displayed 65535 without closing bracket. +// [RootCause] In date draw function we are providing only 4 digits for +// year. But Tm.year value when decremented after least value its drawing +// the 65535 which is the maximum. +// [Solution] Restricted maximum value for year to 9999 such that it +// wont erase the ']' when incremented over 9999. +// When incremented over 9999 provided 0 to it. +// [Files] Date.c +// +// 25 1/11/12 7:42a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP79965 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Unable to set the date and time with the soft keyboard and +// mouse +// [RootCause] Softkbd disabled even the control is active +// [Solution] Disabled the softkbd only when control is inactive +// [Files] Date.c and time.c +// +// 24 1/05/12 1:10p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 80092 +// [Category] Defect +// [Symptom] Day of week is not properly calculated for 2012 in Setup +// [RootCause] Local variables are declared type UINT. +// [Solution] Change the local variable type from UINT to INTN. +// +// [Files Changed] +// - date.c +// +// [Functions Changed] +// - _DateGetWeekDay +// +// 23 12/07/11 9:02a Rajashakerg +// TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moved the UefiPreControlUpdate function call in time.c +// and date.c to the appropriate place. +// [Files] time.c, date.c +// +// 22 11/30/11 11:51p Rajashakerg +// +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Callback handling :For interactive controls updating +// the currnet vaule in cache even when hii callback returns error status. +// [Files] Date.c, SubMenu.c, ordlistbox.c, time.c, UefiAction.c, +// hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 21 11/30/11 12:49a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static +// code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, +// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 20 11/28/11 4:55a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Callback handling :For interactive controls updating +// the currnet vaule in cache even when hii callback returns error status. +// [Files] Date.c, SubMenu.c, ordlistbox.c, time.c, UefiAction.c, +// hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 19 11/28/11 2:02a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] UefiWapper.c, Hii.c, Expression.c, CtrlCond.c, PopupSel.c, +// Minisetupext.c, Menu.c, Date.c, Ezport\Stylecommon.c, +// EzportPlus\StyleCommon.c, +// +// 18 11/21/11 12:12p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 17 11/20/11 7:44a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 16 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 15 8/26/11 6:34p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP68354 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [RootCause] Callback was invoked during periodic update for time and +// date controls without EFI_IFR_REFRESH_OP. +// [Solution] Callback is only invoked for interactive controls. +// [Files] TseLite: Time.c, Date.c, +// Uefi21: Parese.c, Uefi21Wrapper.c +// +// 14 6/15/11 4:46p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP61650 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] Cannot edit time field when using new "time" format +// [RootCause] Default refresh interval set to all the time variables +// [Solution] Control refreshed only if refresh flag set. +// [Files] time.c, date.c, parse.c and uefihpktool.exe +// +// 13 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 12 12/02/10 2:34p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 48169 +// [Category]- Enhancement +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Code Cleanup and Compiler Warning need to resolved. +// [Rootcause] Warnings reported when we build AMI higher Warning level. +// [Solution]- 1. Fix the warnings and do the code cleanup. +// 2. Introduce proper checks. +// 3. change the popupSel.c to not change the Option/variable +// cache to default or first option +// when the variable cache is not matching with any of +// option. +// [Files] - commonoem.c bbs.c boot.c hiistring.c resource.c +// popuppassword.c popupsel.c +// expression.c hii.c parse.c +// +// 11 11/30/10 2:07p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 48979 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Both Date & Time controls of setup menu do not display +// gray-out color when the controls are in the gray-out state. +// +// [Rootcause] - Improper use of color variable for Date and Time controls +// in the draw function. +// [Solution] - Proper use of color variables to handle normal and +// gray-out state for these controls. +// [Files] - date.c and time.c +// +// 10 11/17/10 3:09p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 48433 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- While editing Date and Time control pressing +// Pageup/PageDown/Home keys +// causes to leave Date&Time in the Edit state but changes foucs. +// [Rootcause] - Default case of Action handling not done for Date and +// Time controls. +// [Solution] - Add the Default action handle caes for this controls. +// [Files] - date.c and time.c +// +// 8 11/10/10 6:59p Blaines +// Fix issue with date control not calling the proper uefi2.1 funtion to +// set date. +// +// 7 6/04/10 12:53p Blaines +// Add support for UEFI 2.1 date and time controls +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 7 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 6 2/17/10 7:03p Madhans +// To suppor readonly control +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:48a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 8/18/09 6:35p Blaines +// Support additional date styles +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 5/20/09 3:42p Blaines +// Update support for date format +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 5 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 3/31/09 4:07p Madhans +// Fix for EDK version +// +// 3 2/05/09 10:15a Madhans +// Style Module created. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Date.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Date control operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + + +DATE_METHODS gDate = +{ + DateCreate, + DateDestroy, + DateInitialize, + DateDraw, + DateHandleAction, + DateSetCallback, + DateSetFocus, + DateSetPosition, + DateSetDimensions, + DateSetAttributes, + DateGetControlHeight + +}; +BOOLEAN CheckKeyinHotKeysList(AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA Key); +VOID _DateUpdateEntry(DATE_DATA *time); +EFI_STATUS _DateHandleActionKeyMouse(DATE_DATA *date, ACTION_DATA *Data); +UINT16 DayNames[] = +{ + STRING_TOKEN(STR_DAY_SUNDAY), + STRING_TOKEN(STR_DAY_MONDAY), + STRING_TOKEN(STR_DAY_TUESDAY), + STRING_TOKEN(STR_DAY_WEDNESDAY), + STRING_TOKEN(STR_DAY_THURSDAY), + STRING_TOKEN(STR_DAY_FRIDAY), + STRING_TOKEN(STR_DAY_SATURDAY), +}; + +CHAR16 DateTempNum[5]; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateCreate +// +// Description: Function to create the date, which uses the Control fucntions. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateCreate( DATE_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(DATE_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gDate; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateDestroy +// +// Description: Function to destroy the date, which uses the Control fucntions. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateDestroy( DATE_DATA *date, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == date) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( date, FALSE ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&date ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateInitialize +// +// Description: Function to initialize the date, which uses the Control fucntions. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateInitialize( DATE_DATA *date, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( date, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + date->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(date->ControlData.ControlPtr); + date->Interval = (UINT8)date->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh; + date->LabelMargin = (UINT8)gControlLeftMargin; + date->Sel = 0; + date->ControlFocus = FALSE; + date->ControlActive = FALSE; + + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, + NULL, &(date->FGColor), + &(date->SelBGColor), &(date->SelFGColor), + &(date->BGColor), &(date->NSelFGColor), + NULL, &(date->LabelFGColor), + &(date->NSelLabelFGColor), + NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateInitialize +// +// Description: Function to draw the date. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateDraw( DATE_DATA *date ) +{ + CHAR16 *t,text[50],txt[5]; + UINTN day; + EFI_TIME Tm; + UINTN nIndex,nDateLen,nEFIDateLen,i = 0; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT8 ColorDate = date->NSelFGColor /*date->FGColor*/ , NScolor,SColor; + UINT16 MarginLeft = date->Left + date->LabelMargin; + UINT8 ColorLabelDate = (date->ControlFocus) ? date->LabelFGColor:date->NSelLabelFGColor ; + BOOLEAN bShowDay = StyleShowDay() ; + UINTN dateFormat = StyleGetDateFormat() ; + //gRT->GetTime(&Tm,NULL); + UefiGetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if ( date->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0 ) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &date->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorDate = ColorLabelDate = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + NScolor = date->BGColor | ColorDate; + SColor = date->SelBGColor | date->SelFGColor; + + // label + t = HiiGetString( date->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(date->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == t){ + t = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(!t) + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + EfiStrCpy(t,L" "); + } + // boundary overflow check + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(date->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( date->Left , date->Top, + (UINTN)(date->LabelMargin - date->Left ),(UINTN) date->Height, + t, date->BGColor | ColorLabelDate ); + } + else + { + if ( (TestPrintLength(t) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(date->LabelMargin - date->Left )/*21*/ ) + t[date->LabelMargin - date->Left ] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( date->Left , date->Top, (CHAR16*)t, + date->BGColor | ColorLabelDate ); + } + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&t); + + day = _DateGetWeekDay( &Tm ); + + t = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, (bShowDay)? DayNames[day]:STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == t){ + t = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(!t) + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + EfiStrCpy(t,L" "); + } + + nIndex = TestPrintLength(t) / (NG_SIZE); + nDateLen = TestPrintLength(t) / (NG_SIZE); + nEFIDateLen = EfiStrLen(t); + + if ( t != NULL ) + { + SPrint( text, sizeof(text), L"[%s ", t ); + text[nEFIDateLen + 1] = L' '; + i = (bShowDay)? (nEFIDateLen + 2):(nEFIDateLen + 1); + + if ((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_MMDDYYYY) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY)) + EfiStrCpy(text+(i),L"XX/XX/XXXX]"); + else + EfiStrCpy(text+(i),L"XXXX/XX/XX]"); + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&t ); + i = (bShowDay)? (nDateLen + 2):(nDateLen + 1) ; //(StyleShowDay()==TRUE)?2:1; + DrawStringWithAttribute( MarginLeft/*date->Left + date->LabelMargin*/ , date->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + date->BGColor | ColorDate ); + + nIndex = i; + + if ((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_MMDDYYYY)||(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY)) + { + DrawStringWithAttribute( MarginLeft/*date->Left + date->LabelMargin*/ + nIndex , date->Top, + ( (date->Sel==0) && (date->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? DateTempNum :StrZeroPad((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_MMDDYYYY)?Tm.Month:Tm.Day,txt), + (UINT8)((((date->Sel == 0) && (date->ControlFocus)) ? + SColor/*date->SelBGColor | date->SelFGColor*/ : + NScolor/*date->BGColor | ColorDate*/ )) ); + + nIndex+=3; + DrawStringWithAttribute( MarginLeft/*date->Left + date->LabelMargin*/ + nIndex , date->Top, + ( (date->Sel==1) && (date->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? DateTempNum :StrZeroPad((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_MMDDYYYY)?Tm.Day:Tm.Month,txt), + (UINT8)( (((date->Sel == 1) && (date->ControlFocus)) ? + SColor/*date->SelBGColor | date->SelFGColor*/ : + NScolor/*date->BGColor | ColorDate*/ )) ); + + nIndex+=3; + if((Tm.Year < 1000) &&( atoi(DateTempNum, 10) < 1000)) + SPrint(txt,sizeof(txt),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //Update the date string when year is ZERO. + + DrawStringWithAttribute( MarginLeft/*date->Left + date->LabelMargin*/ + nIndex , date->Top, + ( (date->Sel==2) && (date->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? DateTempNum :((Tm.Year < 1000) ? txt : StrZeroPad( Tm.Year,txt)), + (UINT8)( (((date->Sel == 2) && (date->ControlFocus)) ? + SColor/*date->SelBGColor | date->SelFGColor*/ : + NScolor/*date->BGColor | ColorDate*/ )) ); + } + else + { + + if((Tm.Year < 1000) &&( atoi(DateTempNum, 10) < 1000)) + SPrint(txt,sizeof(txt),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //Update the date string when year is ZERO. + DrawStringWithAttribute( MarginLeft/*date->Left + date->LabelMargin*/ + nIndex , date->Top, + ( (date->Sel==0) && (date->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? DateTempNum :((Tm.Year < 1000) ? txt : StrZeroPad( Tm.Year,txt)), + (UINT8)( (((date->Sel == 0) && (date->ControlFocus)) ? + SColor/*date->SelBGColor | date->SelFGColor*/ : + NScolor/*date->BGColor | ColorDate*/ )) ); + + nIndex+=5; + DrawStringWithAttribute( MarginLeft/*date->Left + date->LabelMargin*/ + nIndex , date->Top, + ( (date->Sel==1) && (date->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? DateTempNum :StrZeroPad((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM)?Tm.Day:Tm.Month,txt), + (UINT8)( (((date->Sel == 1) && (date->ControlFocus)) ? + SColor/*date->SelBGColor | date->SelFGColor*/ : + NScolor/*date->BGColor | ColorDate*/ )) ); + + nIndex+=3; + DrawStringWithAttribute( MarginLeft/*date->Left + date->LabelMargin*/ + nIndex , date->Top, + ( (date->Sel==2) && (date->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? DateTempNum :StrZeroPad((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM)?Tm.Month:Tm.Day,txt), + (UINT8)((((date->Sel == 2) && (date->ControlFocus)) ? + SColor/*date->SelBGColor | date->SelFGColor*/ : + NScolor/*date->BGColor | ColorDate*/ )) ); + } + + FlushLines(date->Top, date->Top); + return Status; + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateInitialize +// +// Description: Function to handle the date actions. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateHandleAction( DATE_DATA *date, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + if(date->ControlActive) + return Status; + + if (0 == date->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh) //EIP61650 If control not has refresh no need of proceeding + return Status; + + if(IsActiveControlPresent(gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) + return Status; + + if ( --(date->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + date->Interval = (UINT8)(date->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return UefiRefershQuestionValueNvRAM(&(date->ControlData)); + } + else + return Status; + } + + if ( ! date->ControlFocus ) + return Status; + + if (( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY )||(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)) + return _DateHandleActionKeyMouse(date, Data); + + return Status; +} + +EFI_STATUS _DateHandleActionKeyMouse(DATE_DATA *date, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + EFI_TIME Tm; + AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key = Data->Input.Data.AmiKey; + UINTN dateFormat = StyleGetDateFormat() ; + + if(date->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReadOnly) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + //Get time + //gRT->GetTime( &Tm, NULL ); + UefiGetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); + + //Get mapping + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + { + Action = MapControlKeysHook(key); + } + else if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + if(ControlActionSelect == MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) + { + + //EIP-123727 check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of Date Control or not + if((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)date->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(date->Top+date->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)date->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(date->Left+date->Width)))//EIP-123727 + { + Action = ControlActionSelect; + } + } + } + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionNextLeft: +#if SETUP_STYLE_AWARD + if ( date->ControlActive ) + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + + if ( date->Sel == 0 ) + date->Sel = 2; + else + date->Sel--; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; +#endif + + case ControlActionNextRight: + if ( date->ControlActive ) + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + +#if SETUP_STYLE_AWARD + if ( date->Sel == 2 ) + date->Sel = 0; + else + date->Sel++; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; +#endif + break; + + case ControlActionNextUp: + case ControlActionNextDown: + if ( date->ControlActive ) + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + break; + + case ControlActionAbort: + if ( date->ControlActive ) + { + date->ControlActive = FALSE; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + break; + + case ControlActionSelect: + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + NumericSoftKbdInit(); + _DateUpdateEntry(date); +// for EZPORT: expressely to go to next entry in date control after hitting enter +#if SETUP_STYLE_AWARD + break; +#endif + + case ControlActionNextSelection: + if ( date->ControlActive ) + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + + if ( date->Sel == 2 ) + date->Sel = 0; + else + date->Sel++; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionPrevSelection: + if ( date->ControlActive ) + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + + if ( date->Sel == 0 ) + date->Sel = 2; + else + date->Sel--; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionDecreament: + if(date->ControlActive) + { + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + } + _DateDecrease( date ); + date->ControlActive = TRUE; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionIncreament: + if(date->ControlActive) + { + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + } + _DateIncrease( date ); + date->ControlActive = TRUE; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionNumeric: + if( !(date->ControlActive) ) + { + MemSet(DateTempNum, 10, 0x0); + date->ControlActive = TRUE; + switch(date->Sel) + { + case 0: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year ); + else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%d",Tm.Day); + else + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%d",Tm.Month); + break; + case 1: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%d",Tm.Month); + else + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%d",Tm.Day); + break; + case 2: + if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%d",Tm.Month); + else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD) + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%d",Tm.Day); + else + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year ); + break; + } + } + + if(EfiStrLen(DateTempNum)>1) + DateTempNum[0] =DateTempNum[1]; + + if ( + ( (2 == date->Sel) && (DATE_STYLE_MMDDYYYY == dateFormat || DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY == dateFormat) ) || + ( (0 == date->Sel) && (DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM == dateFormat || DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD == dateFormat) ) + ) + { + DateTempNum[1] =DateTempNum[2]; + DateTempNum[2] =DateTempNum[3]; + DateTempNum[3] = key.Key.UnicodeChar; + }else + DateTempNum[1] = key.Key.UnicodeChar; + + Status = gDate.Draw(date); + break; + + default: + if ( date->ControlActive ) + _DateUpdateEntry(date); + break; + } + + if( (((!date->ControlActive)||(!IsMouseClickedonSoftkbd())) && (TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook() == TRUE) )&& + (((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) && + ((Action == ControlActionNextLeft) ||(Action == ControlActionNextRight) ||(Action == ControlActionNextUp) ||(Action == ControlActionNextDown) ||(Action == ControlActionPageUp) ||(Action == ControlActionPageDown) ||(Action == ControlActionAbort) ||(Action == ControlActionHome) ||(Action == ControlActionEnd) ||(CheckKeyinHotKeysList(key))) ) || + ((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)&&((!((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)date->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(date->Top+date->Height))&&(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)date->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(date->Left+date->Width))))||(Action == ControlActionAbort)))) + ) + { + NumericSoftKbdExit();//EIP62763 : Check for softkbd presence and existing the numeric softkbd + } + + _DateUpdateHelp( date ); + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateSetCallback( DATE_DATA *date, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set the Date focus. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateSetFocus( DATE_DATA *date, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + if(focus != FALSE) + { + if ( CheckControlCondition( &date->ControlData ) ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if( !(date->ControlFocus && focus) ) + { + date->ControlFocus = focus; + + // set the selected field to Month + date->Sel = 0; + _DateUpdateHelp( date ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set the date position. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateSetPosition( DATE_DATA *date, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( date, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set the date dimensions. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateSetDimensions( DATE_DATA *date, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( date, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set the date attributes. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateSetAttributes( DATE_DATA *date, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( date, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DateGetControlHeight +// +// Description: Function to get the data label height. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date, frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS DateGetControlHeight(DATE_DATA *date, VOID * frame, UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width; + + *height = 1; + Width = (UINT16)(date->LabelMargin - (((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gControlLeftPad)); + + text = HiiGetString( date->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(date->ControlData.ControlPtr) ); + newText = StringWrapText( text, Width, height ); + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DateGetWeekDay +// +// Description: Function to get weekday. +// +// Input: EFI_TIME *tm +// +// Output: UINTN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _DateGetWeekDay( EFI_TIME *tm ) +{ + //EIP-75384 Static Code + //EIP-80092 + INTN d, m, y, c; + INTN w; + + d = tm->Day; + m = tm->Month - 2; + y = tm->Year; + + if ( m <= 0 ) + { + m += 12; + y--; + } + + c = y / 100; + y %= 100; + + w = d + y + (5 * c) + ((13 * m - 1) / 5) + (y / 4) + (c / 4); + + return w % 7; + +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DateDecrease +// +// Description: Function to decrement date. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _DateDecrease( DATE_DATA *date ) +{ + EFI_TIME Tm; + BOOLEAN Case_day = FALSE; + UINTN dateFormat = StyleGetDateFormat() ; + + //gRT->GetTime( &Tm, NULL ); + UefiGetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); + + switch ( date->Sel ) + { + case 0: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)){ + Tm.Year--; + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //Update the static date string + }else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) + { + if ( Tm.Day > 1 ) + Tm.Day--; + else + Tm.Day = 31; // this is to find out wich is the highest day for the month. + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + Case_day = TRUE; + }else{ + if ( Tm.Month > 1 ) + Tm.Month--; + else + Tm.Month = 12; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Month, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + } + break; + case 1: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + { + if ( Tm.Month > 1 ) + Tm.Month--; + else + Tm.Month = 12; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Month, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + }else{ + if ( Tm.Day > 1 ) + Tm.Day--; + else + Tm.Day = 31; // this is to find out wich is the highest day for the month. + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + Case_day = TRUE; + } + break; + case 2: + if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) + { + if ( Tm.Month > 1 ) + Tm.Month--; + else + Tm.Month = 12; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Month, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + }else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD){ + if ( Tm.Day > 1 ) + Tm.Day--; + else + Tm.Day = 31; // this is to find out wich is the highest day for the month. + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + Case_day = TRUE; + }else{ + Tm.Year--; + if(Tm.Year > 9999) + Tm.Year = 9999; + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //Update the static date string + } + break; + } + + while ( UefiSetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + if(Tm.Day > 28){ + Tm.Day--; //May be this month does not support days greater than 28 + if(Case_day == TRUE) + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + } else{ + //EIP 79487:SetTime failed due to year decremented beyound the range + Tm.Year++; + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //Update the static date string + UefiSetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); + break; //SetTime failed due to some other error keep time unchanged. + } + } +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DateIncrease +// +// Description: Function to increment date. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _DateIncrease( DATE_DATA *date ) +{ + EFI_TIME Tm; + UINTN dateFormat = StyleGetDateFormat() ; + BOOLEAN Case_day = FALSE; + + //gRT->GetTime( &Tm, NULL ); + UefiGetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); + + switch ( date->Sel ) + { + case 0: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)){ + Tm.Year++; + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //Update the static date string + } else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY){ + if(Tm.Day < 31){ + Tm.Day++; + } else{ + Tm.Day = 1; + } + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + Case_day = TRUE; + } else{ + if ( Tm.Month < 12 ) + Tm.Month++; + else + Tm.Month = 1; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Month, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + } + break; + case 1: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + { + if ( Tm.Month < 12 ) + Tm.Month++; + else + Tm.Month = 1; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Month, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + } else{ + if(Tm.Day < 31){ + Tm.Day++; + } else{ + Tm.Day = 1; + } + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + Case_day = TRUE; + } + break; + case 2: + if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) + { + if ( Tm.Month < 12 ) + Tm.Month++; + else + Tm.Month = 1; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Month, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + }else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD){ + if(Tm.Day < 31){ + Tm.Day++; + } else{ + Tm.Day = 1; + } + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + Case_day = TRUE; + }else{ + Tm.Year++; + if(Tm.Year > 9999) + Tm.Year = 0; + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //Update the static date string + } + break; + } + + //if ( gRT->SetTime( &Tm ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + if ( UefiSetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + //SetTime may be failed because of invalid day try with + //day = 1 + Tm.Day = 1; + if(Case_day == TRUE)//EIP 79487 + StrZeroPad(Tm.Day, DateTempNum); //Update the static date string + if(UefiSetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm) != EFI_SUCCESS) + { + Tm.Year--; + SPrint(DateTempNum,sizeof(DateTempNum),L"%04d",Tm.Year); //EIP 79487:Update the static date string + UefiSetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); //If this second SetTime also fails dont worry the time didnt change + } + + } +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DateUpdateEntry +// +// Description: Function to update entry. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _DateUpdateEntry(DATE_DATA *date) +{ + EFI_TIME Tm = {0}; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINTN dateFormat = StyleGetDateFormat() ; + + //gRT->GetTime( &Tm, NULL ); + UefiGetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); + + if(date->ControlActive) + { + // focus stays on the selection becuase we just edited it + switch(date->Sel) + { + case 0: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + Tm.Year = (UINT16)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) + Tm.Day = (UINT8)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + else + Tm.Month = (UINT8)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + break; + case 1: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + Tm.Month = (UINT8)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + else + Tm.Day = (UINT8)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + break; + case 2: + if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) + Tm.Month = (UINT8)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD) + Tm.Day = (UINT8)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + else + Tm.Year = (UINT16)atoi(DateTempNum, 10); + break; + } + + UefiPreControlUpdate(&(date->ControlData)); + UefiSetTime(&date->ControlData, &Tm); + //For interactive date control invoke the formcallback functions + if(UefiIsInteractive(&date->ControlData)){ + UINT8 Flags = UefiGetFlagsField(date->ControlData.ControlPtr) ; + + if(CheckDateFlags(Flags)) + { + //for storage type QF_DATE_STORAGE_NORMAL generate time in EFI_HII_DATE format + + //Call the callbacks passing the generated input value and value size + Status = CallFormCallBack(&date->ControlData, UefiGetControlKey(&date->ControlData), 0, AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE); + }// else { + //This case would be handled by UefiSetTime() outside using runtime services + //} + } + + date->ControlActive = FALSE; + } +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DateUpdateHelp +// +// Description: Function to update help. +// +// Input: DATE_DATA *date +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _DateUpdateHelp( DATE_DATA *date ) +{ + UINT16 helpToken = date->ControlData.ControlHelp; + UINT16 Min,Max; + UINTN dateFormat = StyleGetDateFormat() ; + + switch ( date->Sel ) + { + case 0: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_YEAR,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_DAY,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + else + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_MONTH,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + break; + case 1: + if((dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_DDMMYYYY) || (dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD)) + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_MONTH,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + else + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_DAY,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + break; + case 2: + if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM) + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_MONTH,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + else if(dateFormat == DATE_STYLE_YYYYMMDD) + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_DAY,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + else + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(date->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_DATE_YEAR,&helpToken,&Min,&Max); + break; + default: + break; + } + + date->ControlData.ControlHelp = helpToken; +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2012, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Date.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Date.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d833eb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Date.h @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Date.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 9 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Date.h $ +// +// 9 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 8 11/21/11 12:10p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 7 6/04/10 12:53p Blaines +// Add support for UEFI 2.1 date and time controls +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 5/20/09 3:42p Blaines +// Update support for date format +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Date.h +// +// Description: Header file for Date controls +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +#ifndef _DATE_H_ +#define _DATE_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" + +#define DATE_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 LabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelLabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 LabelMargin; \ + UINT8 Sel; \ + UINT8 SelFGColor; \ + UINT8 SelBGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelFGColor; \ + UINT16 Min; \ + UINT16 Max; \ + UINT8 Interval; + +typedef struct _DATE_METHODS DATE_METHODS; + +typedef struct _DATE_DATA +{ + DATE_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + DATE_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +DATE_DATA; + + +struct _DATE_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern DATE_METHODS gDate; + +extern EFI_STATUS UefiGetTime(CONTROL_INFO *control, EFI_TIME *Tm); +extern EFI_STATUS UefiSetTime(CONTROL_INFO *control, EFI_TIME *Tm); + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS DateCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS DateDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS DateInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS DateDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS DateHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS DateSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS DateSetFocus( VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS DateSetPosition( VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ); +EFI_STATUS DateSetDimensions( VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ); +EFI_STATUS DateSetAttributes( VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ); +EFI_STATUS DateGetControlHeight(VOID *object, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height); + +UINTN _DateGetWeekDay( EFI_TIME *tm ); +VOID _DateDecrease( DATE_DATA *date ); +VOID _DateIncrease( DATE_DATA *date ); +VOID _DateUpdateHelp( DATE_DATA *date ); + +#define DATE_STYLE_MMDDYYYY 0 +#define DATE_STYLE_YYYYDDMM 1 +#endif /* _DATE_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Label.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Label.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b4c151 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Label.c @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2012, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Label.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 15 $ +// +// $Date: 9/05/14 6:25a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Label.c $ +// +// 15 9/05/14 6:25a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 14 5/02/14 9:32p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 13 5/02/14 11:00a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 12 2/11/14 9:01p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 11 12/03/13 1:07p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 10 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 7 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 9 2/02/12 1:17p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351,75352,75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, boot.c, TseAdvanced.c,Time.c, PopupEdit.c, +// MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 8 11/30/11 12:44a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static +// code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, +// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 7 11/21/11 11:26a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 6 11/21/11 8:52a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 5 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 4 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 3 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Label.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Label operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +LABEL_METHODS gLabel = +{ + LabelCreate, + LabelDestroy, + LabelInitialize, + LabelDraw, + LabelHandleAction, + LabelSetCallback, + LabelSetFocus, + LabelSetPosition, + LabelSetDimensions, + LabelSetAttributes, + LabelGetControlHeight + +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelCreate +// +// Description: Function to create a Label, which uses the Control functions. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelCreate( LABEL_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(LABEL_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gLabel; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelDestroy +// +// Description: Function to destroy a Label, which uses the Control functions. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelDestroy( LABEL_DATA *label, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == label) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( label, FALSE ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&label->Text ); + + if( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&label ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize a Label, which uses the Control functions. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelInitialize( LABEL_DATA *label, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( label, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + label->ControlData.ControlHelp = ((AMI_IFR_LABEL *)label->ControlData.ControlPtr)->Help; + + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL , + NULL, NULL , + &(label->SelBGColor), &(label->SelFGColor), + &(label->BGColor), &(label->FGColor), + NULL,NULL , + NULL,NULL ,NULL,NULL,NULL ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw a Label. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelDraw(LABEL_DATA *label ) +{ + CHAR16 *text; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + UINT8 ColorLabel = label->FGColor; + // check conditional ptr if necessary + + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( label->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &label->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + text = HiiGetString( label->ControlData.ControlHandle, (UINT16)((AMI_IFR_LABEL*)(label->ControlData.ControlPtr))->Text ); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == text){ + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(!text) + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + EfiStrCpy(text,L" "); + } + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(label->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( label->Left , label->Top, + (UINTN)(label->Width),(UINTN) label->Height, + text,(UINT8)( (label->ControlFocus) ? + label->SelBGColor | label->SelFGColor : + label->BGColor | ColorLabel )); + } + else + { + // use frame width minus margins as available space + // boundary overflow check + if ( (TestPrintLength( text) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(label->Width)) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(label->Width))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( label->Left , label->Top, text, + (UINT8)( (label->ControlFocus) ? + label->SelBGColor | label->SelFGColor : + label->BGColor | ColorLabel /*label->FGColor*/ )); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + FlushLines( label->Top , label->Top ); + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelSetCallback( LABEL_DATA *label, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( label, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the Label actions. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelHandleAction( LABEL_DATA *label, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + if(ControlActionSelect == Action) + { + // this notifies container to display a msgbox or boot, etc depending on cookie + if(label->Callback != NULL) + label->Callback( label->Container,label, label->Cookie ); + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set the Label focus. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelSetFocus(LABEL_DATA *label, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if(focus != FALSE) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &label->ControlData ); + + //Setting focus to control which has no control-condtion and token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to make GrayoutIf control to focus and selectable + if ( ((u8ChkResult != COND_NONE) && (u8ChkResult != COND_GRAYOUT)) || + (!IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT)) + ){ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + + + + if( !(label->ControlFocus && focus) ) + label->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelSetPosition(LABEL_DATA *label, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( label, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelSetDimensions(LABEL_DATA *label, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( label, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelSetAttributes(LABEL_DATA *label, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( label, FGColor, BGColor ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LabelGetLabelHeight +// +// Description: Function to get label height. +// +// Input: LABEL_DATA *label, UINT16 Width, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS LabelGetControlHeight(LABEL_DATA *label, VOID * frame, UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width; + + *height = 1; + Width = ((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Width - 2; + + text = HiiGetString( label->ControlData.ControlHandle, (UINT16)((AMI_IFR_LABEL*)(label->ControlData.ControlPtr))->Text ); + newText = StringWrapText( text, Width, height ); + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2012, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Label.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Label.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dffb0a --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Label.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Label.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 7 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Label.h $ +// +// 7 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Label.h +// +// Description: Header file for Label controls. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _LABEL_H_ +#define _LABEL_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "MessageBox.h" + +typedef struct _IFR_LABEL +{ + // this structure is, in some way, following EFI_IFR structures + UINT8 Opcode, Length; + UINT16 Text; + UINT16 Help; +} +AMI_IFR_LABEL; + +#define LABEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 SelFGColor; \ + UINT8 SelBGColor; \ + CHAR16 *Text; + +typedef struct _LABEL_METHODS LABEL_METHODS; + +typedef struct _LABEL_DATA +{ + LABEL_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + LABEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +LABEL_DATA; + +#define LABEL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _LABEL_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + LABEL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +}; + +extern LABEL_METHODS gLabel; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS LabelCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS LabelDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS LabelInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS LabelDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS LabelHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS LabelSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS LabelSetFocus( VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS LabelSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS LabelSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS LabelSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS LabelGetControlHeight(VOID *object, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height); +#endif /* _LABEL_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ListBox.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ListBox.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa7282c --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ListBox.c @@ -0,0 +1,1436 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ListBox.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 32 $ +// +// $Date: 5/03/14 3:11p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ListBox.c $ +// +// 32 5/03/14 3:11p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 31 5/02/14 3:54a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP155965 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] MessageBox, ListBox cannot be canceled by Mouse +// Right-Click +// [Files] MessageBox.c, ListBox.c and minisetupext.c +// +// 30 2/11/14 9:03p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 29 12/05/13 1:25a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 28 12/03/13 2:11p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP130420 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] String is getting truncated +// [RootCause] The string for messagebox, Popup controls is getting +// truncated +// [Solution] Used temp variable to store original string and modify the +// string temp and used to avoid changing org string. +// [Files] String.c +// +// 27 1/22/13 12:21a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP103449 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] In Setup click\Touch from navigation window, option are not +// displayed properly +// [RootCause] Latest mouse driver providing LEFT_DOWN when we hold the +// mouse left down button. +// [Solution] Provided fix resolves the issue. +// [Files] ezport.c, PopupEdit.c, ListBox.c, MessageBox.c +// +// 26 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 26 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 24 9/21/12 8:40a Arunsb +// Build error corrected +// +// 23 9/18/12 6:31a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP93686 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] When string too long will hang on bbs menu +// [RootCause] listbox->Width is not within the limit +// [Solution] listbox->Width handled properly +// [Files] ListBox.c +// +// 22 5/28/12 12:32p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP67049 & 90224 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support mouse drag operation in frame and list box +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, ListBox.c, Minisetupext.h +// +// 21 5/21/12 3:09a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP87658 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Baudrate 9600 refresh sreen twice. Removed screen +// saving and restoring. +// [Files] Listbox.c +// +// 20 1/20/12 4:11a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP78929 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Control selection using Mouse is not user friendly. +// [RootCause] Updating the buffer with mouse click information provided +// by mouse driver is improper. +// [Solution] Updated the mouse click information properly to the buffer +// which is used by tse to do action. +// [Files] Action.c, frame.c ListBox.c +// +// 19 11/01/11 5:47a Arunsb +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To change the single click behaviour as like double +// click +// [Files] amitse.sdl, commonhelper.c, commonoem.c and listbox.c +// +// 18 10/19/11 1:00p Madhans +// Fix to check for Listbox is NOT NULL before free the controls. +// +// 17 1/24/11 1:38p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 48316 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- The keys "Caps Lock", "Scroll Lock" and "Num Lock" have +// function and the function is the same as the key "Enter". +// [Solution] - Check for valid listbox hot-keys before calling listbox +// callback function. +// [Function] - ListBoxHandleAction +// [File] - listbox.c. +// +// 16 12/24/10 3:46p Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 45949 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] BIOS Setup hang when the control string length is long +// [RootCause] List box title string is not truncated if it exceeds the +// limit. +// [Solution] Truncating the list box title string if it exceeds the +// limit +// +// [Files] ListBox.c +// +// 15 12/24/10 11:38a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP48384 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Unable to select options in "Delete boot option", "Boot +// [RootCause] In case of Listbox with scroll bar control is returned +// without updating the selected control +// [Solution] Fixed the issue with respect to List box selection using +// mouse by commenting the return statement before selecting/highliting +// the clicked control. +// [Files] ListBox.c +// +// 14 11/18/10 7:24p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 45374 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Need method to configure Post Menu programmatically, Items +// requested +// - Exit Keys +// - Font Colors +// - Background Colors. +// [Solution] +// - Create hook to set window color, +// - Add AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY attribute to POSTMENU_TEMPLATE to +// configure exit keys. +// [Files] - stylecommon.c, style.h, listbox.c, minisetupext.c, +// AMIPostMgr.h +// +// +// [TAG] - EIP 48417 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Symptom]- PostManagerDisplayMenu does not dynamically update Menu +// Title on language change. +// +// [Solution]- Update listbox title string by calling HiiGetString +// whenever a selection is made. redraws. +// [Files] - listbox.c, minisetupext.c, +// +// +// +// 13 10/20/10 1:40p Mallikarjunanv +// reverting back to v25 +// +// 11 9/07/10 12:25a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP-42124: Added Page up and Page down key in List box +// +// 10 8/12/10 11:30a Blaines +// EIP-41614 : Change to allow DisplayPostMenu protocol to dynamically +// update menu items modified from the callback functions. +// +// 9 6/15/10 10:47a Blaines +// Fix issue where Listbox->PtrItems[] is refered in places even if the +// style is not POPUP_STYLE_BBS. +// +// 8 6/04/10 12:58p Blaines +// Add support for displaying menu list with (ALL) non-focusable items. +// +// 7 5/24/10 6:06p Blaines +// Make sure selectable items are not hidden or non-focused in the +// function ListBoxHandleAction. +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 9 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 8 2/15/10 10:13p Madhans +// To avoid warnings +// +// 7 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 6 1/09/10 6:51a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 5 8/26/09 4:11p Blaines +// To fix issue with BBS popup when more then 20 bootoptions are present +// +// 4 8/19/09 12:54p Madhans +// To return failure on invalid action. +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:08p Madhans +// UefiGetOption Interface change.. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: ListBox.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Listbox controls +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +//EIP-67049 +static INT32 lButtonVaryingPosition = 0; +static INT32 lButtonInitialPosition = 0; +BOOLEAN lButtonOnListBoxScroll = FALSE; +BOOLEAN ScrollBarMoveAction = FALSE; +static UINT32 gListBoxScrollBarTop = 0, gListBoxScrollBarBottom = 0; +//EIP-67049 End +LISTBOX_METHODS gListBox = +{ + ListBoxCreate, + ListBoxDestroy, + ListBoxInitialize, + ListBoxDraw, + ListBoxHandleAction, + ListBoxSetCallback, + ListBoxSetFocus, + ListBoxSetPosition, + ListBoxSetDimensions, + ListBoxSetAttributes, + ListBoxGetControlHight, + ListBoxInitializeBBSPopup +}; +BOOLEAN SingleClickActivation (VOID); //EIP74141 providing select option for single click too + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxCreate +// +// Description: Function to create a List Box, which uses the popup controls. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxCreate( LISTBOX_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(LISTBOX_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gPopup.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gListBox; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxDestroy +// +// Description: Function to Destroy a List Box, which uses the popup controls. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxDestroy( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(listbox == NULL) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gPopup.Destroy( listbox, FALSE ); + + RestoreScreen( listbox->ScreenBuf ); + + if( freeMem ) + { + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&listbox->Title); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&listbox->PtrTokens); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&listbox->PtrItems); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&listbox->Help1); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&listbox->Help2); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&listbox->Help3); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&listbox ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SetListBoxString +// +// Description: Function to set a string in List Box. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, CHAR16 **pStr,UINT16 Toke +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SetListBoxString(LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, CHAR16 **pStr,UINT16 Token) +{ + CHAR16 *TempStr=NULL; + UINT16 TitleLength; + + TempStr = HiiGetString( listbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, Token ); + + if ( TempStr != NULL ) + { + TitleLength = (UINT16)((TestPrintLength( TempStr ) / (NG_SIZE)) + 3); + + //EIP_45949 - Truncate the list box title if it exceeds the limit + if( TitleLength > gMaxCols-9 ){ + TempStr[gMaxCols-9] = L'\0'; + TitleLength = (UINT16)((TestPrintLength( TempStr ) / (NG_SIZE)) + 3); + } + + if( listbox->Width < TitleLength + 4 ) + listbox->Width = TitleLength + 4; + } + *pStr = TempStr; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: GetLineCount +// +// Description: function to get line count and max width. +// +// Input: CHAR16 *line, UINT8 *Width +// +// +// Output: UINTN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN GetLineCount(CHAR16 *line, UINT8 *Width ) +{ + CHAR16 * text; + UINTN i=1; + CHAR16 * String=line; + UINT8 length; + + while(1) + { + CHAR16 save; + + text = String; + if ( *String == L'\0' ) + break; + + while ( ( *String != L'\n' ) &&( *String != L'\r' ) && ( *String != L'\0' ) ) + String++; + + save = *String; + *String = L'\0'; + + length = 0 ; + length = (UINT8)((TestPrintLength(text) / (NG_SIZE))) ; + if(length > *Width) + *Width = length ; + + if ( ( *String = save ) != L'\0' ) + { + if ( *String == L'\r' ) + { String++; + i--; + } + if ( *String == L'\n' ) + { + String++; + + if ( *(String - sizeof(CHAR16)) == L'\r' ) + i++; + } + } + else + break; + i++; + } + return i; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SetListBoxHelpString +// +// Description: Function to set a string in List Box. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, CHAR16 **pStr,UINT16 Toke +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SetListBoxHelpString(LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, CHAR16 **pStr,UINT16 Token) +{ + CHAR16 *TempStr=NULL; + UINT8 Width=0 ; + + TempStr = HiiGetString( listbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, Token ); + + if ( TempStr != NULL ) + { + GetLineCount(TempStr, &Width); + + if( listbox->Width < Width + 4 ) + listbox->Width = Width + 4; + } + *pStr = TempStr; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SetListBoxString +// +// Description: Function to set the common fields in a List Box. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SetListBoxCommonFields(LISTBOX_DATA *listbox) +{ + + listbox->Width += 4; + listbox->Sel = 0; + + // check if we need to use do srollbar + if(listbox->Height > MAX_VISIBLE_SELECTIONS ) + { + listbox->Height = (UINT16)MAX_VISIBLE_SELECTIONS; + listbox->Width++; // ad space for the scrollbar. + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = 0; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->Height-3; // 2 for borders and 1 more because is zero based. + + } + else + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = 0; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->Height-3; + } + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ,NULL, NULL, + NULL , NULL,NULL, NULL, NULL,NULL ,NULL, + &(listbox->FGColor),&(listbox->BGColor)); + + listbox->Border =TRUE; + listbox->Shadow = TRUE; + if(listbox->ScreenBuf == NULL) + listbox->ScreenBuf = SaveScreen(); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SetListBoxString +// +// Description: Function to initialize a List Box, which uses the Popup controls. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxInitialize( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 TempLength=0; + UINT16 TitleToken; + UINT16 Index= 0 ; + + Status = gPopup.Initialize( listbox, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + // add extra initialization here... + listbox->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(listbox->ControlData.ControlPtr); + + listbox->ListHandle = listbox->ControlData.ControlHandle; + listbox->HiddenItemCount = 0; + Status = UefiGetOneOfOptions(&listbox->ControlData,&listbox->ListHandle,&listbox->PtrTokens, NULL, &listbox->ItemCount,NULL,NULL); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + { + + for ( Index = 0; Index < listbox->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + TempLength = (UINT16)HiiMyGetStringLength( listbox->ListHandle, listbox->PtrTokens[Index] ); + + if ( TempLength > listbox->Width ) + listbox->Width = TempLength; + } + if (listbox->Width > (gMaxCols-6)) + listbox->Width = (UINT16)(gMaxCols-6); + + listbox->ItemCount = Index; + listbox->Height = Index + 2; + + //pad title + TitleToken = UefiGetPromptField(listbox->ControlData.ControlPtr); + SetListBoxString(listbox,&listbox->Title ,TitleToken); + SetListBoxCommonFields(listbox); + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SetListBoxString +// +// Description: Function to initialize the BBS Popup in a List Box. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA *listboxBBSPopupData +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxInitializeBBSPopup( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA *listboxBBSPopupData ) +{ + UINT16 Index= 0 ; + UINT16 TempLength=0; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + listbox->Style = POPUP_STYLE_BBS; + + if(listboxBBSPopupData->pControlData != NULL ) + MemCopy( &listbox->ControlData, listboxBBSPopupData->pControlData, sizeof(CONTROL_INFO) ); + + listbox->ListHandle = listbox->ControlData.ControlHandle; + listbox->ItemCount = listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount; + listbox->HiddenItemCount = listboxBBSPopupData->HiddenItemCount; + listbox->Height = listbox->ItemCount - listbox->HiddenItemCount + 2; + + listbox->PtrItems = EfiLibAllocatePool( listbox->ItemCount * sizeof(POSTMENU_TEMPLATE) ); + if ( listbox->PtrItems == NULL ) + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + else + { + for ( Index = 0; Index < listbox->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + listbox->PtrItems[Index] = listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems[Index] ; + + if((listbox->PtrItems[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)&& + (listbox->PtrItems[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)) + { + TempLength = (UINT16)HiiMyGetStringLength( listbox->ListHandle, listbox->PtrItems[Index].ItemToken ); + + if ( TempLength > listbox->Width ) + listbox->Width = TempLength; + } + } + if (listbox->Width > (gMaxCols-6)) + listbox->Width = (UINT16)(gMaxCols-6); + + if(listboxBBSPopupData->TitleToken) + SetListBoxString(listbox,&listbox->Title ,listboxBBSPopupData->TitleToken); + if(listboxBBSPopupData->Help1Token) + SetListBoxHelpString(listbox,&listbox->Help1 ,listboxBBSPopupData->Help1Token); + //SetListBoxString(listbox,&listbox->Help2 ,listboxBBSPopupData->Help2Token); + //SetListBoxString(listbox,&listbox->Help3 ,listboxBBSPopupData->Help3Token); + SetListBoxCommonFields(listbox); + } + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure : ListBoxDrawSeperator +// +// Description : function to draw the border +// +// Input : UINTN Left, UINTN Top, UINTN Width, UINTN Height +// +// Output : void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID ListBoxDrawSeperator( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINTN Left, UINTN Top, UINTN Width, UINTN Height ) +{ + UINTN Index; + CHAR16 *Line; + + UINTN Right, Bottom; + + Line = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (Width + 6) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + + if ( Line == NULL ) + return; + + Right = Left + Width - 1; + Bottom = Top + Height - 1; + + for ( Index = 1; Index < Width - 1; Index++ ) + Line[Index] = BOXDRAW_HORIZONTAL; + + if(listbox->Border) + { + Line[0] = BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_RIGHT; + + if(!listbox->UseScrollbar) + Line[Index] = BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_LEFT; + + DrawString( Left, Top, Line ); + } + + + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&Line ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw a List Box. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxDraw( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINTN Index; + CHAR16 *text = NULL; + UINT32 FirstLine = 0, LastLine = 0; + CHAR16 ArrUp[2]={{GEOMETRICSHAPE_UP_TRIANGLE},{0x0000}},ArrDown[2]={{GEOMETRICSHAPE_DOWN_TRIANGLE},{0x0000}},ScrlSel[2]={{BLOCKELEMENT_FULL_BLOCK/*L'N'*/},{0x0000}},ScrlNSel[2]={{BLOCKELEMENT_LIGHT_SHADE/*L'S'*/},{0x0000}}; + UINT16 BorderWidth = 4; + UINT8 FGColor = listbox->FGColor; + UINT8 BGColor = listbox->BGColor; + + + Status = gPopup.Draw( listbox ); + if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + return Status; + + listbox->UseScrollbar = FALSE; + + + // check if we need to use do scrollbar + if((listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount) > (UINT16)(MAX_VISIBLE_SELECTIONS - 2)) + { + listbox->UseScrollbar = TRUE ; + BorderWidth = 5; + //EIP-67049 + if (!ScrollBarMoveAction) + { + if( listbox->Sel < listbox->FirstVisibleSel) + { + if((listbox->Sel != 0) && (listbox->Sel < listbox->LastVisibleSel -1)) + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = listbox->Sel; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->Sel + listbox->Height -3 ; + } + else + { + if( listbox->Sel !=0) + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = listbox->Sel /*--*/; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->FirstVisibleSel + listbox->Height -3; + } + else + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = 0 ; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->Height -3; + } + } + } + + if(listbox->Sel > listbox->LastVisibleSel ) + { + if( (( listbox->Sel +listbox->Height-3) <= (listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount-1) ) && (listbox->Sel > listbox->LastVisibleSel +1)) + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = listbox->Sel; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->Sel + listbox->Height -3 ; + } + else + { + if( (listbox->Sel ) < (listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount-1)) + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = listbox->Sel - listbox->Height +3 /*--*/; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->Sel; + } + else + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount-1 - listbox->Height +3 ; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount-1; + } + } + } + } + + // draw the scrollbar + DrawStringWithAttribute( listbox->Left + listbox->Width -2 , listbox->Top+1, ArrUp, + listbox->FGColor | listbox->BGColor ); + + DrawStringWithAttribute( listbox->Left+ listbox->Width -2, listbox->Top + listbox->Height-2, ArrDown, + listbox->FGColor | listbox->BGColor ); + + FirstLine = ((listbox->Height-2)* listbox->FirstVisibleSel/(listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount) )+ listbox->Top+2; + LastLine = ((listbox->Height-2)* listbox->LastVisibleSel/(listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount) )+ listbox->Top+2; + + gListBoxScrollBarTop = FirstLine; //EIP-67049 To store Scrollbar Top positon + gListBoxScrollBarBottom = LastLine; //EIP-67049 To store Scrollbar Bottom positon + + for(Index = (listbox->Top + 2); Index < (UINTN)(listbox->Top + listbox->Height -2) ;Index++) + { + if( (Index >= FirstLine) && (Index < LastLine)) + DrawStringWithAttribute( listbox->Left+ listbox->Width-2, Index, ScrlSel, + listbox->FGColor | listbox->BGColor ); + else + DrawStringWithAttribute( listbox->Left+ listbox->Width-2, Index, ScrlNSel, + listbox->FGColor | listbox->BGColor ); + } + + } + + + // highlight selected item + for ( Index = listbox->FirstVisibleSel/*0*/; Index <= listbox->LastVisibleSel/*listbox->ItemCount*/; Index++ ) + { + if ( Index == listbox->Sel ) + { + FGColor = EFI_WHITE ; + BGColor = EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK ; + + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + { + text = HiiGetString( listbox->ListHandle, listbox->PtrItems[Index].ItemToken ); + + // Check condition if item is non-focusable + // This may occur if all menu items are set non-focusable + if( listbox->PtrItems[Index].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS) + { + FGColor = EFI_LIGHTGRAY; + BGColor = listbox->BGColor; + } + } + else + text = HiiGetString( listbox->ListHandle, listbox->PtrTokens[Index]); + + if(!text) + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2); + if((TestPrintLength( text) / (NG_SIZE)) >(UINTN) (listbox->Width - BorderWidth) ) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text ,listbox->Width - BorderWidth)] = L'\0'; + DrawStringWithAttribute( listbox->Left + 2, listbox->Top + Index - listbox->FirstVisibleSel + 1, + text, BGColor | FGColor); + } + else + { + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + text = HiiGetString( listbox->ListHandle, listbox->PtrItems[Index].ItemToken ); + else + text = HiiGetString( listbox->ListHandle, listbox->PtrTokens[Index] ); + + + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + { + if (listbox->PtrItems[Index].ItemToken) + { + + //if(!text) + // text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2); + if((TestPrintLength( text) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN) (listbox->Width - BorderWidth) ) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text ,listbox->Width - BorderWidth)] = L'\0'; + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + if( listbox->PtrItems[Index].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS) + FGColor = EFI_LIGHTGRAY; + else + FGColor = listbox->FGColor ; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( listbox->Left + 2, listbox->Top + Index - listbox->FirstVisibleSel + 1, + text, listbox->BGColor | FGColor /*popupmenu->FGColor*/ ); + }else + ListBoxDrawSeperator( listbox, listbox->Left , listbox->Top + Index - listbox->FirstVisibleSel + 1, + listbox->UseScrollbar?(listbox->Width-2):listbox->Width, 1); + + } + else + { + + if(!text) + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2); + if((TestPrintLength( text) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN) (listbox->Width - BorderWidth) ) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text ,listbox->Width - BorderWidth)] = L'\0'; + DrawStringWithAttribute( listbox->Left + 2, listbox->Top + Index - listbox->FirstVisibleSel + 1, + text, listbox->BGColor | listbox->FGColor ); + } + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + + FlushLines( listbox->Top-2, listbox->Top+listbox->Height/*PtrTokens[0]*/ + 1+2); + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the List Box actions. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxHandleAction( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status=EFI_SUCCESS; + ACTION_DATA TempData; + UINT16 i, start, end ; + VOID *ScreenBuf = NULL; + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER) + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + Status = MouseListBoxHandleAction( listbox, Data); + } + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + { + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + ScrollBarMoveAction = FALSE; //EIP-67049 + + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + switch(Action) + { + //EIP-42124: Add Page up and Page down key in List box + case ControlActionPageUp: + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_NORMAL) + { + if (listbox->Sel < (listbox->Height-3)) + listbox->Sel = 0; + else + listbox->Sel= listbox->Sel - (listbox->Height-3); + } + break; + case ControlActionPageDown: + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_NORMAL) + { + if ((listbox->Sel+(listbox->Height-3)) > (listbox->ItemCount-1)) + listbox->Sel = (listbox->ItemCount-1); + else + listbox->Sel= listbox->Sel + (listbox->Height-3); + } + break; + case ControlActionNextUp: + if ( listbox->Sel > 0 ) + { + listbox->Sel--; + + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + { + + if ( (listbox->PtrItems[listbox->Sel].ItemToken==0) || (listbox->PtrItems[listbox->Sel].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS)) + { + //Send Fake Action... + MemCopy(&TempData,Data,sizeof(ACTION_DATA)); + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = SCAN_UP; + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = CHAR_NULL ; + gListBox.HandleAction(listbox, &TempData); + } + } + } + else + { + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + { + //Rollover, find the first focusable item + for ( i = listbox->ItemCount-1; i > -1 ; i-- ) + { + if((listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS)&& + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)&& + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)) + { + listbox->Sel=i; + break; + } + } + } + else + listbox->Sel = listbox->ItemCount - 1; + } + break; + + case ControlActionNextDown: + if ( (INTN)(listbox->Sel) < listbox->ItemCount-listbox->HiddenItemCount - 1 ) + { + listbox->Sel++; + + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + { + + if ( (listbox->PtrItems[listbox->Sel].ItemToken==0) || (listbox->PtrItems[listbox->Sel].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS)) + { + //Send Fake Action... + MemCopy(&TempData,Data,sizeof(ACTION_DATA)); + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = SCAN_DOWN; + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = CHAR_NULL ; + gListBox.HandleAction(listbox, &TempData); + } + } + + } + else + { //Rollover, find the first focusable item + listbox->Sel=0; + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + { + for ( i = 0; i < listbox->ItemCount; i++ ) + { + if((listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS)&& + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)&& + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)) + { + listbox->Sel=i; + break; + } + } + } + + } + break; + + case ControlActionAbort: +//EIP:47962 - Start +// ScreenBuf = SaveScreen(); + listbox->Callback( listbox->Container, listbox, NULL ); +// RestoreScreen( ScreenBuf ); +//EIP:47962 - End + break; + + case ControlActionSelect: +//EIP:47962 - Start +// ScreenBuf = SaveScreen(); + listbox->Callback( listbox->Container, listbox, &(listbox->Sel) ); +// RestoreScreen( ScreenBuf ); +//EIP:47962 - End + break; + + default: + if(listbox->Style == POPUP_STYLE_BBS) + { + //Start from current selection + start = listbox->Sel ; + end = listbox->ItemCount ; + + Search: + for ( i = start; i < end; i++ ) + { + if( (listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS)&& + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)) + { + + +//EIP:48316 - Start + if( (listbox->PtrItems[i].Key.Key.ScanCode != 0) || + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Key.Key.UnicodeChar != 0) || + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Key.KeyShiftState != 0) ) + { +//EIP:48316 - End + if( (listbox->PtrItems[i].Key.Key.ScanCode == Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode) && + (listbox->PtrItems[i].Key.Key.UnicodeChar == Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar) && + TseCheckShiftState((Data->Input.Data.AmiKey), listbox->PtrItems[i].Key.KeyShiftState) ) + { + + if(listbox->PtrItems[i].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN) + { + listbox->Callback( listbox->Container, listbox, &i ); + } + else + { + listbox->Sel = i ; + listbox->Callback( listbox->Container, listbox, &(listbox->Sel) ); + } + + //Send Fake Action... + /* + MemCopy(&TempData,Data,sizeof(ACTION_DATA)); + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = 0; + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN; + gListBox.HandleAction(listbox, &TempData); + */ + + break; + } + } + } + } + + //Wrap and Search remaining items for match + if(i==listbox->ItemCount && (start != 0)) + { + start = 0 ; + end = listbox->Sel ; + goto Search ; + } + } + } + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetCallback( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( listbox, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetFocus(LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + listbox->ControlFocus =focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetPosition(LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( listbox, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetDimensions(LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( listbox, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetAttributes(LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( listbox, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSEMouseListBoxHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to hadnle List Box using mouse +// +// Input: LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, +// ACTION_DATA *action, +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseListBoxHandleAction( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + UINT16 i; + UINT32 Action; + + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + //Exit listbox if clicked outside listbox + //EIP 103449 : In Setup click\Touch from navigation window, option are not displayed properly + if( ( + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < listbox->Top) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)(listbox->Top + listbox->Height)) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < listbox->Left) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left > (UINT32)(listbox->Left + listbox->Width)) + ) && (!lButtonOnListBoxScroll) // Check for lButtonDown on ScrollBar + && ( (SingleClickActivation() && (ControlActionSelect ==Action)) || //If singleClickActivation is enabled/Disable + (ControlActionAbort == Action) || (ControlActionChoose ==Action ) //EIP-139608 Closing listbox whn mouse action happens outside listbox. + ) + ) + { + listbox->Callback( listbox->Container, listbox, NULL ); + } + //Reset lbutton positions + if (ControlMouseActionLeftUp == Action + || ControlActionChoose == Action + || ControlActionSelect == Action) + { + lButtonOnListBoxScroll = FALSE; + lButtonInitialPosition = 0; + lButtonVaryingPosition = 0; + } + //If scrollbar present + if ( listbox->UseScrollbar ) + { + //Check if clicked on scroll bar area + if( ( Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)listbox->Top && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(listbox->Top + listbox->Height)) ) //Clicked inside listbox area + && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left == (UINT32)(listbox->Left + listbox->Width - 2)) //Clicked on scrollbar area + ) + { + //If clicked on UP_ARROW + if(((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32)(listbox->Top + 1)) &&(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left == (UINT32) (listbox->Left + listbox->Width -2))) //Clicked on UP_ARROW + &&((TSEMOUSE_LEFT_CLICK == Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.ButtonStatus)||(TSEMOUSE_LEFT_DCLICK == Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.ButtonStatus))//EIP 78929 : Check for left click and left double click to scroll the frame if click on arrow buttons of scroll bar. + ) + { + ScrollBarMoveAction = TRUE; + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, TRUE, 1 ); + return EFI_SUCCESS;//EIP 78929 : Returning by consuming the click when the clicked on the arrow buttons of scroll bar + } + //If clicked on DOWN_ARROW + else if(((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32) (listbox->Top + listbox->Height-2)) &&(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left == (UINT32) (listbox->Left + listbox->Width-2))) //Clicked on DOWN_ARROW + &&((TSEMOUSE_LEFT_CLICK == Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.ButtonStatus)||(TSEMOUSE_LEFT_DCLICK == Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.ButtonStatus))//EIP 78929 : Check for left click and left double click to scroll the frame if click on arrow buttons of scroll bar. + ) + { + ScrollBarMoveAction = TRUE; + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, FALSE, 1 ); + return EFI_SUCCESS;//EIP 78929 : Returning by consuming the click when the clicked on the arrow buttons of scroll bar + } + //If clicked on scrollbar + else if( ((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < gListBoxScrollBarBottom) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > gListBoxScrollBarTop)) //Scrollbar area + && (ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action) //Mouse lbutton down + && ((ControlActionChoose != Action) || (ControlActionSelect != Action)) //Neglecting LEFT_DCLICK and LEFT_CLICK on scrollbar area + ) + { + lButtonOnListBoxScroll = TRUE; + ScrollBarMoveAction = TRUE; + if ( lButtonInitialPosition == 0 )//To get initial lButtonDown position + { + lButtonInitialPosition = Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top; + } + if ( lButtonInitialPosition != Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top ) + { + lButtonVaryingPosition = Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top; + //Move scrollbar upwards + if( lButtonInitialPosition > lButtonVaryingPosition ) + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, TRUE, lButtonInitialPosition - lButtonVaryingPosition ); + + //Move scrollbar downwards + else + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, FALSE, lButtonVaryingPosition - lButtonInitialPosition ); + lButtonInitialPosition = lButtonVaryingPosition; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + //If mouse clicked above DOWN_ARROW and below ScrollBar + else if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32) (listbox->Top + listbox->Height-3)) //Clicked above DOWN_ARROW + && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= gListBoxScrollBarBottom) //Clicked below ScrollBar + && (ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action) //Action is LEFT_DOWN + ) + { + ScrollBarMoveAction = TRUE; + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, FALSE, Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top - gListBoxScrollBarBottom ); + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + //If mouse clicked below UP_ARROW and above ScrollBar + else if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)(listbox->Top + 1)) //Clicked below UP_ARROW + && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top <= gListBoxScrollBarTop) //Clicked above ScrollBar + && (ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action) //Action is LEFT_DOWN + ) + { + ScrollBarMoveAction = TRUE; + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, TRUE, gListBoxScrollBarTop - Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top); + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + //If mouse button clicked on scrollbar and moved outside the scroll area + else if( ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action //Action is LEFT_DOWN + && (lButtonInitialPosition != 0) + && ((ControlActionChoose != Action) || (ControlActionSelect != Action)) //Neglecting LEFT_CLICK and LEFT_DCLICK + ) + { + lButtonVaryingPosition = Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top; + //Move scrollbar upwards + if( lButtonInitialPosition > lButtonVaryingPosition ) + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, TRUE, lButtonInitialPosition - lButtonVaryingPosition ); + + //Move scrollbar downwards + else + MouseListBoxScrollBarMove( listbox, FALSE, lButtonVaryingPosition - lButtonInitialPosition ); + lButtonInitialPosition = lButtonVaryingPosition; + + //Reset lButtonDown position when lButton releases + if (ControlMouseActionLeftUp == Action) + { + lButtonInitialPosition = lButtonVaryingPosition = 0; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + //If clicked Inside listbox area other than scroll area to handle highlight or selection of the option + if( ( Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)listbox->Top && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(listbox->Top + listbox->Height)) ) //Clicked inside ListBox area + && ( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left > listbox->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (listbox->Left + (UINT32)(listbox->Width - 2))) ) //Width calculation + && (ControlActionChoose == Action || ControlActionSelect == Action) //check LEFT_DCLICK or LEFT_CLICK + ) + { + for (i = listbox->FirstVisibleSel; i <= listbox->LastVisibleSel; i++ ) + { + if(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32) (listbox->Top + i - listbox->FirstVisibleSel + 1)) + { + switch( MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo) ) + { + case ControlActionChoose: + listbox->Sel=i; + break; + + case ControlActionSelect: + if (SingleClickActivation ()) //EIP74141 providing select option for single click too + { + listbox->Sel=i; + } + listbox->Callback( listbox->Container, listbox, &(listbox->Sel) ); + break; + } + } + } + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ListBoxGetControlHight +// +// Description: Function unsupported. +// +// Input: VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ListBoxGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +//EIP-67049 Start +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: TSEMouseListBoxScrollBarMove +// +// Description: Adds scroll bar functionality for frames with many controls +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the frame data +// BOOLEAN bScrollUp - Go up is TRUE, else to down one control +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else +// EFI_UNSUPPORTED +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseListBoxScrollBarMove( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN bScrollUp, UINT16 Size ) +{ + if ( listbox->ItemCount == 0 ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + switch ( bScrollUp ) + { + case TRUE: + + if( Size >= listbox->FirstVisibleSel ) + Size = listbox->FirstVisibleSel; + + //If FirstVisibleCtrl is not equal to first control then move scrollbar till it reaches top + if(listbox->FirstVisibleSel > 0) + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = listbox->FirstVisibleSel - Size; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->LastVisibleSel - Size; + } + break; + + case FALSE: + //If the size of scroll to move exceeds the remaining control count then change the size value based on the remaining control count + if( Size >= (listbox->ItemCount - listbox->LastVisibleSel) ) + Size = listbox->ItemCount - listbox->LastVisibleSel - 1; + + //If LastVisibleCtrl is not equal to last control then move scrollbar till it reaches bottom + if(listbox->LastVisibleSel < listbox->ItemCount - 1) + { + listbox->FirstVisibleSel = listbox->FirstVisibleSel + Size; + listbox->LastVisibleSel = listbox->LastVisibleSel + Size; + } + break; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//EIP-67049 End + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ListBox.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ListBox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbe2a06 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ListBox.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ListBox.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 8 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ListBox.h $ +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 12 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 6 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 8 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 7 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 6 10/28/09 5:38p Madhans +// +// 5 8/26/09 4:11p Blaines +// To fix issue with BBS popup when more then 20 bootoptions are present +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: ListBox.h +// +// Description: Header file for Listbox controls. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _LISTBOX_H_ +#define _LISTBOX_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "popup.h" + +#define MAX_VISIBLE_SELECTIONS (gMaxRows -10) + +#define LISTBOX_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + VOID *ScreenBuf; \ + /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID *ListHandle; \ + UINT16 Sel; \ + UINT16 FirstVisibleSel; \ + UINT16 LastVisibleSel ; \ + UINT16 ItemCount; \ + UINT16 *PtrTokens; \ + POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *PtrItems; \ + BOOLEAN UseScrollbar; \ + UINT16 QuitPopupLoop ; \ + UINT16 HiddenItemCount; + +typedef struct _LISTBOX_METHODS LISTBOX_METHODS; + +typedef struct _LISTBOX_DATA +{ + LISTBOX_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUP_MEMBER_VARIABLES + LISTBOX_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +LISTBOX_DATA; + + +typedef struct _LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA +{ + UINT16 TitleToken; + UINT16 ItemCount; + POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *PtrItems; + UINT16 Help1Token; + UINT16 Help2Token; + UINT16 Help3Token; + CONTROL_INFO *pControlData; + UINT16 HiddenItemCount; +} +LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*LISTBOX_METHOD_INITIALIZE_BBS_POPUP) ( VOID *object, VOID *data ); + +// Don't Call Initialize if you call InitializeBBSPopup... +#define LISTBOX_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + LISTBOX_METHOD_INITIALIZE_BBS_POPUP InitializeBBSPopup; + +struct _LISTBOX_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + LISTBOX_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern LISTBOX_METHODS gListBox; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS ListBoxCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS ListBoxGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +//Listbox Methods +EFI_STATUS ListBoxInitializeBBSPopup( LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA *listboxBBSPopupData ); + +#endif /* _LISTBOX_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Memo.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Memo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..222f8f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Memo.c @@ -0,0 +1,764 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Memo.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 15 $ +// +// $Date: 3/18/13 1:24a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Memo.c $ +// +// 15 3/18/13 1:24a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP118306 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support for grayout subtitle control +// [Files] Memo.c +// +// 14 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 12 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 13 4/04/12 12:34a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP83705 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] Help page scroll bar not moving till end for the "Setup +// question completion timeout" control in "Advanced -> PCI Express GEN2 +// settings". +// [RootCause] Scrollbar calculation for the help frame are improper. +// [Solution] provided proper value for the scrollbar. +// [Files] Memo.c +// +// 12 12/01/11 1:45a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP73236 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Large amounts of allocated memory are not freed +// [Files] Expression.c, PopupEdit.c, Popup.c, MessageBox.c, Menu.c, +// Memo.c, +// +// 11 11/21/11 8:52a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 10 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 9 6/29/11 12:49p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP47086 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from +// BIOS setup. +// +// [Files] minisetup.h, Ezport\style.h,Ezport\EzportBin.sdl, +// Ezport\EzportBin.mak, Ezport\ezport.c, Ezport\EzportBin.cif, +// EzportPlus\style.h, EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.sdl, EzportPlusBin.mak, +// EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.cif, EzportPlus\ezportplus.c, Legacy\style.h, +// Legacy\EzportPlusBin.sdl, Legacy\LegacyBin.mak, Legacy\LegacyBin.cif, +// Legacy\legacy.c, TseLiteBin.sdl, TseLite.cif, Memo.c, frame.c, +// application.h, application.c, commonoem.h, CommonHelper.c +// +// 8 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 7 2/03/11 8:20p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 50956 +// [Category]- defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If we leave the Setup page for 2 or more days. The system +// may hang/Crash. +// [Rootcause] - Memory leaks +// [Solution]- Memeory freed. +// [Files] - ctrlcond.c, memo.c and expression.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 7 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 6 1/22/10 6:14p Blaines +// EIP #33837 - Setup appearance corrupted if additional subtitles added +// Fix - Prevent memo draw if supressed condition +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:40a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 10/28/09 5:38p Madhans +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 5 5/18/09 12:21p Blaines +// Fix Help Frame (memo) text scroll +// +// 4 5/12/09 5:14p Blaines +// Patch for help text scroll issue +// +// 3 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans +// Changes after Bin module +// +// 2 4/29/09 9:02p Madhans +// Bug Fixes after unit Testing.. +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +#include "minisetup.h" + +MEMO_METHODS gMemo = +{ + MemoCreate, + MemoDestroy, + MemoInitialize, + MemoDraw, + MemoHandleAction, + MemoSetCallback, + MemoSetFocus, + MemoSetPosition, + MemoSetDimensions, + MemoSetAttributes, + MemoGetControlHeight, + MemoSetJustify +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoCreate +// +// Description: Function to create a Memo, which uses the Control Functions. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoCreate( MEMO_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(MEMO_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gMemo; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoDestroy +// +// Description: Function to Destroy a Memo, which uses the Control Functions. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoDestroy( MEMO_DATA *memo, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == memo) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( memo, FALSE ); + + if( freeMem ){ + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&memo->EmptyString ); //EIP-73236 Free the allocated memory for the EmptyString field + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&memo ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize a Memo, which uses the Control Functions. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoInitialize( MEMO_DATA *memo, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( memo, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + SetControlColorsHook( &(memo->BGColor), &(memo->FGColor), NULL, NULL ,NULL, NULL , + NULL , NULL, + NULL, NULL , + NULL,NULL ,NULL,NULL, NULL ); + StyleGetSpecialColor( CONTROL_TYPE_MEMO, &(memo->FGColor)) ; + memo->Interval = (UINT8)(memo->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + + memo->Justify = JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + //[EIP:19479]RB:<Add> + // initialization of ScrollBarPosition + memo->ScrollBarPosition = 0; + //[EIP:19479]RB:<Add> + + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw a Memo. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoDraw( MEMO_DATA *memo ) +{ + CHAR16 *text = NULL, *newText = NULL; + CHAR16 *line; + UINT16 pos, height = 0; + + UINT16 TempPos = 0; + BOOLEAN bScrollBar = FALSE; + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP #33837 - Setup appearance corrupted if additional subtitles added + // Fix - Prevent memo draw if supressed condition + + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( memo->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &memo->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + //Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + memo->FGColor = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + text = HiiGetString( memo->ControlData.ControlHandle,UefiGetTitleField( (VOID *)memo->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( EfiStrLen(text) == 0) + { + // String is empty but memory is allocated. + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + // clear out old wrapped string + for ( pos = 0; pos < memo->Height; pos++ ) + DrawStringWithAttribute( memo->Left, memo->Top + pos, memo->EmptyString, memo->FGColor | memo->BGColor ); + + // XXX: this wrapping code is probably not compatible with all languages + newText = StringWrapText( text, memo->Width, &height ); + if(height == 0) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + + // where height is the total number of Lines if it is greater than memo->Height(14) + // then scroll bar need or not needed. + + bScrollBar = ( (height > memo->Height) && (memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME /*memo->Top == MAIN_TOP*/) ) ? 1 : 0; + + if( memo->ScrollBarPosition > (height - memo->Height) ) + memo->ScrollBarPosition = (height - memo->Height); + + if ( newText != text ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + line = newText; + + // Draw complete strings in a help frame. Limits upto height of the string. + for ( pos = 0; pos < height; pos++ ) + { + CHAR16 save; + + text = line; + if ( *line == L'\0' ) + break; + + while ( ( *line != L'\n' ) &&( *line != L'\r' ) && ( *line != L'\0' ) ) + line++; + + save = *line; + *line = L'\0'; + + if( (memo->ScrollBarPosition > pos) && ((height - memo->Height) > pos) ) + { + TempPos++; + } + else + { + // If height exceeds memo->Height + // Drawing alternative 14 lines in help frame. + if( bScrollBar ) + { + if( (pos-TempPos) < memo->Height ) + { + DrawStringJustifiedWithAttribute( memo->Left, memo->Left + memo->Width, memo->Top + (pos-TempPos), + memo->Justify, text, memo->FGColor | memo->BGColor ); + + } + } + // If No of Lines is less than Memo->Height + // Drawing a string in a help frame + else + { + memo->ScrollBarPosition = 0; + DrawStringJustifiedWithAttribute( memo->Left, memo->Left + memo->Width, memo->Top + pos, + memo->Justify, text, memo->FGColor | memo->BGColor ); + } + + } + + if ( ( *line = save ) != L'\0' ) + { + line++; + if ( ( *line == L'\r' ) || ( *line == L'\n' ) ) + line++; + } + } + + + // Drawing Scrollbar For Help Frame. + if( memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME ) + { + // If scrollbar needed draw the scroll bar + if( bScrollBar ) + StyleDrawHelpScrollBar(memo, height) ; + else + MemoEraseScrollBar(memo) ; + } + + if ( pos < height ) + height = pos; + + memo->DisplayLines = height; + + FlushLines( memo->Top, memo->Top + memo->Height -1 ); + if( ( memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME ) && ( bScrollBar )) + DoRealFlushLines(); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoDrawScrollBar +// +// Description: Function to draw memo scrollbar +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 height +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID MemoDrawScrollBar( MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 height) +{ + #define VISIBLE_AREA_HEIGHT (memo->Height - 1) + #define SCROLLBAR_AREA_HEIGHT (memo->Height) + + UINT16 pos=0 ; + UINT32 FirstLine=0,LastLine=0,ScrollbarHeight = 0,j = 0; + CHAR16 ArrUp[2]={{GEOMETRICSHAPE_UP_TRIANGLE},{0x0000}},ArrDown[2]={{GEOMETRICSHAPE_DOWN_TRIANGLE},{0x0000}},ScrlSel[2]={{BLOCKELEMENT_FULL_BLOCK/*L'N'*/},{0x0000}},ScrlNSel[2]={{BLOCKELEMENT_LIGHT_SHADE/*L'S'*/},{0x0000}}; + + // Calculated scrollbar length based upon the height of the Lines. + ScrollbarHeight = ( (SCROLLBAR_AREA_HEIGHT - 2) * VISIBLE_AREA_HEIGHT ) / height; + + // Calculated the First line of the scroll bar and last line of the scrollbar. + FirstLine = memo->ScrollBarPosition * ( (SCROLLBAR_AREA_HEIGHT - 2) - ScrollbarHeight ) / ( height - VISIBLE_AREA_HEIGHT ) + memo->Top + 1; + + LastLine = FirstLine + ScrollbarHeight; + + for ( pos = 1,j = memo->Top; pos <= (UINT32)SCROLLBAR_AREA_HEIGHT ; pos++, j++ ) + { + // Drawing Up Arrow + if (pos == 1){ + DrawStringWithAttribute( memo->Left + memo->Width , memo->Top, ArrUp, + StyleGetScrollBarUpArrowColor() ); + } + // Drawing Down Arrow + else if ( pos == (UINT32 )( SCROLLBAR_AREA_HEIGHT )){ + DrawStringWithAttribute( memo->Left + memo->Width , memo->Top + (memo->Height-1), ArrDown, + StyleGetScrollBarDownArrowColor() ); + } + // Drawing Scroll Bar(Scroll selector) + else if ( (j >= FirstLine) && (j <= LastLine) ){ + DrawStringWithAttribute( memo->Left + memo->Width, j, ScrlSel, + StyleGetScrollBarColor() ); + } + // Drawing scroll Not Selector bar + else{ + DrawStringWithAttribute( memo->Left + memo->Width, j, ScrlNSel, + StyleGetScrollBarColor() ); + } + + } + +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoEraseScrollBar +// +// Description: Function to erase memo scrollbar +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID MemoEraseScrollBar( MEMO_DATA *memo) +{ + UINT16 pos=0 ; + UINT32 j=0 ; + + for ( pos = 0,j = memo->Top; pos < memo->Height; pos++,j++ ) + DrawStringWithAttribute( memo->Left + memo->Width, j , L" ", + memo->FGColor | memo->BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoHandleAction( MEMO_DATA *memo, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + //[EIP:19479]RB:<Add> + // Handling action for help frame. + + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + if (memo->Interval == 0) + return Status; + if ( --(memo->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + memo->Interval = (UINT8)(memo->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + else + return Status; + } + + if ( Data->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + //Get Key + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + + switch ( Action ) + { + case ControlActionHelpPageDown: + + // Identify the help frame by identifying the height of the help frame + if( memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME) + { + // Incrementing the ScrollBarPosition. + memo->ScrollBarPosition++; + // Based upon ScrollBarPosition drawing the Memo again. + gMemo.Draw(memo); + } + break; + + case ControlActionHelpPageUp: + if( memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME) + { + // Decrementing ScrollBarPosition + if( memo->ScrollBarPosition != 0 ) + memo->ScrollBarPosition--; + else + memo->ScrollBarPosition = 0; + gMemo.Draw(memo); + } + break; + + default: + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoSetCallback( MEMO_DATA *memo, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoSetFocus(MEMO_DATA *memo, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoSetPosition(MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( memo, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoSetAttributes(MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( memo, FGColor, BGColor ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 width, UINT16 height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoSetDimensions( MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 width, UINT16 height ) +{ + memo->Width = width; + memo->Height = height; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&memo->EmptyString ); + memo->EmptyString = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (width + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + if ( memo->EmptyString == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + MemFillUINT16Buffer( memo->EmptyString, width, L' ' ); + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoSetJustify +// +// Description: Function to set justify. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT8 justify +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoSetJustify( MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT8 justify ) +{ + if ( justify <= JUSTIFY_MAX ) + { + memo->Justify = justify; + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MemoGetControlHeight +// +// Description: Function to get the memo text height. +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MemoGetControlHeight( MEMO_DATA *memo, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + CHAR16 *text = NULL, *newText = NULL; + + if(frame != NULL) + { // Memo control from Frame + memo->Width = ((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Width - (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin - 2; + } + // else messagebox memo + + text = HiiGetString( memo->ControlData.ControlHandle,UefiGetTitleField( (VOID *)memo->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + // XXX: this wrapping code is probably not compatible with all languages + newText = StringWrapText( text, memo->Width, height ); + if ( newText != text ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Norcross, Suite 200, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Memo.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Memo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90b6f1e --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Memo.h @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Memo.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 8 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Memo.h $ +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 5/18/09 12:21p Blaines +// Fix Help Frame (memo) text scroll +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Memo.h +// +// Description: Header file for Memo controls. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _MEMO_H_ +#define _MEMO_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" + +#define MEMO_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 Justify; \ + UINT16 DisplayLines; \ + CHAR16 *EmptyString; \ + UINT16 ScrollBarPosition; \ + UINT8 Interval; + + +typedef struct _MEMO_METHODS MEMO_METHODS; + +typedef struct _MEMO_DATA +{ + MEMO_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + MEMO_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +MEMO_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*MEMO_METHOD_SET_JUSTIFY) ( VOID *object, UINT8 justify ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*MEMO_METHOD_GET_TEXT_HEIGHT) ( MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 *height ); + +#define MEMO_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + MEMO_METHOD_SET_JUSTIFY SetJustify; + + +struct _MEMO_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + MEMO_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern MEMO_METHODS gMemo; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS MemoCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS MemoDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS MemoInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS MemoDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS MemoHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS MemoSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS MemoSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS MemoSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS MemoSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS MemoGetControlHeight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +// Memo Methods +EFI_STATUS MemoSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS MemoSetJustify( VOID *object, UINT8 justify ); +VOID MemoDrawScrollBar( MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 height); +VOID MemoEraseScrollBar( MEMO_DATA *memo); +#endif /* _MEMO_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Menu.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Menu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2220de8 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Menu.c @@ -0,0 +1,1069 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2012, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Menu.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 26 $ +// +// $Date: 3/14/13 11:47a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Menu.c $ +// +// 26 3/14/13 11:47a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP85745 & 109814 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support for Modal Form Support as per UEFI 2.3.1 +// [Files] Parse.c, Page.c, Menu.c, Hotclick.c +// +// 25 10/19/12 5:06a Rajashakerg +// Provided support for menu scroll for only action choose and select. +// +// 24 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 14 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 22 9/25/12 12:31p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP92053 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Need support define Root page order using elinks +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, Menu.c, AMIVfr.h, AMITSE.mak, commonoem.c +// +// 21 9/25/12 9:33a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP92053 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Need support define Root page order using elinks +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, Menu.c, AMIVfr.h, AMITSE.mak, commonoem.c +// +// 20 12/01/11 1:43a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP73236 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Large amounts of allocated memory are not freed +// [Files] Expression.c, PopupEdit.c, Popup.c, MessageBox.c, Menu.c, +// Memo.c, +// +// 19 11/21/11 8:53a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 18 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 17 11/09/11 6:05p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 72333 +// [Category] Sighting +// [Symptom] Some SAS controller card HII Screen Titles are displaying +// the wrong information +// +// [RootCause] Menu tab always displays the root page title when +// navigating submenu pages. TSE did not support the display of Formset +// Help. +// +// [Solution] Display Formset Help for Dynamic page, Display page title of +// submenu pages in the menu tab. Fix the ASSERT seen in Menu.c when +// serial redirection is enabled. +// +// [Files Changed] - AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, special.c, Menu.c, +// minisetupext.h,TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 16 10/31/11 2:44a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73377 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Setup page Menu tab gets selected even when the click is +// below the menu separator line +// [RootCause] Menu tab selection was not handled properly using mouse. +// [Solution] Provided exact menu tab co-ordinates for selection using +// mouse +// [Files] Menu.c +// +// 15 10/21/11 6:26p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 72333 +// [Category] Sighting +// [Symptom] Some SAS controller card HII Screen Titles are displaying +// the wrong information +// [RootCause] Menu tab always displays the root page title when +// navigating submenu pages. TSE did not support the display of Formset +// Help. +// +// [Solution] Display Formset Help for Dynamic page, Display page title of +// submenu pages in the menu tab. +// +// [Files Changed] +// - AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, special.c, Menu.c, minisetupext.h, +// TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 14 10/20/11 12:03p Madhans +// Checkin comments corrected. +// +// 12 10/04/11 5:28p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 68920 +// [Category] Defect +// [Symptom] SOME SAS controller card HII menus hang when selecting "Clear +// Configuration" when DEBUG_MODE=0 +// [RootCause] Menu is not re-initialize from SetupData after dynamic +// page update. MenuInitialize enters an infinite loop on some SAS controller cards. +// +// +// PopupSelGetControlHeight() causes an assert if popupSel has an item +// with an invalid string token. +// +// [Solution] Due to dynamic updates, SetupData (most current data) is +// given priority when re-initializing menu. +// Check for invalid string token in PopupSelGetControlHeight. +// +// [Files Changed] +// - Menu.c, Popupsel.c +// +// 11 9/19/11 11:50a Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 68920 +// [Category] Defect +// [Symptom] SOME SAS controller card menus hang when selecting "Clear +// Configuration" when DEBUG_MODE=0 +// [RootCause] Menu is not re-initialize from SetupData after dynamic +// page update. +// PopupSelGetControlHeight() causes an assert if popupSel has an item +// with an invalid string token. +// +// [Solution] Due to dynamic updates, SetupData (most current data) is +// given priority when re-initializing menu. +// Check for invalid string token in PopupSelGetControlHeight. +// +// [Files Changed] +// - Menu.c, Popupsel.c +// +// 10 8/26/11 4:10p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 68341 +// [Category]- Action Item +// [Synopsis]- Dynamic Pages need to List FormSet title instead of Form +// Title.. +// [Files] - Parse.c, Menu.c +// +// 9 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 8 6/15/10 10:49a Blaines +// Fix for EIP:39570: Adding to length may create additional pages to +// accommodate extra space. +// +// 7 5/24/10 11:11a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP-38215: Fix for Setup corruption issue with mouse +// +// 6 5/24/10 11:02a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP-38555 : Spacing issue in Menu display +// +// 5 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 7 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 6 2/15/10 10:15p Madhans +// To support root page hiding based on page flag +// +// 5 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 4 1/09/10 6:38a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans +// Changes after Bin module +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:09p Madhans +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Menu.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Menu operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" +extern BOOLEAN gIsRootPageOrderPresent; + +MENU_METHODS gMenu = +{ + MenuCreate, + MenuDestroy, + MenuInitialize, + MenuDraw, + MenuHandleAction, + MenuSetCallback, + MenuSetFocus, + MenuSetPosition, + MenuSetDimensions, + MenuSetAttributes, + MenuGetControlHight, + MenuSetWidth + +}; + +#define ItemPerPage 6 +typedef struct _HII_FORM_ADDRESS +{ + EFI_GUID formsetGuid; // Required + UINT16 formId; // Required + VOID * Handle; // Optional +}HII_FORM_ADDRESS; +extern UINT16 gRootPageOrderIndex; +extern HII_FORM_ADDRESS *gRootPageOrder; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuCreate +// +// Description: Function to create Menu, Which uses the control functions. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuCreate( MENU_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(MENU_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gMenu; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuDestroy +// +// Description: Function to Destroy Menu, Which uses the control functions. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuDestroy( MENU_DATA *menu, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == menu) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( menu, FALSE ); + + if( freeMem ){ + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&menu->Entries);//EIP-73236 + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&menu ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize Menu, Which uses the control functions. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuInitialize( MENU_DATA *menu, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 i,j=0,k=0; + PAGE_INFO *info,*tempPage=NULL; + UINT32 count = 0 ,PageCount=0; + + // data is NULL when only reinitialization of the menu entries is needed. + // this assumes the control was initialized before. + if(data !=NULL) + { + Status = gControl.Initialize( menu, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + } + menu->IsSubMenu = 0; + // add extra initialization here... + if(menu->Entries !=NULL) + { + gBS->FreePool(menu->Entries); + menu->Entries =NULL; + menu->NumEntries=menu->CurrEntry=0; + } + + menu->Entries = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(AMI_MENU_ENTRY) *(gPages->PageCount) ); + count = ( gPages->PageCount > gApp->PageCount ) ? gPages->PageCount : gApp->PageCount ; + + if(gIsRootPageOrderPresent) + { + //for( k=0 ; (gRootPageOrder[k] != 0); k++ ); + for( j=0 ; j < gRootPageOrderIndex ; j++ ) + { + for ( i = 0; i < (UINT16)count; i++ ) + { + if(i > gPages->PageCount ) + { + if(gApp->PageList[i] == NULL) + continue; + info = (PAGE_INFO*)&( gApp->PageList[i]->PageData); + PageCount = gApp->PageCount; + } + else + { + info = (PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[i]); + PageCount = gPages->PageCount; + } + + if( (info->PageHandle == NULL ) || (info->PageHandle == (VOID*)(UINTN)0xffff )) + continue; + + if (!( info->PageID == 0) && (info->PageParentID == 0) && + (gRootPageOrder[j].formId == info->PageFormID) ) + { + PAGE_ID_INFO *pageIdInfo; + pageIdInfo = (PAGE_ID_INFO *)(((UINT8 *) gPageIdList) + gPageIdList->PageIdList[info->PageIdIndex]); + + if(gRootPageOrder[j].Handle) + if(gRootPageOrder[j].Handle != info->PageHandle) + continue; + + if(!EfiCompareGuid(&pageIdInfo->PageGuid, &gRootPageOrder[j].formsetGuid) )//Compare Guid + { + continue; + } + + if(info->PageFlags.PageVisible) + continue; //To Control the root page not to show. + + menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].PageHandle = info->PageHandle; + menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].PageID = info->PageID; + menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].StringToken = info->PageSubTitle; + + if( menu->ControlData.ControlPageID == info->PageID ) + menu->CurrEntry = menu->NumEntries; + + if(menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].PageHandle != 0) + menu->NumEntries++; + } + + + } + } + } + + for ( i = 0; i < (UINT16)count; i++ ) + { + // EIP 68920: Due to dynamic updates, SetupData (most current data) + // is given priority when re-initializing menu. + if(i > gPages->PageCount ) + { + if(gApp->PageList[i] == NULL) + continue; + info = (PAGE_INFO*)&( gApp->PageList[i]->PageData); + PageCount = gApp->PageCount; + } + else + { + info = (PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[i]); + PageCount = gPages->PageCount; + } + + if( (info->PageHandle == NULL ) || (info->PageHandle == (VOID*)(UINTN)0xffff )) + continue; + + if( info->PageID == 0) + { + } + else + { + if((info->PageParentID ==0) /*&& (info->PageFlags.PageVisible)*/) + { + if(info->PageFlags.PageVisible || gIsRootPageOrderPresent) + continue; //To Control the root page not to show. + + menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].PageHandle = info->PageHandle; + menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].PageID = info->PageID; + menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].StringToken = info->PageSubTitle; + + if( menu->ControlData.ControlPageID == info->PageID ) + menu->CurrEntry = menu->NumEntries; + + if(menu->Entries[menu->NumEntries].PageHandle != 0) + menu->NumEntries++; + + } + else + { + if( menu->ControlData.ControlPageID == info->PageID ) + { + tempPage =info; + while(tempPage->PageParentID!=0) + { + for(j=0;j < PageCount;j++) + { + + // EIP 68920: Due to dynamic updates, SetupData (most current data) + // is given priority when re-initializing menu. + if(j < gPages->PageCount) + { + if( tempPage->PageParentID == ((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[j]))->PageID) + { + menu->IsSubMenu = 1; + tempPage =((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[j])); + j=0; + if(tempPage->PageParentID ==0) + break; + + } + + } + else + { + if(gApp->PageList[j] == NULL) + continue; + + if( tempPage->PageParentID == gApp->PageList[j]->PageData.PageID) + { + menu->IsSubMenu = 1; + tempPage =&(gApp->PageList[j]->PageData); + j=0; + if(tempPage->PageParentID ==0) + break; + + } + + } + } + } + + // find the item number for the parent in the menu + for(j=0;j<menu->NumEntries;j++) + { + if( (tempPage !=NULL) && ( tempPage->PageID == menu->Entries[j].PageID) ) + { + menu->CurrEntry = j; + break; + } + } + } + + } + } + } + + menu->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField((VOID *)menu->ControlData.ControlPtr); + menu->ControlFocus = FALSE; + + // initialize default colors + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, + &(menu->SelFGColor),&(menu->SelBGColor), + NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, + NULL,NULL, + NULL, + NULL ,NULL, + &(menu->FGColor),&(menu->BGColor)); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw a Menu. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuDraw( MENU_DATA *menu ) +{ + CHAR16 *text=NULL, *tmp=NULL; + UINTN offset=0,length; + UINT16 StartItem=0,PageNum=0,ActualPage=0,ItemsInPage=0,ItemFound=0,k=0; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT8 ColorMenu = menu->FGColor; + UINT8 Pos=(UINT8) menu->Left; + UINT16 i=0,j=0; + PAGE_DATA *Page ; + BOOLEAN Overflow = FALSE ; + + Page = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]; + + + //erase menu line + for(i=1;i <= /*MAX_COLS*/menu->MenuWidth; i++, Pos++ ) + DrawStringWithAttribute( Pos , menu->Top,L" ",menu->BGColor | menu->FGColor ); + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( menu->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &menu->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorMenu = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + tmp = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( 256 ); + if ( tmp == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + Pos = (UINT8)menu->Left; + + //loop to find which menu entries to draw + for( k = 0 ; k < menu->NumEntries ; k++ ) + { + //get string from hii + text = HiiGetString(menu->Entries[k].PageHandle , menu->Entries[k].StringToken ); + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + length = (UINT16)((TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)) + 2); // take in account added space on either side of menu below. + + //EIP:68341 Dynamic pages may contain lengthy FormSet Title strings, truncate if necessary. + //EIP# 72333, Display page title of submenu pages in the menu tab. + if(length >(UINTN) (menu->MenuWidth-2) ) + { + EfiStrCpy( &text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(menu->MenuWidth-5))],L"..."); + length = menu->MenuWidth-2 ; + } + + //EIP:39570 Adding to length may create additional pages to accommodate extra space. + if ((offset + length /*+2*/) >= /*MAX_COLS*/(UINTN)(menu->MenuWidth-2)) + { + PageNum ++; + if(!ItemFound) + { + ActualPage++; + StartItem = k; + ItemsInPage=0; + offset=length+2; + } + else + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + break; + } + } + else + offset += length /*+2*/; + + if(k == menu->CurrEntry) + ItemFound=1; + + ItemsInPage++; + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + + menu->StartItem = StartItem; + menu->ActualPage = ActualPage; + menu->PageNum = PageNum; + menu->ItemsInPage = ItemsInPage; + + if(ActualPage > 0 ) + { + if(!( menu->IsSubMenu )) + { + SPrint( tmp, 6, L"%c ", GEOMETRICSHAPE_LEFT_TRIANGLE ); + DrawStringWithAttribute( menu->Left, menu->Top ,tmp, menu->BGColor | menu->FGColor ); + } + //Pos += 2; + } + Pos += 1; // always leave space for the arrow even if it is not drawn + j = (UINT16)StartItem; + + for(i=0;(i < ItemsInPage) && ( i+j < menu->NumEntries) ;i++) + { + UINTN StrPrntLen=0; //to fill with the length of the string to draw. + + //get string from hii + + //EIP# 72333, Display page title of submenu pages in the menu tab. + if ( i+j == menu->CurrEntry && menu->IsSubMenu && IsSubMenuDisplayTitle()) + { + text = HiiGetString(Page->PageData.PageHandle, Page->PageData.PageSubTitle ); + } + else + { + text = HiiGetString(menu->Entries[i+j].PageHandle , menu->Entries[i+j].StringToken ); + } + + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + length = (UINT16)(TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)); + + //EIP:68341 Dynamic pages may contain lengthy FormSet Title strings, truncate if necessary. + //EIP# 72333, Display page title of submenu pages in the menu tab. + if( (Pos-2+length) >(UINTN) (menu->MenuWidth-2) ) + { + EfiStrCpy( &text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(menu->MenuWidth-5-Pos-2))],L"..."); + length = menu->MenuWidth-2 ; + Overflow = TRUE ; + } + + // the size of the string plus additional characters(2 spaces + Null character) + StrPrntLen = length+3; + // The Menu title length should be less than Max display size. + if(length >= gMaxCols) { + StrPrntLen = gMaxCols-2; + } + + // print the string for the lenth uptained + SPrint( tmp, StrPrntLen*sizeof(CHAR16), L" %s ", text ); + if ( i+j == menu->CurrEntry ) + { + DrawStringWithAttribute( Pos , menu->Top , tmp, menu->SelFGColor | menu->SelBGColor); + Pos += 2+(UINT8)length; + } + else + { + if( !(menu->IsSubMenu)) + DrawStringWithAttribute( Pos , menu->Top, tmp, menu->BGColor | menu->FGColor ); + Pos += 2+(UINT8)length; + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + if(Overflow) + break ; + } + + if( (ActualPage < PageNum) && !(menu->IsSubMenu)) + { + SPrint( tmp, 6, L"%c",GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE ); + DrawStringWithAttribute( gMaxCols-1, menu->Top ,tmp, menu->BGColor | menu->FGColor ); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tmp ); + FlushLines( menu->Top, menu->Top ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _MenuCallCallback +// +// Description: Internal Helper Function to Call the callback +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, UINT8 MenuEntry +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _MenuCallCallback(MENU_DATA *menu,UINT16 MenuEntry) +{ + if ( ( menu->Callback != NULL ) && (menu->Cookie != NULL) ) + { + CALLBACK_MENU *callbackData = (CALLBACK_MENU *)menu->Cookie; + callbackData->DestPage = menu->Entries[MenuEntry].PageID; + menu->Callback( menu->Container, menu, menu->Cookie ); + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle actions. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuHandleAction( MENU_DATA *menu, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + // control is in separate frame for ezport. + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 TempEntry; + PAGE_DATA *page = NULL ; + page = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]; + + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + return Status; + if(!page){ + return Status; + } + if(page->PageData.PageFlags.PageModal){ + return Status; + } + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + Status = MouseMenuHandleAction( menu, Data ); + } + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionNextLeft: + if(!(menu->IsSubMenu)) + { + if ( menu->CurrEntry > 0 ) + TempEntry = menu->CurrEntry - 1; + else + TempEntry = menu->NumEntries - 1; + + _MenuCallCallback(menu,TempEntry); + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionNextRight: + if(!(menu->IsSubMenu)) + { + if ( menu->CurrEntry < menu->NumEntries - 1 ) + TempEntry = menu->CurrEntry + 1; + else + TempEntry = 0; + + _MenuCallCallback(menu,TempEntry); + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuSetCallback( MENU_DATA *menu, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( menu, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuSetFocus(MENU_DATA *menu, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + + if( !(menu->ControlFocus && focus) ) + menu->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuSetPosition(MENU_DATA *menu, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + // Width -> is the container frame width the menu width is that minus 2 spaces. + // Left and rigth menu spaces will contain arrows in case that there are multiple pages for the menu. + return gControl.SetPosition( menu, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuSetDimensions(MENU_DATA *menu, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + MenuSetWidth(menu, (UINT8)Width); + return gControl.SetDimensions( menu, Width-2, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuSetAttributes(MENU_DATA *menu, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( menu, FGColor, BGColor ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuSetWidth +// +// Description: Function to set width. +// +// Input: VOID *menu, UINT8 Width +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuSetWidth(VOID *menu, UINT8 Width) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + // Width -> is the container frame width the menu width is that minus 2 spaces. + // Left and rigth menu spaces will contain arrows in case that there are multiple pages for the menu. + ((MENU_DATA*)menu)->MenuWidth = Width-2; + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSEMouseMenuHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to hadnle Menu using mouse +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, +// ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseMenuHandleAction( MENU_DATA *menu, ACTION_DATA *Data ) +{ + // control is in separate frame for ezport. + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 TempEntry; + UINTN i; + UINTN Pos = menu->Left, StartPos, StrLen; + CHAR16 *text=NULL; + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + //If a sub menu is being displayed no need to handle action + if(menu->IsSubMenu) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + + + //Check if left arrow is displayed + if(menu->ActualPage > 0) + { + //Check if left arrow clicked + if( + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left == menu->Left) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == menu->Top) && + ( (Action == ControlActionChoose ) || (Action == ControlActionSelect) )//Performing menu scroll for only action choose and select + ) + { + //Handle left arrow click + if ( menu->CurrEntry > 0 ) + TempEntry = menu->CurrEntry - 1; + else + TempEntry = menu->NumEntries - 1; + + _MenuCallCallback(menu,TempEntry); + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + //Check if right arrow is displayed + if(menu->ActualPage < menu->PageNum) + { + //Check if right arrow clicked + if( + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left == gMaxCols-1) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == menu->Top) && + ( (Action == ControlActionChoose ) || (Action == ControlActionSelect) )//Performing menu scroll for only action choose and select + ) + { + //Handle right arrow click + if ( menu->CurrEntry < menu->NumEntries - 1 ) + TempEntry = menu->CurrEntry + 1; + else + TempEntry = 0; + + _MenuCallCallback(menu,TempEntry); + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + //Handle individual Page selections + Pos++; + for(i = menu->StartItem; i < (UINTN)(menu->StartItem + menu->ItemsInPage); i++) + { + StartPos = Pos; + text = HiiGetString(menu->Entries[i].PageHandle , menu->Entries[ i ].StringToken ); + StrLen = (TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + Pos = StartPos + StrLen + 2; + + if( + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= StartPos) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < Pos) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32)(menu->Top)) //EIP-73377: Check for the exact menu tab co-ordinates. + ) + { + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + if( (Action == ControlActionChoose ) || (Action == ControlActionSelect) ) + { + if(i != menu->CurrEntry) + { + _MenuCallCallback(menu,(UINT16)i); + } + Status=EFI_SUCCESS; + } + break; + } + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MenuGetControlHight +// +// Description: Function unsupported. +// +// Input: VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MenuGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2012, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Norcross, Suite 200, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Menu.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Menu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8b21bc --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Menu.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 7 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Menu.h $ +// +// 7 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 11 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 7 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:39a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Menu.h +// +// Description: Header file for Menu controls +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _MENU_H_ +#define _MENU_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" + +typedef struct _IFR_MENU +{ // this structure is, in some way, following EFI_IFR structures + UINT8 Opcode, Length; +}AMI_IFR_MENU; + +typedef struct _MENU_ENTRY +{ + /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID* PageHandle; + UINT16 PageID; + UINT16 StringToken; // page title to use in menu +}AMI_MENU_ENTRY; + + +#define MENU_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 SelFGColor; \ + UINT8 SelBGColor; \ + UINT16 NumEntries; \ + UINT16 CurrEntry; \ + UINT8 IsSubMenu; \ + UINT8 MenuWidth; \ + UINT16 StartItem; \ + UINT16 ActualPage; \ + UINT16 PageNum; \ + UINT16 ItemsInPage; \ + AMI_MENU_ENTRY *Entries; + + +typedef struct _MENU_METHODS MENU_METHODS; + +typedef struct _MENU_DATA +{ + MENU_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + MENU_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +MENU_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*MENU_METHOD_SET_WIDTH) ( VOID *object, UINT8 Width ); + +#define MENU_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + MENU_METHOD_SET_WIDTH SetWidth; + +struct _MENU_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + MENU_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern MENU_METHODS gMenu; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS MenuCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS MenuDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS MenuInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS MenuDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS MenuHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS MenuSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS MenuSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS MenuSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS MenuSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS MenuSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS MenuGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); +//menu methods +EFI_STATUS MenuSetWidth(VOID *menu,UINT8 Width); + +#endif /* _MENU_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/MessageBox.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/MessageBox.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22a5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/MessageBox.c @@ -0,0 +1,1192 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/MessageBox.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 31 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 8:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/MessageBox.c $ +// +// 31 8/28/14 8:02a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP107833, 125388 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Symptom:] Setting best text and GOP mode while using TSEPostinterfaces +// before TSE or after TSE. +// [Files] Protocol.c, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, MiniSetup.sdl, +// PostMgmtc, PostmgmtExt.c, MessagBox.c +// +// 30 5/03/14 3:13p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 29 5/02/14 3:51a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP155965 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] MessageBox, ListBox cannot be canceled by Mouse +// Right-Click +// [Files] MessageBox.c, ListBox.c and minisetupext.c +// +// 28 2/11/14 8:35p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 27 12/05/13 1:29a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 26 5/22/13 10:59a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123432 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Issue Faced] Take print screen for save & Exit msg box. OK +// of msg box is consumed by Save & Exit msg box. +// - Cursor is missing after taking print screen of popupedit box in +// string control +// - Printscreen support is not given for Filebrowser feature +// [RootCause] - When msg box for Save&Exit is popped and printscreen +// event is called and displaying msg box over Save&Exit. Then msgbox +// handleaction for printscreen event will change the result value in +// _CallbackMsgbox() function so it will break the while loop in +// _CallbackGetValue() function so destroy the next msg box in +// CallbackShowMessageBox() function. +// - DrawCursor variable is not set to TRUE after printscreen event +// [Solution] - Returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED for printscreen event handling +// function for messgebox and change the result value to 0xff +// - Support given for file browser feature +// [Files] Callback.c, MessageBox.c, Minisetupext.c, PopupString.c, +// AddBootOption.c +// AmiTSEStr.uni, FakeToken.c +// +// 25 1/22/13 12:20a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP103449 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] In Setup click\Touch from navigation window, option are not +// displayed properly +// [RootCause] Latest mouse driver providing LEFT_DOWN when we hold the +// mouse left down button. +// [Solution] Provided fix resolves the issue. +// [Files] ezport.c, PopupEdit.c, ListBox.c, MessageBox.c +// +// 24 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 22 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 23 5/24/12 9:02a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP90379 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] UefiBootFailHook asserts when it is trying to call +// MsgBoxDestroy +// [RootCause] Tried to free the NULL pointer +// [Solution] Checked NULL before freeing +// [Files] TseAdvanced.c and MessageBox.c +// +// 22 5/24/12 7:31a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP88811 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] When pop-up window is invoked in setup and Click on ESC +// icon or ESC/Right Click, it will respond as two times ESC is clicked +// [RootCause] ESC functionality provided for left click on the ESC +// sting navigation frame . +// [Solution] Now providing the ESC sequence for left down and double +// click +// [Files] ezport.c, numeric.c, MessageBox.c +// +// 21 2/02/12 1:17p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351,75352,75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, boot.c, TseAdvanced.c,Time.c, PopupEdit.c, +// MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 20 12/01/11 5:43a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP74963 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] MAX_MSGBOX_WIDTH cannot be overridden +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, minisetup.h, legacy.c, +// MessageBox.c, MessageBox.h, FormBrowser.c +// +// 19 12/01/11 1:42a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP73236 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Large amounts of allocated memory are not freed +// [Files] Expression.c, PopupEdit.c, Popup.c, MessageBox.c, Menu.c, +// Memo.c, +// +// 18 11/30/11 12:42a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static +// code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, +// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 17 11/20/11 7:50a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 16 11/10/11 8:30a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP74965 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Progress bar in MSGBOX_TYPE_PROGRESS never displays the +// full 100% +// [Files] MessageBox.c +// +// 15 12/28/10 9:06a Mallikarjunanv +// Removing the changes of EIP:48381 which are not required. +// +// 14 12/24/10 12:50p Mallikarjunanv +// +// 13 12/24/10 12:48p Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 46143 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity]- Medium +// [Symptom]- In Boot tab, "Add boot option" -> "Add boot option" option, +// adding string displayed "invalid string" message , on clicking OK in +// the message box using mouse not closing msg box. +// [RootCause] In case of message box selection with mouse the +// coordinates are improper. +// [Solution] Message box coordinates are updated with respect to +// selection with mouse. +// [Files] MessageBox.c +// +// 12 12/24/10 10:49a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP48381 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Mouse click operation not working properly in the warning +// [RootCause] In TSEMouseMsgBoxHandleAction function coordinates for +// mouse click are improper +// [Solution] Fixed the issue by updating the coordinates for mouse +// click +// operation +// [Files] MessageBox.c +// +// 11 10/20/10 1:42p Mallikarjunanv +// reverting back to v25 +// +// 9 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans +// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 16 7/07/10 7:37p Madhans +// To avoid Warning. +// +// 15 5/19/10 4:13p Blaines +// Added length boundry check for legend string +// +// 14 4/22/10 6:23p Blaines +// Adjust Messagebox width if required to display legend string. +// +// 13 4/20/10 7:02p Blaines +// Add mouse support for custom messagebox type +// +// 12 4/20/10 6:20p Blaines +// Support custom messagebox type in MsgBoxHandleAction +// +// 11 4/09/10 12:26p Madhans +// To freeup the strings +// +// 10 3/26/10 6:53p Madhans +// Support to Map the do the Control Mapping from gTseControlMap Table. So +// no changes need in Frame.c, With this feature gTseControlMap Can be +// customized to add/customize the TSE controls. +// +// 9 3/24/10 12:00p Blaines +// Message box color can be configured based on message box type +// (help, error, etc) +// +// This change corrects the selected button FG/BG color. +// +// 8 3/23/10 5:20p Blaines +// Extend Message Box support +// Adds Custom Type +// Adds Progress Bar Type +// +// 7 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 6 2/15/10 10:13p Madhans +// To avoid warnings +// +// 5 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 4 1/09/10 6:39a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: MessageBox.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Message Box operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + + +MSGBOX_METHODS gMsgBox = +{ + MsgBoxCreate, + MsgBoxDestroy, + MsgBoxInitialize, + MsgBoxDraw, + MsgBoxHandleAction, + MsgBoxSetCallback, + MsgBoxSetFocus, + MsgBoxSetPosition, + MsgBoxSetDimensions, + MsgBoxSetAttributes, + MsgBoxGetControlHight, + MsgBoxSetType +}; + +///////////////////////////////////////////////// +///// Extern variables and functions +///////////////////////////////////////////////// +void ClearGrphxScreen (void); +BOOLEAN SingleClickActivation (VOID); //EIP-139608 + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxCreate +// +// Description: Function to Create Message Box, which uses the Popup functions. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxCreate( MSGBOX_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(MSGBOX_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gPopup.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gMsgBox; + + // create the memo + gMemo.Create(&((*object)->Memo)); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxDestroy +// +// Description: Function to Destroy Message Box, which uses the Popup functions. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxDestroy( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + + if(NULL == msgbox) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + Status = gPopup.Destroy( msgbox, FALSE ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(msgbox->Memo->ControlData.ControlPtr) ); + Status = gMemo.Destroy( msgbox->Memo, FALSE ); + + if(msgbox->Title) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&msgbox->Title ); + + //Restore saved screen only inside TSE + if (TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_TSE == gPostStatus) + { + if (msgbox->ScreenBuf) //Restore If it has valid data + RestoreScreen( msgbox->ScreenBuf ); + } + + if (freeMem) + { + if (NULL != msgbox->Legend) //EIP 90379 + { + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&msgbox->Legend);//EIP-73236 + } + if (NULL != msgbox->PtrTokens) + { + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&msgbox->PtrTokens); + } + // MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&msgbox->HotKeyList ); + // MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&msgbox->OutKey ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&msgbox ); + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize Message Box, which uses the Popup functions. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxInitialize( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 Length =0 ; + VOID *buff; + CONTROL_INFO MemoCtrlData; + MEMO_DATA *memo; + UINT8 Color ; + + UINT16 titleToken; + VOID* TextHandle =((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(((CONTROL_INFO*)data)->ControlPtr))->TextHandle; + + // initializes the heigth and width + Status = gPopup.Initialize( msgbox, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + Status = StyleGetMessageboxColor(msgbox->MsgBoxCatagory, &Color) ; + + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) == EFI_SUCCESS) + { + msgbox->FGColor = Color & 0x0f ; + msgbox->BGColor = Color & 0xf0 ; + }else + // add extra initialization here... + SetControlColorsHook( NULL, NULL, NULL , NULL, NULL , NULL, NULL , + NULL , NULL, NULL,NULL , + NULL,NULL ,&(msgbox->FGColor),&(msgbox->BGColor) ); + + + msgbox->Container = NULL; + + msgbox->Border =TRUE; + + titleToken = (UINT16)(((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(msgbox->ControlData.ControlPtr))->Title); + if ( titleToken != 0 ) { + msgbox->Title = HiiGetString(msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, titleToken); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if(NULL == msgbox->Title){ + msgbox->Title = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(!msgbox->Title) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + EfiStrCpy(msgbox->Title,L" "); + } + } + + Length = (UINT16)HiiMyGetMultiLineStringLength(msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, (UINT16)(((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(msgbox->ControlData.ControlPtr))->Text)); + + if ( ( msgbox->Title != NULL) && ( Length < (TestPrintLength( msgbox->Title )/ (NG_SIZE)) ) ) + Length = (UINT16)(TestPrintLength( msgbox->Title ) / (NG_SIZE)); + + msgbox->Width = (UINT16)(Length + 4); + + if(( msgbox->MsgBoxType == MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL ) && ( msgbox->Legend != NULL )) + { + if ( msgbox->Width < (UINT16)(TestPrintLength( msgbox->Legend )/ (NG_SIZE)) ) + msgbox->Width = (UINT16)(TestPrintLength( msgbox->Legend ) / (NG_SIZE)) + 8; + } +//EIP74963 : MAX_MSGBOX_WIDTH macro changed as token and handled from binary + if ( msgbox->Width > GetMsgboxWidth()) + msgbox->Width = GetMsgboxWidth(); + + //Save the screen only insied TSE not for PostInterfaces outside TSE + if (TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_TSE == gPostStatus) + msgbox->ScreenBuf = SaveScreen(); + + //Clear screen before displaying msgbox when PROCEED_TO_BOOT not inside TSE + if (TSE_POST_STATUS_PROCEED_TO_BOOT == gPostStatus) + { + ClearGrphxScreen(); //Clearing full screen when image is drawn in quietBoot mode + ClearScreen(EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_LIGHTGRAY); + } + + // initialize memo control + memo = msgbox->Memo; + + buff = UefiCreateSubTitleTemplate(((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(msgbox->ControlData.ControlPtr))->Text ); + + + MemSet( &MemoCtrlData, sizeof(MemoCtrlData), 0 ); + MemoCtrlData.ControlPtr = (VOID*)buff; + MemoCtrlData.ControlHandle = TextHandle; + MemoCtrlData.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE; + gMemo.Initialize(memo,(VOID *)&(MemoCtrlData)); + memo->Width = msgbox->Width - 2; + gMemo.GetControlHeight( memo, NULL, &msgbox->Height ); + msgbox->Height += 4; + + gMemo.SetAttributes(memo,msgbox->FGColor ,msgbox->BGColor); + gMemo.SetDimensions( memo, msgbox->Width-2 , msgbox->Height-3 ); + gMemo.SetJustify( memo, JUSTIFY_CENTER ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _MsgBoxOptSize +// +// Description: Function returns and fix the option string +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _MsgBoxOptSize(CHAR16 *txt) +{ + UINTN Size = (TestPrintLength( txt ) / (NG_SIZE)); + if( Size > 10) + { + txt[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(txt,10)] = L'\0'; + Size = (TestPrintLength( txt ) / (NG_SIZE)); // Need to do this. instead of assigning 10; + } + return Size; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _MsgBoxDrawOpts +// +// Description: Function to Draw Message box options +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _MsgBoxDrawOpts(MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox) +{ + UINT16 Index, W; + CHAR16 Line[MAX_COLS] ,*txt; + UINTN printLength, pos ; + + if ( msgbox->MsgBoxType != MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL ) + { + for ( Index = 1; Index < msgbox->Width -1 ; Index++ ) + Line[Index] = BOXDRAW_HORIZONTAL; + + Line[0] = BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_RIGHT; + Line[Index] = BOXDRAW_VERTICAL_LEFT; + Line[Index+1] = 0x0; + + DrawString( msgbox->Left, msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height - 3, Line ); + + // draw the buttons + switch ( msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK ) + { + + case MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO: + txt = HiiGetString( msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CTRL_YES)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == txt){ + break; + } + + msgbox->Button1Len = (UINT8)_MsgBoxOptSize(txt ); + DrawStringWithAttribute((UINTN) (msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width/3 -2) , (UINTN)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -2), txt, (UINT8) (((msgbox->MsgboxSel==0)? EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK|EFI_WHITE : msgbox->BGColor|msgbox->FGColor))); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&txt); + + txt = HiiGetString( msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CTRL_NO)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == txt){ + break; + } + + msgbox->Button2Len = (UINT8)_MsgBoxOptSize(txt ); + + DrawStringWithAttribute((UINTN)( msgbox->Left + 2*(msgbox->Width/3) -2) ,(UINTN)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -2), txt, (UINT8) (((msgbox->MsgboxSel==1)? EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK|EFI_WHITE : msgbox->BGColor|msgbox->FGColor))); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&txt); + + break; + case MSGBOX_TYPE_OKCANCEL: + txt = HiiGetString( msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CTRL_OK)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == txt){ + break; + } + msgbox->Button1Len = (UINT8)_MsgBoxOptSize(txt ); + DrawStringWithAttribute((UINTN) (msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width/3 -2) , (UINTN)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -2), txt, (UINT8) (((msgbox->MsgboxSel==0)? EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK|EFI_WHITE : msgbox->BGColor|msgbox->FGColor))); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&txt); + + txt = HiiGetString( msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CTRL_CANCEL)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == txt){ + break; + } + msgbox->Button2Len = (UINT8)_MsgBoxOptSize(txt ); + DrawStringWithAttribute((UINTN)( msgbox->Left + 2*(msgbox->Width/3) -2) ,(UINTN)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -2), txt, (UINT8) (((msgbox->MsgboxSel==1)? EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK|EFI_WHITE : msgbox->BGColor|msgbox->FGColor))); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&txt); + break; + + case MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM: + + if ( (msgbox->OptionCount != 0) && (msgbox->PtrTokens != NULL )) + { + W = ( msgbox->Width)/(msgbox->OptionCount) ; + + + for ( Index = 0; Index < msgbox->OptionCount ; Index++ ) + { + txt = HiiGetString( msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, msgbox->PtrTokens[Index]); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == txt){ + break; + } + pos = (UINTN) (msgbox->Left + (Index * W) ) ; + + printLength = (TestPrintLength( txt ) / (NG_SIZE)); + + if( printLength > W) + { + txt[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(txt, W)] = L'\0'; + printLength = (TestPrintLength( txt ) / (NG_SIZE)); + } + + DrawStringWithAttribute(pos + (W-printLength)/2 , (UINTN)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -2 ), txt, (UINT8) (((msgbox->MsgboxSel==Index)? EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK|EFI_WHITE : msgbox->BGColor|msgbox->FGColor))); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&txt); + } + } + + break; + + case MSGBOX_TYPE_PROGRESS: + //Draw the progress bar based on percent complete, for example + + //----------------------- Title ------------------------// + // // + // Message Body will be printerd here // + // // + //------------------------------------------------------// + // ##################### 10% #### // <--- This section is where to use DrawStringWithAttribute + //--------------------- Legend -------------------------// + + { + CHAR16 Box[2] = {0}; + CHAR16 PercentStr[5] = {0}; + UINT16 Index = 0; + UINT16 ChrIdx=msgbox->Left; + UINT16 ProgPos=0; + + //symbol character to show during progress update + Box[0] = (CHAR16)BLOCKELEMENT_FULL_BLOCK ; //L'#'; + Box[1] = (CHAR16)L'\0'; + + + //max percentage should be 100 + if( msgbox->Percent > 100) { + msgbox->Percent = 100; + } + + //percentage to update on the progress bar + if( msgbox->Percent / 100) + { + PercentStr[Index++] = (CHAR16)(msgbox->Percent / 100) + L'0'; + PercentStr[Index++] = (CHAR16)((msgbox->Percent % 100) / 10) + L'0'; + + } + if( (msgbox->Percent % 100) / 10) + PercentStr[Index++] = (CHAR16)((msgbox->Percent % 100) / 10) + L'0'; + + PercentStr[Index++] = (CHAR16)((msgbox->Percent % 100) % 10) + L'0'; + PercentStr[Index] = L'%'; + + /// some sample logic to fill the progress bar symbol character properly without hard coded values... + ProgPos = msgbox->Width - 2; + while ( ProgPos < 100 ) + { + if ( 100 % ProgPos != 0){ + if ( 99 % ProgPos != 0){ + if ( 98 % ProgPos != 0) { + ProgPos--; + } + else + break;//EIP74965 : Progress bar now can show the 100% status + } + else + break; + } + else + break; + } + + ProgPos = 100/ProgPos; + + + //Fill progress bar for the given percentage + for( Index = 0; Index < msgbox->Percent; Index++ ) { + //fill the symbol character based on the segment value for the given percentage + if( ( msgbox->Percent != 0 ) && ( Index % ProgPos == 0 ) && (ChrIdx < msgbox->Left+msgbox->Width-2) ) + DrawStringWithAttribute((UINTN) ++ChrIdx, (UINTN)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height - 2), Box, (UINT8) msgbox->BGColor|EFI_CYAN/*| msgbox->FGColor*/); + } + + if( msgbox->Percent == 100 ) { + //to fill the progress bar completely for the box width in case of 100 percentage. + for( ; (ChrIdx - msgbox->Left) < (msgbox->Width - 2); ) + DrawStringWithAttribute((UINTN) ++ChrIdx, (UINTN)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height - 2), Box, (UINT8) msgbox->BGColor|EFI_CYAN/*| msgbox->FGColor*/); + } + + //draw percentage string on the progress bar + DrawStringWithAttribute( msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width / 2 - EfiStrLen(PercentStr)/2, msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height - 3,PercentStr, (UINT8) /*msgbox->BGColor|EFI_RED */msgbox->BGColor | msgbox->FGColor); + + //Draw the given legend + DrawStringWithAttribute( msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width / 2 - EfiStrLen(msgbox->Legend)/2, msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height - 1,msgbox->Legend, (UINT8) msgbox->BGColor | msgbox->FGColor); + } + + break; + + case MSGBOX_TYPE_OK: + + default: + txt = HiiGetString(msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CTRL_OK)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == txt){ + break; + } + + msgbox->Button1Len = (UINT8)_MsgBoxOptSize(txt ); + msgbox->Button2Len = 0; + DrawStringWithAttribute( msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width/2 , msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -2, txt, EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK|EFI_WHITE ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&txt); + break; + } + + FlushLines( msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -3, msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height); + } + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxDraw +// +// Description: Function to Draw Message box +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxDraw( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + CHAR16 *PadTitle = NULL, *Str = NULL; + Str = msgbox->Legend ; + + MouseFreeze(); + + Status = gPopup.Draw( msgbox ); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + _MsgBoxDrawOpts(msgbox); + + // draw memo + gMemo.SetPosition( msgbox->Memo, msgbox->Left + 1, msgbox->Top + 2 ); + gMemo.SetJustify( msgbox->Memo, (msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_STYLE_MASK) >> 4 ); + gMemo.Draw( msgbox->Memo ); + + + + if ((Str != NULL) && ( msgbox->MsgBoxType == MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL ) ) + { + PadTitle = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (msgbox->Width + 3) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + + if( (UINT16)(TestPrintLength( Str ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINT16)(msgbox->Width-2)) + EfiStrCpy( &Str[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(Str,(msgbox->Width-5))],L"..."); + + if ( PadTitle != NULL ) + SPrint( PadTitle, msgbox->Width * sizeof(CHAR16), L" %s ",Str ); + } + + if ( PadTitle ) + { + DrawStringJustified( 0, gMaxCols, msgbox->Top+msgbox->Height-1, JUSTIFY_CENTER, PadTitle ); + //DrawStringJustified( msgbox->Left+1, msgbox->Left+msgbox->Width-1, msgbox->Top+msgbox->Height, JUSTIFY_CENTER, PadTitle ); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&PadTitle); + } + + FlushLines( msgbox->Top, msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height ); + DoRealFlushLines(); + + MouseRefresh(); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _MsgBoxCallCallback +// +// Description: Internal Helper Function to Call the callback +// +// Input: MENU_DATA *menu, UINT8 MenuEntry +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _MsgBoxCallCallback(MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox,UINT8 MsgboxSel) +{ + if ( ( msgbox->Callback != NULL ) && (msgbox->Cookie != NULL) ) + { + CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX *callbackData = (CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX *)msgbox->Cookie; + callbackData->Result = MsgboxSel; + msgbox->Callback( msgbox->Container, msgbox, msgbox->Cookie ); + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to Handle the Message Box Actions. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxHandleAction( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + BOOLEAN Redraw = FALSE; + //Always return success to consume the message, the messagebox is always modal. + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE ) + { + Status = MouseMsgBoxHandleAction( msgbox, Data,&Redraw); + } + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + { + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + if( TsePrintScreenEventSupport(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode)) + { + gApplication.HandleAction( gApp, Data ); + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;//EIP-123432 + } + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionSelect: + // EIP 34545 : If MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL, nothing to select Only Esc can control + if (msgbox->MsgBoxType == MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL) + break; + _MsgBoxCallCallback(msgbox,msgbox->MsgboxSel); + break; + + case ControlActionNextLeft: + if( ( (msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) != MSGBOX_TYPE_OK )&& + ( (msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) != MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM )) + { + if ( msgbox->MsgboxSel == 1 ) + msgbox->MsgboxSel = 0; + + } + else if((msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) == MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM ) + { + if ( msgbox->MsgboxSel > 0 ) + msgbox->MsgboxSel--; + + } + + Redraw = TRUE; + break; + + case ControlActionNextRight: + if( ( (msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) != MSGBOX_TYPE_OK )&& + ( (msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) != MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM )) + { + if ( msgbox->MsgboxSel == 0 ) + msgbox->MsgboxSel = 1; + + } + else if((msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) == MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM ) + { + if ( msgbox->MsgboxSel < msgbox->OptionCount-1 ) + msgbox->MsgboxSel++; + } + + Redraw = TRUE; + break; + + case ControlActionAbort: + msgbox->MsgboxSel = MSGBOX_CANCEL; + _MsgBoxCallCallback(msgbox,msgbox->MsgboxSel); + gAction.ClearAction( Data ); + break; + } + } + + if ( Redraw == TRUE ) + gMsgBox.Draw( msgbox ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetCallback( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( msgbox, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxSetType +// +// Description: Function to set message box type. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT8 Type +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetType( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT8 Type ) +{ + msgbox->MsgBoxType = Type; + if ( (Type & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) != MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL ) + msgbox->Height += 2; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetFocus(MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + msgbox->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetPosition(MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( msgbox, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimensions. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetDimensions(MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( msgbox, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attrinutes. +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetAttributes(MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( msgbox, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSEMouseMsgBoxHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to hadnle Message Box using mouse +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, +// ACTION_DATA *action, +// BOOLEAN * pRedraw +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseMsgBoxHandleAction( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox, ACTION_DATA *Data,BOOLEAN * pRedraw) +{ + BOOLEAN ButtonClicked = FALSE; + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + UINT16 Index, W; + CHAR16 *txt=NULL; + UINTN printLength, pos ; + + //EIP 103449 : In Setup click\Touch from navigation window, option are not displayed properly + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + + if(( + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < msgbox->Top) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height)) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < msgbox->Left) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left > (UINT32)(msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width)) + )&&( (SingleClickActivation() && (ControlActionSelect ==Action)) || //If singleClickActivation is enabled/Disable + (ControlActionAbort == Action) || (ControlActionChoose ==Action ) //EIP-139608 Closing listbox whn mouse action happens outside listbox + ) + ) + { + msgbox->MsgboxSel = MSGBOX_CANCEL; + _MsgBoxCallCallback(msgbox,msgbox->MsgboxSel); + gAction.ClearAction( Data ); + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + + if( (Action == ControlActionChoose ) || (Action == ControlActionSelect) ) + { + if(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32)(msgbox->Top + msgbox->Height -2)) + { + switch(msgbox->MsgBoxType & MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK) + { + case MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM: + + if ( (msgbox->OptionCount != 0) && (msgbox->PtrTokens != NULL )) + { + W = ( msgbox->Width)/(msgbox->OptionCount) ; + + for ( Index = 0; Index < msgbox->OptionCount ; Index++ ) + { + txt = HiiGetString( msgbox->ControlData.ControlHandle, msgbox->PtrTokens[Index]); + pos = (UINTN) (msgbox->Left + (Index * W) ) ; + + printLength = (TestPrintLength( txt ) / (NG_SIZE)); + + if( printLength > W) + { + txt[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(txt, W)] = L'\0'; + printLength = (TestPrintLength( txt ) / (NG_SIZE)); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&txt); + + if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)>=(UINT32)(pos + (W-printLength)/2 -2) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)<=(UINT32)((pos + (W-printLength)/2 -2)+printLength)) + { + msgbox->MsgboxSel = (UINT8)Index; + ButtonClicked = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + + break; + + case MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO: + case MSGBOX_TYPE_OKCANCEL: + + if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)>=(UINT32)(msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width/3 -2) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)<=(UINT32)((msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width/3 -2)+msgbox->Button1Len)) + { + msgbox->MsgboxSel = 0; + ButtonClicked = TRUE; + } + + if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)>=(UINT32)( msgbox->Left + 2*(msgbox->Width/3) -2) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)<=(UINT32)(( msgbox->Left + 2*(msgbox->Width/3) -2)+msgbox->Button2Len) ) + { + msgbox->MsgboxSel = 1; + ButtonClicked = TRUE; + } + break; + case MSGBOX_TYPE_OK: + default: + // EIP 46143 - Updated the msg box position to slect with click properly + if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)>=(UINT32)(msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width/2 -1) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left)<=(UINT32)((msgbox->Left + msgbox->Width/2 -1)+msgbox->Button1Len) ) + { + msgbox->MsgboxSel = 0; + ButtonClicked = TRUE; + } + break; + } + + if(ButtonClicked) + { + if(ControlActionChoose == MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) + *pRedraw = TRUE; + else + _MsgBoxCallCallback(msgbox,msgbox->MsgboxSel); + } + } + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MsgBoxGetControlHight +// +// Description: Function unsupported. +// +// Input: VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Norcross, Suite 200, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/MessageBox.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/MessageBox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e5781a --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/MessageBox.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/MessageBox.h $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 10 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 6:05a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/MessageBox.h $ +// +// 10 8/28/14 6:05a Premkumara +// EIP-135253 Updating file name proper in #include +// +// 9 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 11 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 8 12/01/11 5:42a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP74963 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] MAX_MSGBOX_WIDTH cannot be overridden +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, minisetup.h, legacy.c, +// MessageBox.c, MessageBox.h, FormBrowser.c +// +// 7 4/21/10 12:01p Madhans +// Tse 2.02 +// +// 9 4/20/10 6:22p Blaines +// Define MSGBOX_MAX_OPTIONS +// +// 8 3/26/10 6:53p Madhans +// Support to Map the do the Control Mapping from gTseControlMap Table. So +// no changes need in Frame.c, With this feature gTseControlMap Can be +// customized to add/customize the TSE controls. +// +// 7 3/23/10 5:20p Blaines +// Extend Message Box support +// Adds Custom Type +// Adds Progress Bar Type +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 3 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +#ifndef _MSGBOX_H_ +#define _MSGBOX_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "popup.h" +#include "Memo.h" + +//EIP74963 : MAX_MSGBOX_WIDTH macro changed as token and handled from binary +//#define MAX_MSGBOX_WIDTH 45 +// messagebox constants +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL 0 +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_OK 1 +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_OKCANCEL 2 +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO 3 +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM 4 +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_PROGRESS 5 // internal use only (NOT PUBLISHED) +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK 0x0F +#define MSGBOX_TYPE_MAXTYPE MSGBOX_TYPE_MASK +#define MSGBOX_STYLE_CENTER (UINT8)(JUSTIFY_CENTER << 4) +#define MSGBOX_STYLE_RIGHT (UINT8)(JUSTIFY_RIGHT << 4) +#define MSGBOX_STYLE_LEFT (UINT8)(JUSTIFY_LEFT << 4) +#define MSGBOX_STYLE_MASK 0xF0 +#define MSGBOX_OK 0 +#define MSGBOX_CANCEL 1 +#define MSGBOX_YES 0 +#define MSGBOX_NO 1 + +#define MSGBOX_MAX_OPTIONS 4 +typedef struct _IFR_MSGBOX +{ // this structure is, in some way, following EFI_IFR structures + UINT8 Opcode, Length; + UINT16 Title; + /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID * TextHandle; + UINT16 Text; +}AMI_IFR_MSGBOX; + +#define MSGBOX_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + VOID *ScreenBuf; \ + MEMO_DATA *Memo; \ + UINT8 MsgBoxType; \ + UINT8 MsgboxSel; \ + UINT8 Button1Len; \ + UINT8 Button2Len; \ + CHAR16 *Legend; \ + MSGBOX_EX_CATAGORY MsgBoxCatagory; \ + UINT16 *PtrTokens; \ + UINT16 OptionCount; \ + AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *HotKeyList; \ + UINT16 HotKeyListCount; \ + AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *OutKey; \ + UINTN Percent; // 0 - 100 + + +typedef struct _MSGBOX_METHODS MSGBOX_METHODS; + +typedef struct _MSGBOX_DATA +{ + MSGBOX_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUP_MEMBER_VARIABLES + MSGBOX_MEMBER_VARIABLES +} +MSGBOX_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*MSGBOX_METHOD_SET_TYPE) ( VOID *object, UINT8 Type ); + +#define MSGBOX_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + MSGBOX_METHOD_SET_TYPE SetType; + +struct _MSGBOX_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + MSGBOX_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern MSGBOX_METHODS gMsgBox; + + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetType(VOID *object, UINT8 Type ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS MsgBoxGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +#endif /* _MSGBOX_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupEdit.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupEdit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..071cbb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupEdit.c @@ -0,0 +1,890 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupEdit.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 28 $ +// +// $Date: 5/03/14 4:02p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupEdit.c $ +// +// 28 5/03/14 4:02p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP135665 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE get hangs, when long string is given as title for +// password +// [Root Cause] TSE is not handling properl when PasswordTitle length +// exceeds screen width +// [Solution] Handled password title length based on screen width and +// given support to display title in multiple lines. +// [Files] postmgmtext.c, Popup.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 27 5/01/14 3:53p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP158293 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Closing Password popup window displaying invalid password +// msg box, when SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION token is enabled. +// [RootCause] Once clicked outside password popup window, +// ControlActionAbort action is not setting so it returning EFFI_SUCCESS +// status. If status is not success invalid password will display. +// [Solution] When mouse is clicked outside password/string popup +// window, ControlActionAbort action will be set so finally it will return +// EFI_SUCCESS and "invalid password" msg box will not display. +// [Files] PopupEdit.c +// +// 26 2/11/14 8:40p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 25 12/03/13 8:57a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP135665 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE get hangs, when long string is given as title for +// password +// [Root Cause] TSE is not handling properl when PasswordTitle length +// exceeds screen width +// [Solution] Handled password title length based on screen width and +// given support to display title in multiple lines. +// [Files] postmgmtext.c, Popup.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 24 5/15/13 4:06a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123311 +// [Issue Faced] Popup string control accepts ENTER character while +// pressing CTRL+ENTER. So causing page corruption +// [Root Cause] When CTRL+ENTER is pressed valid shift key is set and +// unicode char set with carriage return. But action get as unknown so for +// unknow case we are simply filling text with unicode char value. So this +// cause issue. +// [Solution] Accepting character other than carriage return in popup +// edit for string controls +// [Modified files] PopupEdit.c +// +// 23 1/22/13 12:23a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP103449 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] In Setup click\Touch from navigation window, option are not +// displayed properly +// [RootCause] Latest mouse driver providing LEFT_DOWN when we hold the +// mouse left down button. +// [Solution] Provided fix resolves the issue. +// [Files] ezport.c, PopupEdit.c, ListBox.c, MessageBox.c +// +// 22 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 18 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 21 4/27/12 2:02p Arunsb +// Build error rectified +// +// 20 4/27/12 2:40a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP86346 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Cursor visibility is not proper in multiline string +// controls +// [Files] PopupEdit.c, PopupString.c +// +// 19 4/05/12 7:19a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 18 2/02/12 1:18p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351,75352,75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, boot.c, TseAdvanced.c,Time.c, PopupEdit.c, +// MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 17 12/27/11 12:37p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP79486 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Cursor is not blinking when "Softkbd" support enabled +// [RootCause] Unknown action also consumed +// [Solution] Unknow action not consumed. +// Mouse stopped instead of freezing when the mouse pointer is over the +// cursor. +// [Files] popupedit.c and popuppassword.c +// +// 16 12/01/11 1:38a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP73236 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Large amounts of allocated memory are not freed +// [Files] Expression.c, PopupEdit.c, Popup.c, MessageBox.c, Menu.c, +// Memo.c, +// +// 15 11/30/11 12:38a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static +// code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, +// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 14 11/28/11 1:42a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] UefiWapper.c, Hii.c, Expression.c, CtrlCond.c, PopupSel.c, +// Minisetupext.c, Menu.c, Date.c, Ezport\Stylecommon.c, +// EzportPlus\StyleCommon.c, +// +// 13 11/20/11 8:08a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 12 11/10/11 12:49a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP67735 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Zeroing password buffers before freeing +// [Files] mem.c, mem.h, popupedit.c, popuppassword.c and tseadvanced.c +// +// 11 10/19/11 3:52p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 66860 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- AmiPostManager interface for text entry. Add cursor +// support. +// [Files] - LogoLib.h, AMIPostMgr.h, protocol.c, protocol.h, +// TseAdvanced.c, TseLitehelper.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, +// uefi20Wapper.c, PopupEdit.c +// +// 10 12/24/10 12:37p Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 46144 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] String exceeds the msg dialog boundry in "Path for boot +// [RootCause] The width coordinate of the popup edit is not handled +// propely. +// [Solution] Updated the width to write the string with in the +// boundary. +// [Files] PopupEdit.c +// +// 9 10/20/10 1:44p Mallikarjunanv +// reverting back to v25 +// +// 7 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 6 5/07/10 6:40p Madhans +// EIP: 38197 To make the Scan code support work correctly with 9 and = +// Keys. +// +// 5 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 8 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 7 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 6 1/09/10 7:01a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 5 8/19/09 6:34p Madhans +// InValidActionHook Added. for PopupEdit case +// +// 4 7/20/09 1:22p Mallikarjunanv +// updated the code with token PASSWORD_WITH_SPECIAL_CHAR_SUPPORT +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: PopupEdit.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Popup Edit operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" +extern UINTN gCursorLeft,gCursorTop ; + +POPUPEDIT_METHODS gPopupEdit = +{ + PopupEditCreate, + PopupEditDestroy, + PopupEditInitialize, + PopupEditDraw, + PopupEditHandleAction, + PopupEditSetCallback, + PopupEditSetFocus, + PopupEditSetPosition, + PopupEditSetDimensions, + PopupEditSetAttributes, + PopupEditGetControlHight, + PopupEditSetType, + PopupEditSetText +}; + +BOOLEAN CheckIsAllowedPasswordChar(CHAR16 Char); +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and creates the Popup Edit +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditCreate( POPUPEDIT_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POPUPEDIT_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gPopup.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gPopupEdit; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys the Popup Edit +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA **object, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditDestroy( POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + + if(NULL == PopupEdit) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + Status = gPopup.Destroy( PopupEdit, FALSE ); + + if(PopupEdit->Title) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&PopupEdit->Title); + + RestoreScreen( PopupEdit->ScreenBuf ); + if (freeMem) + { + if (POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD == PopupEdit->PopupEditType) + { + gBS->SetMem (PopupEdit->Text, EfiStrLen (PopupEdit->Text) * sizeof (CHAR16), 0); //EIP67735 zeroing the password prompt memories + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&PopupEdit->Text );//EIP-73236 Memory leak + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&PopupEdit->TempText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&PopupEdit->EmptyString ); //Free the allocated memory for the EmptyString field + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&PopupEdit ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditInitialize +// +// Description: this function uses the Initialize function of control +// and initializes the Popup Edit +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditInitialize( POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 Length =0/*,height=0*/, Size =0; + CHAR16 *TempText; + + // initializes the heigth and width + Status = gPopup.Initialize( PopupEdit, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + SetControlColorsHook( NULL, NULL , NULL, NULL , NULL, NULL , + NULL , NULL, NULL,NULL , + NULL,NULL ,NULL,&(PopupEdit->FGColor),&(PopupEdit->BGColor) ); + + + PopupEdit->Container = NULL; + + PopupEdit->Border =TRUE; + PopupEdit->Shadow = TRUE; + PopupEdit->Title = HiiGetString(PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + if ( Length < (TestPrintLength( PopupEdit->Title ) / (NG_SIZE))) + Length = (UINT16)TestPrintLength( PopupEdit->Title ) / (NG_SIZE); + + if ( Length < (UINT16)UefiGetMaxValue(PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlPtr) ) + Length = (UINT16)UefiGetMaxValue(PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlPtr); + + PopupEdit->Width = (UINT16)(Length + 4); + if ( PopupEdit->Width > MAX_POPUPEDIT_WIDTH ) + { + //EIP-135665 If multiline is supported + if ( IsTSEMultilineControlSupported() ) + PopupEdit->Height += (UINT16)(PopupEdit->Width / MAX_POPUPEDIT_WIDTH )+(((PopupEdit->Width % MAX_POPUPEDIT_WIDTH) > 0)?1:0)-1; + PopupEdit->Width = (UINT16)MAX_POPUPEDIT_WIDTH; + } + PopupEdit->TextWidth = (UINT16)UefiGetMaxValue(((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr); + + + // create text memory area with max available size + TempText = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(PopupEdit->TextWidth*2+2); + EfiStrCpy(TempText,PopupEdit->Text); + MemFreePointer((CHAR16**)&PopupEdit->Text); + PopupEdit->Text =TempText; + + PopupEdit->ScreenBuf = SaveScreen(); + + PopupEdit->TempText = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( PopupEdit->TextWidth*2 +2 ); + + PopupEdit->Height += 2+ (PopupEdit->TextWidth/PopupEdit->Width +1)/*height*/; + gPopupEdit.SetDimensions( PopupEdit, PopupEdit->Width , PopupEdit->Height ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditDraw +// +// Description: function to draw the popup to edit with attributes +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditDraw( POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + CHAR16 *text = NULL, *newText = NULL; + CHAR16 *line; + UINT16 pos, height=1,i; + UINTN Wrappedtextlen= 0; + + text = StrDup(PopupEdit->Text); + + Status = gPopup.Draw( PopupEdit ); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + //EIP-75384 Static code + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + return Status; + } + + // clear out old wrapped string + for ( pos = PopupEdit->Height- (2+ (PopupEdit->TextWidth/PopupEdit->Width +1))+1; pos < PopupEdit->Height-2; pos++ ) + DrawStringWithAttribute( PopupEdit->Left+1, PopupEdit->Top + pos, PopupEdit->EmptyString, PopupEdit->FGColor | PopupEdit->BGColor ); + + if(PopupEdit->PopupEditType != POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD ) { + //EIP_46144 - Updated the width to write the string with in the boundary. + newText = StringWrapText( text, PopupEdit->Width-2, &height ); + } + else { + newText = text; + } + + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (newText == NULL) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + + if ( newText != text ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + line = newText; + + for ( pos = PopupEdit->Height- (2+ (PopupEdit->TextWidth/PopupEdit->Width +1))+1; pos < PopupEdit->Height; pos++ ) + { + CHAR16 save; + + text = line; + if ( *line == L'\0' ) + break; + + if(PopupEdit->PopupEditType != POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD ) + { + while ( ( *line != L'\n' ) &&( *line != L'\r' ) && ( *line != L'\0' ) ) + line++; + } + else + { + while ( *line != L'\0' ) + line++; + } + + save = *line; + *line = L'\0'; + i=0; + while( (text[i] != L'\0') && (PopupEdit->Chr !=0x0 ) ) + { +// if(text[i] != L' ') //all chars should be treated the same + text[i] = PopupEdit->Chr; + i++; + } + + DrawStringWithAttribute( PopupEdit->Left+1, PopupEdit->Top + pos, text, PopupEdit->FGColor | PopupEdit->BGColor ); + + if ( ( *line = save ) != L'\0' ) + { + line++; + if ( ( *line == L'\r' ) || ( *line == L'\n' ) ) + line++; + } + + if(L'\0' == *line) + Wrappedtextlen = EfiStrLen(text);//EIP 86346 : Getting the wrapped text length + + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + + if ( pos < height ) + height = pos; + + gCursorLeft = PopupEdit->Left + Wrappedtextlen; + gCursorTop = PopupEdit->Top + (pos-1);//EIP 86346 : Providing the Cursor Postion depending on the lenght of string + if((Wrappedtextlen == 0)||(((UINT16)Wrappedtextlen) > (PopupEdit->Width-2))) + { + gCursorLeft = PopupEdit->Left+1; + gCursorTop++; + } + PopupEdit->DisplayLines = height; + FlushLines( PopupEdit->Top, PopupEdit->Top + PopupEdit->Height ); + return EFI_SUCCESS; + +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the Popup Edit actions +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditHandleAction( POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + UINT8 Redraw =0; + //Always return success to consume the message, the popupedit is always modal. + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + CONTROL_ACTION Action=ControlActionUnknown; + + if ( (Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER) || (Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_NULL) ) //EIP79486 cursor not blinking when mouse driver presents + return Status; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE ) + { + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + + //EIP 103449 : In Setup click\Touch from navigation window, option are not displayed properly + if( ( + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < PopupEdit->Top) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)(PopupEdit->Top + PopupEdit->Height)) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < PopupEdit->Left) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left > (UINT32)(PopupEdit->Left + PopupEdit->Width)) ) + && ( (ControlActionChoose == Action) || (ControlActionSelect == Action) ) + ) + { // Any action outside the popupedit about + Action = ControlActionAbort; + } + + } + + if (Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + { + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + } + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionNextUp: + case ControlActionNextDown: + case ControlActionNextLeft: + case ControlActionNextRight: + case ControlActionNextSelection: + Redraw = TRUE; + break; + + case ControlActionAbort: + if(PopupEdit->ControlActive == TRUE) + { + MemCopy(PopupEdit->Text,PopupEdit->TempText,PopupEdit->TextWidth*sizeof(UINT16)); //UNICODE CHARS + } + if(PopupEdit->Callback != NULL) + { + if ( PopupEdit->Cookie != NULL ) + { + VOID *ifrData = (VOID *)PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)PopupEdit->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetWidth(ifrData); + callbackData->Data = (VOID *)PopupEdit->Text; + + PopupEdit->Callback( PopupEdit->Container,PopupEdit, NULL ); + } + } + + PopupEdit->ControlActive = FALSE; + Redraw = 1; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionSelect: + if(PopupEdit->Callback != NULL) + { + if ( PopupEdit->Cookie != NULL ) + { + VOID *ifrData = PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)PopupEdit->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = PopupEdit->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetWidth(ifrData); + callbackData->Data = (VOID *)PopupEdit->Text; + + PopupEdit->Callback( PopupEdit->Container,PopupEdit, PopupEdit->Cookie ); + } + + } + + Redraw =1; + PopupEdit->ControlActive =FALSE; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionBackSpace: + if(EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text)>0) + { + if(PopupEdit->ControlActive ==FALSE) + { + MemCopy(PopupEdit->TempText,PopupEdit->Text,PopupEdit->TextWidth * sizeof(UINT16)); //UNICODE CHARS + PopupEdit->ControlActive = TRUE; + } + PopupEdit->Text[EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text)-1] = 0x0; + Redraw =1; + } + break; + + default: + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE ) + break; + + if(PopupEditHandlePassword( PopupEdit, Data) == EFI_SUCCESS) + Redraw =1; + else + { + if ((Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar) && (CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN != Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar)) //EIP-123306 Avoid carriage return when press CTRL+ENTER in popupedit controls. + { + if ( ( CheckIsAllowedPasswordChar(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar) || ( PopupEdit->PopupEditType != POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD ) ) && + ( EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text) < PopupEdit->TextWidth ) ) + { + if(PopupEdit->ControlActive ==FALSE) + { + MemCopy(PopupEdit->TempText,PopupEdit->Text,PopupEdit->TextWidth* sizeof(UINT16)); + PopupEdit->ControlActive = TRUE; + } + + PopupEdit->Text[EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text)] = Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar ; + PopupEdit->Text[EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text)] = 0x0 ; + Redraw =1; + } + else { + InvalidActionHookHook(); /// + } + } + else if(!IsToggleStateKey(Data)) + { + InvalidActionHookHook(); + } + + } + break; + } + + if ( Redraw == TRUE ) + { + MouseFreeze(); + + gPopupEdit.Draw( PopupEdit ); + + MouseRefresh(); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set the PopupSel callback +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetCallback( POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( PopupEdit, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditSetType +// +// Description: Function to set the PopupEdit type +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT8 Type +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetType( POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT8 Type ) +{ + PopupEdit->PopupEditType = Type; + if ( Type == POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD ) + PopupEdit->Chr = PASSWORD_CHAR; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditSetText +// +// Description: Function to set the PopupEdit text +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, CHAR16 *String +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetText(POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, CHAR16 *String ) +{ + if(PopupEdit->Text==NULL) + { + if(String != NULL) + { + PopupEdit->Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (EfiStrLen(String )+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + EfiStrCpy(PopupEdit->Text, String); + } + else + { + PopupEdit->Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (2) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + EfiStrCpy(PopupEdit->Text, L""); + } + } + else + { + if(String != NULL) + EfiStrCpy(PopupEdit->Text,String); + else + EfiStrCpy(PopupEdit->Text, L""); + + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetFocus(POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + PopupEdit->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set focus +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetPosition(POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gPopup.SetPosition( PopupEdit, Left, Top ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditSetDimensions +// +// Description: function to set the dimentions of the editable popup menu +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetDimensions(POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status= EFI_SUCCESS; + + // dimensions include top, bottom, left and right lines for popup + Status = gPopup.SetDimensions( PopupEdit, Width, Height ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&PopupEdit->EmptyString ); + PopupEdit->EmptyString = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (Width-1 ) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + if ( PopupEdit->EmptyString == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + MemFillUINT16Buffer( PopupEdit->EmptyString, Width-2, L' ' ); + + return(Status); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set the dimentions of the editable popup menu +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetAttributes(POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( PopupEdit, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditGetControlHight +// +// Description: Function unsuppored. +// +// Input: VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Norcross, Suite 200, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupEdit.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupEdit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93221df --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupEdit.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupEdit.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 9 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupEdit.h $ +// +// 9 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 8 4/05/12 7:25a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 7 11/20/11 8:10a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 5 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: PopupEdit.h +// +// Description: This file contains definitions to handle Popup Edit operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _POPUPEDIT_H_ +#define _POPUPEDIT_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "popup.h" +//#include "memo.h" + +#define PASSWORD_CHAR L'*' +// popupedit constants +#define MAX_POPUPEDIT_WIDTH (gMaxCols - 10) +#define POPUPEDIT_TYPE_STRING 0 +#define POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD 1 +#define POPUPEDIT_CANCEL 1 + +#define POPUPEDIT_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + VOID *ScreenBuf; \ + UINT8 PopupEditType; \ + UINT8 Justify; \ + UINT16 DisplayLines; \ + CHAR16 *EmptyString; \ + UINT16 MinSize; \ + UINT16 MaxSize; \ + UINT16 TextWidth; \ + CHAR16 *Text; \ + CHAR16 *TempText; \ + CHAR16 Chr; /* character used to display instead of real chars */ + /* mainly used for password entry.*/ + +typedef struct _POPUPEDIT_METHODS POPUPEDIT_METHODS; + +typedef struct _POPUPEDIT_DATA +{ + POPUPEDIT_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUP_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUPEDIT_MEMBER_VARIABLES +} +POPUPEDIT_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*POPUPEDIT_METHOD_SET_TEXT) ( VOID *object, CHAR16 *String); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*POPUPEDIT_METHOD_SET_TYPE) ( VOID *object, UINT8 Type); + +#define POPUPEDIT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + POPUPEDIT_METHOD_SET_TYPE SetType; \ + POPUPEDIT_METHOD_SET_TEXT SetText; + +struct _POPUPEDIT_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + POPUPEDIT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern POPUPEDIT_METHODS gPopupEdit; + + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupEditCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetType(VOID *object, UINT8 Type ); +//EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetTitle(VOID *object, CHAR16 *String ); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetText(VOID *object, CHAR16 *String ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +#endif /* _POPUPEDIT_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupPassword.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupPassword.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8914766 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupPassword.c @@ -0,0 +1,1377 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupPassword.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 43 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 3:08p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupPassword.c $ +// +// 43 8/28/14 3:08p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 42 5/03/14 4:03p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP135665 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE get hangs, when long string is given as title for +// password +// [Root Cause] TSE is not handling properl when PasswordTitle length +// exceeds screen width +// [Solution] Handled password title length based on screen width and +// given support to display title in multiple lines. +// [Files] postmgmtext.c, Popup.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 41 5/02/14 9:35p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 40 5/02/14 10:56a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 39 5/02/14 6:49a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP164232 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] When password keyboard is launched and mouse pointer is +// placed on softkbd mouse will flickers continously. +// [RootCause] MouseRefresh and MouseStop is calling contiously in loop +// so mouse pointer get flickers +// [Solution] When mouse pointer is on softkbd and is static then stop +// calling MouseRefresh and MouseFreeze +// [Files] PopupPassword.c, CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c +// +// 38 5/01/14 3:44p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 37 2/11/14 8:37p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 32 7/01/13 6:15a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP127023 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Empty password causes setup crashing +// [RootCause] After entering empty password in first attempt and no +// confirm password is given so the variable ConfirmNewPswd is NULL. Since +// ConfirmNewPswd is NULL TSE is trying to compare and find length for +// this NULL string and so it caused this issue. +// [Solution] Handled NULL check for ConfirmNewPswd variable before and +// after getting password +// [Files] PopupPassword.c +// +// 31 3/25/13 8:38a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP116315 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Display control prompt string for password control. +// (for String on CHAP secret popup) +// [Files] - AMITSE.sdl +// - CommonHelper.c +// - FakeToken.c +// - AmiTSEStr.uni +// - TseLite\PopupPassword.c +// - uefi2.1\UefiWapper21.c +// - uefi2.0\UefiWapper20.c +// - uefi2.0\HiiCallback.c +// - uefi2.0\hii.h +// - uefi2.0\hii.c +// +// 30 3/08/13 1:34a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP113085 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Modify callback function behavior to match UEFI SPEC. +// [Files] HiiCallback.c, PopupPassword.c, SubMenu.c +// +// 29 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 17 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 27 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 25 8/29/12 8:31a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP 91364 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Token to disable the Cursor of TSE Password Dialog +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Postmgmtext.c, PopupPassword.c, +// PopupString.c +// +// 24 5/28/12 11:35a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP88912 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] On password window display the softkbd with only with +// valid key's +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Postmgmtext.c, Mouse.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 23 1/02/12 11:49a Arunsb +// EIP79486 +// Build error resolved for 32 bit. +// +// 22 12/27/11 12:41p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP79486 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Cursor is not blinking when "Softkbd" support enabled +// [RootCause] Unknown action also consumed +// [Solution] Unknow action not consumed. +// Mouse stopped instead of freezing when the mouse pointer is over the +// cursor. +// [Files] popupedit.c and popuppassword.c +// +// 21 12/14/11 12:43p Arunsb +// EIP63190 => Moving password support from TSELite to BootOnly +// +// 20 12/01/11 5:13a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Callback handling :For interactive controls updating +// the currnet vaule in cache even when hii callback returns error status. +// [Files] Date.c, SubMenu.c, ordlistbox.c, time.c, UefiAction.c, +// hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// ,PopupPassword.c +// +// 19 11/30/11 12:20p Premkumara +// Updated with review comments. +// +// 18 11/30/11 11:57a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75521 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Need to support interactive password controls +// [Files] PopupPassword.c, PopupPassword.h, TsetAdvanced.c +// +// 17 11/30/11 11:32a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP67695 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] No cursor visible in setup, while editing text input +// box +// [Files] Buffer.c, Postmgmtext.c, PopupString.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 16 11/21/11 11:15a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 15 11/20/11 8:12a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 14 11/20/11 7:40a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP73226 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Extended support for password prompt +// [Files] FakeToken.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AmiTSEStr.uni, PopupPassword.c, +// +// 13 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 12 11/10/11 12:48a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP67735 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Zeroing password buffers before freeing +// [Files] mem.c, mem.h, popupedit.c, popuppassword.c and tseadvanced.c +// +// 11 3/28/11 9:25p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP41744 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] SoftKeyBoard Support in TSE. and Support to Work with +// new mouse driver(Label 07). +// [Files] HookAnchor.h +// AMITSE.sdl +// CommonHelper.c +// commonoem.c +// commonoem.h +// HookList.c +// HookAnchor.c +// Mouse.c +// minisetupext.c +// postmgmtext.c +// minisetupext.h +// PopupPassword.c +// PopupString.c +// TseLiteCommon.c +// +// 10 12/02/10 2:34p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 48169 +// [Category]- Enhancement +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Code Cleanup and Compiler Warning need to resolved. +// [Rootcause] Warnings reported when we build AMI higher Warning level. +// [Solution]- 1. Fix the warnings and do the code cleanup. +// 2. Introduce proper checks. +// 3. change the popupSel.c to not change the Option/variable +// cache to default or first option +// when the variable cache is not matching with any of +// option. +// [Files] - commonoem.c bbs.c boot.c hiistring.c resource.c +// popuppassword.c popupsel.c +// expression.c hii.c parse.c +// +// 9 10/04/10 4:26p Blaines +// In the function _DoPopupEdit, call gPopupEdit.SetType before calling +// gPopupEdit.Initialize. This is useful in case the function +// gPopupEdit.Initialize is overriden. +// +// 8 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans +// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 13 8/27/10 4:43a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP-39764: Setup password non-case sensitive support and password +// encode support updated +// +// 12 4/09/10 12:26p Madhans +// +// 11 3/26/10 6:53p Madhans +// Support to Map the do the Control Mapping from gTseControlMap Table. So +// no changes need in Frame.c, With this feature gTseControlMap Can be +// customized to add/customize the TSE controls. +// +// 10 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 9 2/05/10 6:05p Madhans +// To fix the Screen corruption if mouse pointer is on the popup. +// +// 8 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 7 1/09/10 6:54a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 6 8/13/09 1:20p Blaines +// Fix color initialization +// +// 5 7/09/09 12:29p Mallikarjunanv +// updated the password encoding fix +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: PopupPassword.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Popup Passwords +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// Extern Variables +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +extern UINTN gInvalidPasswordFailMsgBox; +//EIP-73226 Extended Password support +extern UINTN gClearPasswordMsgBox; +extern UINTN gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox; +extern UINTN gClearLabelPasswordMsgBox; + +CALLBACK_VARIABLE gPopupEditCb = { { CALLBACK_TYPE_VARIABLE, sizeof(CALLBACK_VARIABLE) }, 0,0,0,NULL }; +UINT8 res = (UINT8)-1; + +POPUP_PASSWORD_METHODS gPopupPassword = +{ + PopupPasswordCreate, + PopupPasswordDestroy, + PopupPasswordInitialize, + PopupPasswordDraw, + PopupPasswordHandleAction, + PopupPasswordSetCallback, + PopupPasswordSetFocus, + PopupPasswordSetPosition, + PopupPasswordSetDimensions, + PopupPasswordSetAttributes, + PopupPasswordGetControlHeight + +}; +VOID GetCoordinates(INT32 *x, INT32 *y, INT32 *z); +VOID SetPwdKeyboardLayout(VOID);//EIP-88912 +VOID ResetPwdKeyboardLayout(VOID);//EIP-88912 +BOOLEAN IsTSECursorSupport(); //EIP-91364 +VOID SavePswdString (CONTROL_INFO *ControlData, CHAR16 *String); +BOOLEAN IsPasswordSupportNonCaseSensitive(); +BOOLEAN IsShowPromptStringAsTitle(VOID);//EIP-116315 password string +BOOLEAN IsMouseOnSoftkbd(VOID); //EIP-164232 + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and creates the popup password +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordCreate( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gPopupPassword; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys the popup password +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordDestroy( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == popuppassword) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( popuppassword, FALSE ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popuppassword->Text ); + + if( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popuppassword ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordInitialize +// +// Description: this function uses the initialize function of control +// and initializes the popup password +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordInitialize( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( popuppassword, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, + &(popuppassword->SelBGColor), &(popuppassword->SelFGColor), + &(popuppassword->BGColor), &(popuppassword->FGColor), + NULL, NULL, + NULL, + NULL ,NULL, + NULL,NULL ); + + popuppassword->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordDraw +// +// Description: function to draw the popup password with attributes +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordDraw(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword ) +{ + CHAR16 *text; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + UINT8 ColorLabel = popuppassword->FGColor; + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( popuppassword->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &popuppassword->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + text = HiiGetString( popuppassword->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(popuppassword->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( popuppassword->Left , popuppassword->Top, + (UINTN)(popuppassword->Width),(UINTN) popuppassword->Height, + text,(UINT8)( (popuppassword->ControlFocus) ? + popuppassword->SelBGColor | popuppassword->SelFGColor : + popuppassword->BGColor | ColorLabel)); + } + else + { + // use frame width minus margins as available space + // boundary overflow check + if ( (TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(popuppassword->Width )) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(popuppassword->Width ))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( popuppassword->Left , popuppassword->Top, text, + (UINT8)( (popuppassword->ControlFocus) ? + popuppassword->SelBGColor | popuppassword->SelFGColor : + popuppassword->BGColor | ColorLabel )); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + FlushLines( popuppassword->Top , popuppassword->Top ); + + return Status; +} + +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetCallback( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( popuppassword, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordCheckInstalledLocal +// +// Description: function to check the local installation of popup password +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword +// +// Output: True/False +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT32 PopupPasswordCheckInstalledLocal(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword) +{ + VOID *data = popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CHAR16 *RealPassword=NULL; + UINT32 Installed=0; + // read real password from nvram + RealPassword = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( ((UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + if ( RealPassword == NULL ) + return Installed; + MemSet( RealPassword, ((UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16), 0 ); + + VarGetValue( popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(data), + (UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)*2, RealPassword ); + + if ( RealPassword[0] != L'\0' ) + Installed = 1; + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&RealPassword ); + + return Installed; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordAuthenticateLocal +// +// Description: function to check authentication of the password +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, CHAR16 *Password +// +// Output: TRUE/FALSE +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN PopupPasswordAuthenticateLocal( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, CHAR16 *Password ) +{ + VOID *data = popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CHAR16 *RealPassword=NULL,*TempEncoded=NULL; + BOOLEAN AuthenticateStatus=FALSE; + UINTN ii; + + // read real password from nvram + RealPassword = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( ((UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + if ( RealPassword == NULL ) + return AuthenticateStatus; + MemSet( RealPassword, ((UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16), 0 ); + + VarGetValue( popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(data), + (UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)*2, RealPassword ); + + TempEncoded = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( ((UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + if ( TempEncoded == NULL ) + return AuthenticateStatus; + + MemSet( TempEncoded, ((UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16), 0 ); + EfiStrCpy(TempEncoded,Password); + +//EIP106950 + if ( + (IsPasswordSupportNonCaseSensitive ()) && + ( (VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP == popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) || (VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY == popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) ) + ) + { + for (ii = 0; ii < (UefiGetMaxValue(data)); ii++) + TempEncoded [ii] = ((TempEncoded [ii]>=L'a')&&(TempEncoded [ii]<=L'z'))?(TempEncoded [ii]+L'A'-L'a'):TempEncoded [ii]; + } +//EIP106950 +//EIP 23354 : Start + //PasswordEncodeHook( TempEncoded, (UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data) * sizeof(CHAR16)); + if( IsPasswordEncodeEnabled( &popuppassword->ControlData )){ + PasswordEncodeHook( TempEncoded, (UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data) * sizeof(CHAR16)); + } +//EIP 23354 : END + if( EfiCompareMem(TempEncoded,RealPassword,(UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(data) * sizeof(CHAR16))) + AuthenticateStatus = FALSE; + else + AuthenticateStatus = TRUE; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&RealPassword ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&TempEncoded ); + + return AuthenticateStatus; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdatePasswordToNonCaseSensitive +// +// Description: function to update the given password to non case sensitive +// +// Input: CHAR16 *Password, UINTN PwdLength +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID UpdatePasswordToNonCaseSensitive(CHAR16 *Password, UINTN PwdLength) +{ + UINTN Idx; + for ( Idx = 0; Idx < PwdLength; Idx++ ) + Password[Idx] = ((Password[Idx]>=L'a')&&(Password[Idx]<=L'z'))?(Password[Idx]+L'A'-L'a'):Password[Idx]; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PopupPasswordActivate +// +// Description: function to set and activate a password +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _PopupPasswordActivate(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + BOOLEAN AbortUpdate = FALSE; + CHAR16 *Text=NULL,*NewPswd=NULL,*ConfirmNewPswd=NULL; + VOID *data = popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr; + UINTN NewPwLen = 0; + UINT16 orgtext = 0; + UINT16 newtoken = 0; + + if( PopupPwdAuthenticateIDEPwd(popuppassword,&AbortUpdate,data) != EFI_SUCCESS) + { + AbortUpdate = FALSE; + + if(PopupPasswordCheckInstalled(popuppassword)) + { + // ask for old password (popupedit) + Status = _DoPopupEdit( popuppassword, (IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ? STRING_TOKEN(STR_OLD_PSWD_LABEL): STRING_TOKEN(STR_OLD_PSWD)), &Text); + if( Status ) + AbortUpdate = TRUE; + else + { + if(!PopupPasswordAuthenticate( popuppassword, Text )) + { + // optional message to user: "wrong password" and exit + CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidPasswordFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + AbortUpdate = TRUE; + } + } + } + } + if(AbortUpdate == FALSE) + { +Password: + //ask for new password(1) + Status = _DoPopupEdit( popuppassword, (IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ? STRING_TOKEN(STR_NEW_PSWD_LABEL): STRING_TOKEN(STR_NEW_PSWD)), &NewPswd); + + if(!Status) + { + NewPwLen = EfiStrLen(NewPswd); + //EIP-39764 : non case sensitive support during setting password + //EIP106950 + if ( + (IsPasswordSupportNonCaseSensitive ()) && + (NewPwLen != 0) && + ( (VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP == popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) || (VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY == popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) ) + ) + { + UpdatePasswordToNonCaseSensitive (NewPswd, NewPwLen); + } + if (VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY != popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) + { + if (PopupPasswordCheckInstalled (popuppassword)) + { + // Override the minmax validation for password clearing + if(NewPwLen == 0) + { + //EIP-116315 password string Starts + if ( IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ) + { + CHAR16 *temptext = NULL, *tText = NULL; + CHAR16 *tempTitle = NULL; + UINTN strlen = 0; + + //Taking backup of original StringID + orgtext = ((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(gClearLabelPasswordMsgBox))->Text; + + //Get TSE string + temptext = HiiGetString( (VOID*)(UINTN)INVALID_HANDLE, orgtext); + strlen = EfiStrLen(temptext); + + tempTitle = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((strlen+2)*sizeof(CHAR16)); + + if (NULL == tempTitle) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + EfiStrCpy (tempTitle,temptext); + strlen = EfiStrLen(tempTitle); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&temptext ); + + //Get prompt string from controlptr + temptext = HiiGetString( popuppassword->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + strlen = EfiStrLen(temptext+2); + + tempTitle = MemReallocateZeroPool ( + tempTitle, + ( (EfiStrLen (tempTitle) + 2) * sizeof (CHAR16) ), + ( ((EfiStrLen (tempTitle) + 2) * sizeof (CHAR16)) + ((EfiStrLen (temptext) + 2) * sizeof (CHAR16)) ) //2 for /n and NULL character + ); + + if (NULL == tempTitle) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + //Eliminate white space character if any precedes + tText = temptext; + while(*temptext == L' ') + { + temptext++; + } + + //Appending tse string with controlptr prompt string + EfiStrCat (tempTitle,temptext); + EfiStrCat (tempTitle,L"?"); + + //Adding string to hiistring + newtoken = HiiAddString( gHiiHandle, tempTitle ); + + //Setting new stringID as current stringID + ((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(gClearLabelPasswordMsgBox))->Text = newtoken; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tempTitle ); + } + //EIP-116315 password string. Ends + + //Report Message box for Clearing Old password + if(CallbackShowMessageBox( (IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ? (UINTN)gClearLabelPasswordMsgBox : (UINTN)gClearPasswordMsgBox), MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO )!= MSGBOX_YES) + { + if ( IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ) + { + //Resetting original token + ((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(gClearLabelPasswordMsgBox))->Text = orgtext; + //Delete created token + HiiRemoveString(gHiiHandle, newtoken); + } + + goto Password; + //Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; //Do not clear the password + } + else + { + if ( IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ) + { + //Resetting original token + ((AMI_IFR_MSGBOX*)(gClearLabelPasswordMsgBox))->Text = orgtext; + //Delete created token + HiiRemoveString(gHiiHandle, newtoken); + } + + ConfirmNewPswd = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(CHAR16) ); + + if(ConfirmNewPswd) + { + *ConfirmNewPswd = L'\0'; //Set confirmation password to null string + } + else + { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + } + } + } + } + if( + NewPwLen && + ( (NewPwLen < (UINT8)UefiGetMinValue (popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr)) || + (NewPwLen > (UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue (popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr)) ) + ) + { + //Report Message box + CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + // ask for new password(2)again + if ( ((!Status) && (NewPwLen != 0)) || ((VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY == popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) && (!Status)) ) + { + Status = _DoPopupEdit( popuppassword, (IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ? STRING_TOKEN(STR_CONFIRM_NEW_PSWD_LABEL) : STRING_TOKEN(STR_CONFIRM_NEW_PSWD)), &ConfirmNewPswd); + } + + if ( !Status ) + { + //EIP-39764 : non case sensitive support during setting password + //EIP106950 + if ( + (IsPasswordSupportNonCaseSensitive ()) && + ( NULL!=ConfirmNewPswd ) && (EfiStrLen (ConfirmNewPswd)) && //EIP-127023 Avoid crashing when give empty password + ( (VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP == popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) || (VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY == popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable) ) + ) + { + NewPwLen = EfiStrLen (ConfirmNewPswd); + UpdatePasswordToNonCaseSensitive (ConfirmNewPswd, NewPwLen); + } + if ( ( NULL!=ConfirmNewPswd ) && EfiStrCmp(NewPswd, ConfirmNewPswd)==0 ) //EIP-127023 Avoid crashing when give empty password + { + //EIP-75521 Support for Interactive Password control + if(popuppassword->Text != NULL){ + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popuppassword->Text ); + } + popuppassword->Text = (CHAR16 *) EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((NewPwLen + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16)); + EfiStrCpy(popuppassword->Text, NewPswd); + + //save new password + if ( ( popuppassword->Callback != NULL ) && ( popuppassword->Cookie != NULL ) ) + { + VOID *ifrData = popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CALLBACK_PASSWORD *callbackData = (CALLBACK_PASSWORD *)popuppassword->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + callbackData->Length = (UINT8)UefiGetMaxValue(ifrData) * sizeof(CHAR16); + callbackData->Data = (VOID *)NewPswd; + SavePswdString(&(popuppassword->ControlData),NewPswd); + UefiPreControlUpdate(&(popuppassword->ControlData)); + popuppassword->Callback( popuppassword->Container,popuppassword, popuppassword->Cookie ); + + PopupPwdUpdateIDEPwd (); + } + + + //For interactive control invoke the formcallback function. + if(UefiIsInteractive(&popuppassword->ControlData)) + { + VOID *Handle = popuppassword->ControlData.ControlHandle; + UINT16 Key = UefiGetControlKey(&(popuppassword->ControlData)); + CONTROL_DATA *Control = (CONTROL_DATA *)NULL; + + //Call the callback passing the input value and value size. + Status = CallFormCallBack( &(popuppassword->ControlData),Key,0,AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE); + + Control = GetUpdatedControlData((CONTROL_DATA*)popuppassword, CONTROL_TYPE_PASSWORD, Handle, Key); + if(Control == NULL){ //Control deleted. + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + if(Control != (CONTROL_DATA *)popuppassword){ + popuppassword = (POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *)Control; //Control Updated. + } + } + + popuppassword->ControlActive = FALSE; + } + else + { + CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidPasswordFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + } + } + } + StringZeroFreeMemory ((VOID **)&Text); //EIP67735 zeroing the password prompt memories + StringZeroFreeMemory ((VOID **)&NewPswd); + StringZeroFreeMemory ((VOID **)&ConfirmNewPswd); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PopupPasswordHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the password actions +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, , ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _PopupPasswordHandleAction( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + return Status; + + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &popuppassword->ControlData ); + + //Not to perform action for control when token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to set focus for GrayoutIf control + if ( IsGrayoutSelectable() && (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult) ) { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + if(ControlActionSelect == Action) + { + if(UefiIsInteractive(&popuppassword->ControlData)) + if(PopupPasswordFormCallback(&(popuppassword->ControlData),UefiGetControlKey(&(popuppassword->ControlData)),0) == EFI_SUCCESS) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + return _PopupPasswordActivate(popuppassword); + } + } + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + if(ControlActionSelect == MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) + { + + //EIP-123727 check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of Password Control or not + if((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)popuppassword->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(popuppassword->Top+popuppassword->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)popuppassword->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(popuppassword->Left+popuppassword->Width)) + ) + { + if(UefiIsInteractive(&popuppassword->ControlData)) + if(PopupPasswordFormCallback(&(popuppassword->ControlData),UefiGetControlKey(&(popuppassword->ControlData)),0) == EFI_SUCCESS) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + return _PopupPasswordActivate(popuppassword); + } + } + } + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the PopupPassword Actions +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordHandleAction( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = PopupPwdHandleActionOverRide(popuppassword, Data); + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetFocus(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if(focus != FALSE) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &popuppassword->ControlData ); + if ( ((u8ChkResult != COND_NONE) && (u8ChkResult != COND_GRAYOUT)) || + (!IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT)) ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if( !(popuppassword->ControlFocus && focus) ) + popuppassword->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetPosition(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( popuppassword, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetDimensions(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( popuppassword, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetAttributes(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( popuppassword, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordGetControlHeight +// +// Description: function to get the height of the label +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordGetControlHeight(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width; + + Width = ((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Width - 2; + + text = HiiGetString( popuppassword->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(popuppassword->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + newText = StringWrapText( text, Width, height ); + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _CBPopupEdit +// +// Description: Function for PopupEdit callback. +// +// Input: VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _CBPopupEdit(VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + if(cookie!=NULL) + { + + res=0; + } + else + res=1; // exit with no changes to string + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PopupEditGetValue +// +// Description: Function to get edit value. +// +// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *popupedit +// +// Output: UINTN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _PopupEditGetValue( POPUPEDIT_DATA *popupedit ) +{ + ACTION_DATA *action = gApp->Action; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;//EIP:67695 + BOOLEAN DrawCursor = TRUE;//EIP:67695 + UINT32 MousePointerX = 0,MousePointerY = 0,MousePointerZ = 0; + + gPopupEdit.SetCallback( popupedit, NULL, _CBPopupEdit, &gPopupEditCb ); + gPopupEdit.SetDimensions( popupedit, popupedit->Width , popupedit->Height ); + res = (UINT8)-1; + + SetPwdKeyboardLayout();//EIP-88912 + TSEStringReadLoopEntryHook(); + + while ( res == (UINT8)-1 ) + { + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + + GetCoordinates (&MousePointerX, &MousePointerY, &MousePointerZ); + if (gST->ConOut) + { + if ( + ( ((MousePointerX/HiiGetGlyphWidth ()) <= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorColumn+1) && ((MousePointerX/HiiGetGlyphWidth ()) >= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorColumn-1) ) && + ( ((MousePointerY/HiiGetGlyphHeight ()) <= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorRow+1) && ((MousePointerY/HiiGetGlyphHeight ()) >= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorRow-1) ) //EIP79486 Stop the mouse if mouse poiner is over the text cursor useful for avoiding corruption + ) + MouseStop (); + else + { + if ( !IsMouseOnSoftkbd() ) //EIP-164232 checking for mouse pointer position + MouseFreeze (); + } + } + + gPopupEdit.Draw( popupedit ); + DoRealFlushLines(); + + if (IsTSECursorSupport())//EIP-91364 + { + if (TRUE == DrawCursor) //EIP:67695 Enabling at valid times + { + gST->ConOut->SetAttribute (gST->ConOut, popupedit->FGColor | popupedit->BGColor); + gST->ConOut->SetCursorPosition (gST->ConOut, popupedit->Left + EfiStrLen (popupedit->Text)+1, popupedit->Height- (2+ (popupedit->TextWidth/popupedit->Width +1))+popupedit->Top+1); + gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, TRUE); + DrawCursor = FALSE; + } + } + if ( !IsMouseOnSoftkbd() ) //EIP-164232 Avoid mouse flickers If mouse pointer is on softkbd area + MouseRefresh(); + + + if ( gAction.GetAction( action ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + Status = gPopupEdit.HandleAction( popupedit, action ); + if (IsTSECursorSupport() && !(EFI_ERROR (Status)))//EIP:67695 + { + DrawCursor = TRUE; //EIP:67695 If any valid action performed then draw the cursor, usefull for blinking + } + } + TSEStringReadLoopExitHook(); + ResetPwdKeyboardLayout();//EIP-88912 + + return res; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DoPopupEdit +// +// Description: function to perform the edit operations on popup +// +// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *PopupPassword, UINT16 Title, CHAR16 **Text +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _DoPopupEdit( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *PopupPassword, UINT16 Title, CHAR16 **Text) +{ + static UINT8 gIFRPopupEdit[50]; + EFI_STATUS Status= EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT8 retValue = (UINT8)-1; + UINT16 newtoken = 0; + + POPUPEDIT_DATA *popupedit = NULL; + + CONTROL_INFO dummy; + BOOLEAN PreviousCursorState = gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorVisible;//EIP:67695 + + Status = gPopupEdit.Create( &popupedit ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 ); + + MemCopy( &gIFRPopupEdit, (VOID*)PopupPassword->ControlData.ControlPtr, UefiGetIfrLength(PopupPassword->ControlData.ControlPtr) ); + + //EIP-116315 password string. Starts + //To show Control prompt string as PopupPassword String instead from AMITSEStr.uni file + if (IsShowPromptStringAsTitle()) + { + UINTN strlen = 0; + CHAR16 *temptext, *tempTitle = NULL, *tText = NULL; + dummy.ControlHandle = PopupPassword->ControlData.ControlHandle; + + //Get TSE string + temptext = HiiGetString( (VOID*)(UINTN)INVALID_HANDLE, Title); + strlen = EfiStrLen(temptext); + + tempTitle = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((strlen+2)*sizeof(CHAR16)); + + if (NULL == tempTitle) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + EfiStrCpy (tempTitle,temptext); + strlen = EfiStrLen(tempTitle); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&temptext ); + + //Get Prompt String from ControlPtr + temptext = HiiGetString( PopupPassword->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(PopupPassword->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + strlen = EfiStrLen(temptext+2); + + tempTitle = MemReallocateZeroPool ( + tempTitle, + ( (EfiStrLen (tempTitle) + 2) * sizeof (CHAR16) ), + ( ((EfiStrLen (tempTitle) + 2) * sizeof (CHAR16)) + ((EfiStrLen (temptext) + 2) * sizeof (CHAR16)) ) //2 for /n and NULL character + ); + + if (NULL == tempTitle) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + //Eliminate white space character if any precedes + tText = temptext; + while(*temptext == L' ') + { + temptext++; + } + + //Appending TSE string with controlptr string + EfiStrCat (tempTitle,temptext); + + //Create new token for newly created string + newtoken = HiiAddString( PopupPassword->ControlData.ControlHandle, tempTitle ); + + //Set control prompt with newly created token + UefiSetPromptField ((VOID*)&gIFRPopupEdit,newtoken); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tempTitle ); + } + else + { + dummy.ControlHandle = (VOID*)(UINTN)INVALID_HANDLE; + UefiSetPromptField ((VOID*)&gIFRPopupEdit,Title); + } + //EIP-116315 password string. Ends + + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)&gIFRPopupEdit; + dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE; + + //gPopupEdit.SetTitle(popupedit,Title); + gPopupEdit.SetText(popupedit,*Text); + gPopupEdit.SetType( popupedit, POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD ); + Status = gPopupEdit.Initialize( popupedit, &dummy ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + goto Done; + + //gPopupEdit.SetType( popupedit, POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD ); + retValue = (UINT8)_PopupEditGetValue( popupedit ); + if (IsTSECursorSupport())//EIP-91364 + { + gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, PreviousCursorState);//EIP:67695 + } + if(retValue ==0) + { + // string changed, save to nvram or do whatever needs to be done + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)Text ); + *Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (gPopupEditCb.Length+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + if ( Text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + EfiStrCpy( *Text, gPopupEditCb.Data ); + + } + else + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +Done: + gPopupEdit.Destroy( popupedit, TRUE ); + if ( IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ) + HiiRemoveString(gHiiHandle, newtoken);//Delete created token + return Status; +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupPassword.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupPassword.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2987967 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupPassword.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2012, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupPassword.h $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 10 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 6:07a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupPassword.h $ +// +// 10 8/28/14 6:07a Premkumara +// EIP-135253 Updating file name proper in #include +// +// 9 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 8 5/18/12 6:56a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP85220 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] TSE - Extend Popup password customization options +// [Files] Popuppassword.h +// +// 7 11/30/11 11:58a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75521 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Need to support interactive password controls +// [Files] PopupPassword.c, PopupPassword.h, TsetAdvanced.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 7 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:53a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: PopupPassword.h +// +// Description: Header file for Popup Passwords +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _POPUP_PASSWORD_H_ +#define _POPUP_PASSWORD_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "Label.h" +#include "PopupEdit.h" + + +#define POPUP_PASSWORD_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ +UINT16 TextMargin; \ +UINT16 TextWidth; \ +UINT16 TextAreaWidth; + + +typedef struct _POPUP_PASSWORD_METHODS POPUP_PASSWORD_METHODS; + +typedef struct _POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA +{ + POPUP_PASSWORD_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + LABEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUP_PASSWORD_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA; + +#define POPUP_PASSWORD_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + + +struct _POPUP_PASSWORD_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + POPUP_PASSWORD_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +}; + +extern POPUP_PASSWORD_METHODS gPopupPassword; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetFocus( VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordGetControlHeight(VOID *object, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height); + +EFI_STATUS _DoPopupEdit( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *PopupPassword, UINT16 Title, CHAR16 **Text);//EIP-75521 Support Interactive Password control + +#endif /* _POPUP_PASSWORD_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2012, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupSel.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupSel.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd81c20 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupSel.c @@ -0,0 +1,1646 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupSel.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 40 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 3:09p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupSel.c $ +// +// 40 8/28/14 3:09p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 39 5/02/14 9:36p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 38 5/02/14 10:54a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 37 5/01/14 3:45p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 36 2/11/14 8:37p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 35 12/03/13 1:12p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 34 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 17 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 32 9/25/12 11:44a Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 101903 +// [Category] - Defect +// [Synopsis] - Enabling Multiline in TSE cause a crash when entering in +// TSE +// [Root cause] If SPrint is called with a string that exceeds the +// buffersize, overflow occurs and exception happens. +// [Solution] Call Sprint using only the printable length copy of the +// original string. +// [Files] - Popupsel.c +// [Function] - PopupSelGetControlHeight +// +// 31 9/18/12 5:08a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP95139 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [RootCause] BootOrder and DriverOrder cases are not handled preoperly +// in _PopupSelGetSelection() function +// [Files] PopupSel.c +// +// 30 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 28 9/06/12 1:02a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP91410 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS=1 makes one of option with max +// string looks not good. +// [Files] PopupSel.c, COmmonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl +// +// 27 2/01/12 8:05p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 81631 +// [Category]- Sighting +// [Synopsis]- In some SAS cards, HII Adapter Settings screen is not +// wrapping the text correctly +// [Solution] - Use the proper control width calculation to determine +// control height in PopupSelGetControlHeight. +// The string length calculation used to determine control height in +// SubMenuGetControlHeight needs to be consistent with the same in +// SubMenuDraw. +// +// [Files] +// Submenu.c, PopupSel.c, +// +// 26 2/01/12 3:33a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP81603 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] If any option is not obtained then default option is +// used +// [Files] PopupSel.c +// +// 25 1/31/12 7:04p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 81631 +// [Category]- Sighting +// [Synopsis]- In some SAS cards, HII Adapter Settings screen is not +// wrapping the text correctly +// [Solution] - Allow max space when creating controls in the functions +// FrameAddControl, FrameDraw. +// Allow max space for computing height in PopupSelGetControlHeight, +// TextGetControlHeight PopupSelDraw, TextDraw. +// +// [Files] +// Text.c, PopupSel.c, frame.c +// +// 24 1/18/12 6:37a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP79949 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Text srting is not wrapped in "Advanced -> Super IO config. +// -> Floppy disk controller config. -> Change settings" option when +// TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS token enabled. +// [RootCause] The calculation was not proper to show maximum string in +// the left control area for popupsel control. +// [Solution] Adjusted the cordinates to show maximum string in control +// left area +// [Files] PopupSel.c +// +// 23 1/05/12 12:27a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c,PopupSel.c. +// +// 22 12/07/11 8:18a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP75118 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] xtractConfig() fail since BrowserCallback() cannot find +// the variable to process +// [Files] FormBrowser2.c, FormBrowser2.h, HiiCallback.c, +// Uefi21Wapper.c, PopupSel.c +// +// 21 12/05/11 7:05p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 77040 +// [Category]- Sighting +// [Synopsis]- Setup: Boot Option Priority list items truncated, until you +// move within the tab. +// [Solution] - In the function PopupSelGetControlHeight, call the +// function _PopupSelGetSelection to get the current selection before +// computing the control height. +// +// [Files] +// PopupSel.c +// +// 20 11/30/11 1:33p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75352 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] Boot.c, bbs.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, Variable.c, +// TseLiteHelper.c, PopupSel.c, AddBootOption.c, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c +// +// 19 11/21/11 11:12a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 18 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 17 11/13/11 1:05p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70421 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini, +// boot.c, +// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c, +// addbootoption.c, +// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h, +// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h, +// TseElink.h, variable.h, +// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni +// +// 16 10/20/11 12:03p Madhans +// Check in comment corrected. +// +// 15 9/19/11 11:50a Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 68920 +// [Category] Defect +// [Symptom] SOME SAS controller card HII menus hang when selecting "Clear +// Configuration" when DEBUG_MODE=0 +// [RootCause] Menu is not re-initialize from SetupData after dynamic +// page update. +// PopupSelGetControlHeight() causes an assert if popupSel has an item +// with an invalid string token. +// +// [Solution] Due to dynamic updates, SetupData (most current data) is +// given priority when re-initializing menu. +// Check for invalid string token in PopupSelGetControlHeight. +// +// [Files Changed] +// - Menu.c, Popupsel.c +// +// 14 8/26/11 2:10p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 67487 +// [Category] Defect +// [Symptom] TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS does not work for all control types +// [RootCause] The controls (PopupSel, PopupString) ONLY check for +// string wrapping in the label value (control prompt) when calling the +// methods GetControlHeight and Draw. +// [Solution] The controls (PopupSel, PopupString) should check for +// string wrapping in the label (control prompt) and the control's value +// when calling the methods GetControlHeight and Draw. For Dynamic pages, +// adjust the width calculation for Submenu in the function +// GetControlHeight. +// [Files] PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, Submenu.c +// +// 13 3/28/11 11:40p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP50878 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support to move the Control With Boot Order Change. +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl +// commonoem.c +// minisetup.h +// popupsel.c +// +// 12 3/21/11 12:40a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 11 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 10 12/02/10 6:08p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP49562 +// [Category]- Improvment. +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Need to support UEFI 2.2 requirements related to Calling +// Formcallback with +// EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING and EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED action. +// [Solution]- Implemented the support. +// [Files] - submenu.c, numeric.c, popupsel.c, popupString.c, +// uefi20\hii.h, uefi20\uefi20wrapper.c +// uefi21\hiicalback.c, uefi21\tseuefihii.h +// +// 9 12/02/10 2:34p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 48169 +// [Category]- Enhancement +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Code Cleanup and Compiler Warning need to resolved. +// [Rootcause] Warnings reported when we build AMI higher Warning level. +// [Solution]- 1. Fix the warnings and do the code cleanup. +// 2. Introduce proper checks. +// 3. change the popupSel.c to not change the Option/variable +// cache to default or first option +// when the variable cache is not matching with any of +// option. +// [Files] - commonoem.c bbs.c boot.c hiistring.c resource.c +// popuppassword.c popupsel.c +// expression.c hii.c parse.c +// +// 8 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 7 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 6 3/26/10 5:06p Madhans +// EIP 36704 : Fix for Making sure to make the Variable to NULL after it +// is Freed up. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 11 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 10 2/17/10 7:03p Madhans +// To suppor readonly control +// +// 9 2/15/10 10:15p Madhans +// To avoid warnings +// +// 8 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 7 1/09/10 6:57a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 6 9/15/09 9:48a Sudhirv +// updated the Add Del Boot Option support +// +// 5 8/13/09 1:20p Blaines +// EIP #24980 Fix to properly display right area text +// +// 4 8/13/09 7:40a Mallikarjunanv +// eip:24971 - supporting tse features without tse sources +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:12p Madhans +// TSE Lite Special control support +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: PopupSel.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Popup selections +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +BOOLEAN OneofMultilineDisable(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel); +VOID _PopupSelGetSelection( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel ); +static BOOLEAN bSelectionChanged = FALSE; + +extern EFI_STATUS _FrameScroll( FRAME_DATA *frame, BOOLEAN bScrollUp ); +extern UINT16 _gHDOrderPageID; +extern UINT16 _gCDOrderPageID; +extern UINT16 _gFDOrderPageID; +extern UINT16 _gNetOrderPageID; +extern UINT16 _gBevOrderPageID; + +POPUPSEL_METHODS gPopupSel = +{ + PopupSelCreate, + PopupSelDestroy, + PopupSelInitialize, + PopupSelDraw, + PopupSelHandleAction, + PopupSelSetCallback, + PopupSelSetFocus, + PopupSelSetPosition, + PopupSelSetDimensions, + PopupSelSetAttributes, + PopupSelGetControlHeight +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and creates the Popup Selected +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelCreate( POPUPSEL_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POPUPSEL_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gPopupSel; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys the Popup Selected +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelDestroy( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == popupSel) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( popupSel, FALSE ); + + if ( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl ) + gListBox.Destroy( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl, TRUE ); + + popupSel->ListBoxCtrl = NULL; + + if( freeMem ) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(popupSel->PtrTokens) ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popupSel ); + + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelInitialize +// +// Description: this function uses the initialize function of control +// and initializes the Popup Selected +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelInitialize( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 Index = 0; + UINT16 *OptionList=NULL; + UINT64 *ValueList=NULL; + + + Status = gControl.Initialize( popupSel, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + popupSel->PopupSelHandle = popupSel->ControlData.ControlHandle; + popupSel->Title = UefiGetPromptField(popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr); + + // add extra initialization here... + Status = UefiGetOneOfOptions(&popupSel->ControlData,&popupSel->PopupSelHandle, + &OptionList, &ValueList, &popupSel->ItemCount,&popupSel->bInteractive,&popupSel->CallBackKey); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + popupSel->Interval = (UINT8)(popupSel->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + + if( popupSel->PtrTokens != NULL ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(popupSel->PtrTokens)); + popupSel->PtrTokens = EfiLibAllocatePool( popupSel->ItemCount * sizeof(PTRTOKENS) ); + if ( popupSel->PtrTokens == NULL ) + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + else + { + for( Index = 0; Index < popupSel->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + popupSel->PtrTokens[Index].Option = OptionList[Index]; + popupSel->PtrTokens[Index].Value = ValueList[Index]; + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(OptionList)); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(ValueList)); + + if(popupSel->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlInteractive) + { + popupSel->bInteractive = TRUE; + popupSel->CallBackKey = popupSel->ControlData.ControlKey; + } + + // boundary overflow check + + popupSel->ListBoxCtrl = NULL; + popupSel->ListBoxEnd = FALSE; + popupSel->LabelMargin = (UINT8)gControlLeftMargin; + + // We dont have to do Get selection here it is done before we draw a page + //_PopupSelGetSelection( popupSel ); + + SetControlColorsHook(&(popupSel->BGColor), &(popupSel->FGColor), NULL, NULL ,&(popupSel->SelBGColor), &(popupSel->SelFGColor), + NULL , &(popupSel->NSelFGColor),NULL,&(popupSel->LabelFGColor) , + &(popupSel->NSelLabelFGColor),NULL ,NULL,NULL, NULL ); + + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelDraw +// +// Description: function to draw the specific popup window +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelDraw( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel ) +{ + CHAR16 *text=NULL,*text1=NULL; + UINTN i=0,Len=0; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT16 Index = 0, TempHeight=0; + UINT16 *OptionList=NULL; + UINT64 *ValueList=NULL; + + UINT16 tmpHeight=0; + + UINT8 ColorNSel = popupSel->NSelFGColor; + UINT8 ColorLabel = (popupSel->ControlFocus) ? popupSel->LabelFGColor : popupSel->NSelLabelFGColor ; + + if( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl != NULL) + { + gListBox.Draw( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl ); + } + else + { + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( popupSel->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &popupSel->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorNSel = ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + // If not Special + if(TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList((CONTROL_DATA *)popupSel) != TRUE) + { + Status = UefiGetOneOfOptions(&popupSel->ControlData,&popupSel->PopupSelHandle, + &OptionList, &ValueList, &popupSel->ItemCount,NULL,NULL); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + for( Index = 0; Index < popupSel->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + popupSel->PtrTokens[Index].Option = OptionList[Index]; + popupSel->PtrTokens[Index].Value = ValueList[Index]; + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(OptionList)); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(ValueList)); + } + + _PopupSelGetSelection( popupSel ); + text1 = HiiGetString( popupSel->ControlData.ControlHandle, popupSel->Title ); + if ( text1 != NULL ) + { + //Eip TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(popupSel->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( (UINTN)popupSel->Left, (UINTN) popupSel->Top, + (UINTN)(popupSel->LabelMargin - popupSel->Left),(UINTN) popupSel->Height, + text1, popupSel->BGColor | ColorLabel ); + } + else + { + // boundary overflow check + if((TestPrintLength( text1) / (NG_SIZE))> (UINTN)(popupSel->LabelMargin - popupSel->Left )) + text1[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text1 ,(UINTN)(popupSel->LabelMargin - popupSel->Left ))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupSel->Left , popupSel->Top, (CHAR16*)text1, + popupSel->BGColor | ColorLabel ); + + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + } + + /*EfiStrCpy(text, L"["); + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin , popupSel->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)( (popupSel->ControlFocus) ? + popupSel->SelBGColor | popupSel->SelFGColor : + popupSel->BGColor | ColorNSel )); +*/ + + text1 = HiiGetString( popupSel->PopupSelHandle, popupSel->PtrTokens[popupSel->Sel].Option); + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(popupSel->Height>1 && OneofMultilineDisable(popupSel)) + { + TempHeight = popupSel->Height; + popupSel->Height = 1; + } + + if(popupSel->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + Len = TestPrintLength( text1 ) / (NG_SIZE); + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (Len+3)*2 ); + SPrint( text,(UINTN)( (Len+3)*2 )/*(popupSel->Width - popupSel->Left - popupSel->LabelMargin +2)*/, L"[%s]", text1 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + + text1 = StringWrapText( (CHAR16*)text, (popupSel->Width - popupSel->LabelMargin ), &tmpHeight ); + + if(tmpHeight == 1) + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin , popupSel->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)( (popupSel->ControlFocus) ? popupSel->SelBGColor | popupSel->SelFGColor : popupSel->BGColor | ColorNSel )); + else + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( (UINTN)popupSel->Left + (UINTN)popupSel->LabelMargin, (UINTN) popupSel->Top, + (UINTN)(popupSel->Width - popupSel->LabelMargin ),(UINTN)&tmpHeight/*popupSel->Height*/, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)( (popupSel->ControlFocus)? popupSel->SelBGColor | popupSel->SelFGColor : + popupSel->BGColor | ColorNSel )); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + + } + else + { + + if(!text1) + text1 = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2); + + //MemSet( text, sizeof(text), 0 ); + Len = TestPrintLength( text1 ) / (NG_SIZE); + // XXX: may be broken for wide character languages !!! + if ( Len /*StringDisplayLen( text1 )*/ > /*19*/(UINTN)(popupSel->Width + popupSel->Left - popupSel->LabelMargin -4)/*gControlRightAreaWidth*/ ) //EIP 79949 : Adjusted the cordinates to show maximum string in control left area + EfiStrCpy(&text1[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text1 ,(UINTN)(popupSel->Width + popupSel->Left - popupSel->LabelMargin /*gControlRightAreaWidth*/-7/*16*/))],L"..." ); + + + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (Len+3)*2 ); + SPrint( text,(UINTN)( (Len+3)*2 )/*(popupSel->Width - popupSel->Left - popupSel->LabelMargin +2)*/, L"[%s]", text1 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin , popupSel->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)( (popupSel->ControlFocus) ? + popupSel->SelBGColor | popupSel->SelFGColor : + popupSel->BGColor | ColorNSel )); + + } + + if((TempHeight > 0) && OneofMultilineDisable(popupSel)) + { + popupSel->Height = TempHeight; + } + i=TestPrintLength(text) / (NG_SIZE); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + /*EfiStrCpy(text, L"]"); + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin +i +1, popupSel->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)( (popupSel->ControlFocus) ? + popupSel->SelBGColor | popupSel->SelFGColor : + popupSel->BGColor | ColorNSel )); +*/ + // erase extra spaces if neccessary + for(;(UINT16)(popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin + i) <= (popupSel->Width-1);i++) + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin +i, popupSel->Top, L" ", + popupSel->BGColor | ColorNSel ); + + FlushLines( popupSel->Top, popupSel->Top+popupSel->Height ); + } + + return Status; + +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to handle the PopupString actions +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetCallback( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( popupSel, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DoBootDelBootOption +// +// Description: Function to delete the boot option +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA * +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN DoBootDelBootOption (POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel) +{ + if( popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION ) + { + //delete selected option + BootDelBootOption( (UINT16) popupSel->PtrTokens[popupSel->Sel].Value ); + + //Complete redraw + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + + //Variable should not be set so return + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DoDriverDelDriverOption +// +// Description: Function to delete the driver option +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA * +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN DoDriverDelDriverOption(POPUPSEL_DATA * popupSel) +{ + if (VARIABLE_ID_DEL_DRIVER_OPTION == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) + { + //delete selected option + DriverDelDriverOption ((UINT16) popupSel->PtrTokens[popupSel->Sel].Value); + + //Complete redraw + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + + //Variable should not be set so return + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DoPopupSelCallBack +// +// Description: Callback function of the PopupSel +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID DoPopupSelCallBack(POPUPSEL_DATA **popupSel) +{ +//#if SETUP_SUPPORT_ADD_BOOT_OPTION + if( TseDoBootDelBootOption(*popupSel) ) + return; +//#endif + + if( TseDoDriverDelDriverOption(*popupSel) ) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + return; + + if ( (*popupSel)->Cookie != NULL ) + { + VOID *ifrData = (VOID *)(*popupSel)->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)(*popupSel)->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = (*popupSel)->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetWidth(ifrData); + callbackData->Data = (VOID*)&((*popupSel)->PtrTokens[(*popupSel)->Sel].Value); + } + // To support UEFI 2.1.C spec to Not to update the control when Callback fails. + UefiPreControlUpdate(&((*popupSel)->ControlData)); + (*popupSel)->Callback( (*popupSel)->Container, (*popupSel), (*popupSel)->Cookie ); + + if((*popupSel)->bInteractive) + { + EFI_STATUS Status; + VOID * Handle=(*popupSel)->ControlData.ControlHandle; + UINT16 Key = (*popupSel)->CallBackKey; + CONTROL_DATA *Control; + + Status = CallFormCallBack(&((*popupSel)->ControlData),(*popupSel)->CallBackKey,0, AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE);//EIP-53480: Updated the action to AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE + Control = GetUpdatedControlData((CONTROL_DATA*)(*popupSel),(*popupSel)->ControlData.ControlType,Handle,Key); + + + if(Control == NULL){ // Control deleted ? + *popupSel = NULL; + return; + } + if(Control != (CONTROL_DATA*)(*popupSel)) + *popupSel = (POPUPSEL_DATA*)Control; //control Updated + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PopupSelHandleActionKey +// +// Description: function to handle the PopupSel Action keys +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _PopupSelHandleActionKeyMouse(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + CONTROL_ACTION Action=ControlActionUnknown; + AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key=Data->Input.Data.AmiKey; + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + //EIP-123727 check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of PopupSel or not + if((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)popupSel->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(popupSel->Top+popupSel->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)popupSel->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(popupSel->Left+popupSel->Width)) + ) + { + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + } + + } + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + Action = MapControlKeysHook(key); + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionDecreament: + //Handle special case for boot order & Legacy dev order + if ( + (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) || + (VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) || + (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + ) + { + RearrangeBootDriverOrderVariable (popupSel, FALSE); + } + else if( ( CheckForAddDelBootOption() ) && + (popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION ) ) + { + } + else + { + if ( popupSel->Sel > 0 ) + popupSel->Sel--; + else + popupSel->Sel = popupSel->ItemCount - 1; + DoPopupSelCallBack(&popupSel); + if(popupSel == NULL) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionIncreament: + //Handle special case for boot order & Legacy dev order + if ( + (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) || + (VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) || + (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + ) + { + RearrangeBootDriverOrderVariable (popupSel, TRUE); + } + else if( ( CheckForAddDelBootOption() ) && + (popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION ) ) + { + } + else + { + if ( popupSel->Sel < (UINTN)(popupSel->ItemCount - 1) ) + popupSel->Sel++; + else + popupSel->Sel = 0; + DoPopupSelCallBack(&popupSel); + if(popupSel == NULL) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionSelect: + if ( gListBox.Create( &(popupSel->ListBoxCtrl) ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + popupSel->ControlActive = TRUE; + gListBox.Initialize( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl, &(popupSel->ControlData) ); + if(TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList((CONTROL_DATA *)popupSel) == TRUE) + { + UINT16 TempLength=0, i; + //Need fix the ListBox options + for( i = 0 ; i < popupSel->ItemCount; i++ ) + { + popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->PtrTokens[i] = popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Option; + TempLength = (UINT16)HiiMyGetStringLength( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->ListHandle, popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->PtrTokens[i] ); + TempLength+=5; // to included barders + if ( TempLength > popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->Width ) + popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->Width = TempLength; + } + + } + + if(popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->Width > (UINT16)(gMaxCols-5)) + popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->Width = (UINT16)(gMaxCols-5); + popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->Sel = popupSel->Sel; + gListBox.SetCallback(popupSel->ListBoxCtrl, popupSel, _PopupSelCallback, NULL); + + MouseStop(); + + gListBox.Draw( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl ); + + MouseRefresh(); + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + default: + break; + } + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the PopupSel Actions +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelHandleAction( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + // List box is active don't refresh + if ( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl != NULL ) + return Status; + + if (popupSel->Interval == 0) + return Status; + + if(IsActiveControlPresent(gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) + return Status; + + if ( --(popupSel->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + popupSel->Interval = (UINT8)(popupSel->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return UefiRefershQuestionValueNvRAM(&(popupSel->ControlData)); + } + else + return Status; + } + + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &popupSel->ControlData ); + + //Not to perform action for control when token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to set focus for GrayoutIf control + if ( IsGrayoutSelectable() && (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult) ) { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if(popupSel->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReadOnly) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if(!popupSel->ControlFocus) + return Status; + + if ( popupSel->ListBoxCtrl != NULL ) + { + Status = gListBox.HandleAction(popupSel->ListBoxCtrl,Data); + if ( popupSel->ListBoxEnd ) + { + if(bSelectionChanged) + { + if(popupSel->Sel != popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->Sel) + { + popupSel->Sel = popupSel->ListBoxCtrl->Sel; + DoPopupSelCallBack(&popupSel); + if(popupSel == NULL) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + } + bSelectionChanged = FALSE; + } + + gListBox.Destroy(popupSel->ListBoxCtrl,TRUE); + popupSel->ListBoxCtrl = NULL; + popupSel->ListBoxEnd = FALSE; + popupSel->ControlActive = FALSE; + } + } + else + { + if((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) || (Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)) + { + return _PopupSelHandleActionKeyMouse(popupSel, Data); + } + } + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetFocus(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if(focus != FALSE) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &popupSel->ControlData ); + + //Setting focus to control which has no condtion and token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to make GrayoutIf control to focus and selectable + if ( ((u8ChkResult != COND_NONE) && (u8ChkResult != COND_GRAYOUT)) || + (!IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT)) + ){ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + + if( !(popupSel->ControlFocus && focus) ) + popupSel->ControlFocus = focus; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetPosition(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( popupSel, Left, Top ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetDimensions(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( popupSel, Width, Height ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetAttributes(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( popupSel, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PopupSelCallback +// +// Description: PopupSel callback function. +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *container, CONTROL_DATA *popupSel, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PopupSelCallback( POPUPSEL_DATA *container, CONTROL_DATA *popupSel, VOID *cookie ) +{ + container->ListBoxEnd = TRUE; + if ( cookie != NULL ) + { + bSelectionChanged = TRUE; + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the PopupSel set and get operations +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PopupSelGetSelection( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel ) +{ + VOID *temp; + VOID *ifrData = popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr; + int i=0; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + popupSel->Sel = 0; + temp = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( 8 * 2 ); + if ( temp == NULL ) + return; + + if ( VarGetValue( popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable, UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData), UefiGetWidth(ifrData), temp ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + while( i< popupSel->ItemCount) + { + if(popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Value == *(UINT64 *)temp) + { + popupSel->Sel = (UINT16)i; + break; + } + i++; + } + if( i == popupSel->ItemCount) + { + //EIP92783 Boot order and driver order are special controls, so TSE is forming the one of with the current boot/driver options. + //So no need of checking error case. + if ( (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) || (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) ) + { + popupSel->Sel = 0; + } + else + { + // The data does not correspond to the available selections + if(popupSel->ControlData.ControlDataWidth != 0) //Uncommented for EIP81603 One-of forced to new value but new value not passed to RouteConfig + { + //Try to set selection to the default option + VarGetDefaults( popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr), + popupSel->ControlData.ControlDataWidth, temp ); + + i=0; + while( i< popupSel->ItemCount) + { + if(popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Value == *(UINT16 *)temp) + { + popupSel->Sel = (UINT16)i; + Status = VarSetValue( popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr), + (UefiGetWidth(popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr) > sizeof(UINT16) )?sizeof(UINT16):UefiGetWidth(popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr), + temp ); + break; + } + i++; + } + } + if( (i == popupSel->ItemCount) || (EFI_ERROR(Status)) ) + { + //Try to set selection to the option with smallest value + UINT16 TempoptIndex = 0; //holds index of option with smalleset value + i = 0; + while (i< popupSel->ItemCount) //Trying for least option + { + if (popupSel->PtrTokens [i].Value < popupSel->PtrTokens [TempoptIndex].Value) + { + TempoptIndex = (UINT16)i; + } + i++; + } + popupSel->Sel = (UINT16)TempoptIndex; // if nothing else works, revert to the option with smallest value + Status = VarSetValue (popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset (popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr), + (UefiGetWidth (popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr) > sizeof (UINT16)) ? sizeof (UINT16) : UefiGetWidth (popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr), + &(popupSel->PtrTokens[TempoptIndex].Value) ); + } + // either case (found default, reverted to first value)we have changed the variable so notify application + } + } + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&temp ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: RearrangeBootDriverOrderVariable +// +// Description: Function to rearrange the boot/driver order variables +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT8 bIncrease +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID RearrangeBootDriverOrderVariable (POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT8 bIncrease) +{ + UINTN optionNumber,size; + UINT16 newOption, *optionList = NULL; + VOID *ifrData = popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr; + FRAME_DATA *MainFrame = NULL ; + UINTN OptionCount = 0; + + MainFrame = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + //Find newOption + if ( + (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) || + (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + ) + { + (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable) ? (OptionCount = gBootOptionCount) : (OptionCount = gDriverOptionCount); + optionNumber = UefiGetQuestionOffset (ifrData) / sizeof(UINT16); + size = 0; + optionList = (UINT16 *)VarGetVariable (popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable, &size); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == optionList){ + return; + } + + if(optionList[optionNumber] == DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION) + newOption = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + else + { + if(bIncrease) + { + if(0 == optionNumber) + { + //MAY CHANGE: cant increase priority further + newOption = optionList [optionNumber]; + } + else + { + newOption = optionList [optionNumber - 1]; + //EIP:50878 + if (IsUpdateBootOrderCursor ()) + _FrameScroll (MainFrame, TRUE); + } + } + else + { + if ( (optionNumber+1) >= OptionCount ) + { + //MAY CHANGE: cant decrease priority further + newOption = optionList [optionNumber]; + } + else if ( DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == optionList[optionNumber+1] ) + { + //MAY CHANGE: cant decrease priority further + newOption = optionList [optionNumber]; + } + else + { + newOption = optionList [optionNumber + 1]; + //EIP:50878 + if (IsUpdateBootOrderCursor ()) + _FrameScroll ( MainFrame, FALSE); + } + } + } + + //Free Optionlist + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &optionList); + } +//#if TSE_CSM_SUPPORT + else if(popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) + { + CsmRearrangeBBSOrderVariable(popupSel, bIncrease, &newOption); + } +//#endif //TSE_CSM_SUPPORT + + //Call callback to the container to record this change in gVariableList(cached copy) + if ( popupSel->Cookie != NULL ) + { + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)popupSel->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetWidth(ifrData); + callbackData->Data = (VOID *)&newOption; + + popupSel->Callback( popupSel->Container, popupSel, popupSel->Cookie ); + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: RearrangeBBSOrderVariable +// +// Description: Function to reorder the BBS order variable +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT8 bIncrease,UINT16 *newOption +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID RearrangeBBSOrderVariable(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT8 bIncrease,UINT16 *newOption) +{ + UINTN optionNumber,size; + UINT16 *optionList = NULL; + VOID *ifrData = popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr; + UINT8 *pDevOrder; + UINT16 count = 0; + UINTN offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + FRAME_DATA *MainFrame = NULL ; + MainFrame = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + + size = 0; + pDevOrder = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER, &size ); + + offset -= (sizeof(UINT32) + sizeof(UINT16)); + + count = gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyDevCount; + offset -= gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyEntryOffset; + optionList = (UINT16 *)(pDevOrder + gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyEntryOffset + sizeof(UINT32) + sizeof(UINT16)); + + optionNumber = offset / sizeof(UINT16); + + if(optionList[optionNumber] == DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION) + *newOption = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + else + { + if(bIncrease) + { + if(0 == optionNumber) + { + //MAY CHANGE: cant increase priority further + *newOption = optionList[optionNumber]; + } + else + { + *newOption = optionList[optionNumber - 1]; + //EIP:50878 + if(IsUpdateBootOrderCursor()) + _FrameScroll( MainFrame, TRUE); + } + + } + else + { + if( (optionNumber+1) >= count ) + { + //MAY CHANGE: cant decrease priority further + *newOption = optionList[optionNumber]; + } + else if( DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == optionList[optionNumber+1] ) + { + //MAY CHANGE: cant decrease priority further + *newOption = optionList[optionNumber]; + } + else + { + *newOption = optionList[optionNumber + 1]; + //EIP:50878 + if(IsUpdateBootOrderCursor()) + _FrameScroll( MainFrame, FALSE); + } + } + } + //Free Order + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &pDevOrder); +} + +//EIP81603 Starts +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _GetPopUpSelectionFromVariable +// +// Description: Fucntion to return the current selection based on the variable. If not matched with variable value +// Selection will be 0 +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA * +// +// Output: VOID +// +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _GetPopUpSelectionFromVariable (POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel) +{ + VOID *temp; + VOID *ifrData = popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr; + int i = 0; + + popupSel->Sel = 0; + temp = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (8 * 2); + if (NULL == temp) + return; + + if (VarGetValue (popupSel->ControlData.ControlVariable, UefiGetQuestionOffset (ifrData), UefiGetWidth (ifrData), temp) == EFI_SUCCESS) + { + while (i< popupSel->ItemCount) + { + if (popupSel->PtrTokens [i].Value == *(UINT64 *)temp) + { + popupSel->Sel = (UINT16)i; + break; + } + i++; + } + } +} +//EIP81603 Ends + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSelGetControlHeight +// +// Description: function to get the height of the label +// +// Input: POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel,Frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSelGetControlHeight(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel,VOID * frame, UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *text=NULL, *text1=NULL, *newtext=NULL ; + UINT16 Width ; + UINT16 tmpHeight=0; + UINTN Len=0; + + UINT16 Index = 0; + UINT16 *OptionList=NULL; + UINT64 *ValueList=NULL; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + + if(TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList((CONTROL_DATA *)popupSel) != TRUE) + { + Status = UefiGetOneOfOptions(&popupSel->ControlData,&popupSel->PopupSelHandle, + &OptionList, &ValueList, &popupSel->ItemCount,NULL,NULL); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + for( Index = 0; Index < popupSel->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + popupSel->PtrTokens[Index].Option = OptionList[Index]; + popupSel->PtrTokens[Index].Value = ValueList[Index]; + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(OptionList)); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(ValueList)); + } + + Width = (UINT16)(popupSel->LabelMargin - (((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin)); + + *height = 1 ; + +// _PopupSelGetSelection( popupSel ); //EIP81603 One-of forced to new value but new value not passed to RouteConfig + _GetPopUpSelectionFromVariable (popupSel); //In _PopupSelGetSelection fnc, boot manager variable behaving wrongly so introduced _GetPopUpSelectionFromVariable fnc + //to read simply value from variable and set the option and not setting any value to variable + + text1 = HiiGetString( popupSel->PopupSelHandle, popupSel->PtrTokens[popupSel->Sel].Option); + + //EIP 68920: Check for invalid string token + if (text1 != NULL) + { + //Len = TestPrintLength( text1 ) / (NG_SIZE); + Len = (3 + (TestPrintLength( text1 ) / (NG_SIZE))) * sizeof(CHAR16); + + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(Len); + newtext = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(Len); + + if ( text == NULL || newtext == NULL) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + MemCpy(newtext, text1, Len); + + SPrint( text,(UINTN)( Len ), L"[%s]", newtext ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newtext ); + + text1 = StringWrapText( (CHAR16*)text, (UINT16)(((FRAME_DATA *)frame)->FrameData.Width - gLabelLeftMargin - 2 - popupSel->LabelMargin), &tmpHeight ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + + *height = tmpHeight; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + + text = HiiGetString( popupSel->ControlData.ControlHandle, popupSel->Title ) ; + + if(text == NULL) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + text1 = StringWrapText(text, Width, &tmpHeight ); + + if ((tmpHeight >= 1) && ( OneofMultilineDisable(popupSel))) + { + *height = tmpHeight; + } + else if(tmpHeight > *height) + *height = tmpHeight; + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + } + + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +BOOLEAN TseSuppressOneofMultilineSupport(VOID); +BOOLEAN OneofMultilineDisable(POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel) +{ + if((UefiIsOneOfControl(popupSel->ControlData.ControlPtr))&&(TseSuppressOneofMultilineSupport())) + { + return TRUE; + } + + return FALSE; +} +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupSel.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupSel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b4050d --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupSel.h @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupSel.h $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 11 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 6:08a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupSel.h $ +// +// 11 8/28/14 6:08a Premkumara +// EIP-135253 Updating file name proper in #include +// +// 10 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 9 11/21/11 11:10a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 8 11/13/11 1:06p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70421 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini, +// boot.c, +// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c, +// addbootoption.c, +// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h, +// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h, +// TseElink.h, variable.h, +// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni +// +// 7 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: PopupSel.h +// +// Description: Header file for Popup selections +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _POPUPSEL_H_ +#define _POPUPSEL_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" +#include "ListBox.h" + +#define POPUPSEL_VALUE_BASE UINT64 +#define POPUPSEL_MAX_WIDTH (gControlRightAreaWidth) +typedef struct _PTRTOKENS +{ + UINT16 Option; + POPUPSEL_VALUE_BASE Value; +}PTRTOKENS; + +#define POPUPSEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT16 Title; \ + UINT8 LabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelLabelFGColor; \ + UINT16 LabelMargin; \ + UINT8 SelFGColor; \ + UINT8 SelBGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelFGColor; \ + LISTBOX_DATA *ListBoxCtrl; \ + BOOLEAN ListBoxEnd; \ + /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID * PopupSelHandle; \ + UINT16 Sel; \ + UINT16 ItemCount; \ + UINT16 bInteractive; \ + UINT16 CallBackKey; \ + PTRTOKENS *PtrTokens; \ + UINT8 Interval; + + +typedef struct _POPUPSEL_METHODS POPUPSEL_METHODS; + +typedef struct _POPUPSEL_DATA +{ + POPUPSEL_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUPSEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +POPUPSEL_DATA; + + +struct _POPUPSEL_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern POPUPSEL_METHODS gPopupSel; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupSelCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS PopupSelGetControlHeight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +VOID _PopupSelCallback( POPUPSEL_DATA *container, CONTROL_DATA *popupSel, VOID *cookie ); +VOID RearrangeBootDriverOrderVariable (POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel, UINT8 bIncrease); //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + +#endif /* _POPUPSEL_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupString.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupString.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35fb02e --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupString.c @@ -0,0 +1,1283 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupString.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 42 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 3:04p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupString.c $ +// +// 42 8/28/14 3:04p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 41 8/28/14 12:44p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP177886 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Normal +// [Symptom:] Mouse pointer flicker continuously when softkbd is launched +// for string control +// [Root Cause] MouseRefresh() function is been called continuously when +// popupedit is launched +// [Solution] Calling MouseRefresh() function only when mouse pointer is +// on Edit area or over cursor +// [Files] PopupString.c +// +// 40 5/02/14 9:41p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 39 5/02/14 10:52a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 38 5/01/14 3:45p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 37 2/11/14 8:39p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 36 12/03/13 2:15p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP130420 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] String is getting truncated +// [RootCause] The string for messagebox, Popup controls is getting +// truncated +// [Solution] Used temp variable to store original string and modify the +// string temp and used to avoid changing org string. +// [Files] String.c +// +// 35 12/03/13 1:13p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 34 7/01/13 9:41a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP127021 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Clearing string in interactive String control causes setup +// crash +// [RootCause] Memory for PopupString->Text is allocated with length of +// typed string and trying to get current string using PopupString max +// value size in VarGetValue() function +// [Solution] Allocating PopupString->Text properly based on popupstring +// max value once string is cleared +// [Files] PopupString.c +// +// 33 5/22/13 11:03a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123432 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Issue Faced] Take print screen for save & Exit msg box. OK +// of msg box is consumed by Save & Exit msg box. +// - Cursor is missing after taking print screen of popupedit box in +// string control +// - Printscreen support is not given for Filebrowser feature +// [RootCause] - When msg box for Save&Exit is popped and printscreen +// event is called and displaying msg box over Save&Exit. Then msgbox +// handleaction for printscreen event will change the result value in +// _CallbackMsgbox() function so it will break the while loop in +// _CallbackGetValue() function so destroy the next msg box in +// CallbackShowMessageBox() function. +// - DrawCursor variable is not set to TRUE after printscreen event +// [Solution] - Returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED for printscreen event handling +// function for messgebox and change the result value to 0xff +// - Support given for file browser feature +// [Files] Callback.c, MessageBox.c, Minisetupext.c, PopupString.c, +// AddBootOption.c +// AmiTSEStr.uni, FakeToken.c +// +// 32 4/17/13 12:04p Arunsb +// EIP118949; Commented error messagebox in interactive callback failure +// case. +// +// 31 2/22/13 12:46p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 115724 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Symptom]- Multiline support for Hii String control does not wrap the +// string in some cases issues. +// +// [Root cause] +// In the functions PopupStringGetControlHeight and PopupStringDraw, +// the computed width of the right column is incorrect, +// causing the height to be 1, defaulting to string truncation. +// +// [Files] +// - PopupString.c +// +// [Functions] +// - PopupStringDraw +// - PopupStringGetControlHeight +// +// 30 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 19 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 28 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 26 8/29/12 8:32a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP 91364 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Token to disable the Cursor of TSE Password Dialog +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Postmgmtext.c, PopupPassword.c, +// PopupString.c +// +// 25 5/25/12 2:42a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP90894 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Assert happening in Add/Del Boot/Driver option +// [RootCause] PopupString->Textwidth is not handled properly when empty +// string is entered +// [Solution] Handled PopupString->Textwidth properly +// [Files] PopupString.c +// +// 24 4/27/12 2:42a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP86346 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Cursor visibility is not proper in multiline string +// controls +// [Files] PopupEdit.c, PopupString.c +// +// 23 11/30/11 11:28a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP67695 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] No cursor visible in setup, while editing text input +// box +// [Files] Buffer.c, Postmgmtext.c, PopupString.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 22 11/21/11 11:08a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 21 11/21/11 8:58a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 20 11/16/11 7:58a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75522 & 75517 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Accepts invalid String for string control, mismatch in +// string length +// [RootCause] Invalid strings are not validated using +// CallbackShowMessageBox() function. +// Improper in PopupString->textwidth before and after string entered. +// Previous string is not retained. +// [Solution] - Displaying Invalid error message for invalid string by +// calling CallbackShowMessageBox() function +// - PopupString->Textwidth is handled proper +// +// [Files] PopupString.c +// +// 19 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 18 8/26/11 2:10p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 67487 +// [Category] Defect +// [Symptom] TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS does not work for all control types +// [RootCause] The controls (PopupSel, PopupString) ONLY check for +// string wrapping in the label value (control prompt) when calling the +// methods GetControlHeight and Draw. +// [Solution] The controls (PopupSel, PopupString) should check for +// string wrapping in the label (control prompt) and the control's value +// when calling the methods GetControlHeight and Draw. For Dynamic pages, +// adjust the width calculation for Submenu in the function +// GetControlHeight. +// [Files] PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, Submenu.c +// +// 17 6/23/11 3:52p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP55762, 58925, 59971 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support REF2,REF3 and REF4 in AMITSE +// Support direct form navigation path +// Improper layout of controls in the root page when Dynamic pages are +// added using the Legacy Setup Style +// +// [Files] setupdata.h, CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, Legacy\Legacy.c, +// Legacy\style.h, Legacy\style.h, frame.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, page.c Popupstring.c, Hii.c, +// Uefi21Wrapper.c, Parse.c Hii.c +// +// 16 3/28/11 9:25p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP41744 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] SoftKeyBoard Support in TSE. and Support to Work with +// new mouse driver(Label 07). +// [Files] HookAnchor.h +// AMITSE.sdl +// CommonHelper.c +// commonoem.c +// commonoem.h +// HookList.c +// HookAnchor.c +// Mouse.c +// minisetupext.c +// postmgmtext.c +// minisetupext.h +// PopupPassword.c +// PopupString.c +// TseLiteCommon.c +// +// 15 3/21/11 12:42a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 14 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 13 12/29/10 9:40a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP51143 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] popup string value field is not grayed out even if the +// grayoutif condition satisfies. +// [RootCause] Not handled the color selection for grayout control in +// case of popupstring. +// [Solution] Fixed the issue by setting the color to grayout in case of +// a grayout popupsting control. +// +// [Files] PopupString.c +// +// 11 12/26/10 4:16p Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP48387 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Displayed message as "Invalid input range" for the +// specified string as boot option name (for eg., "aaaa"). +// [RootCause] In case of pressing ECS key the string length of Popup +// string is not considered. +// [Solution] Fixed the issue by handling Report message box display +// with +// respect to Popup string text. +// [Files] PopupString.c +// +// 10 12/02/10 6:08p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP49562 +// [Category]- Improvment. +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Need to support UEFI 2.2 requirements related to Calling +// Formcallback with +// EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING and EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED action. +// [Solution]- Implemented the support. +// [Files] - submenu.c, numeric.c, popupsel.c, popupString.c, +// uefi20\hii.h, uefi20\uefi20wrapper.c +// uefi21\hiicalback.c, uefi21\tseuefihii.h +// +// 9 12/02/10 2:34p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 48169 +// [Category]- Enhancement +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Code Cleanup and Compiler Warning need to resolved. +// [Rootcause] Warnings reported when we build AMI higher Warning level. +// [Solution]- 1. Fix the warnings and do the code cleanup. +// 2. Introduce proper checks. +// 3. change the popupSel.c to not change the Option/variable +// cache to default or first option +// when the variable cache is not matching with any of +// option. +// [Files] - commonoem.c bbs.c boot.c hiistring.c resource.c +// popuppassword.c popupsel.c +// expression.c hii.c parse.c +// +// 8 10/04/10 4:24p Blaines +// In the function _DoPopupStringEdit, call gPopupEdit.SetType before +// calling gPopupEdit.Initialize. This is useful in case the function +// gPopupEdit.Initialize is overriden. +// +// 7 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 11 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 10 2/17/10 7:03p Madhans +// To suppor readonly control +// +// 9 2/15/10 10:15p Madhans +// To avoid warnings +// +// 8 2/05/10 6:05p Madhans +// To fix the Screen corruption if mouse pointer is on the popup. +// +// 7 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 6 1/09/10 6:58a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 5 1/04/10 10:40a Mallikarjunanv +// EIPs 27161/29095 - Added support for reserved boot option names and +// added support not to create empty boot option names +// +// 4 8/13/09 1:20p Blaines +// EIP #24980 Fix to properly display right area text +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans +// Changes after Bin module +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: PopupStirng.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Popup Stirngs +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +UINTN gCursorLeft,gCursorTop ; +POPUP_STRING_METHODS gPopupString = +{ + PopupStringCreate, + PopupStringDestroy, + PopupStringInitialize, + PopupStringDraw, + PopupStringHandleAction, + PopupStringSetCallback, + PopupStringSetFocus, + PopupStringSetPosition, + PopupStringSetDimensions, + PopupStringSetAttributes, + PopupStringGetControlHeight + +}; +extern UINTN gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox; +extern UINTN gAddBootOptionReserved; +extern CALLBACK_VARIABLE gPopupEditCb ; +extern UINT8 res ; + +VOID BbsStrnCpy ( CHAR16 *Dst, CHAR16 *Src, UINTN Length ); +BOOLEAN IsTSECursorSupport(); //EIP-91364 +BOOLEAN IsMouseOnSoftkbd(VOID); //EIP-177886 +VOID GetCoordinates(INT32 *x, INT32 *y, INT32 *z); +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and creates popup strings +// +// Input: TPOPUP_STRING_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringCreate( POPUP_STRING_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POPUP_STRING_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gPopupString; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys popup strings +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringDestroy( POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == popupstring) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( popupstring, FALSE ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popupstring->Text ); + + if( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popupstring ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the Initialize function of control +// and initializes popup strings +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringInitialize( POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( popupstring, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, + &(popupstring->SelBGColor), &(popupstring->SelFGColor), + &(popupstring->BGColor), &(popupstring->FGColor), + NULL,&(popupstring->LabelFGColor), + &(popupstring->NSelLabelFGColor), + NULL,NULL, + NULL,NULL ); + + popupstring->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr); + popupstring->Interval = (UINT8)popupstring->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh; + + popupstring->TextMargin = (UINT8)gControlLeftMargin; + if ( popupstring->TextWidth == 0 ) + popupstring->TextWidth = UefiGetWidth(((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr) /2; + + popupstring->TextAreaWidth = (popupstring->TextWidth </*10*/(UINT16)(popupstring->Width - popupstring->TextMargin -2) ) ? popupstring->TextWidth:/*10*/(UINT16)(popupstring->Width - popupstring->TextMargin -2); + + popupstring->Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((popupstring->TextWidth +1)* sizeof(CHAR16)); + MemSet( popupstring->Text, (popupstring->TextWidth +1)* sizeof(CHAR16), 0 ); + + + popupstring->TempText = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((popupstring->TextWidth +1)* sizeof(CHAR16)); + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringDraw +// +// Description: this function is to draw the popup strings +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringDraw(POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring ) +{ + CHAR16 *text, *text1=NULL; + UINT16 tmpHeight=0; + UINTN Len = 0; + UINT8 BGClr,FGClr; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + //UINT8 ColorNSel = popupstring->FGColor; + UINT8 ColorLabel = (popupstring->ControlFocus) ? popupstring->LabelFGColor : popupstring->NSelLabelFGColor ; + VOID *ifrData = popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr; + + if(popupstring->ControlFocus) + { + BGClr = popupstring->SelBGColor; + FGClr = popupstring->SelFGColor; + } + else + { + BGClr = popupstring->BGColor; + FGClr = popupstring->FGColor; + } + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( popupstring->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &popupstring->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + FGClr = ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; //EIP_51143 - to display the control value in grayout color + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + text = HiiGetString( popupstring->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + if ( text != NULL ) + { + CHAR16 *temptxt = NULL; + + temptxt = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (UefiGetWidth(ifrData)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + + //get the string value to check for string length + VarGetValue( popupstring->ControlData.ControlVariable, UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData), UefiGetWidth(ifrData), (VOID *)temptxt ); + if (temptxt){ + Len = TestPrintLength( temptxt ) / (NG_SIZE); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&temptxt ); + } + + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(popupstring->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( popupstring->Left , popupstring->Top, + (UINTN)(popupstring->TextMargin - popupstring->Left),(UINTN) popupstring->Height, text, + (UINT8)( (!Len && popupstring->ControlFocus) ? (popupstring->SelBGColor | popupstring->SelFGColor) : (popupstring->BGColor | ColorLabel) ) //make it to focus when no string is given + ); + } + else + { + // use frame width minus margins as available space + // boundary overflow check + if (( TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(popupstring->TextMargin - popupstring->Left) ) + //EfiStrCpy(&text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(popupstring->Width - 5))],L"..."); + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(popupstring->TextMargin - popupstring->Left ))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupstring->Left , + popupstring->Top, text, + (UINT8)( (!Len && popupstring->ControlFocus) ? (popupstring->SelBGColor | popupstring->SelFGColor) : (popupstring->BGColor | ColorLabel) ) //Make it to focus when no string is given + ); + } + //PopUpString has to display the string besides the title; need not fill with space here + //for(i=(UINT16)(popupstring->Left + EfiStrLen( text )/*popupstring->TextWidth*/); i < popupstring->Width; i++) + // DrawStringWithAttribute( i, popupstring->Top, L" ", BGClr | FGClr ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + + if(ifrData) + { + //get the string value + VarGetValue( popupstring->ControlData.ControlVariable, UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData), UefiGetWidth(ifrData), (VOID *)popupstring->Text ); + + Len = TestPrintLength( popupstring->Text ) / (NG_SIZE); + + if(Len) + { + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((Len+1)*2); + EfiStrCpy(text, popupstring->Text); + + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(popupstring->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + text1 = StringWrapText( (CHAR16*)text, (popupstring->Width - popupstring->TextMargin ), &tmpHeight ); + + if(tmpHeight > 1) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( (UINTN)popupstring->Left + (UINTN)popupstring->TextMargin, + (UINTN) popupstring->Top, + (UINTN)(popupstring->Width - popupstring->TextMargin ), + (UINTN)popupstring->Height, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8) (popupstring->ControlFocus ? (popupstring->SelBGColor | popupstring->SelFGColor) : (popupstring->BGColor | ColorLabel) ) + ); + } + else + { + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupstring->Left + popupstring->TextMargin, + popupstring->Top, text, + (UINT8) (popupstring->ControlFocus ? (popupstring->SelBGColor | popupstring->SelFGColor) : (popupstring->BGColor | ColorLabel) ) + ); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + } + else + { + if ( Len > (UINTN)(popupstring->Width - popupstring->TextMargin) ) + { + Len = popupstring->Width - popupstring->TextMargin; + EfiStrCpy( &(text[Len-3 /*3 for "..."*/]), L"..." ); + } + + DrawStringWithAttribute ( popupstring->Left + popupstring->TextMargin , popupstring->Top, text, + (UINT8) (popupstring->ControlFocus ? (popupstring->SelBGColor | popupstring->SelFGColor) : (popupstring->BGColor | ColorLabel) ) + ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + + } + + + // erase extra spaces if neccessary + //for(;(UINT16)(popupstring->Left + popupstring->TextMargin + Len) < (popupstring->Width);Len++) + // DrawStringWithAttribute( popupstring->Left + popupstring->TextMargin +Len , popupstring->Top, L" ", + // BGClr | FGClr); + } + + FlushLines( popupstring->Top , popupstring->Top ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringSetCallback +// +// Description: function to handle the PopupString actions +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetCallback( POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( popupstring, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the Popup string actions. +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringHandleAction( POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + CONTROL_ACTION Action=ControlActionUnknown; + VOID * UnicodeInterface; + CHAR16 *TmpStr = NULL; + CHAR16 *ResStr = NULL; + CHAR16 *TmpPopupStringText = NULL; + UINT16 TmpPopupStringTextWidth = 0; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + if (popupstring->Interval == 0) + return Status; + + if(IsActiveControlPresent(gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) + return Status; + + if ( --(popupstring->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + popupstring->Interval = (UINT8)(popupstring->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return UefiRefershQuestionValueNvRAM(&(popupstring->ControlData)); + } + else + return Status; + } + + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &popupstring->ControlData ); + + //Not to perform action for grayoutif-control when token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to set focus for GrayoutIf control + if ( IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT) ) { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if(popupstring->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReadOnly) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE ) + { + //Get mapping + + //EIP-123727 check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of popupstring or not + if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)popupstring->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(popupstring->Top+popupstring->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)popupstring->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(popupstring->Left+popupstring->Width)) + ) + { + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + } + } + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + } + + if(ControlActionSelect == Action) + { + //Taking backup of original string. + TmpPopupStringText = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((popupstring->TextWidth + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(NULL == TmpPopupStringText){ + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + EfiStrCpy(TmpPopupStringText, popupstring->Text); + + //Taking backup of initial string length EIP-75522 + TmpPopupStringTextWidth = popupstring->TextWidth; //EIP-90894 + + // Reading string + if(_DoPopupStringEdit( popupstring,UefiGetPromptField(popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr), &(popupstring->Text)) == EFI_SUCCESS) + { + UINTN MinVal=0, MaxVal=0; + MinVal = (UINTN)UefiGetMinValue(popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr); + MaxVal = (UINTN)UefiGetMaxValue(popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr); + + //Find length of entered string EIP-75522 + popupstring->TextWidth = (UINT16)EfiStrLen(popupstring->Text); + + // Check for Range. If its a valid string annd not between min and max report invalid error msg + if((popupstring->Text) &&((popupstring->TextWidth < MinVal) || (popupstring->TextWidth > MaxVal))) + { + //Reset popupstring->Text with initial string EIP-75522 + if(TmpPopupStringText) { + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&popupstring->Text); + popupstring->Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((MaxVal + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16)); //EIP-127021 Allocating PopupString->Text based on max size of control + if(NULL == popupstring->Text){ + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&TmpPopupStringText); + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + EfiStrCpy(popupstring->Text, TmpPopupStringText); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&TmpPopupStringText); + popupstring->TextWidth = TmpPopupStringTextWidth; ////EIP-90894 Resetting width with old one + } + //Report Message box EIP-75522 + CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + return EFI_ABORTED; + } + + ///Fix: Eip-27161 - not to allow Reserved boot options to delete + if( (popupstring->Text) && (IsReservedBootOptionNamesEnable()) ) + { + ResStr = CONVERT_TO_WSTRING(RESERVED_ADD_DEL_BOOT_OPTION_NAME); + TmpStr = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( EfiStrLen(ResStr)+1); + BbsStrnCpy(TmpStr, popupstring->Text, (EfiStrLen(ResStr)+1)); + TmpStr[EfiStrLen(ResStr)]= L'\0'; + + Status = InitUnicodeCollectionProtocol(&UnicodeInterface); + if(!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + if( StringColl( UnicodeInterface, TmpStr, ResStr) == 0 ) + { + CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gAddBootOptionReserved, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + return EFI_ABORTED; + + } + } + } + + if(popupstring->Callback != NULL) + { + if ( popupstring->Cookie != NULL ) + { + VOID *ifrData = popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)popupstring->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = popupstring->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetWidth(ifrData); + callbackData->Data = (VOID *)popupstring->Text; + + // To support UEFI 2.1.C spec to Not to update the control when Callback fails. + UefiPreControlUpdate(&(popupstring->ControlData)); + popupstring->Callback( popupstring->Container,popupstring, popupstring->Cookie ); + } + } + if ( UefiIsInteractive(&popupstring->ControlData) ) + { + VOID * Handle=popupstring->ControlData.ControlHandle; + UINT16 Key = UefiGetControlKey(&(popupstring->ControlData)); + CONTROL_DATA *Control; + + Status = CallFormCallBack(&(popupstring->ControlData),Key,0,AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE);//EIP-53480: Updated the action to AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE + Control = GetUpdatedControlData((CONTROL_DATA*)popupstring,CONTROL_TYPE_POPUP_STRING,Handle,Key); + + if(Control == NULL) // Control deleted ? + return EFI_SUCCESS; + if(Control != (CONTROL_DATA*)popupstring) + popupstring = (POPUP_STRING_DATA*)Control; //control Updated + + //If error status returned by CallFormCallBack(), reset popupstring->Text with the old string. + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + if(popupstring->Text) + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&popupstring->Text); + popupstring->Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((TmpPopupStringTextWidth + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(popupstring->Text == NULL){ + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + if(TmpPopupStringText) { + //Resetting old PopupstringText with TmpPopupStringText EIP-75522 + EfiStrCpy(popupstring->Text, TmpPopupStringText); + } + + //Reset string length to initial string TmpPopupStringTextWidth length EIP-75522 + popupstring->TextWidth = TmpPopupStringTextWidth; + + //Report Message box and return without proceeding further. EIP-75522 + //CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); //All other callback not poping up msg box so commented + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&TmpPopupStringText); + return EFI_ABORTED; + + } + + } + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to handle the PopupString actions +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetFocus(POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if(focus != FALSE) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &popuppassword->ControlData ); + + //Setting focus to control which has no control-condtion and token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to make GrayoutIf control to focus and selectable + if ( ((u8ChkResult != COND_NONE) && (u8ChkResult != COND_GRAYOUT)) || + (!IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT)) + ){ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + + if( !(popuppassword->ControlFocus && focus) ) + popuppassword->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetPosition(POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( popuppassword, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetDimensions(POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( popuppassword, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetAttributes(POPUP_STRING_DATA *popuppassword, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( popuppassword, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupStringGetControlHeight +// +// Description: Function to get the lable height of the PopupString +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupStringGetControlHeight(POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupstring, VOID * frame, UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width=0, tmpHeight=0; + VOID *ifrData = popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr; + + if(ifrData) + { + //get the string value + VarGetValue( popupstring->ControlData.ControlVariable, UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData), UefiGetWidth(ifrData), (VOID *)popupstring->Text ); + newText = StringWrapText( popupstring->Text, + (UINT16)(((FRAME_DATA *)frame)->FrameData.Width - gLabelLeftMargin - popupstring->TextMargin - 2 ), &tmpHeight ); + + *height = tmpHeight; + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + } + + Width = (UINT16)(popupstring->TextMargin - (((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gControlLeftPad)); + text = HiiGetString( popupstring->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(popupstring->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + newText = StringWrapText( text, Width, &tmpHeight ); + + if(tmpHeight > *height) + *height = tmpHeight; + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + else + { + *height = 1 ; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _CBPopupStringEdit +// +// Description: Function for PopupStringEdit callback. +// +// Input: VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _CBPopupStringEdit(VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + if(cookie!=NULL) + { + + res=0; + } + else + res=1; // exit with no changes to string + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PopupStringEditGetValue +// +// Description: function to get values for popup menu using edit functions. +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA *popupedit +// +// Output: UINTN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _PopupStringEditGetValue( POPUPEDIT_DATA *popupedit ) +{ + ACTION_DATA *action = gApp->Action; + BOOLEAN DrawCursor = TRUE;//EIP:67695 + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;//EIP:67695 + INT32 MousePointerX = 0,MousePointerY = 0,MousePointerZ = 0; + + gPopupEdit.SetCallback( popupedit, NULL, _CBPopupStringEdit, &gPopupEditCb ); + gPopupEdit.SetDimensions( popupedit, popupedit->Width , popupedit->Height ); + res = (UINT8)-1; + + TSEStringReadLoopEntryHook(); + + while ( res == (UINT8)-1 ) + { + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + + GetCoordinates (&MousePointerX, &MousePointerY, &MousePointerZ); //EIP-177886 + if (gST->ConOut) + { + if ( + ( ((MousePointerX/HiiGetGlyphWidth ()) <= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorColumn+1) && ((MousePointerX/HiiGetGlyphWidth ()) >= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorColumn-1) ) && + ( ((MousePointerY/HiiGetGlyphHeight ()) <= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorRow+1) && ((MousePointerY/HiiGetGlyphHeight ()) >= (UINT32)gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorRow-1) ) //EIP79486 Stop the mouse if mouse poiner is over the text cursor useful for avoiding corruption + ) + MouseStop (); + else + { + if ( !IsMouseOnSoftkbd() ) + MouseFreeze (); + } + } + + gPopupEdit.Draw( popupedit ); + DoRealFlushLines(); + + if (IsTSECursorSupport()) //EIP-91364 + { + if (TRUE == DrawCursor) //EIP:67695 Enabling at valid times + { + gST->ConOut->SetAttribute (gST->ConOut, popupedit->FGColor | popupedit->BGColor); + gST->ConOut->SetCursorPosition (gST->ConOut, gCursorLeft, gCursorTop);//EIP 86346 : Providing the calculated Cursor position values. + gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, TRUE); + DrawCursor = FALSE; + } + } + if ( !IsMouseOnSoftkbd() ) + MouseRefresh(); + + if ( gAction.GetAction( action ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + + if( ( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) && + (TsePrintScreenEventSupport(action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode) ) ) + { + gApplication.HandleAction( gApp, action ); + DrawCursor = TRUE; //EIP-123432 If print screen is taken then Drawcursor is made true. + continue; + } + Status = gPopupEdit.HandleAction( popupedit, action ); + if (IsTSECursorSupport() && !((EFI_ERROR (Status))))//EIP:67695 + { + DrawCursor = TRUE; //EIP:67695 If any valid action performed then draw the cursor, useful for blinking + } + } + TSEStringReadLoopExitHook(); + + return res; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _DoPopupStringEdit +// +// Description: Function to initiate PopupString editing +// +// Input: POPUP_STRING_DATA PopupString, UINT16 Title, CHAR16 **Text +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _DoPopupStringEdit( POPUP_STRING_DATA *PopupString, UINT16 Title, CHAR16 **Text) +{ + static UINT8 gIFRPopupEdit[50]; + EFI_STATUS Status= EFI_SUCCESS; + + UINT8 retValue = (UINT8)-1; + + POPUPEDIT_DATA *popupedit = NULL; + + CONTROL_INFO dummy; + BOOLEAN PreviousCursorState = gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorVisible;//EIP:67695 + + Status = gPopupEdit.Create( &popupedit ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 ); + dummy.ControlHandle = PopupString->ControlData.ControlHandle; + MemCopy( &gIFRPopupEdit, (VOID*)PopupString->ControlData.ControlPtr, UefiGetIfrLength(PopupString->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + // gIFRPopupEdit.Prompt = Title; + UefiSetPromptField ((VOID*)&gIFRPopupEdit,Title); + + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)&gIFRPopupEdit; + dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE; + + //gPopupEdit.SetTitle(popupedit,Title); + gPopupEdit.SetText(popupedit,*Text); + gPopupEdit.SetType( popupedit, POPUPEDIT_TYPE_STRING ); + Status = gPopupEdit.Initialize( popupedit, &dummy ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + goto Done; + + //gPopupEdit.SetType( popupedit, POPUPEDIT_TYPE_STRING ); + retValue = (UINT8)_PopupStringEditGetValue( popupedit ); + if (IsTSECursorSupport()) //EIP-91364 + { + gST->ConOut->EnableCursor(gST->ConOut, PreviousCursorState);//EIP:67695 + } + if(retValue ==0) + { + // string changed, save to nvram or do whatever needs to be done + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)Text ); + *Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (gPopupEditCb.Length+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + if ( Text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + EfiStrCpy( *Text, gPopupEditCb.Data ); + } +Done: + gPopupEdit.Destroy( popupedit, TRUE ); + return Status; +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupString.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupString.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..404ac6b --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/PopupString.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupString.h $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 9 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 6:08a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/PopupString.h $ +// +// 9 8/28/14 6:08a Premkumara +// EIP-135253 Updating file name proper in #include +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 7 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 2/15/10 10:15p Madhans +// To avoid warnings +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: popupstring.h +// +// Description: Header file for popupstring control +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _POPUP_STRING_H_ +#define _POPUP_STRING_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "Label.h" +#include "PopupEdit.h" + +#define POPUP_STRING_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + CHAR16 *TempText; \ + UINT16 TextMargin; \ + UINT16 MinSize; \ + UINT16 MaxSize; \ + UINT16 TextWidth; \ + UINT16 TextAreaWidth; \ + UINT8 LabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelLabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 LabelMargin; \ + UINT8 Interval; + +typedef struct _POPUP_STRING_METHODS POPUP_STRING_METHODS; + +typedef struct _POPUP_STRING_DATA +{ + POPUP_STRING_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + LABEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUP_STRING_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +POPUP_STRING_DATA; + +#define POPUP_STRING_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + + +struct _POPUP_STRING_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + POPUP_STRING_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +}; + +extern POPUP_STRING_METHODS gPopupString; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupStringCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetFocus( VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS PopupStringGetControlHeight(VOID *object, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height); + +EFI_STATUS _DoPopupStringEdit( POPUP_STRING_DATA *PopupString, UINT16 Title, CHAR16 **Text); + +#endif /* _POPUP_STRING_H_ */ + + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ResetButton.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ResetButton.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4849c48 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ResetButton.c @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ResetButton.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 5 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:03a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ResetButton.c $ +// +// 5 10/18/12 6:03a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 2 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 4 11/21/11 11:06a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 3 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 2 5/18/11 11:58a Madhans +// To Avoid Build issue when Multiline support is enabled. +// +// 1 3/28/11 4:02p Rajashakerg +// Added to support reset opcode. +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: ResetButton.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle the uefi actions +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "Minisetup.h" + +RESET_BUTTON_METHODS gResetButton = +{ + ResetButtonCreate, + LabelDestroy, + ResetButtonInitialize, + ResetButtonDraw, + ResetButtonHandleAction, + LabelSetCallback, + LabelSetFocus, + LabelSetPosition, + LabelSetDimensions, + LabelSetAttributes, + LabelGetControlHeight +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ResetButtonCreate +// +// Description: Function to create an ResetButton Control. +// +// Input: VOID **object +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonCreate( VOID **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(RESET_BUTTON_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + ((RESET_BUTTON_DATA*)(*object))->Methods = &gResetButton; + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ResetButtonInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize an Action Control. +// +// Input: VOID *object, VOID *data +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + RESET_BUTTON_DATA *ResetButton = (RESET_BUTTON_DATA*) object; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( ResetButton, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + goto DONE; + } + + // add extra initialization here... + ResetButton->ControlData.ControlHelp = ResetButton->ControlData.ControlHelp? ResetButton->ControlData.ControlHelp : + UefiGetHelpField(ResetButton->ControlData.ControlPtr); + + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &(ResetButton->SelBGColor), &(ResetButton->SelFGColor), + &(ResetButton->BGColor), &(ResetButton->FGColor), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ); + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ResetButtonDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw ResetButton. +// +// Input: VOID *object +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonDraw( VOID *object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + RESET_BUTTON_DATA *ResetButton = (RESET_BUTTON_DATA*) object; + + CHAR16 *text; + UINT16 token = 0; + UINT8 ColorLabel = ResetButton->FGColor; + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( ResetButton->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &ResetButton->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + goto DONE; + break; + } + //} + + token = UefiGetPromptField(ResetButton->ControlData.ControlPtr); + text = HiiGetString( ResetButton->ControlData.ControlHandle, token); + + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(ResetButton->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( ResetButton->Left , ResetButton->Top, + (UINTN)(ResetButton->Width),(UINTN) ResetButton->Height, + text,(UINT8)( (ResetButton->ControlFocus) ? + ResetButton->SelBGColor | ResetButton->SelFGColor : + ResetButton->BGColor | ColorLabel )); + + + } + else + { + // use frame width minus margins as available space + // boundary overflow check + if ( (TestPrintLength( text) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(ResetButton->Width)) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(ResetButton->Width))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( ResetButton->Left , ResetButton->Top, text, + (UINT8)( (ResetButton->ControlFocus) ? + ResetButton->SelBGColor | ResetButton->SelFGColor : + ResetButton->BGColor | ColorLabel /*Action->FGColor*/ )); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + FlushLines( ResetButton->Top , ResetButton->Top ); + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ResetButtonHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the ResetButton. +// +// Input: VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + RESET_BUTTON_DATA *ResetButton = (RESET_BUTTON_DATA*) object; + CONTROL_ACTION CtrlAction; + UINT16 DefaultId = 0; + + if (( data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY )|| (data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)) + { + if( data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + CtrlAction = MapControlKeysHook(data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + else + { + CtrlAction = MapControlMouseActionHook(&data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + } + switch(CtrlAction) + { + case ControlActionSelect: + //call a wapper function to update the Default vaule + DefaultId = UefiGetResetButtonDefaultid( ResetButton->ControlData.ControlPtr ); + + if(0xFFFF == DefaultId) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = UefiupdateResetButtonDefault(ResetButton->ControlData,DefaultId); + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + return Status; +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ResetButton.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ResetButton.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99e1cc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ResetButton.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ResetButton.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:03a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ResetButton.h $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:03a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 2 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 3/28/11 4:02p Rajashakerg +// Added to support reset opcode. +// +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: ResetButton.h +// +// Description: Header file for ResetButton data +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _RESET_BUTTON_H_ +#define _RESET_BUTTON_H_ + +#include "minisetup.h" + +#include "control.h" +#include "action.h" + +typedef struct _RESET_BUTTON_METHODS RESET_BUTTON_METHODS; + +#define RESET_BUTTON_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + LABEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +typedef struct _RESET_BUTTON_DATA +{ + RESET_BUTTON_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + RESET_BUTTON_MEMBER_VARIABLES +} +RESET_BUTTON_DATA; + +#define RESET_BUTTON_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _RESET_BUTTON_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + RESET_BUTTON_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern RESET_BUTTON_METHODS gResetButton; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS ResetButtonHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); + +#endif + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.cif b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.cif new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c20309 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.cif @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<component> + name = "TSE Sources - StyleHook" + category = ModulePart + LocalRoot = "EDK\MiniSetup\TseLite\StyleHook\" + RefName = "StyleHook" +[files] +"StyleHook.sdl" +"StyleHook.mak" +"StyleHook.h" +"styleHook1.c" +"styleHook2.c" +"styleHook3.c" +"styleHook4.c" +"styleHook5.c" +"styleHook6.c" +"styleHook7.c" +"styleHook8.c" +"styleHook9.c" +"styleHook10.c" +"styleHook11.c" +"styleHook12.c" +"styleHook13.c" +"styleHook14.c" +"styleHook15.c" +"styleHook16.c" +"styleHook17.c" +"styleHook18.c" +"styleHook19.c" +"styleHook20.c" +"styleHook21.c" +"styleHook22.c" +"styleHook23.c" +"styleHook24.c" +"styleHook25.c" +"styleHook26.c" +"styleHook27.c" +"styleHook28.c" +"styleHook29.c" +"styleHook30.c" +"styleHook31.c" +"styleHook32.c" +"styleHook33.c" +"styleHook34.c" +"styleHook35.c" +"styleHook36.c" +"styleHook37.c" +"styleHook38.c" +"styleHook39.c" +<endComponent> diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01f1024 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 3 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.h $ +// +// 3 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 2 11/09/11 10:07a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP74375 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Control STYLE_HELP_AREA_SCROLLBAR from binary +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, StyleHook.h, +// Legacy\StyleCommon.c, Legacy.sdl, +// EzportPlus\StyleCommon.c, EzportPlus.sdl, Ezport\StyleCommon.c, +// Ezport.sdl +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:34p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook.h +// +// Description: Style Hook List. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "page.h" +#include "frame.h" + +EFI_STATUS StyleGetWindowColor(UINT8 *Color, INTN Level, UINT8 WindowType) ; +EFI_STATUS StyleGetMessageboxColor( UINT8 MessageBoxType, UINT8 *Color); +VOID NewStyleHook1(VOID); +EFI_STATUS StyleControlColor(FRAME_DATA *frame, STYLECOLORS *Colors); +EFI_STATUS OverRideControlColor(FRAME_DATA *frame, STYLECOLORS *Colors); +VOID StyleInit( VOID ); +VOID StyleExit( VOID ); +VOID StyleDrawPageBorder( UINT32 page ); +UINT32 StyleGetPageFrames( UINT32 page ); +UINT32 StyleFrameIndexOf( UINT32 frameType ); +VOID StyleBeforeFrame( FRAME_DATA *frame ) ; +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameDrawable( FRAME_DATA *frame ); +VOID StyleUpdateFrameStrings(PAGE_DATA *page); +VOID * StyleGetFrameInitData( UINT32 page, UINT32 frame ); + +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameHandleMouse( FRAME_DATA *frame, MOUSE_INFO MouseInfo); +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameHandleTimer( FRAME_DATA *frame, ACTION_DATA *action ); +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameHandleKey( FRAME_DATA *frame, EFI_INPUT_KEY Key ); +EFI_STATUS StyleHandleControlOverflow( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT16 count ); +EFI_STATUS StyleInitializeFrame( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType, PAGE_INFO *data ); +UINT16 StyleGetNavToken( UINT32 page ); +EFI_STATUS StyleAddAdditionalControls( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 controlNumber, BOOLEAN focus ); + +//EFI_STATUS StyleMenuCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, MENU_DATA *menu, CALLBACK_MENU *data ); +VOID StyleLabelCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, LABEL_DATA *label, VOID *cookie ); + +EFI_STATUS _StyleAddControl( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT16 type, VOID *data, UINT32 *number, BOOLEAN *focus ); +UINT16 StyleLanguagePage( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu ); +UINT16 StyleBootManagerPage( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu ); +BOOLEAN StyleHelpAreaScrollable(VOID); +VOID StylePageItemFocus(PAGE_DATA *page, FRAME_DATA *frame ); +VOID StyleSubPageItemFocus(PAGE_DATA *page, FRAME_DATA *frame ); +BOOLEAN StyleGetShadowSupport(VOID); +VOID StyleDrawScrollBar(FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 FirstLine, UINT32 LastLine, UINT32 modVal, + UINT32 sizeOfBar, UINT32 numOfBlocks, BOOLEAN bEraseScrollBar); + +VOID StyleDrawHelpScrollBar( MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 height); +BOOLEAN IsHelpAreaScrollBarSupport (void); + + +VOID StyleSelectFirstDisplayPage( VOID ); +VOID StyleAddExtraPagesData( VOID ); +EFI_STATUS StyleGetSpecialColor( UINT16 ControlType, UINT8 *Color); +UINTN StyleGetDateFormat(VOID); +BOOLEAN StyleShowDay(VOID); +BOOLEAN StyleGetScrollBehavior(VOID) ; + +VOID StyleFrameSetControlPositions(FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 *pOtherEnd); +extern HOTKEY_TEMPLATE gHotKeyInfo[]; +extern UINT32 gHotKeyCount; +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameAddTitle( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType,CONTROL_INFO * dummy ); + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.mak b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.mak new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbc2a14 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.mak @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +#************************************************************************* +#************************************************************************* +#** ** +#** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +#** ** +#** All Rights Reserved. ** +#** ** +#** 5555 Oakbrook Parkway, Suite 200, Norcross, GA 30093 ** +#** ** +#** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +#** ** +#************************************************************************* +#************************************************************************* + +#************************************************************************* +# $Header: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.mak 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb $ +# +# $Revision: 2 $ +# +# $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +#************************************************************************* +# Revision History +# ---------------- +# $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.mak $ +# +# 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +# Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +## +## 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +## Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +# +# 1 1/06/11 7:24p Madhans +# [TAG] - EIP 51678 +# [Category]- Enhancment +# [Severity]- Mordarate +# [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +# new style hook then +# if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +# hook to avoid +# compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +# hook. +# [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +# [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +# allows the OEM not +# to change their style module to update newer TSE. +# [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +# StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +# +# +#************************************************************************* +#<AMI_FHDR_START> +# +# Name: StyleHook.mak +# +# Description: +# Empty Style Hooks Module part makefile +# +#<AMI_FHDR_END> +#************************************************************************* + +STYLEHOOK_INCLUDES = \ + -I $(TSESRC_DIR) \ +!if "$(TSE_STYLE_SOURCES_SUPPORT)" == "1" + -I $(TSE_STYLE_DIR) \ +!endif +!if "$(TSE_BOARD_SOURCE_SUPPORT)" == "1" + -I $(TSE_BOARD_DIR)\ +!endif + -I $(TSESRC_DIR)\AMILOGO \ + -I $(TSELITESRC_DIR) \ + -I $(UEFISRC_DIR) \ + -I $(TSEBIN_DIR) \ + -I $(TSEBIN_DIR)\Inc \ + -I $(PROJECT_DIR)\Include\Protocol \ + -I $(PROJECT_DIR) \ + -I $(PROJECT_DIR)\Include \ + -I $(BUILD_DIR) \ + +$(BUILD_DIR)\StyleHook.lib : StyleHook + +StyleHook : $(BUILD_DIR)\StyleHook.mak StyleHookBin + +$(BUILD_DIR)\StyleHook.mak : $(TSESTYLEHOOK_DIR)\$(@B).cif $(TSESTYLEHOOK_DIR)\$(@B).mak $(BUILD_RULES) + $(CIF2MAK) $(TSESTYLEHOOK_DIR)\$(@B).cif $(CIF2MAK_DEFAULTS) + +!if "$(TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY)" == "1" +TSE_DEFAULTS = $(EDK_DEFAULTS) +!else +TSE_DEFAULTS = $(BUILD_DEFAULTS) +!endif + +StyleHookBin : + $(MAKE) /$(MAKEFLAGS) $(TSE_DEFAULTS)\ + /f $(BUILD_DIR)\StyleHook.mak all\ + "MY_INCLUDES=$(STYLEHOOK_INCLUDES)"\ + "UNI_INCLUDE_PATH=$(TSEBIN_DIR)"\ + TYPE=LIBRARY \ + "EXT_HEADERS=$(BUILD_DIR)\token.h"\ + LIBRARY_NAME=$(BUILD_DIR)\StyleHook.lib\ + "CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS) /DTSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50" + +#************************************************************************* +#************************************************************************* +#** ** +#** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +#** ** +#** All Rights Reserved. ** +#** ** +#** 5555 Oakbrook Parkway, Suite 200, Norcross, GA 30093 ** +#** ** +#** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +#** ** +#************************************************************************* +#************************************************************************* diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.sdl b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.sdl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb3cf40 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/StyleHook.sdl @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +TOKEN + Name = StyleHook_SUPPORT + Value = 1 + TokenType = Boolean + TargetEQU = Yes + TargetMAK = Yes + Master = Yes + Help = "Main switch to enable StyleHook support in Project" +End + +MODULE + Help = "Includes StyleHook.mak to Project" + File = "StyleHook.mak" +End + +PATH + Name = "TSESTYLEHOOK_DIR" +End + +ELINK + Name = "$(BUILD_DIR)\StyleHook.lib" + Parent = "$(TSELITESRC_DIR)\StyleHook\StyleHook$(ARCH).lib" + InvokeOrder = ReplaceParent +End diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook1.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook1.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f076ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook1.c @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook1.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook1.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:34p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook1.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetPageFrames +// +// Description: Function to number of frames +// +// Input: UINT32 page +// +// Output: UINT32 number of frames +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT32 StyleGetPageFrames( UINT32 page ) +{ + return 1; +} + + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook10.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook10.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bc80d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook10.c @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook10.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook10.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook10.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleInit +// +// Description: Function to initialize style +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleInit( VOID ) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook11.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook11.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61c01f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook11.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook11.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook11.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook11.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleDrawPageBorder +// +// Description: Function to draw the page border +// +// Input: UINT32 page number +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleDrawPageBorder( UINT32 page ) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook12.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook12.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2b7b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook12.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook12.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook12.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook12.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleSelectFirstDisplayPage +// +// Description: Function to set the first display page +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleSelectFirstDisplayPage( VOID ) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook13.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook13.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2aff526 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook13.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook13.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook13.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook13.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleAddExtraPagesData +// +// Description: Function to add extra pages +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleAddExtraPagesData(VOID) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook14.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook14.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62ce22b --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook14.c @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook14.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook14.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook14.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetWindowColor +// +// Description: Function to get window color +// +// Input: UINT8 *Color - Window Color +// INTN Level - Window Level +// UINT8 Type - Window Type (0->Setup, 1->PostMenu) +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleGetWindowColor(UINT8 *Color, INTN Level, UINT8 WindowType) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook15.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook15.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d36a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook15.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook15.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook15.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook15.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleInitializeFrame +// +// Description: Function to Initialize frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType, PAGE_INFO *data +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleInitializeFrame( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType, PAGE_INFO *data ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook16.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook16.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6539cdb --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook16.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook16.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook16.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook16.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetMessageboxColor +// +// Description: Function to get control Messagebox color +// +// Input: UINT16 ControlType, UINT8 *Color +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleGetMessageboxColor( UINT8 MessageBoxType, UINT8 *Color) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook17.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook17.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..116aed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook17.c @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook17.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook17.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook17.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleDrawScrollBar +// +// Description: Function to draw the frame scrollbar +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 FirstLine, UINT32 LastLine, UINT32 modVal, UINT32 sizeOfBar, UINT32 numOfBlocks, BOOLEAN bEraseScrollBar +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleDrawScrollBar(FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 FirstLine, UINT32 LastLine, UINT32 modVal, + UINT32 sizeOfBar, UINT32 numOfBlocks, BOOLEAN bEraseScrollBar) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook18.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook18.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebcca35 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook18.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook18.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook18.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook18.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleFrameDrawable +// +// Description: Function to determine if frame is drawable +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameDrawable( FRAME_DATA *frame ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook19.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook19.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba9e219 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook19.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook19.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook19.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook19.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetScrollBarColor +// +// Description: Function to get scrollbar color +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: FGCOLOR|BGCOLOR +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT8 StyleGetScrollBarColor(VOID) +{ + return (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLUE|EFI_WHITE); +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook2.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook2.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4645163 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook2.c @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook2.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook2.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook2.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: StyleControlColor +// +// Description: Adds controls to the frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the frame data +// STYLECOLORS Colors - Color scheme +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else +// EFI_UNSUPPORTED +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleControlColor(FRAME_DATA *frame, STYLECOLORS *Colors) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook20.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook20.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ccef5a --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook20.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook20.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook20.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook20.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetScrollBarDownArrowColor +// +// Description: Function to get scrollbar downarrow color +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: FGCOLOR|BGCOLOR +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT8 StyleGetScrollBarDownArrowColor(VOID) +{ + return (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLUE|EFI_WHITE); +// return (SCROLLBAR_DOWNARROW_FGCOLOR | SCROLLBAR_DOWNARROW_BGCOLOR) ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook21.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook21.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc629d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook21.c @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook21.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook21.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook21.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleHandleControlOverflow +// +// Description: Function to handle control overflow +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT16 count +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleHandleControlOverflow( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT16 count ) +{ + + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES ; +} + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook22.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook22.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f41e90b --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook22.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook22.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook22.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook22.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleFrameSetControlPositions +// +// Description: Function to set control positioning in a frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 *pOtherEnd +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleFrameSetControlPositions(FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 *pOtherEnd) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook23.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook23.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad5c878 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook23.c @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook23.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook23.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook23.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetScrollBehavior +// +// Description: Function to get scroll behavior +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN StyleGetScrollBehavior(VOID) +{ + return 1 ; +} + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook24.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook24.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbf8be4 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook24.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook24.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook24.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook24.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleFrameHandleTimer +// +// Description: Function to handle frame timer action +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, ACTION_DATA *action +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameHandleTimer( FRAME_DATA *frame, ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook25.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook25.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..867a0a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook25.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook25.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook25.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook25.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleFrameHandleMouse +// +// Description: Function to handle frame using mouse +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, +// MOUSE_INFO MouseInfo +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameHandleMouse( FRAME_DATA *frame, MOUSE_INFO MouseInfo) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook26.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook26.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf7dc8b --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook26.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook26.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook26.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook26.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleFrameHandleKey +// +// Description: Function to handle frame action keys +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, EFI_INPUT_KEY Key +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameHandleKey( FRAME_DATA *frame, EFI_INPUT_KEY Key ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook27.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook27.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6067aa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook27.c @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook27.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook27.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook27.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetFrameInitData +// +// Description: Function to get frame initialization data +// +// Input: UINT32 page number, UINT32 frame number +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID *StyleGetFrameInitData( UINT32 page, UINT32 frame ) +{ + return NULL; + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook28.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook28.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7ac5ed --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook28.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook28.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook28.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook28.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetNavToken +// +// Description: Function to get navigation token +// +// Input: UINT32 page +// +// Output: UINT16 token number +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT16 StyleGetNavToken( UINT32 page ) +{ + + return 0 ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook29.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook29.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e60ae3 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook29.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook29.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook29.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook29.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleUpdateFrameStrings +// +// Description: Function to update frame strings +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleUpdateFrameStrings( PAGE_DATA *page ) +{ +} + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook3.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..195cbb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook3.c @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook3.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook3.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook3.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetClearScreenColor +// +// Description: Function to Get Clear Screen Color +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: STYLE_CLEAR_SCREEN_COLOR +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN StyleGetClearScreenColor(VOID) +{ + return (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLUE|EFI_WHITE); +} + + + + + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook30.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook30.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30410a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook30.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook30.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook30.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook30.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleAddAdditionalControls +// +// Description: Function to add additinal controls +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 controlNumber, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleAddAdditionalControls( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 controlNumber, BOOLEAN focus ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook31.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook31.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fe0f84 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook31.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook31.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook31.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook31.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleSubPageItemFocus +// +// Description: This function is called whenever a user returns (or navigates back) +// from a submenu page causing a complete page redraw. OEMs may use this hook to set item focus. +// The default behavior sets focus to the previously focused page item. +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page, FRAME_DATA *frame +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleSubPageItemFocus(PAGE_DATA *page, FRAME_DATA *frame ) +{ +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook32.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook32.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba48e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook32.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook32.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook32.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook32.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StylePageItemFocus +// +// Description: This function is called whenever a user navigates to a new page. +// OEMs may use this hook to set item focus. +// The default behavior sets focus to the previously focused page item. +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page, FRAME_DATA *frame +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StylePageItemFocus(PAGE_DATA *page, FRAME_DATA *frame ) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook33.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook33.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cea7ffa --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook33.c @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook33.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook33.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook33.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleBeforeFrame +// +// Description: Function to alter frame styling before frame is drawn +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleBeforeFrame( FRAME_DATA *frame ) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook34.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook34.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa8960a --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook34.c @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook34.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook34.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook34.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetSpecialColor +// +// Description: Function to get control special color +// +// Input: UINT16 ControlType, UINT8 *Color +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleGetSpecialColor( UINT16 ControlType, UINT8 *Color) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED ; +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook35.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook35.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d05dd --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook35.c @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook35.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook35.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook35.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleDrawHelpScrollBar +// +// Description: Function to draw the help frame scrollbar +// +// Input: MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 height +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleDrawHelpScrollBar( MEMO_DATA *memo, UINT16 height) +{ + +} +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook36.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook36.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3e50fc --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook36.c @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook36.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook36.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook36.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetShadowSupport +// +// Description: Function to get shadow support +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN StyleGetShadowSupport(VOID) +{ + return FALSE; +} + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook37.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook37.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0039684 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook37.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook37.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook37.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook37.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleFrameIndexOf +// +// Description: Function to get frame index +// +// Input: UINT32 frameType +// +// Output: UINT32 index +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT32 StyleFrameIndexOf( UINT32 frameType ) +{ + return 0 ; +} + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook38.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook38.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a4e0db --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook38.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook38.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook38.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook38.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleFrameAddTitle +// +// Description: Function to add frame title +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType, CONTROL_INFO * dummy +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS StyleFrameAddTitle( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType,CONTROL_INFO * dummy ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook39.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook39.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71ed804 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook39.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook39.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:21a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook39.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:21a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:36p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook39.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetScrollBarUpArrowColor +// +// Description: Function to get scrollbar UpArrow Color +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: FGCOLOR|BGCOLOR +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT8 StyleGetScrollBarUpArrowColor(VOID) +{ + return (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLUE|EFI_WHITE); + //return (SCROLLBAR_UPARROW_FGCOLOR | SCROLLBAR_UPARROW_BGCOLOR) ; +} + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook4.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook4.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fddbc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook4.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook4.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook4.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook4.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleOverRideComponent +// +// Description: Function to override component or control functionality +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleOverRideComponent(VOID) +{ + +} + + + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook5.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook5.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8193683 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook5.c @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook5.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook5.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook5.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleUpdateVersionString +// +// Description: Function to set the version string +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleUpdateVersionString( VOID ) +{ + +} + + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook6.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook6.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ea79a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook6.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook6.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook6.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook6.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetStdMaxCols +// +// Description: Function to get max number of rows +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: STYLE_STD_MAX_COLS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN StyleGetStdMaxCols(VOID) +{ + return 80; +} + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook7.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook7.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8b2234 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook7.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook7.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook7.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook7.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetStdMaxRows +// +// Description: Function to max number of columns +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: STYLE_STD_MAX_ROWS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN StyleGetStdMaxRows(VOID) +{ + return 24; +} + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook8.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook8.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a0071b --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook8.c @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook8.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook8.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook9.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleGetTextMode +// +// Description: Function to get text mode +// +// Input: UINTN Rows, UINTN Cols +// +// Output: UNNTN mode +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN StyleGetTextMode( UINTN Rows, UINTN Cols ) +{ + return 0; +} + + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook9.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook9.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0143163 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook9.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook9.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:20a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/StyleHook/styleHook9.c $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:20a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 3 10/10/12 12:40p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 1/06/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +// +// Name: StyleHook9.c +// +// Description: Contains generic or default style functions. +// +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +//********************************************************************** +#include "minisetup.h" + + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: StyleExit +// +// Description: Function to do style initialization on exit +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID StyleExit( VOID ) +{ +} + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy , Norcross, GA 30071 **// +//** **// +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/SubMenu.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/SubMenu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d843ea0 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/SubMenu.c @@ -0,0 +1,876 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2013, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/SubMenu.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 34 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 2:50p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/SubMenu.c $ +// +// 34 8/28/14 2:50p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 33 8/28/14 11:52a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP174031 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Removed TODO comments and added proper comments in those +// places +// [Files] commonoem.c, commonhelper.c, special.c, submenu.c, +// minisetupext.c, uefi21wapper.c and legacy.c +// +// 32 5/02/14 9:31p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 31 5/02/14 10:50a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 30 5/01/14 3:46p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 29 2/11/14 8:33p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP146858 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Normal +// [Symptom:] When both MINISETUP_MOUSE_SUPPORT and TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS +// are enabled, only the first line of wrapped controls are clickable +// [Root Cause] The function SubMenuHandleAction doesn't consider the +// control’s height when checking mouse select actions. +// [Solution] The function SubMenuHandleAction includes the controls +// height when checking mouse select actions +// [Files] SubMenu.c +// +// 28 12/03/13 1:14p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 27 3/12/13 12:28p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP105167 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Making the specify setup items departing from F2/F3 +// effect. +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h, +// PopupPassword.c, SubMenu.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 26 3/08/13 1:35a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP113085 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Modify callback function behavior to match UEFI SPEC. +// [Files] HiiCallback.c, PopupPassword.c, SubMenu.c +// +// 25 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 13 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 23 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 21 9/06/12 2:18a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP97333 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Update TSE to V1227, there is a redundant blank line. +// [RootCause] Co-ordinates calculation was not proper for submenu +// control +// [Solution] Provided proper co-ordinates for sub menu control. +// [Files] SubMenu.c +// +// 20 4/19/12 6:09p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 88031 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Synopsis]- Hii Callbacks may enter infinite loop on +// BROWSER_ACTION_RETRIEVE +// [Solution] - Only allow EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_RETRIEVE action for all +// Interactive controls from MiniSetupEntry. +// [Files] - Submenu.c, HiiCallback.c, +// +// 19 2/01/12 8:05p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 81631 +// [Category]- Sighting +// [Synopsis]- In some SAS cards, HII Adapter Settings screen is not +// wrapping the text correctly +// [Solution] - Use the proper control width calculation to determine +// control height in PopupSelGetControlHeight. +// The string length calculation used to determine control height in +// SubMenuGetControlHeight needs to be consistent with the same in +// SubMenuDraw. +// +// [Files] +// Submenu.c, PopupSel.c, +// +// 18 12/07/11 6:52p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 77046 +// [Category]- Sighting +// [Synopsis]- In some SAS cards, UEFI Driver submenu entry text are +// truncated, and do not properly wrap to the next line. +// [Solution] - In the function SubMenuDraw, truncate string when the +// length exceeds submenu->Width +// (when submenu->SubMenuType == 2, and submenu->Height == 1 ). +// +// [Files] +// SubMenu.c +// +// [Functions Changed] +// - SubMenuDraw +// +// +// 17 12/01/11 7:40a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP75464 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Improper handling of action controls +// [Files] SubMenu.c, UefiAction.c, HiiCallback.c, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 16 11/28/11 4:58a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Callback handling :For interactive controls updating +// the currnet vaule in cache even when hii callback returns error status. +// [Files] Date.c, SubMenu.c, ordlistbox.c, time.c, UefiAction.c, +// hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 15 11/21/11 11:04a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 14 11/21/11 8:58a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 13 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 12 11/08/11 5:10a Rajashakerg +// Moved the CallFormCallBack() function with retrive action to +// SubMenuInitialize() function as per the specification. +// +// 11 8/26/11 2:10p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 67487 +// [Category] Defect +// [Symptom] TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS does not work for all control types +// [RootCause] The controls (PopupSel, PopupString) ONLY check for +// string wrapping in the label value (control prompt) when calling the +// methods GetControlHeight and Draw. +// [Solution] The controls (PopupSel, PopupString) should check for +// string wrapping in the label (control prompt) and the control's value +// when calling the methods GetControlHeight and Draw. For Dynamic pages, +// adjust the width calculation for Submenu in the function +// GetControlHeight. +// [Files] PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, Submenu.c +// +// 10 3/21/11 12:44a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 9 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 8 12/02/10 6:08p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP49562 +// [Category]- Improvment. +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Need to support UEFI 2.2 requirements related to Calling +// Formcallback with +// EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING and EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED action. +// [Solution]- Implemented the support. +// [Files] - submenu.c, numeric.c, popupsel.c, popupString.c, +// uefi20\hii.h, uefi20\uefi20wrapper.c +// uefi21\hiicalback.c, uefi21\tseuefihii.h +// +// 7 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 7 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 6 2/15/10 10:15p Madhans +// To avoid warnings +// +// 5 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 4 11/04/09 11:54a Blaines +// EIP-28247 +// +// Fix for grayout color menu string not being grayed out. +// +// +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:53p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Submenu.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle submenu operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +SUBMENU_METHODS gSubMenu = +{ + SubMenuCreate, + SubMenuDestroy, + SubMenuInitialize, + SubMenuDraw, + SubMenuHandleAction, + SubMenuSetCallback, + SubMenuSetFocus, + SubMenuSetPosition, + SubMenuSetDimensions, + SubMenuSetAttributes, + SubMenuGetControlHeight + +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and create submenu. +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuCreate( SUBMENU_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(SUBMENU_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gSubMenu; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys submenu. +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuDestroy( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == submenu) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( submenu, FALSE ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&submenu ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the initialize function of control +// and initializes the submenu. +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuInitialize( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( submenu, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + if(UefiIsInteractive(&submenu->ControlData)) + { + // EIP88031 : Invoking CallFormCallBackon with AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE + // caused infinite loop on FormCallBack when UIUpdateCallback is called during pack update. + /* + UINT16 Key = UefiGetControlKey(&(submenu->ControlData)); + UefiPreControlUpdate(NULL);//EIP45464 : Updating the gPrevControlValue buffer to NULLL before invoking CallFormCallBack + CallFormCallBack(&(submenu->ControlData),Key,0,AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE);//EIP-53480: Updated the action to AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE + */ + } + + // add extra initialization here... + submenu->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField((VOID *)submenu->ControlData.ControlPtr); //refPtr->Help; + submenu->ControlFocus = FALSE; + submenu->Interval = (UINT8)submenu->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh; + submenu->LabelMargin = (UINT8)gControlLeftMargin; + + // initialize default colors + SetControlColorsHook(&(submenu->BGColor), &(submenu->FGColor), + NULL, NULL, + &(submenu->SelBGColor), &(submenu->SelFGColor), + &(submenu->NSelBGColor), &(submenu->NSelFGColor), + NULL,&(submenu->LabelFGColor) , + &(submenu->NSelLabelFGColor), + NULL,NULL, + NULL,NULL ); + + + +#if SETUP_STYLE_AWARD + submenu->SubMenuType = (UINT8)(submenu->ControlData.ControlPageID != 0); +#endif + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuDraw +// +// Description: function to draw a sub-menu. +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuDraw( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu ) +{ + CHAR16 *text=NULL,*text1; + UINTN length; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; +// UINT8 ColorSubMenu = submenu->NSelFGColor; + UINT8 ColorLabel = (submenu->ControlFocus) ? submenu->LabelFGColor : submenu->NSelLabelFGColor ; + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( submenu->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &submenu->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + if (!submenu->ControlFocus)//setting grayoutif color for grayoutif control based on token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE + ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + text1 = HiiGetString( submenu->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField((VOID *)(submenu->ControlData.ControlPtr))); + if ( text1 == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + // XXX check to see if text1 is not NULL + length = (3 + (TestPrintLength( text1 ) / (NG_SIZE))) * sizeof(CHAR16); + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( length ); + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + SPrint( text, length, L"%c %s", (submenu->SubMenuType == 2)?L' ':GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE, text1 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + + if ( submenu->SubMenuType != 1 ) + { + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(submenu->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( submenu->Left , submenu->Top, + (UINTN)(submenu->Width),(UINTN) submenu->Height, + &text[2], (UINT8)( (submenu->ControlFocus) ? + submenu->SelBGColor | ColorLabel /*submenu->SelFGColor*/ : + submenu->NSelBGColor | ColorLabel /*ColorSubMenu*/ ) ); + + if(submenu->SubMenuType != 2) + { + text[2]=0; + DrawStringWithAttribute( submenu->Left - 2, submenu->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)( (submenu->ControlFocus) ? + submenu->SelBGColor | ColorLabel /*submenu->SelFGColor*/ : + submenu->NSelBGColor | ColorLabel /*ColorSubMenu*/ ) ); + } + } + else + { + + if(submenu->SubMenuType==0 && !submenu->ControlFocus && ColorLabel != CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR) + ColorLabel = StyleGetPageLinkColor(); + + + if(((TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE))-2) > (UINTN)(submenu->Width))//EIP 97333 : Check for width corrected since the text already include spaces in it. + EfiStrCpy( &text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(submenu->Width-2))],L"..."); + + DrawStringWithAttribute( submenu->Left - 2, submenu->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)( (submenu->ControlFocus) ? + submenu->SelBGColor | ColorLabel : + submenu->NSelBGColor | ColorLabel ) ); + } + } + else + { + if((TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(submenu->Width-2)) + EfiStrCpy( &text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(submenu->Width-5))],L"..."); + + text1 = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SUBMENU_OPTION) ); + if ( text1 != NULL ) + { + DrawStringWithAttribute( submenu->Left - 2, submenu->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + EFI_BACKGROUND_BLUE | EFI_WHITE ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + length = (3 + (TestPrintLength( text1 ) / (NG_SIZE))) * sizeof(CHAR16); + text = EfiLibAllocatePool( length ); + if ( text != NULL ) + { + SPrint( text, length, L"[%s]", text1 ); + + if ((TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(submenu->Width-2)) + EfiStrCpy( &text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(submenu->Width-5))],L"..."); + + DrawStringWithAttribute( submenu->Left + submenu->LabelMargin , submenu->Top, text, + (UINT8)(submenu->NSelBGColor | ColorLabel /*ColorSubMenu*/) ); + + if ( submenu->ControlFocus ) + DrawStringWithAttribute( submenu->Left + submenu->LabelMargin + 1, + submenu->Top, text1, (UINT8)(submenu->SelBGColor | submenu->SelFGColor) ); + } + } + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + + FlushLines( submenu->Top, submenu->Top ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the submenu actions +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuHandleAction( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + BOOLEAN Selected = FALSE; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + if (submenu->Interval == 0) + return Status; + + if ( --(submenu->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + submenu->Interval = (UINT8)(submenu->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + else + return Status; + } + + if ( ! submenu->ControlFocus ) + return Status; + + if (Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + //Status = MouseSubMenuHandleAction( submenu, Data); + //if ( Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.ButtonStatus==TSEMOUSE_LEFT_DCLICK ) + + if(ControlActionSelect == MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) + //check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of submenu or not + if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)submenu->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(submenu->Top+submenu->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)submenu->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(submenu->Left+submenu->Width)) + )//EIP-123727 + { + Selected = TRUE; + } + } + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + if ( ControlActionSelect == MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey) ) + Selected = TRUE; + } + if(Selected) + { + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &submenu->ControlData ); + + //Not to perform action for grayoutif-control when token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to set focus for GrayoutIf control + if ( IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT) ) { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + MouseStop(); + + if ( submenu->Callback ) + { + if ( submenu->Cookie != NULL ) + { + CALLBACK_SUBMENU *callbackData = (CALLBACK_SUBMENU *)submenu->Cookie; + callbackData->DestPage = submenu->ControlData.ControlDestPageID; + } + UefiPreControlUpdate(NULL); + submenu->Callback( submenu->Container, submenu, submenu->Cookie ); + } + + if(UefiIsInteractive(&submenu->ControlData)) + { + VOID * Handle=submenu->ControlData.ControlHandle; + UINT16 Key = UefiGetControlKey(&(submenu->ControlData)); + CONTROL_DATA *Control; + + Status = CallFormCallBack(&(submenu->ControlData),Key,0,AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE);//EIP-53480: Updated the action to AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE + // To support UEFI 2.1.C spec to Not to change page when Callback fails. + Status = UefiIsProceedWithPageChange(Status); + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + { + if ( submenu->Callback ) + { + if ( submenu->Cookie != NULL ) + { + CALLBACK_SUBMENU *callbackData = (CALLBACK_SUBMENU *)submenu->Cookie; + callbackData->DestPage = submenu->ControlData.ControlPageID; + } + submenu->Callback( submenu->Container, submenu, submenu->Cookie ); + } + // On Error Status Don't Change the Destination page. Skip the user action. + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + } + + Control = GetUpdatedControlData((CONTROL_DATA*)submenu,CONTROL_TYPE_SUBMENU,Handle,Key); + + if(Control == NULL) // Control deleted ? + return EFI_SUCCESS; + if(Control != (CONTROL_DATA*)submenu) + submenu = (SUBMENU_DATA*)Control; //control Updated + } + + _SubMenuHandleSpecialOp( submenu ); + + MouseStart(); + + + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuSetCallback +// +// Description: function to handle the submenu actions +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetCallback( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( submenu, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to handle the submenu actions +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetFocus(SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if(focus != FALSE) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &submenu->ControlData ); + + //Setting focus to control which has no control-condtion and token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to make GrayoutIf control to set focus and selectable + if ( ((u8ChkResult != COND_NONE) && (u8ChkResult != COND_GRAYOUT)) || + (!IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT)) + ){ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + + if( !(submenu->ControlFocus && focus) ) + submenu->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetPosition(SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( submenu, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension. +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetDimensions(SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( submenu, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetAttributes(SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( submenu, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SubMenuGetControlHeight +// +// Description: Function to get the label height of the submenu +// +// Input: SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, Frame Data, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SubMenuGetControlHeight(SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width; + UINTN length=0; + + Width = ((FRAME_DATA *)frame)->FrameData.Width - (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin - 2 ; + text = HiiGetString( submenu->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField((VOID *)submenu->ControlData.ControlPtr) ); + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + length = (3 + (TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE))) * sizeof(CHAR16); + newText = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( length ); + + if ( newText == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + SPrint( newText, length, L"%c %s", (submenu->SubMenuType == 2)?L' ':GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE, text ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text); + + text = StringWrapText( newText, Width+2, height );//EIP 97333 : Above we have appeneded the two spaces at begning of sub menu string, so providing proper widht for submenu + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + +} +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2013, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/SubMenu.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/SubMenu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..491e0da --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/SubMenu.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/SubMenu.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 8 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/SubMenu.h $ +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: submenu.h +// +// Description: Header file for submenu related functionalities +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _SUBMENU_H_ +#define _SUBMENU_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" + +#define SUBMENU_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 LabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelLabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 LabelMargin; \ + UINT8 SubMenuType; \ + UINT8 SelFGColor; \ + UINT8 SelBGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelFGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelBGColor; \ + UINT8 Interval; + +typedef struct _SUBMENU_METHODS SUBMENU_METHODS; + +typedef struct _SUBMENU_DATA +{ + SUBMENU_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + SUBMENU_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +SUBMENU_DATA; + +#define SUBMENU_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _SUBMENU_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + SUBMENU_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern SUBMENU_METHODS gSubMenu; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS SubMenuCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS SubMenuGetControlHeight(SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height); + +UINT16 _SubMenuGetSpecialValue( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu ); +BOOLEAN _SubMenuHandleSpecialOp( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu ); +BOOLEAN _SubMenuAmiCallback( UINT16 value ); + +// find a better place for these +#define SAVE_AND_EXIT_VALUE 1 +#define DISCARD_AND_EXIT_VALUE 2 +#define SAVE_VALUE 3 +#define DISCARD_VALUE 4 +#define RESTORE_DEFAULTS_VALUE 5 +#define SAVE_USER_DEFAULTS_VALUE 6 +#define RESTORE_USER_DEFAULTS_VALUE 7 + + +#endif /* _SUBMENU_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Text.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Text.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a597287 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Text.c @@ -0,0 +1,587 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Text.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 15 $ +// +// $Date: 2/11/14 8:34p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Text.c $ +// +// 15 2/11/14 8:34p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP147142 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] text gets truncated +// [Root Cause] The controls SetText function is called from the function +// TextDraw to update the properties [text->Label and text->text] using +// HiiGetString. However, FrameDraw will call each +// controls->getControlHeight before calling each controls->draw function. +// It is during this time when text->getControlHeight attempts to use the +// properties [text->Label and text->text] to compute the height [for +// multiline] which will be incorrect +// [Solution] Call the controls SetText function from within the function +// getControlHeight +// to ensure the text controls properties [text->Label and text->text] +// always has valid updated Hii text. +// [Files] Text.c +// +// 14 6/10/13 10:02a Arunsb +// String retrieval success check in TextInitialize is commented. +// +// 13 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 12 2/01/12 5:54p Blaines +// Rollback to Revision 10 +// +// 10 11/21/11 10:59a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 9 11/21/11 8:59a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 8 11/15/11 2:28a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73391 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Information displayed in SETUP gets truncated. +// [Files] Text.c +// +// 7 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 6 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans +// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 7 8/18/10 7:17p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP42199 +// [Category] BUG FIX +// [Symptom] Text Control does not disply the full string even with +// multiline TSE support. +// [RootCause] Bug in TextGetControlHeight() +// [Solution] Take the Frame width in account instead if Text->Width. +// [Files] text.c +// +// 6 3/26/10 6:53p Madhans +// Support to Map the do the Control Mapping from gTseControlMap Table. So +// no changes need in Frame.c, With this feature gTseControlMap Can be +// customized to add/customize the TSE controls. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/13/09 1:21p Blaines +// EIP #24980 Fix to properly display right area text +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:53p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans +// Changes after Bin module +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: text.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle text operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +TEXT_METHODS gText = +{ + TextCreate, + TextDestroy, + TextInitialize, + TextDraw, + TextHandleAction, + TextSetCallback, + TextSetFocus, + TextSetPosition, + TextSetDimensions, + TextSetAttributes, + TextGetControlHeight, + TextSetText +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and creates text +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextCreate( TEXT_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(TEXT_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gText; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys the text +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextDestroy( TEXT_DATA *text, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == text) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( text, FALSE ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text->LabelText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text->Text ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the initialize function of control +// and initializes the text +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextInitialize( TEXT_DATA *text, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( text, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + SetControlColorsHook(&(text->BGColor), &(text->FGColor), + NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, + NULL, + NULL, NULL, + NULL,NULL); + + // add extra initialization here... + text->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField ((VOID*)text->ControlData.ControlPtr); + //text->FGColor= EFI_DARKGRAY; + StyleGetSpecialColor( CONTROL_TYPE_TEXT, &(text->FGColor)) ; + + text->LabelMargin = (UINT8)gControlLeftMargin; + + + text->Interval = (UINT8)text->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh; + text->LabelText = HiiGetString( text->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetTextField((VOID*)text->ControlData.ControlPtr)); +// if ( text->LabelText == NULL ) //EIP122907 In some case in init hiigetstring is failing but in draw its passing so commented this check. +// return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + text->Text = HiiGetString( text->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetTextTwoField((VOID *)text->ControlData.ControlPtr)); +// if ( text->Text == NULL ) +// return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextDraw +// +// Description: function to draw the text with attributes. +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextDraw( TEXT_DATA *text ) +{ + CHAR16 *txt =NULL, *txt2 = NULL; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT8 ColorText = text->FGColor ; + + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( text->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &text->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorText = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + txt = HiiGetString( text->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetTextField((VOID*)text->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + if ( txt == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + txt2 = HiiGetString( text->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetTextTwoField((VOID*)text->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + if ( txt2 == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + gText.SetText(text,txt,txt2); + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&txt); + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&txt2); + + if ( text->LabelText == NULL ) + { + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + return Status; + } + + // labeltext boundary overflow check + if(text->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported())//EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( (UINTN)text->Left, (UINTN) text->Top, + (UINTN)(text->LabelMargin - text->Left),(UINTN)text->Height, + text->LabelText, text->BGColor |ColorText ); + } + else + { + if ( (TestPrintLength( text->LabelText ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(text->LabelMargin - text->Left )/*21*/ ) + text->LabelText[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text->LabelText ,(UINTN)(text->LabelMargin - text->Left ))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( text->Left , text->Top, text->LabelText, text->BGColor | ColorText /*text->FGColor*/ ); + } + + if ( text->Text != NULL ) + { + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(text->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( (UINTN)text->Left + text->LabelMargin, (UINTN) text->Top, + (UINTN)((text->Width + text->Left) - text->LabelMargin -2),(UINTN)text->Height, + text->Text, text->BGColor |ColorText );//EIP 73391 : Adjusted the cordinates to show maximum string in control left area + + + } + else + { + // text boundary overflow check + //EIP 73391 : Adjusted the cordinates to show maximum string in control left area + if ( (TestPrintLength( text->Text ) / (NG_SIZE)) >= (UINTN)((text->Width + text->Left) - text->LabelMargin -2) ) + text->Text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text->Text ,(UINTN)((text->Width + text->Left) - text->LabelMargin -2))] = L'\0'; + DrawStringWithAttribute( text->Left + text->LabelMargin , text->Top, text->Text, text->BGColor |ColorText ); + } + } + + //EIP-72610 if TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + FlushLines(text->Top, text->Top + text->Height - 1); + } + else + { + FlushLines(text->Top, text->Top); + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the text actions +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextHandleAction( TEXT_DATA *text, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( (Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER) && ((UINT8)text->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh != 0)) + { + Status = CallTextCallBack(text, Data); + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextSetCallback( TEXT_DATA *text, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( text, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextSetFocus(TEXT_DATA *text, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextSetPosition(TEXT_DATA *text, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( text, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set text dimension. +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextSetDimensions(TEXT_DATA *text, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( text, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set text attributes. +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextSetAttributes(TEXT_DATA *text, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( text, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextSetText +// +// Description: function to set the text +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, CHAR16 *label, CHAR16 *value +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextSetText( TEXT_DATA *text, CHAR16 *label, CHAR16 *value ) +{ + if ( label != NULL ) + { + MemFreePointer( &text->LabelText ); + text->LabelText = StrDup( label ); + } + + if ( value != NULL ) + { + MemFreePointer( &text->Text ); + text->Text = StrDup( value ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TextGetControlHeight +// +// Description: function to get the text height +// +// Input: TEXT_DATA *text, Frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TextGetControlHeight( TEXT_DATA *text, VOID* frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + //EIP-72610 if TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL; + UINT16 tmpHeight=0; + UINT16 Width; + + //EIP-147142 + //Make sure text->Label and text->text are updated before computing the control height + gText.SetText(text, + HiiGetString( text->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetTextField((VOID*)text->ControlData.ControlPtr)), + HiiGetString( text->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetTextTwoField((VOID*)text->ControlData.ControlPtr)) + ); + + Width = (UINT16)(text->LabelMargin - (((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin)); + newText = StringWrapText( text->Text, (UINT16)(((FRAME_DATA *)frame)->FrameData.Width - text->LabelMargin -2), &tmpHeight ); + *height = tmpHeight; + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + + newText = StringWrapText( text->LabelText, Width, &tmpHeight ); + + if(tmpHeight > *height) + *height = tmpHeight; + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + } + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Text.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Text.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8451485 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Text.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Text.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 7 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Text.h $ +// +// 7 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: text.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle text operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +#ifndef _TEXT_H_ +#define _TEXT_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" + +#define TEXT_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + CHAR16 *LabelText; \ + UINT16 LabelMargin; \ + CHAR16 *Text; \ + UINT8 Interval; + +typedef struct _TEXT_METHODS TEXT_METHODS; + +typedef struct _TEXT_DATA +{ + TEXT_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + TEXT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +TEXT_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*TEXT_METHOD_SET_TEXT) ( VOID *object, CHAR16 *label, CHAR16 *value ); +#define TEXT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + TEXT_METHOD_SET_TEXT SetText; + +struct _TEXT_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + TEXT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern TEXT_METHODS gText; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS TextCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS TextDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS TextInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS TextDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS TextHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS TextSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS TextSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS TextSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS TextSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS TextSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); + +// Text Methods +EFI_STATUS TextSetText( VOID *object, CHAR16 *label, CHAR16 *value ); +EFI_STATUS TextGetControlHeight( VOID *text,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +#endif /* _TEXT_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Time.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0191381 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/Time.h @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Time.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 9 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/Time.h $ +// +// 9 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 8 11/21/11 10:56a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 7 11/10/10 7:02p Blaines +// EIP 47037: Add range checks to properly edit and update date/time. +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:07p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Time.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle Time control operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +#ifndef _TIME_H_ +#define _TIME_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" + +typedef struct _TIME +{ + UINT8 Hour; + UINT8 Min; + UINT8 Sec; + +} +TIME; + +#define TIME_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 LabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelLabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 LabelMargin; \ + UINT8 Sel; \ + UINT8 SelFGColor; \ + UINT8 SelBGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelFGColor; \ + UINT16 Min; \ + UINT16 Max; \ + UINT8 Interval; \ + EFI_TIME *EditTime; + +typedef struct _TIME_METHODS TIME_METHODS; + +typedef struct _TIME_DATA +{ + TIME_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + TIME_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +TIME_DATA; + + + +struct _TIME_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern TIME_METHODS gTime; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS TimeCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS TimeDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS TimeInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS TimeDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS TimeHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS TimeSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS TimeSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS TimeSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS TimeSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS TimeSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS TimeGetControlHeight(VOID *object, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height); +VOID _TimeUpdateHelp( TIME_DATA *time ); +#endif /* _TIME_H_ */ + + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.cif b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.cif new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d666012 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.cif @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<component> + name = "TSE Sources - TSE Lite" + category = ModulePart + LocalRoot = "EDK\MiniSetup\TseLite" + RefName = "TseLite" +[files] +"TseLite.sdl" +"TseLite.mak" +"minisetupext.h" +"application.h" +"Action.c" +"action.h" +"application.c" +"object.c" +"object.h" +"page.c" +"page.h" +"control.c" +"control.h" +"callback.c" +"callback.h" +"hotkey.h" +"frame.c" +"frame.h" +"hotkey.c" +"SubMenu.h" +"SubMenu.c" +"Text.c" +"Text.h" +"Menu.c" +"Menu.h" +"MessageBox.h" +"MessageBox.c" +"Memo.c" +"Memo.h" +"popup.c" +"popup.h" +"Label.h" +"Label.c" +"numeric.c" +"numeric.h" +"time.c" +"Time.h" +"Date.c" +"Date.h" +"edit.c" +"edit.h" +"ListBox.c" +"ListBox.h" +"PopupPassword.c" +"PopupPassword.h" +"PopupSel.c" +"PopupSel.h" +"PopupString.c" +"PopupString.h" +"PopupEdit.h" +"PopupEdit.c" +"ordlistbox.h" +"ordlistbox.c" +"TseLitehelper.c" +"minisetupext.c" +"variable.c" +"AddBootOption.c" +"TseLiteCommon.c" +"UefiAction.c" +"UefiAction.h" +"ResetButton.h" +"ResetButton.c" +"hotclick.h" +"hotclick.c" +[parts] +"StyleHook" +<endComponent> diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.mak b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.mak new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1feb3d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.mak @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## +##** **## +##** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **## +##** **## +##** All Rights Reserved. **## +##** **## +##** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **## +##** **## +##** Phone (770)-246-8600 **## +##** **## +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## +## $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/TseLite.mak $ +## +## $Author: Arunsb $ +## +## $Revision: 7 $ +## +## $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +## +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## +## Revision History +## ---------------- +## $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/TseLite.mak $ +# +# 7 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +# Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +## +## 8 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +## Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +# +# 6 4/23/10 6:05p Madhans +# +# 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +# Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +## +## 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +## updated year in copyright message +## +## 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +## Removed include path to Core dir +## +## 3 6/24/09 6:11p Madhans +## Made TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY=OFF to not to refer EDK module. +## +## 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +## Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +## +## 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +# +# 1 4/28/09 11:07p Madhans +# Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +## +## 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +## Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +## +## 2 2/05/09 10:15a Madhans +## Style Module created. +## +## 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +## Intial version of TSE Lite sources +## +## +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## + +# MAK file for the eModule:TseLite + +TSELITE_INCLUDES = \ + -I $(UEFISRC_DIR) \ + -I $(TSE_STYLE_DIR) \ + -I $(TSESRC_DIR) \ + -I $(TSESRC_DIR)\AMILOGO \ + -I $(TSELITESRC_DIR) \ + -I $(TSEBIN_DIR) \ + -I $(TSEBIN_DIR)\Inc \ +!if "$(TSE_BOARD_SOURCE_SUPPORT)" == "1" + -I $(TSE_BOARD_DIR)\ +!endif + -I $(PROJECT_DIR)\Include\Protocol \ + -I $(PROJECT_DIR) \ + -I $(PROJECT_DIR)\Include \ + -I $(BUILD_DIR) \ + +$(BUILD_DIR)\TseLiteLocal.lib : TseLiteLib + +TseLiteLib : $(BUILD_DIR)\TseLite.mak TseLiteLibBin + +$(BUILD_DIR)\TseLite.mak : $(TSELITESRC_DIR)\$(@B).cif $(TSELITESRC_DIR)\$(@B).mak $(BUILD_RULES) + $(CIF2MAK) $(TSELITESRC_DIR)\$(@B).cif $(CIF2MAK_DEFAULTS) + +!if "$(TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY)" == "1" +TSE_DEFAULTS = $(EDK_DEFAULTS) +!else +TSE_DEFAULTS = $(BUILD_DEFAULTS) +!endif + +TseLiteLibBin : + $(MAKE) /$(MAKEFLAGS) $(TSE_DEFAULTS)\ + /f $(BUILD_DIR)\TseLite.mak all\ + "MY_INCLUDES=$(TSELITE_INCLUDES)"\ + "UNI_INCLUDE_PATH=$(TSEBIN_DIR)"\ + TYPE=LIBRARY \ + "EXT_HEADERS=$(BUILD_DIR)\token.h"\ + LIBRARY_NAME=$(BUILD_DIR)\TseLiteLocal.lib\ + "CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS) /DTSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50" + +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## +##** **## +##** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **## +##** **## +##** All Rights Reserved. **## +##** **## +##** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **## +##** **## +##** Phone (770)-246-8600 **## +##** **## +##*****************************************************************## +##*****************************************************************## diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.sdl b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.sdl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..95d74c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLite.sdl @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +TOKEN + Name = "TseLite_SUPPORT" + Value = "1" + Help = "Main switch to enable TseLite sources support in Project" + TokenType = Boolean + TargetEQU = Yes + TargetMAK = Yes + Master = Yes +End + +TOKEN + Name = "TSE_LITE_SOURCES_SUPPORT" + Value = "1" + TokenType = Boolean + TargetH = Yes +End + +TOKEN + Name = "POPUP_MENU_ENTER_SETUP" + Value = "1" + Help = "1 => Allows to enter setup from BBS popup" + TokenType = Boolean + TargetH = Yes +End + +PATH + Name = "TSELITESRC_DIR" +End + +MODULE + Help = "Includes TseLite.mak to Project" + File = "TseLite.mak" +End + +ELINK + Name = "$(BUILD_DIR)\TseLiteLocal.lib" + Parent = "$(TSELITESRC_DIR)\TseLiteLocal$(ARCH).lib" + InvokeOrder = ReplaceParent +End + diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLiteCommon.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLiteCommon.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac72ff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLiteCommon.c @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2012, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/TseLiteCommon.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 16 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 9:11a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/TseLiteCommon.c $ +// +// 16 8/28/14 9:11a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP168489 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Normal +// [Symptom:] System will display blue screen after use OEM command to +// boot to BIOS Setup Utility from Built-in EFI Shell +// [Files] TseliteCommon.c +// +// 15 2/11/14 8:47p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP148693 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Slowness in shell performance +// [Root Cause] Memory fragmentation +// [Solution] Controlled the TSE destructor with token from sdl file +// [Files] amitse.sdl, tselitecommon.c +// +// 14 6/10/13 10:03a Arunsb +// gRefreshIdCount made as 0 bcoz exiting from setup and coming back wont +// reinit it +// +// 13 4/18/13 9:31a Arunsb +// Function moved to avoid build error in 2.0 +// +// 12 4/15/13 5:40a Arunsb +// gRefreshIdInfo check added +// +// 11 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 9 9/14/12 12:59p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP101218 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Critical +// [Symptom] If Sendform is called more than once from DHP +// (DriverHealthprotocol Module). It does not enter. +// [RootCause] SendForm called before postmanagerhandsake was not +// cleaned gApp correctly. +// [Solution] Fix to do the cleanup +// [Files] tselitecommon.c +// +// 8 5/28/12 7:29a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP85564 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] UefiHiiTestPrintLength function needs optimization +// [Files] TseLiteCommon.c, hiistring21.c +// +// 7 4/27/12 7:28a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP88449 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] SUT hangs when "Exit Without Saving" prompt is select as +// 'yes' in setup. +// [RootCause] gVariablelist freed before calling callback +// [Solution] gVariablelist freed after calling callback +// [Files] TseLiteCommon.c +// +// 6 3/28/11 9:25p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP41744 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] SoftKeyBoard Support in TSE. and Support to Work with +// new mouse driver(Label 07). +// [Files] HookAnchor.h +// AMITSE.sdl +// CommonHelper.c +// commonoem.c +// commonoem.h +// HookList.c +// HookAnchor.c +// Mouse.c +// minisetupext.c +// postmgmtext.c +// minisetupext.h +// PopupPassword.c +// PopupString.c +// TseLiteCommon.c +// +// 5 3/21/11 12:46a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:19a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 1/09/10 7:13a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 8/13/09 1:21p Blaines +// EIP #24980 Fix to properly display right area text +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:53p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans +// Changes after Bin module +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:07p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 1 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: TseLiteCommon.c +// +// Description: This file contains code for the TSE Lite common functions +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + + +SETUP_PKG *gSetupPkg; +SCREEN_INFO *gScreen; +PAGE_LIST *gToolPages; +PAGE_LIST *gPages; +CONTROL_INFO *gToolControlInfo; +CONTROL_INFO *gControlInfo; +VARIABLE_LIST *gToolVariables; +VARIABLE_LIST *gVariables; +HPK_INFO *gHpkInfo; +GUID_LIST *gGuidList; +PAGE_ID_LIST *gPageIdList; +PAGE_ID_LIST *gToolPageIdList; +PAGE_ID_INFO *gPageIdInfo; +PAGE_ID_INFO *gToolPageIdInfo; +FRAME_DATA *gActiveFrame = NULL; + +UINT16 gCheckboxTokens[] = +{ + STRING_TOKEN(STR_CTRL_CHKBOX_DISABLE), + STRING_TOKEN(STR_CTRL_CHKBOX_ENABLE) +}; + +UINTN gLabelLeftMargin = 2 ; +UINTN gControlLeftMargin = 24; +UINTN gControlLeftPad = 2 ; +UINTN gControlRightAreaWidth = 27 ; +BOOLEAN gVariableChanged = FALSE; +BOOLEAN gResetRequired = FALSE; +UINT32 gStartPage = 0; + +APPLICATION_DATA *gApp = NULL; +UINTN gHpkInfoLength; +UINT32 GetControlConditionVarId(CONTROL_INFO *control); + +extern CHAR8 *GlyphWidthCache;//EIP 85564 : UefiHiiTestPrintLength function needs optimization +extern UINT32 gRefreshIdCount; +extern REFRESH_ID_INFO *gRefreshIdInfo; +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MiniSetupUIExit +// +// Description: Freesup UI related resources. +// +// Input: none +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN TseDebugDisableApplicationDestructor (VOID); +VOID MiniSetupUIExit(VOID) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINTN index; + + // Don't do the MiniSetupExit if it is not a first call to PostManagerHandshake. + if(gPostManagerHandshakeCallIndex>2) //gApp should be preserved when it is not freed. + { + // to Let Next call not quit. + gApp->Quit=FALSE; + goto Done; + } + + if ( gApp != NULL ) + { + if (!TseDebugDisableApplicationDestructor ()) + { + gApplication.Destroy( gApp, TRUE ); + } + gApp = NULL; + + MouseDestroy(); + } + +Done: + //Close the Event and Free the NotifyContext created for Controls with Refresh Id. + if(gRefreshIdInfo) { + for(index = 0; index < gRefreshIdCount; index++) + { + if(gRefreshIdInfo[index].pEvent)//Close the event + { + Status = gBS->CloseEvent(gRefreshIdInfo[index].pEvent); + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS) + { + gRefreshIdInfo[index].pEvent = NULL; + } + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&gRefreshIdInfo[index].pNotifyContext ); + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&gRefreshIdInfo ); + gRefreshIdCount = 0; + } + + UEFICallSetupFormCallBack(AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_CLOSE);//EIP-53480: Calling the Wrapper function with AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_CLOSE action before HiiExit() + if ( gVariableList != NULL ) + { + for ( index = 0; index < gVariables->VariableCount; index++ ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&gVariableList[index] ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&gVariableList ); + } + //Commented and moved above for EIP88449 + //UEFICallSetupFormCallBack(AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_CLOSE);//EIP-53480: Calling the Wrapper function with AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_CLOSE action before HiiExit() + HiiExit( ); + + + if(GlyphWidthCache) { + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&GlyphWidthCache);// EIP 85564 :free the memory which was used to store the widths of each possible CHAR16 glyph. + } + +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: GetBootTimeOut +// +// Description: Timeout value from the variable. +// +// Input: DefaultValue +// +// Output: Timeout value +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT16 GetBootTimeOutLocal(UINT16 DefaultValue) +{ + UINT16 *TimeOut=NULL, Value = 0; + UINTN size = 0; + + // Install boot timeout + TimeOut = VarGetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_TIMEOUT, &size ); + + if ( TimeOut != NULL ) + { + Value = *TimeOut; + } + else + { + Value = DefaultValue; + VarSetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_TIMEOUT, &Value, sizeof(UINT16) ); + } + + return Value; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _GetControlVariable +// +// Description: Function to get control variable. +// +// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control +// +// Output: UINT32 +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT32 _GetControlVariable(CONTROL_INFO *control) +{ + return control->ControlVariable; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _GetPageInfo +// +// Description: Returns pointer to the PAGE_INFO struct of given PgIndex +// +// Input: UINT32 PgIndex - Page index +// PAGE_INFO **PageInfo - Pointer to the page information struct +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else EFI_ERROR +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _GetPageInfo(UINT32 PgIndex, PAGE_INFO **PageInfo) +{ + EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if((gApplicationData == NULL) || (gPages == NULL)) + { + status = EFI_NOT_READY; + goto DONE; + } + + if(PgIndex > gPages->PageCount) + { + status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto DONE; + } + + *PageInfo = (PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[PgIndex]); + +DONE: + return status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: IsPageModal +// +// Description: Is this a modal page +// +// Parameter: IN UINT32 PgIndex +// +// Return Value: BOOLEAN +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +#define ASSERT_ERROR_STATUS(assertion) if(EFI_ERROR(assertion)) goto DONE +BOOLEAN IsPageModal(UINT32 PgIndex) +{ + EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS; + BOOLEAN isTrue = FALSE; + PAGE_INFO *pageInfo = NULL; + + status = _GetPageInfo(PgIndex, &pageInfo); + ASSERT_ERROR_STATUS(status); + isTrue = pageInfo->PageFlags.PageModal ? TRUE : FALSE; + +DONE: + return isTrue; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Procedure: GetPageSubTitle +// +// Description: Get the Page Subtitle String Index +// +// Parameter: IN UINTN PgIndex +// OUT UINT16 *subtitleToken +// +// Return Value: EFI_STATUS +// EFI_SUCCESS +// EFI_NOT_READY +// EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS GetPageSubTitle(UINT32 PgIndex, UINT16 *SubtitleToken) +{ + EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS; + PAGE_INFO *pageInfo = NULL; + + status = _GetPageInfo(PgIndex, &pageInfo); + ASSERT_ERROR_STATUS(status); + + *SubtitleToken = pageInfo->PageSubTitle; + +DONE: + return status; +} +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2012, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLitehelper.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLitehelper.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bb1325 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/TseLitehelper.c @@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/TseLitehelper.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 18 $ +// +// $Date: 7/02/13 10:09a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/TseLitehelper.c $ +// +// 18 7/02/13 10:09a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP120011 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Variable BootOrder and LegacyDevOrder need +// fool-proofing function when TSE load variabled +// [Files] Bbs.c, Boot.c, Callback.c, TseLiteHelper.c, Variable.c +// +// 17 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 22 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 16 2/03/12 8:43a Arunsb +// While booting to shell it appears on different colors other than black +// so setting the background attribute with black color. +// +// 15 12/07/11 11:26p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP77493 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Provide the alternative way for _ActionReadKey +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl and TseLitehelper.c +// +// 14 11/30/11 1:32p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75352 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] Boot.c, bbs.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, Variable.c, +// TseLiteHelper.c, PopupSel.c, AddBootOption.c, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c +// +// 13 11/13/11 1:07p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70421 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini, +// boot.c, +// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c, +// addbootoption.c, +// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h, +// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h, +// TseElink.h, variable.h, +// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni +// +// 12 9/29/11 7:02p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 66860 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- AmiPostManager interface for text entry. +// [Files] - LogoLib.h, AMIPostMgr.h, protocol.c, protocol.h, +// TseAdvanced.c, TseLitehelper.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 11 2/04/11 4:38p Mallikarjunanv +// Added dummy function for UpdateBootVariables() +// +// 10 2/01/11 7:35p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 50737 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom] - Suppressing the Interactive control does not work +// correctly. +// [RootCause] - The control conditional pointer if not set correctly. +// [Solution]- To fix the Control condition pointer. And identify the +// suppress if related to UEFI action control +// [Files] - UefiAction.c TseLiteHelper.c hii.h uefi20wapper.c +// uefi21wapper.c +// +// 9 10/05/10 12:20p Mallikarjunanv +// added ShowPostProgress function for TSE Lite +// +// 8 9/20/10 6:47p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP44542 +// [Category] BUILD ISSUE FIX +// [Symptom] Build issues with TSE label (INT)4.6.2_TSE_2_10_1207_TEST +// when IdeSecurity and FastBoot modules added to the project +// [RootCause] - +// [Solution] Build issues resolved +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Tsecommon.h, Hiilib.h, Boot.h, minisetup.h, +// bbs.c, special.c, Bds.c TseLitehelp +// +// 7 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans +// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 15 9/16/10 3:13p Madhans +// To Avoid build issues with TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY Building. +// +// 14 8/27/10 5:05a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP-39334: support to build TSE without the CSM module support +// +// 13 6/14/10 7:10p Madhans +// Nt32 build support. +// +// 12 3/23/10 5:24p Blaines +// Add support for PostManager Extentions +// +// 11 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 10 1/29/10 4:38p Madhans +// To iniltize it properly +// +// 9 1/09/10 7:05a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 8 9/15/09 9:50a Sudhirv +// updated the handling of Add Del Boot option +// +// 7 8/19/09 6:33p Madhans +// IsToggleStateKey Function added to findout invalid action keys +// correctly. +// +// 6 8/13/09 7:40a Mallikarjunanv +// eip:24971 - supporting tse features without tse sources +// +// 5 7/20/09 1:22p Mallikarjunanv +// updated the code with token PASSWORD_WITH_SPECIAL_CHAR_SUPPORT +// +// 4 6/23/09 6:53p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 3 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 2 6/08/09 5:36p Madhans +// Fix for SetupHang issue in TSE Lite. +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:07p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:13p Madhans +// Add/del boot option and other fixes. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: TSELiteHelper.c +// +// Description: This file contains code specific to TSE Lite flavor +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +extern BOOLEAN gQuietBoot; + +UINT32 GetControlConditionVarId(CONTROL_INFO *control); +BOOLEAN CheckIsAllowedPasswordChar(CHAR16 Char); +extern APPLICATION_DATA *gApp; + +// TSELiteMinisetup +#define SETUP_VARIABLE_GUID \ + { 0xEC87D643, 0xEBA4, 0x4BB5, { 0xA1, 0xE5, 0x3F, 0x3E, 0x36, 0xB2, 0x0D, 0xA9 } } + + +static SETUP_PKG _SetupPackageTemplate = { + {'$', 'S', 'P', 'F'}, //PackageSignature[4]; + 0x0102, //StructureRevision; + 0x100, //PackageVersion; + {0,0,0,0,0,0}, //Reserved[6]; + SETUP_VARIABLE_GUID, //PackageGuid; + 0, //PackageVariable; + 0, //PackageScreen; + 0, //PackagePageList; + 0, //PackageControlOffset; + 0, //PackageVariableList; + 0, //PackageHpkData; + 0, //PackageGuidList; + 0, //PackagePageIdList; + 0 //PackageIfrData; +}; + +static SCREEN_INFO _SetupPackageScreen = { + {0}, //MainHandle; + STR_MAIN_TITLE, //MainTitle; + STR_MAIN_COPYRIGHT, //MainCopyright; + STR_EVAL_MSG, //MainHelpTitle; + 0, //MainMenuCount; + 0 //MainNavCount; +}; + + +static PAGE_INFO _SetupPageInfo = +{ + {0}, // PageHandle; + 0, // PageIdIndex; + 0, // PageFormID; + 0, // PageTitle; + 0, // PageSubTitle; + 0, // PageID; + 0, // PageParentID; + {0}, // PAGE_FLAGS PageFlags; + 0, // PageVariable; + {0}, // PageControls; +}; + +static CONTROL_INFO _SetupControlInfo_N_N = { + {0}, // EFI_HII_HANDLE ControlHandle; + 0, // UINT32 ControlVariable; + {0}, // UINT32 ControlConditionalVariable[2]; + 0, // UINT16 ControlType; + 0, // UINT16 ControlPageID; + 0xFFFF, // UINT16 ControlDestPageID; + {0}, // CONTROL_FLAGS ControlFlags; + 0, // UINT16 ControlHelp; + 0, // UINT16 ControlLabel; + 0, // UINT16 ControlIndex; + 0, // UINT16 ControlLabelCount; + {0}, // union { + // UINTN ControlPtr; + // UINT64 res1; + // }; + {0}, // union { + // INTN ControlConditionalPtr; + // UINT64 res2; + // };A + 0, // UINT16 ControlDataLength; + 0, // UINT16 ControlDataWidth; + 0 // UINT16 QuestionId; +}; + +#define _VARIABLE_COUNT 17 +#define _GUID_COUNT 5 + +static VARIABLE_INFO _SetupVariableInfo[_VARIABLE_COUNT] = { + {SETUP_VARIABLE_GUID , L"Setup", 0x07,0}, + {EFI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE_GUID , L"Dummy", 0x17,0}, + {EFI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE_GUID , L"Timeout", 0x07,0}, + {USER_DEFAULTS_GUID , L"UserDefaults", 0x07,0}, + {ERROR_MANAGER_GUID , L"ErrorManager", 0x07,0}, + {AMITSESETUP_GUID , L"AMITSESetup", 0x07,0}, + {IDE_SECURITY_CONFIG_GUID , L"IDESecDev", 0x07,0}, + {EFI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE_GUID , L"BootOrder", 0x17,0}, + {LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_GUID , L"LegacyDevOrder", 0x17,0}, + {DEL_BOOT_OPTION_GUID , L"DelBootOption", 0x17,0}, + {ADD_BOOT_OPTION_GUID , L"AddBootOption", 0x17,0}, + {BOOT_MANAGER_GUID , L"BootManager", 0x07,0}, + {BOOT_NOW_COUNT_GUID , L"BootNowCount", 0x07,0}, + {LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_GUID , L"LegacyDev", 0x01,0}, + {AMI_CALLBACK_GUID , L"AMICallback", 0x01,0}, + {LEGACY_DEV_ORDER_GUID , L"LegacyGroup", 0x01,0}, + {BOOT_NOW_COUNT_GUID , L"SetupSaveState", 0x02,0}, +}; + +static GUID_INFO _SetupGUIDInfo[_GUID_COUNT] = { + // Needs to be first on List for patching up later. + {EFI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE_GUID , L"Dummy", {1},5}, // For lang codes/platformlangcode + {BOOT_MANAGER_GUID , L"BootManager", {1},1}, + {BOOT_NOW_COUNT_GUID , L"BootNowCount", {1},1}, + {AMI_CALLBACK_GUID , L"AMICallback", {1},2}, + {ADD_BOOT_OPTION_GUID , L"AddBootOption", {0},9} +}; + +#pragma pack(8) +typedef struct _TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE +{ + SETUP_PKG SetupPkg; + SCREEN_INFO ScreenInfo; + PAGE_LIST PageList; + UINT32 PageOffset[1]; // Increase if you have more pages - Dummy + PAGE_INFO PageInfo[1]; // Increase if you have more pages - Dummy + + CONTROL_INFO ControlInfo[1];// Increase if controls - Dummy + + VARIABLE_LIST VariableList; + UINT32 VariableOffset[_VARIABLE_COUNT]; // Increase if you have more Variable + VARIABLE_INFO VariableInfo[_VARIABLE_COUNT]; + HPK_INFO HpkInfo[1]; //- Dummy + GUID_LIST GuidList; + UINT32 GuidOffset[_GUID_COUNT]; // Increase if you have more GUID + GUID_INFO GuidInfo[_GUID_COUNT]; + PAGE_ID_LIST PageIdList; + UINT32 PageIdOffset[1]; // Increase if you have more Page - Dummy + PAGE_ID_INFO PageIdInfo[1]; // Increase if you have more Page - Dummy +}TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE; + +#pragma pack() + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: InitApplicationData +// +// Description: Initlizes the TSE Lite Setupdata. +// +// Input: ImageHandle +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS InitApplicationData(EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status=EFI_SUCCESS; +// UINTN FillSize = 0; + UINTN i; + CHAR16 *name = NULL; + + //TODO + // Init the Application data + // Hardcoded Application data for the TSE Lite + gApplicationData = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( 0x1000 ); // Allocate more of you add more + + // SETUP_PKG + MemCopy(gApplicationData,&_SetupPackageTemplate, sizeof(_SetupPackageTemplate) ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackageVariable = 0; + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackageScreen = STRUCT_OFFSET( TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE, ScreenInfo ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackagePageList = STRUCT_OFFSET( TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE, PageList ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackageControlOffset = STRUCT_OFFSET( TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE, ControlInfo ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackageVariableList = STRUCT_OFFSET( TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE, VariableList ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackageHpkData = STRUCT_OFFSET( TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE, HpkInfo ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackageGuidList = STRUCT_OFFSET( TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE, GuidList ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackagePageIdList = STRUCT_OFFSET( TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE, PageIdList ); + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->SetupPkg.PackageIfrData = sizeof(TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE); + + //SCREEN_INFO + MemCopy(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->ScreenInfo,&_SetupPackageScreen,sizeof(SCREEN_INFO)); + + //PAGE_INFO + MemSet(&_SetupPageInfo,sizeof(_SetupPageInfo),0); + MemCopy(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->PageInfo,&_SetupPageInfo,sizeof(_SetupPageInfo)); + + //PAGE_LIST + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->PageList.PageCount = 1; + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->PageList.PageList[0] = (UINT32)((UINTN)(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->PageInfo[0])-(UINTN)(gApplicationData)); + + //CONTROL_INFO + MemCopy(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->ControlInfo,&_SetupControlInfo_N_N,sizeof(CONTROL_INFO)); + + //VARIABLE_INFO + name = GetVariableNameByID(VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE); + EfiStrCpy(_SetupVariableInfo[VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE].VariableName, name); + MemFreePointer(&name); + MemCopy(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->VariableInfo,&_SetupVariableInfo,sizeof(_SetupVariableInfo)); + + //VARIABLE_LIST + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->VariableList.VariableCount = _VARIABLE_COUNT; + for(i=0;i<_VARIABLE_COUNT;i++) + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->VariableList.VariableList[i] = (UINT32)((UINTN)(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->VariableInfo[i])-(UINTN)(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->VariableList)); + + //GUID_INFO + name = GetGUIDNameByID(VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE); + EfiStrCpy(_SetupGUIDInfo[0].GuidName , name); + MemFreePointer(&name); + MemCopy(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->GuidInfo,_SetupGUIDInfo,sizeof(_SetupGUIDInfo)); + + //GUID_LIST + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->GuidList.GuidCount = _GUID_COUNT; + for(i=0;i<_GUID_COUNT;i++) + ((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->GuidList.GuidList[i] = (UINT32)((UINTN)(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->GuidInfo[i])-(UINTN)(&((TSE_SETUP_PACKAGE *)gApplicationData)->GuidList)); + + return Status; +} + +VOID TSELiteFixBootOrder(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData); +VOID TSELiteFixBBSOrder(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData); +VOID TSELiteFixBootOrderRide(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData); +VOID TSELiteFixAddBootOptionFileList(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData); +VOID TSELiteFixDelBootOptionFileList(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData); +#ifdef TSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50 +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SpecialUpdatePageControls +// +// Description: Fix the Boot Order, BBS Order and Boot Override controls. +// +// Input: CurrentPage +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SpecialUpdatePageControls(UINT32 CurrentPage) +{ + UINT16 j=0; + UINT32 CtrlCondVariable=0xFFFF, CtrlVariable=0xFFFF; + CONTROL_INFO *control; + + CONTROL_DATA **ControlData; + FRAME_DATA *fdata; + + fdata = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[CurrentPage])->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + ControlData = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[CurrentPage])->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]->ControlList; + + for(j=0;j < fdata->ControlCount;j++,ControlData++) + { + control = &(*ControlData)->ControlData; + + if( CheckControlCondition( control ) != COND_NONE) + continue; + + CtrlCondVariable = GetControlConditionVarId(control); + CtrlVariable = _GetControlVariable(control); + + switch( CtrlCondVariable) + { + case VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER: + // For Boot Order Case + if(( CtrlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER) && + ((control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_ORDERED_LIST)||(control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL))) + TSELiteFixBootOrder(*ControlData); + + // For Boot Override Case + if( (control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_SUBMENU) && + (control->ControlPageID == control->ControlDestPageID) ) + { + ((SUBMENU_DATA*)(*ControlData))->SubMenuType = 2; + TSELiteFixBootOrderRide(*ControlData); + } + if(( CtrlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION) && (control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL)) + TSELiteFixDelBootOptionFileList(*ControlData); + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_DEV_INFO: + if(( CtrlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) && + ((control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_ORDERED_LIST)||(control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL))) + TSELiteFixBBSOrder(*ControlData); + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_AMI_CALLBACK: + if( (control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_SUBMENU) && + (control->ControlPageID == control->ControlDestPageID) ) + ((SUBMENU_DATA*)(*ControlData))->SubMenuType = 2; + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION: + if( (control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL) ) + TSELiteFixAddBootOptionFileList(*ControlData); + break; + default: + break; + } + } +} +#endif + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSELiteFixBootOrder +// +// Description: Fixes the Boot Order OrderList. +// +// Input: ControlData +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID TSELiteFixBootOrder(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData) +{ + POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel = (POPUPSEL_DATA *)ControlData; + UINT16 i=0; + CHAR16 *BootStr; + UINT16 *BootOrder=NULL; + UINTN size = 0; + + BootOrder = HelperGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER, L"BootOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &size ); + + if (NULL != BootOrder)//EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + { + for(i=0;i<popupSel->ItemCount;i++) + { + BootStr = BootGetBootNowName(i,0,1); + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Option = HiiAddString( popupSel->ControlData.ControlHandle, BootStr ); + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Value = BootOrder[i]; + } + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &BootOrder); + } +} + +// Fixes the BBS Order Name and Value +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSELiteFixBBSOrder +// +// Description: Fixes the BBS Order Orderlist. +// +// Input: ControlData +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID TSELiteFixBBSOrder(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData) +{ + POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel = (POPUPSEL_DATA *)ControlData; + CONTROL_INFO *control; + PAGE_INFO * pageInfo; + UINT16 DevType; + BBS_ORDER_TABLE *devOrder=NULL,*TempDevOrder=NULL; + UINTN size = 0,i,j; + BOOT_DATA * bootData=NULL; + UINT16 *BootOrder=NULL; + UINT16 Count; + + + control = &(ControlData)->ControlData; + pageInfo = (PAGE_INFO *)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[control->ControlPageID]); + + // to find the Devicetype based on the FORM ID + switch(pageInfo->PageFormID) + { + case HARD_DISK_ORDER_FORM: + DevType = BBS_TYPE_HARDDRIVE;break; + case CDROM_ORDER_FORM: + DevType = BBS_TYPE_CDROM; + break; + case FLOPPY_DISK_ORDER_FORM: + DevType = BBS_TYPE_FLOPPY; + break; + case NETWORK_ORDER_FORM: + DevType = BBS_TYPE_EMBEDDED_NETWORK; + break; + case BEV_ORDER_FORM: + DevType = BBS_TYPE_BEV; + break; + default: + return; + } + + devOrder = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER, &size ); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == devOrder) + return; + + for(i=0;i<size;) + { + TempDevOrder = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)(((UINT8*)devOrder)+i); + + if ( (TempDevOrder->Length >= size) || (0 == TempDevOrder->Length) ) //EIP-120011 + { + return; + } + + if(TempDevOrder->Type == DevType) + break; + i = i+ sizeof(UINT32)+ TempDevOrder->Length; + } + if(i<size) // If Device type found in LegacydevOrder. + { + Count = (TempDevOrder->Length/sizeof(UINT16))-1; + if(Count==popupSel->ItemCount) + { + // Find the BOOT data of DevType + BootOrder = HelperGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER, L"BootOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &size ); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == BootOrder) + { + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &devOrder); + return; + } + for(i=0;i<size/2;i++) + { + bootData = BootGetBootData(BootOrder[i]); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == bootData) + { + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &BootOrder); + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &devOrder); + return; + } + if ( BBSValidDevicePath(bootData->DevicePath) ) + { + BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *DevPath = (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *)bootData->DevicePath; + if((DevPath->DeviceType == DevType) && (bootData->LegacyDevCount == Count)) + break; + } + } + if(i<size/2) //if BootData Found Found + { + for(i=0;i<popupSel->ItemCount;i++) + { + for(j=0;j<popupSel->ItemCount;j++) + { + if(TempDevOrder->Data[i]==bootData->OrderList[j].Index) + { + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Option = HiiAddString( popupSel->ControlData.ControlHandle, bootData->OrderList[j].Name ); + popupSel->PtrTokens[i].Value = bootData->OrderList[j].Index; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + } + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &BootOrder); + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &devOrder); + +} + +#ifdef TSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50 +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdateLegacyDevVariable +// +// Description: Update the LegacyDev variable with Device count in each BBS type +// +// Input: NoOfLegacyGroups +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID UpdateLegacyDevVariable(UINT16 NoOfLegacyGroups) +{ + extern EFI_GUID gLegacyDevGuid; + LEGACY_DEV_LIST BBSCount = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + BBS_ORDER_TABLE *devOrder,*TempDevOrder; + UINTN i; + UINTN size = 0; + UINT16 Count; + + devOrder = VarGetNvramName( L"LegacyDevOrder", &gLegacyDevGuid, NULL, &size ); + + for(i=0;i<size;) + { + TempDevOrder = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)(((UINT8*)devOrder)+i); + + if ( (TempDevOrder->Length >= size) || (0 == TempDevOrder->Length) ) //EIP-120011 + { + return; + } + + Count = (TempDevOrder->Length/sizeof(UINT16))-1; + + switch(TempDevOrder->Type) + { + case BBS_TYPE_FLOPPY: + BBSCount.FloppyCount = Count ; + break; + case BBS_TYPE_HARDDRIVE: + BBSCount.HardDiskCount = Count ; + break; + case BBS_TYPE_CDROM: + BBSCount.CDROMCount = Count ; + break; + case BBS_TYPE_EMBEDDED_NETWORK: + BBSCount.NetworkCount = Count ; + break; + case BBS_TYPE_BEV: + BBSCount.BevCount = Count ; + break; + default: + break; + } + i = i+ sizeof(UINT32)+ TempDevOrder->Length; + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&devOrder ); + VarSetNvramName( L"LegacyDev", &gLegacyDevGuid, EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS, &BBSCount, sizeof(BBSCount) ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: BBSUpdateOrder +// +// Description: Updates the Legacydevorder variable base on the user input +// +// Input: UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID BBSUpdateOrder(UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer) +{ + UINTN i,j,k,l; + UINTN varsize = 0; + BBS_ORDER_TABLE *devOrder=NULL,*TempDevOrder; + UINT16 DevCount; + + // TODO + // Rearrange the legacy dev order Based on the new option + devOrder = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER, &varsize ); + //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == devOrder) + return; + + for(i=0;i<varsize ;) + { + TempDevOrder = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)(((UINT8*)devOrder)+i); + + if ( (TempDevOrder->Length >= varsize) || (0 == TempDevOrder->Length) ) //EIP-120011 + { + return; + } + + DevCount = ((TempDevOrder->Length/sizeof(UINT16))-1); + for(j=0;j<DevCount;j++) + { + if(*newOption == TempDevOrder->Data[j]) // Need to update Order for this device type + { + // Place the Options in the specific Order. + for(l=0;l<(*size/sizeof(UINT16));l++) + { + for(k=0;k<DevCount;k++) + { + if(TempDevOrder->Data[k] == newOption[l]) + { + TempDevOrder->Data[k] = TempDevOrder->Data[l]; + TempDevOrder->Data[l] = newOption[l]; + break; + } + } + } + *buffer = devOrder; // return the Real buffer that will be updated. + *size = varsize; + return; + } + } + i = i+ sizeof(UINT32)+ TempDevOrder->Length; + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: BootUpdateOrder +// +// Description: Updates the boot order variable +// +// Input: New options, offset, size and Outbuffer +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID BootUpdateOrder(UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **realBuffer) +{ + UINTN varsize = 0; + UINTN i,j; + UINT16 * BootOrder; + + BootOrder = HelperGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER, L"BootOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &varsize ); + + for(i=0;i<*size/2;i++) + { + for(j=0;j<varsize/2;j++) + { + // update the New boot order one by one + if(BootOrder[j]==newOption[i]) + { + BootOrder[j]=BootOrder[i]; + BootOrder[i] = newOption[i]; + break; + } + } + } + *realBuffer = BootOrder; + *size = varsize; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DriverUpdateOrder +// +// Description: Updates the driver order variable +// +// Input: New options, offset, size and Outbuffer +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID DriverUpdateOrder (UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **realBuffer) +{ + //TSE lite currently not supports driver options +} +#endif + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSELiteFixBootOrderRide +// +// Description: Function to fix boot override +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *ControlData +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID TSELiteFixBootOrderRide(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData) +{ + CONTROL_INFO *control; + UINT16 Index; + CHAR16 *BootStr; + + control = &(ControlData)->ControlData; + + // Find Boot override Device Index. + Index = UefiTseLiteGetBootOverRideIndex(control->ControlConditionalPtr); + if(Index != 0xFFFF) + { +///EIP - 24971 + BootStr = BootGetBootNowName(Index,(BOOLEAN)gShowAllBbsDev,(BOOLEAN)BootNowInBootOrderSupport()); +///EIP - 24971 + UefiSetPromptField(control->ControlPtr,HiiAddString( control->ControlHandle, BootStr )); + control->ControlHelp = UefiGetPromptField(control->ControlPtr); + } +} + +#ifdef TSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50 +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _SubMenuHandleSpecialOp +// +// Description: Sub menu handle for Special operations. +// +// Input: Submenu data +// +// Output: Bool - Interpreted by the Caller. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN _SubMenuHandleSpecialOp( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu ) +{ + BOOLEAN status = FALSE; + UINT32 CtrlCondVariable=0xFFFF, CtrlVariable=0xFFFF; + CONTROL_INFO *control; + UINT16 Index; + + control = &submenu->ControlData; + + CtrlCondVariable = GetControlConditionVarId(control); + CtrlVariable = _GetControlVariable(control); + + switch( CtrlCondVariable) + { + case VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER: + // For Boot Override Case + if( (control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_SUBMENU) && + (control->ControlPageID == control->ControlDestPageID) ) + { + // YES it is boot Over Ride. + // Find the Index and Try to Boot to it + Index = UefiTseLiteGetBootOverRideIndex(control->ControlConditionalPtr); + if(Index != 0xFFFF) + { + if(!gResetRequired) + { + if(!gDoNotBoot) + { + gApp->ClearScreen = TRUE; + gST->ConOut->SetAttribute (gST->ConOut, (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_WHITE)); + BootLaunchBootNow( Index,(BOOLEAN)gShowAllBbsDev ); + } + } + else + { + gApp->Quit = SaveAndReset(); + } + status = TRUE; + } + } + + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_AMI_CALLBACK: + if( (control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_SUBMENU) && + (control->ControlPageID == control->ControlDestPageID) ) + { + Index = UefiTseLiteGetAmiCallbackIndex(control->ControlConditionalPtr, control->ControlPtr); + if(Index != 0xFFFF) + { + status = _SubMenuAmiCallback( Index ); + } + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + return status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _SubMenuAmiCallback +// +// Description: Function to handle the exit page options. +// +// Input: UINT16 value +// +// Output: TRUE/FALSE. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN _SubMenuAmiCallback( UINT16 value ) +{ + BOOLEAN status = TRUE; + + gApp->Fixed = TRUE; + switch ( value ) + { + case SAVE_AND_EXIT_VALUE: + gApp->Quit = SaveAndExit(); + break; + case DISCARD_AND_EXIT_VALUE: + gApp->Quit = ExitApplication(); + break; + case SAVE_AND_RESET_VALUE: + gApp->Quit = SaveAndReset(); + break; + case DISCARD_AND_RESET_VALUE: + gApp->Quit = ResetSys(); + break; + case SAVE_VALUE: + SaveWithoutExit(); + break; + case DISCARD_VALUE: + LoadPreviousValues( TRUE ); + break; + case RESTORE_DEFAULTS_VALUE: + LoadOptimalDefaults(); + break; + case SAVE_BOOT_OPTION: + TseBootAddBootOption(); + break; + + default: + status = FALSE; + break; + } + + return status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupPasswordFormCallback +// +// Description: Function to handle PopupPassword form callbacks. +// +// Input: CONTROL_INFO * pControlData, UINT16 Key, UINT8 Flags +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordFormCallback(CONTROL_INFO * pControlData, UINT16 Key, UINT8 Flags) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupEditHandlePassword +// +// Description: Function to handle PopupEdit password. +// +// Input: VOID *pPopupEdit, VOID *pData +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupEditHandlePassword( VOID *pPopupEdit, VOID *pData) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList +// +// Description: Function that decided to re evaluate the option list/Name from the Vfr. +// For TSE Special Controls it should return TRUE. for other controls it may return FALSE. +// For UEFI 2.0 it may return TRUE by default. +// +// Input: NONE +// +// Output: Boolean +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData) +{ + UINT32 CtrlCondVariable=0xFFFF, CtrlVariable=0xFFFF; + CONTROL_INFO *control; + + control = &(ControlData)->ControlData; + CtrlCondVariable = GetControlConditionVarId(control); + CtrlVariable = _GetControlVariable(control); + + switch( CtrlCondVariable) + { + case VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION: + if( ( CheckForAddDelBootOption() ) && (control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL) ) + return TRUE; + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER: + // For Boot Order Case + if(( CtrlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER) && + ((control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_ORDERED_LIST)||(control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL))) + return TRUE; + + if( ( CheckForAddDelBootOption() ) && + ( CtrlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION ) && + ( control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL ) ) + return TRUE; + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_DEV_INFO: + if(( CtrlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) && + ((control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_ORDERED_LIST)||(control->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL))) + return TRUE; + break; + default: + break; + } + + return FALSE; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ShowPostMsgBoxEx +// +// Description: Function to show messagebox +// +// Input: IN CHAR16 *MsgBoxTitle,IN CHAR16 *Message,IN UINT8 MsgBoxType, UINT8 *pSelection +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ShowPostMsgBoxEx( +IN CHAR16 *Title, + IN CHAR16 *Message, + IN CHAR16 *Legend, + IN MSGBOX_EX_CATAGORY MsgBoxExCatagory, + IN UINT8 MsgBoxType, + IN UINT16 *OptionPtrTokens, + IN UINT16 OptionCount, + IN AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *HotKeyList, + IN UINT16 HotKeyListCount, + OUT UINT8 *MsgBoxSel, + OUT AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *OutKey +) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ShowPostMsgBox +// +// Description: Function to show messagebox +// +// Input: IN CHAR16 *MsgBoxTitle,IN CHAR16 *Message,IN UINT8 MsgBoxType, UINT8 *pSelection +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ShowPostMsgBox(IN CHAR16 *MsgBoxTitle,IN CHAR16 *Message,IN UINT8 MsgBoxType, UINT8 *pSelection) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: ShowPostTextBox +// +// Description: Function to display text entry interface +// +// +// Input: IN VOID *HiiHandle, +// IN UINT16 TitleToken, +// IN TEXT_INPUT_TEMPLATE *InputData, +// IN UINT16 ItemCount, +// IN DISPLAY_TEXT_KEY_VALIDATE ValidateKeyFunc +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ShowPostTextBox( + IN VOID *HiiHandle, + IN UINT16 TitleToken, + IN TEXT_INPUT_TEMPLATE *InputData, + IN UINT16 ItemCount, + IN DISPLAY_TEXT_KEY_VALIDATE FilterKeyFunc +) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ShowPostMsgBox +// +// Description: Function to show InfoBox +// +// Input: IN CHAR16 *InfoBoxTitle, IN CHAR16 *Message, IN UINTN TimeLimit, EFI_EVENT *RetEvent +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ShowInfoBox(IN CHAR16 *InfoBoxTitle, IN CHAR16 *Message, IN UINTN TimeLimit, EFI_EVENT *RetEvent) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ShowPostProgress +// +// Description: Function to display the progress bar +// +// Input: IN UINT8 ProgressBoxState - Progress bar state +// IN CHAR16 *Title - Progress bar title +// IN CHAR16 *Message, - Progress bar message string +// IN CHAR16 *Legend, - Progress bar legend string +// IN UINTN Percent, - Percent Complete (0 - 100) +// IN OUT VOID **Handle, - HANDLE. Valid Handle for update and close +// OUT AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *OutKey - Out Key +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ShowPostProgress( + IN UINT8 ProgressBoxState, + IN CHAR16 *Title, + IN CHAR16 *Message, + IN CHAR16 *Legend, + IN UINTN Percent, + IN OUT VOID **Handle, + OUT AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *OutKey +) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +///AMIKeyCode protocol based... +EFI_STATUS _ActionReadKey( AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout ); +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ActionReadKey +// +// Description: Function to read action key +// +// Input: AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ActionReadKey (AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout) +{ +#if TSE_USE_OEM_ACTION_READ_KEY + return _OemActionReadKey (pAmiKey, Timeout); +#else + return _ActionReadKey (pAmiKey, Timeout); +#endif +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: AMIReadKeyStroke +// +// Description: Function to read key strokes +// +// Input: EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS AMIReadKeyStroke(EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData) +{ + return gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke( gST->ConIn, Key ); +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HelperIsPasswordCharValid +// +// Description: Function to check for valid password character +// +// Input: EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData,UINTN StrIndex,UINTN PasswordLength, CHAR16 *OutChar +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HelperIsPasswordCharValid(EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData,UINTN StrIndex,UINTN PasswordLength, CHAR16 *OutChar) +{ + if ( CheckIsAllowedPasswordChar(Key->UnicodeChar) && ( StrIndex < PasswordLength ) ) + { + *OutChar = Key->UnicodeChar; + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: IsToggleStateKey +// +// Description: function to check Is any of ToggleStateKey (CapsLock,Numlock ScrollLock) Keys pressed. +// +// Input: ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: TRUE/FALSE +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN IsToggleStateKey(ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + { + // Normal EFI_KEY will return ScanCode and Unicode as 0 for this toggleStateKeys. + if(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode || Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar) + return FALSE; + else + return TRUE; + } + else + return FALSE; + +} +#endif + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdateBootVariables +// +// Description: Dummy function for UpdateBootVariables +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID UpdateBootVariables () +{ + // There is some issue with TSE Lite with bellow calls. So adding as a dummy function. +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdateDriverVariables +// +// Description: Dummy function for UpdateDriverVariables +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID UpdateDriverVariables () //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order +{ + // There is some issue with TSE Lite with bellow calls. So adding as a dummy function. +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/UefiAction.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/UefiAction.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f822a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/UefiAction.c @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/UefiAction.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 17 $ +// +// $Date: 5/01/14 3:46p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/UefiAction.c $ +// +// 17 5/01/14 3:46p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 16 4/23/14 2:55a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP153045 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] After selecting UEFI action control either by mouse/key and +// try to exit application, TSE is not prompting "Save and Reset" message +// to reset the system +// [RootCause] When RESET_REQUIRED flag is set for text control TSE is +// not setting gResetRequired flag for Interactive Text control(Action +// type control). +// [Solution] Setting gResetRequired flag for action type controls when +// action type controls is selected or modified either using mouse/Key. +// [Files] UefiAction.c +// +// 15 2/11/14 8:48p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP147140 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Normal +// [Symptom:] UefiActionHandleAction() doesnt handle mouse clicks +// [Root Cause] The function UefiActionHandleAction doesnt handle mouse +// actions +// [Solution] Added mouse action handling support to the function +// UefiActionHandleAction +// [Files] UefiAction.c +// +// 14 10/18/12 6:03a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 13 12/01/11 7:42a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP75464 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Improper handling of action controls +// [Files] SubMenu.c, UefiAction.c, HiiCallback.c, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 12 11/30/11 12:29a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static +// code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, +// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 11 11/28/11 5:01a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Callback handling :For interactive controls updating +// the currnet vaule in cache even when hii callback returns error status. +// [Files] Date.c, SubMenu.c, ordlistbox.c, time.c, UefiAction.c, +// hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 10 11/21/11 10:47a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 9 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 8 3/21/11 12:48a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 7 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 6 2/01/11 7:34p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 50737 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom] - Suppressing the Interactive control does not work +// correctly. +// [RootCause] - The control conditional pointer if not set correctly. +// [Solution]- To fix the Control condition pointer. And identify the +// suppress if related to UEFI action control +// [Files] - UefiAction.c TseLiteHelper.c hii.h uefi20wapper.c +// uefi21wapper.c +// +// 5 12/02/10 5:21p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 49557 +// [Category]- defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- UEFIAction controls does not work correctly. +// [Rootcause] - Action controls does not Process the QuestionResp +// correctly. +// [Solution]- Fix done UEFIAction to check for QuestionResp and call the +// callback +// [Files] - uefiaction.c and uefi21wapper.c +// +// 4 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 3 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:19a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:53p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: UefiAction.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle the uefi actions +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "Minisetup.h" + +UEFI_ACTION_METHODS gUefiAction = +{ + UefiActionCreate, + LabelDestroy, + UefiActionInitialize, + UefiActionDraw, + UefiActionHandleAction, + LabelSetCallback, + LabelSetFocus, + LabelSetPosition, + LabelSetDimensions, + LabelSetAttributes, + LabelGetControlHeight +}; + +EFI_STATUS _ProcessActionCallback(CONTROL_INFO * ControlData, BOOLEAN InteractiveText); + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UefiActionCreate +// +// Description: Function to create an Action Control. +// +// Input: VOID **object +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS UefiActionCreate( VOID **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(UEFI_ACTION_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + ((UEFI_ACTION_DATA*)(*object))->Methods = &gUefiAction; + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UefiActionInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize an Action Control. +// +// Input: VOID *object, VOID *data +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS UefiActionInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UEFI_ACTION_DATA *Action = (UEFI_ACTION_DATA*) object; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( Action, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + goto DONE; + } + + // add extra initialization here... + Action->Interval = (UINT8)Action->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh; + Action->ControlData.ControlHelp = Action->ControlData.ControlHelp? Action->ControlData.ControlHelp : + UefiGetHelpField(Action->ControlData.ControlPtr); + + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &(Action->SelBGColor), &(Action->SelFGColor), + &(Action->BGColor), &(Action->FGColor), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL ); + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UefiActionDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw an Action Control. +// +// Input: VOID *object +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS UefiActionDraw( VOID *object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UEFI_ACTION_DATA *Action = (UEFI_ACTION_DATA*) object; + + CHAR16 *text; + UINT16 token = 0; + UINT8 ColorLabel = Action->FGColor; + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( Action->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &Action->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + goto DONE; + break; + } + //} + + token = UefiGetPromptField(Action->ControlData.ControlPtr); + text = HiiGetString( Action->ControlData.ControlHandle, token); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == text){ + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(!text) + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + EfiStrCpy(text,L" "); + } + + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(Action->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( Action->Left , Action->Top, + (UINTN)(Action->Width),(UINTN) Action->Height, + text,(UINT8)( (Action->ControlFocus) ? + Action->SelBGColor | Action->SelFGColor : + Action->BGColor | ColorLabel )); + } + else + { + // use frame width minus margins as available space + // boundary overflow check + if ( (TestPrintLength( text) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(Action->Width)) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(Action->Width))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( Action->Left , Action->Top, text, + (UINT8)( (Action->ControlFocus) ? + Action->SelBGColor | Action->SelFGColor : + Action->BGColor | ColorLabel /*Action->FGColor*/ )); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + FlushLines( Action->Top , Action->Top ); + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UefiActionHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the Label actions. +// +// Input: VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS UefiActionHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UEFI_ACTION_DATA *Action = (UEFI_ACTION_DATA*) object; + UINT16 Value = 0; + BOOLEAN Selected = FALSE; + + if (data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) //EIP-147140 + { + if(ControlActionSelect == MapControlMouseActionHook(&data->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) + //EIP-123727 check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of Interactive Text Control or not + if((data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)Action->Top) && (data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(Action->Top+Action->Height)) && + (data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)Action->Left) && (data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(Action->Left+Action->Width)) + ) + { + Selected = TRUE; + } + } + + if ( data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + if ( ControlActionSelect == MapControlKeysHook(data->Input.Data.AmiKey) ) + Selected = TRUE; + } + + if (Selected ) + { + MouseStop(); + + if (Action->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReset) //EIP-153045 Showing Save & Reset when Interactive text control is selected and try to exit TSE + gResetRequired = TRUE; + + //Process UefiAction QuestionConfig + Status = ProcessActionQuestionConfiguration(&Action->ControlData); + + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + //goto DONE; + } + //Process UefiAction Callback if any + Status = _ProcessActionCallback(&Action->ControlData, FALSE); + return EFI_SUCCESS; //EIP75464 :Status from previous functions are already been handled. So return EFI_SUCCESS + } + + if ( data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + if(--Action->Interval == 0) + { + Action->Interval = (UINT8)Action->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh; + Value = UefiTseLiteGetAmiCallbackIndex(Action->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr,Action->ControlData.ControlPtr ); + if(Value == INTERACTIVE_TEXT_VALUE) + { + //Process UefiAction Callback if any + Status = _ProcessActionCallback(&Action->ControlData, TRUE); + } + else + return EFI_SUCCESS; // If it is not Interactive Test just do the Redraw + } + } + +//DONE: + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _ProcessActionCallback +// +// Description: Function process action callbacks +// +// Input: CONTROL_INFO * ControlData, BOOLEAN InteractiveText +// +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _ProcessActionCallback(CONTROL_INFO * ControlData, BOOLEAN InteractiveText) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if(UefiIsInteractive(ControlData)) + { + if(InteractiveText) + { + Status = SpecialActionCallBack(ControlData, UefiGetControlKey(ControlData)); + }else + { + UefiPreControlUpdate(NULL); + Status = CallFormCallBack(ControlData, UefiGetControlKey(ControlData), FALSE, AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE);////EIP-53480: Implementation of FormBrowser with actions support + } + } + + return Status; +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/UefiAction.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/UefiAction.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0f067f --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/UefiAction.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/UefiAction.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 5 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:03a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/UefiAction.h $ +// +// 5 10/18/12 6:03a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 7 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:19a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 7/31/09 6:35p Presannar +// Remove Include Tiano.h and instead include Minisetup.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: UefiAction.h +// +// Description: Header file for UefiAction data +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _UEFI_ACTION_H_ +#define _UEFI_ACTION_H_ + +#include "minisetup.h" + +#include "control.h" +#include "action.h" + +typedef struct _UEFI_ACTION_METHODS UEFI_ACTION_METHODS; + +#define UEFI_ACTION_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + LABEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 Interval; + +typedef struct _UEFI_ACTION_DATA +{ + UEFI_ACTION_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + UEFI_ACTION_MEMBER_VARIABLES +} +UEFI_ACTION_DATA; + +#define UEFI_ACTION_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _UEFI_ACTION_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + LABEL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + UEFI_ACTION_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern UEFI_ACTION_METHODS gUefiAction; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS UefiActionCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS UefiActionInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS UefiActionDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS UefiActionHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); + +#endif /*#ifndef _UEFI_ACTION_H_*/ + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/action.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/action.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..313f9fd --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/action.h @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/action.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 5 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/action.h $ +// +// 5 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 8 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Action.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle different actions. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +#ifndef _ACTION_H_ +#define _ACTION_H_ + +#include "Minisetup.h" +#include "commonoem.h" +#define ACTION_TYPE_NULL 0 +#define ACTION_TYPE_KEY 1 +#define ACTION_TYPE_TIMER 2 +#define ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE 3 + +// In terms of 100ns units +#define ONE_SEC 10000000 + +typedef struct _ACTION_INPUT +{ + UINT16 Type; + union + { + AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA AmiKey; + UINT32 TimerCount; + MOUSE_INFO MouseInfo; + } + Data; +} +ACTION_INPUT; + +#define ACTION_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + ACTION_INPUT Input; \ + UINT32 TimerCount; \ + EFI_EVENT TimerEvent; + +typedef struct _ACTION_METHODS ACTION_METHODS; + +typedef struct _ACTION_DATA +{ + ACTION_METHODS *Methods; + + ACTION_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +ACTION_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*ACTION_METHOD_CREATE) ( ACTION_DATA **object ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*ACTION_METHOD_DESTROY) ( ACTION_DATA *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*ACTION_METHOD_GET_ACTION) ( ACTION_DATA *object ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*ACTION_METHOD_CLEAR_ACTION) ( ACTION_DATA *object ); + +#define ACTION_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + ACTION_METHOD_CREATE Create; \ + ACTION_METHOD_DESTROY Destroy; \ + ACTION_METHOD_GET_ACTION GetAction; \ + ACTION_METHOD_CLEAR_ACTION ClearAction; + +struct _ACTION_METHODS +{ + ACTION_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern ACTION_METHODS gAction; + +// Action Methods +EFI_STATUS ActionCreate( ACTION_DATA **object ); +EFI_STATUS ActionDestroy( ACTION_DATA *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS ActionGetAction( ACTION_DATA *object ); +EFI_STATUS ActionClearAction( ACTION_DATA *object ); + +// +// Internal functions +// + +EFI_STATUS _ActionReadKey( AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout ); +VOID _ActionTimer( EFI_EVENT Event, VOID *Context ); +VOID _ActionInstallTimer( ACTION_DATA *object, UINT64 TriggerTime ); + +#endif /* _ACTION_H_ */ + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/application.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/application.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ede072 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/application.c @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/application.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 12 $ +// +// $Date: 5/03/14 4:33p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/application.c $ +// +// 12 5/03/14 4:33p Arunsb +// Build error rectified +// +// 11 5/03/14 3:38p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP154569 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Handling clicks in application level for 80*25 mode also. +// [Files] LegacyBin.sdl. EzportBin.sdl, EzportPlusBin.sdl and +// application.c +// +// 10 9/19/13 8:01a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP127375 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Critical +// [Symptom:] Legacy boot doesn't work after UEFI Shell is launched from +// LaunchAppHotkey menu. The system hangs +// [Root Cause] If ShowPostMsgBoxEx is invoked through postmgr protcol +// then gMsgBoxAction will be NULL initially, +// so this time action is assigned and used. +// ACTION_DATA *action = gMsgBoxAction; so accessing NULL pointer leads to +// hang. +// [Solution] gMsgBoxAction is created again inside ShowPostMsgBoxEx, +// reassign gMsgBoxAction to action. +// [Files] TseAdvanced.c +// +// 9 5/22/13 10:40a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP122907 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] For getting name value offset preserving page number +// then it will be easy to find handle of the hii which published name +// value. +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 6/29/11 6:21p Rajashakerg +// Updated the file for Hotkey and hotclicks to return their exact status +// +// 6 6/29/11 12:52p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP47086 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from +// BIOS setup. +// +// [Files] minisetup.h, Ezport\style.h,Ezport\EzportBin.sdl, +// Ezport\EzportBin.mak, Ezport\ezport.c, Ezport\EzportBin.cif, +// EzportPlus\style.h, EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.sdl, EzportPlusBin.mak, +// EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.cif, EzportPlus\ezportplus.c, Legacy\style.h, +// Legacy\EzportPlusBin.sdl, Legacy\LegacyBin.mak, Legacy\LegacyBin.cif, +// Legacy\legacy.c, TseLiteBin.sdl, TseLite.cif, Memo.c, frame.c, +// application.h, application.c, commonoem.h, CommonHelper.c +// +// 5 3/26/10 5:06p Madhans +// EIP 36704 : Fix for Making sure to make the Variable to NULL after it +// is Freed up. +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:25a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 8/19/09 12:58p Madhans +// To handle ToggleStateKeys +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Application.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Application. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +APPLICATION_METHODS gApplication = +{ + ApplicationCreate, + ApplicationDestroy, + ApplicationInitialize, + ApplicationEmptyMethod, + ApplicationHandleAction, + ApplicationSetCallback, + ApplicationAddPage +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ApplicationCreate +// +// Description: Function to create an application, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: APPLICATION_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ApplicationCreate( APPLICATION_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(APPLICATION_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gObject.Create( object ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)object ); + return Status; + } + + (*object)->Methods = &gApplication; + (*object)->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ApplicationDestroy +// +// Description: Function to destroy an application, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: APPLICATION_DATA *app, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ApplicationDestroy( APPLICATION_DATA *app, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + UINT32 i; + + if ( app->Action ) + gAction.Destroy( app->Action, TRUE ); + + app->Action = NULL; + gMsgBoxAction = NULL; //EIP127375, if not made NULL here, then TSE will try to use the freed memory in above step. + + for ( i = 0; i < app->PageCount; i++ ) + if(app->PageList[i] !=NULL) + gPage.Destroy( app->PageList[i], TRUE ); + + if ( app->PageList ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&app->PageList ); + + for ( i = 0; i < app->HotKeyCount; i++ ) + gHotKey.Destroy( app->HotKeyList[i], TRUE ); + +//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + for ( i = 0; i < app->HotClickCount; i++ ) + gHotClick.Destroy( app->HotClickList[i], TRUE ); + + if ( app->HotKeyList ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&app->HotKeyList ); + +//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + if ( app->HotClickList ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&app->HotClickList ); + + + gObject.Destroy( app, FALSE ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&app ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +EFI_STATUS ApplicationEmptyMethod( APPLICATION_DATA *app ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ApplicationInitialize +// +// Description: Function to initialize an application, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: APPLICATION_DATA *app, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +extern UINT32 gtempCurrentPage; +EFI_STATUS ApplicationInitialize( APPLICATION_DATA *app, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + + UINT32 i; + + Status = gAction.Create( &app->Action ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + if ( gPages->PageCount == 0 ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + for ( i = 0; i < gPages->PageCount; i++ ) + { + if (NULL == gApp) + { + gtempCurrentPage = i; //Will be used in UefiGetQuestionOffset. Since gApp will not be filled but we need handle to find name value variable so + } //saving current page + else + { + gApp->CurrentPage = i; + } + ApplicationAddPage( app, (UINT8 *)data + gPages->PageList[i] ); + } + + app->HotKeyList = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(HOTKEY_DATA *) * gHotKeyCount ); + +//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + app->HotClickList = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(HOTCLICK_DATA *) * gHotClickCount ); + + if ( app->HotKeyList == NULL ) + return Status; + +//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + if ( app->HotClickList == NULL ) + return Status; + + app->HotKeyCount = gHotKeyCount; + +//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + app->HotClickCount = gHotClickCount; + + for ( i = 0; i < app->HotKeyCount; i++ ) + { + if ( gHotKey.Create( &app->HotKeyList[i] ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + + gHotKey.Initialize( app->HotKeyList[i], &gHotKeyInfo[i] ); + gHotKey.SetCallback( app->HotKeyList[i], app, gHotKeyInfo[i].Callback, NULL ); + } + +//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + for ( i = 0; i < app->HotClickCount; i++ ) + { + if ( gHotClick.Create( &app->HotClickList[i] ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + + gHotClick.Initialize( app->HotClickList[i], &gHotClickInfo[i] ); + gHotClick.SetCallback( app->HotClickList[i], app, gHotClickInfo[i].Callback, NULL ); + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ApplicationHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the application actions. +// +// Input: APPLICATION_DATA *app, ACTION_DATA *action +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ApplicationHandleAction( APPLICATION_DATA *app, ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT32 i; + + for ( i = 0; i < app->HotKeyCount; i++ ) + { + Status = gHotKey.HandleAction( app->HotKeyList[i], action ); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + goto DONE; + } + +//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + if ((31 == gMaxRows) && (100 == gMaxCols)) + { + for ( i = 0; i < app->HotClickCount/2; i++ ) + { + Status = gHotClick.HandleAction( app->HotClickList[i], action ); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + return Status; + } + } + else if ((24 == gMaxRows) && (80 == gMaxCols)) + { + for ( i = (UINT32)(app->HotClickCount/2); i < (app->HotClickCount-1); i++ ) + { + Status = gHotClick.HandleAction( app->HotClickList[i], action ); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + return Status; + } + } +DONE: + if(Status!=EFI_SUCCESS && IsToggleStateKey(action)) + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + return Status; +} + +EFI_STATUS ApplicationSetCallback( APPLICATION_DATA *app, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gObject.SetCallback( app, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ApplicationAddPage +// +// Description: Function to add a page to the application. +// +// Input: APPLICATION_DATA *app, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ApplicationAddPage( APPLICATION_DATA *app, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + PAGE_DATA **page; + UINT32 count = app->PageCount; + + page = MemReallocateZeroPool( app->PageList, count * sizeof(PAGE_DATA *), (count + 1) * sizeof(PAGE_DATA *) ); + if ( page == NULL ) + return Status; + + app->PageList = page; + page = &app->PageList[ count ]; + + if( ((PAGE_INFO*)data)->PageHandle == 0) + { + app->PageCount++; + //return EFI_SUCCESS , page space left , but no page to create. + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + Status = gPage.Create( page ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + Status = gPage.Initialize( *page, data ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + app->PageCount++; + else + { + gPage.Destroy( *page, TRUE ); + *page = NULL; + } + } + + return Status; +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/application.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/application.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ba7b07 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/application.h @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/application.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 7 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/application.h $ +// +// 7 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 8 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 6 6/29/11 12:54p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP47086 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from +// BIOS setup. +// +// [Files] minisetup.h, Ezport\style.h,Ezport\EzportBin.sdl, +// Ezport\EzportBin.mak, Ezport\ezport.c, Ezport\EzportBin.cif, +// EzportPlus\style.h, EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.sdl, EzportPlusBin.mak, +// EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.cif, EzportPlus\ezportplus.c, Legacy\style.h, +// Legacy\EzportPlusBin.sdl, Legacy\LegacyBin.mak, Legacy\LegacyBin.cif, +// Legacy\legacy.c, TseLiteBin.sdl, TseLite.cif, Memo.c, frame.c, +// application.h, application.c, commonoem.h, CommonHelper.c +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Application.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle Application. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +#ifndef _APPLICATION_H_ +#define _APPLICATION_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "object.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "page.h" +#include "hotkey.h" +#include "hotclick.h"//EIP:47086 - Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from BIOS setup. + +#define APPLICATION_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + ACTION_DATA *Action; \ + UINT32 CurrentPage; \ + UINT32 PageCount; \ + PAGE_DATA **PageList; \ + UINTN HotKeyCount; \ + HOTKEY_DATA **HotKeyList; \ + UINTN HotClickCount; \ + HOTCLICK_DATA **HotClickList;\ + BOOLEAN CompleteRedraw; \ + BOOLEAN ClearScreen; \ + BOOLEAN Quit; \ + UINT32 OnRedraw;\ + BOOLEAN Fixed; + +typedef struct _APPLICATION_METHODS APPLICATION_METHODS; + +typedef struct _APPLICATION_INFO +{ + UINT32 PageCount; +} +APPLICATION_INFO; + +typedef struct _APPLICATION_DATA +{ + APPLICATION_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + APPLICATION_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +APPLICATION_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*APPLICATION_METHOD_ADD_PAGE) ( APPLICATION_DATA *app, VOID *data ); + +#define APPLICATION_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + APPLICATION_METHOD_ADD_PAGE AddPage; + +struct _APPLICATION_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + APPLICATION_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern APPLICATION_METHODS gApplication; +extern APPLICATION_DATA *gApp; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS ApplicationCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS ApplicationDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS ApplicationInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS ApplicationEmptyMethod( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS ApplicationHandleAction( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data ); +EFI_STATUS ApplicationSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Application Methods +EFI_STATUS ApplicationAddPage( APPLICATION_DATA *app, VOID *data ); + +#endif /* _APPLICATION_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/callback.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/callback.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bd6f91 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/callback.c @@ -0,0 +1,1341 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2013, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/callback.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 39 $ +// +// $Date: 5/14/14 11:58a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/callback.c $ +// +// 39 5/14/14 11:58a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP168723 +// [Description] Removed RT attribute for LegacyDevOrder variable. +// [Files] bbs.c and callback.c +// +// 38 5/01/14 10:36p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP165284 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] System Abnormal when execute Load Default (F9) in BIOS +// Setup +// [RootCause] For QF_DATE_STORAGE_TIME and QF_TIME_STORAGE_TIME the +// offset will be 0xFFFF so trying to load default it hung +// [Solution] Checked the condition for 0xFFFF +// [Files] callback.c +// +// 37 2/11/14 8:29p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 36 10/07/13 6:40a Premkumara +// Checked-in proper changes +// +// 35 10/07/13 5:29a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP126466 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] BBSOrdre is not saving when Customized SetupMenu is used +// (FixedBootOrder) +// [RootCause] gBootData is NULL so causing crashing +// [Solution] Checked for NULL and proceed with next BootData instead of +// iterating for next boot data +// [Files] TseLite\Callback.c +// +// 34 10/04/13 4:35p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP136259 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Restore Optimized Defaults doesn't work with IntelRCSetup +// Page on TSE Label 5.004_AmiTse_2_16_1242 +// [RootCause] Non interactive controls also tried to get the default +// through callback +// [Solution] Interactive controls alone tried to get the default +// through callback +// [Files] callback.c +// +// 33 8/06/13 11:27p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP76394 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support TSE Load/SaveUserDefaults call without +// MesageBox +// [Files] callback.c +// +// 32 7/02/13 10:08a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP120011 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Variable BootOrder and LegacyDevOrder need +// fool-proofing function when TSE load variabled +// [Files] Bbs.c, Boot.c, Callback.c, TseLiteHelper.c, Variable.c +// +// 31 7/02/13 3:49a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP127017 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] On loading optimal defaluts (F3 key) causing setup crash +// [RootCause] NULL is not checked properly for gCurrLegacyBootData +// value in LoadDefaults and LoadPreviousValues function +// [Solution] Handle NULL check for gCurrLegacyBootData +// [Files] Callback.c +// +// 29 6/10/13 10:48a Arunsb +// Evaluating default in _LoadDefaults supported. +// Callback as manufacturing changed to standard. +// Inconsistent and submitif controls handled properly in _LoadDefaults +// +// 28 5/22/13 10:58a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123432 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Issue Faced] Take print screen for save & Exit msg box. OK +// of msg box is consumed by Save & Exit msg box. +// - Cursor is missing after taking print screen of popupedit box in +// string control +// - Printscreen support is not given for Filebrowser feature +// [RootCause] - When msg box for Save&Exit is popped and printscreen +// event is called and displaying msg box over Save&Exit. Then msgbox +// handleaction for printscreen event will change the result value in +// _CallbackMsgbox() function so it will break the while loop in +// _CallbackGetValue() function so destroy the next msg box in +// CallbackShowMessageBox() function. +// - DrawCursor variable is not set to TRUE after printscreen event +// [Solution] - Returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED for printscreen event handling +// function for messgebox and change the result value to 0xff +// - Support given for file browser feature +// [Files] Callback.c, MessageBox.c, Minisetupext.c, PopupString.c, +// AddBootOption.c +// AmiTSEStr.uni, FakeToken.c +// +// 27 3/12/13 12:27p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP105167 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Making the specify setup items departing from F2/F3 +// effect. +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h, +// PopupPassword.c, SubMenu.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 26 3/12/13 7:01a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP105167 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Making the specify setup items departing from F2/F3 +// effect. +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h, +// PopupPassword.c, SubMenu.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 25 2/12/13 8:38a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP114800 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] _SaveValues without MessageBox. If data param passed as +// NULL then message box wont be displayed. +// [Files] TseLite\callback.c +// +// 24 2/06/13 9:02a Arunsb +// Checked in properly +// +// 24 1/31/13 12:52p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP109382 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Boot Device name incorrect when load default +// [RootCause] Legacy offset in gbootdata corrupted so names displayed +// improperly. +// [Solution] Legacy offsets re-calculated properly +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, BootOnly\bbs.c and callback.c +// +// 23 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 18 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 22 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 20 9/10/12 5:02a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP93881 and 93873 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] need keep system password after Load default and +// Password saved into NVRAM immediately(not buffer) while it is installed +// in TSE +// [Files] frame.c, callback.c, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c +// +// 19 5/29/12 4:38a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP91109 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Sync the Aptio IV source for AptioV +// +// 18 1/24/12 4:39a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP81581 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Default driver order support +// [Files] globals.c, addbootoption.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h and +// variable.c +// +// 17 1/19/12 10:52a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP79956 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Two boot option entries displayed with the single name +// value +// [RootCause] If defaults are loaded then boot order is trying to load +// the improper boot order due to add boot option feature +// [Solution] Boot order formed properly for add boot option case. +// If no tsedefaultbootorder module present then gOptimalDefaults +// [VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER] are saved properly in SaveAddDelBootOptions at +// first time. +// At first time optimal buffer is empty so it was filled with some junk +// value so it is changed to fill the current variable list at first time +// of saving with add boot option feature. +// [Files] Addbootoption.c and callback.c +// +// 16 12/05/11 5:34a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP76381 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Performance: Improving variable data load and usage +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, variable.c, variable.h, +// minisetup.h, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c +// +// 15 11/13/11 12:57p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70421 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini, +// boot.c, +// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c, +// addbootoption.c, +// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h, +// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h, +// TseElink.h, variable.h, +// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni +// +// 14 8/26/11 8:20a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP65859 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Default bootorder is not loading for loading defautls +// [RootCause] Boot device count not updated after restart +// [Solution] Boot device count updated after restart too +// [Files] callback.c +// +// 13 6/22/11 9:33a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP57547 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] TSE Feature to Silently Load Defaults, Including Boot +// Order Defaults +// [Files] Callback.c +// +// 12 6/20/11 11:52a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP59417 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Spport LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN option in TSE +// [Files] boot.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, bbs.c, boot.c, +// minisetup.h, special.c, callback.c +// +// 11 3/28/11 9:11p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP56414 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] TSE: Support for EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF opcode +// +// +// +// [Files] Callback.c, FakeToken.c, AMITSEstr.uni, Parse.c, CtrlCond.c, +// CtrlCond.h, ctrlcond.h, ctrlcond.c +// +// 10 3/21/11 12:30a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 9 10/05/10 5:38p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 45299 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Minor +// [Symptom]- TSE by default saves the Disbaled BBS devices device path in +// NVRAM Varaiable "DisabledDevs" Variable. In Next boots it depend on +// this variable to consider the device as disabled inaddtion to +// LegacyDevOrder. +// Some BDS customized projects don't want this. +// [Solution]- TSE_SAVE_DISABLED_BBS_DEVICEPATH SDL token created to +// control this option. Bydefault It is Enabled. +// [Files] - callback.c bbs.c commonhelper.c minisetup.h AMITSE.sdl +// +// 8 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 7 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 6 3/26/10 5:25p Madhans +// EIP 35562: Support To create Boot option in Capital letters. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 10 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 9 1/09/10 6:30a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 8 12/18/09 2:29p Madhans +// EIP: 32350/32445 To fix the Add/Delete Boot option issues with TSE 2.0. +// To load the boot manager variable when defaults are loaded. +// +// 7 10/09/09 10:21a Mallikarjunanv +// updated by removing the PreSystemResetHook, this hook is moved to +// MinisetupExt.c +// +// 6 10/07/09 11:20a Mallikarjunanv +// Fix to EIP-25987(Load Optimized Defaults(F3) hangs with an empty page): +// Added a condition to check whether the frame has any controls before +// doing any operations on a control. +// +// 5 9/15/09 9:43a Sudhirv +// updated the support of handling Add Del boot option and added hook +// function call during reset +// +// 4 8/13/09 7:39a Mallikarjunanv +// eip:24971 - supporting tse features without tse sources +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:07p Madhans +// 2.1 language support. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: callback.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle callbacks +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +ACTION_DATA *gMsgBoxAction; + +UINTN _CallbackGetValue( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox ); +VOID _CallbackMsgbox( VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie ); +VOID _LoadDefaults( NVRAM_VARIABLE *defaults, UINTN data ); +BOOLEAN _SaveValues( UINTN data ); +BOOLEAN LoadDefaultsFromDefaultBuffer( VOID ); + +extern UINTN gPreviousMsgBox; +extern UINTN gFailsafeMsgBox; +extern UINTN gOptimalMsgBox; +extern UINTN gSaveMsgBox; +extern UINTN gSaveExitMsgBox; +extern UINTN gExitMsgBox; +extern UINTN gSaveResetMsgBox; +extern UINTN gResetMsgBox; +extern UINTN gHelpMsgBox; +extern UINTN gSaveUserMsgBox; +extern UINTN gLoadUserMsgBox; +extern BOOLEAN gBrowserCallbackEnabled; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LoadPreviousValues +// +// Description: Callback function for LoadPreviousValue. +// +// Input: Bool ShowMsgBox. +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID LoadPreviousValues( BOOLEAN showMsgBox ) +{ + UINT8 result = MSGBOX_YES; + UINT16 CurrentBootOption=0; + +//- Fix for Screen corruption while editing Date/edit controls. + FRAME_DATA *MainFrame=NULL; +//- + + if ( showMsgBox ) + result = CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gPreviousMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO ); + + if ( result == MSGBOX_YES ) + { + if(gCurrLegacyBootData) + { + UINT16 CurLegBootDataValid = 0; + UINT32 i; + + // Check is gCurrLegacyBootData valid one + for (i = 0; i < gBootOptionCount; i++ ) + { + if ( &gBootData[i] == gCurrLegacyBootData ) + CurLegBootDataValid = 1; + } + // If valid + if(CurLegBootDataValid) + CurrentBootOption = gCurrLegacyBootData->Option; + else + gCurrLegacyBootData = NULL; + } + + CleanTempNvramVariableList(); //EIP 76381 : Reset to read the variable from NVRAM + VarLoadVariables( (VOID **)&gVariableList, NULL ); + + // special provisions needed for language + //VarSetValue( VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE, 0, 3, gPrevLanguage ); + VarSetNvram ( VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE, gPrevLanguage,gPrevLangSize ); + + ///Hook to Load previous saved values + LoadedPreviousValuesHook(); + + PasswordCommitChanges( FALSE ); + + TseDiscardAddDelBootOptions(); + TseDiscardAddDelDriverOptions(); //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + // reinit the gCurrLegacyBootData + //if(gCurrLegacyBootData) + //{ + gCurrLegacyBootData = BootGetBootData(CurrentBootOption); + if(gCurrLegacyBootData) //EIP-127017 Avoid crashing when press F3 to load previous values + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_GROUP_INFO, 0, sizeof(UINT16), &(gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyDevCount)); + //} + + if ( ! gVariableChanged ) + gResetRequired = FALSE; + + UEFICallSetupFormCallBack(AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE);//EIP-53480: Calling the Wraper function with action AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE + + //EIP-126057 + if(gApp!=NULL) + { + //Recreate the special controls to reflect changes + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + + //- Fix for Screen corruption while editing Date/edit controls. + MainFrame = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + if(MainFrame->ControlCount) + if(MainFrame->CurrentControl != FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + if(MainFrame->ControlList[MainFrame->CurrentControl]->ControlActive == TRUE) + MainFrame->ControlList[MainFrame->CurrentControl]->ControlActive = FALSE; + // - + } + } +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LoadOptimalDefaults +// +// Description: Loads the optimal defaults. +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID LoadOptimalDefaults( VOID ) +{ + ///Load optimal defaults modified as a hook + LoadSetupDefaultsHook( gOptimalDefaults, (UINTN)gOptimalMsgBox ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LoadFailsafeDefaults +// +// Description: Loads the failsafe defaults. +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID LoadFailsafeDefaults( VOID ) +{ + ///Load Failsafe defaults modified as a hook + LoadSetupDefaultsHook( gFailsafeDefaults, (UINTN)gFailsafeMsgBox ); +} + +BOOLEAN TSEDonotLoadPasswordOnDefaults(VOID);//EIP 93881 & 93873 : Save pwd to nvram and not loading empty pwd on loading defaults. + +//EIP 105167 : START +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _LoadDefaults +// +// Description: Loads the defaults with optimal or Failsafe data. +// +// Input: Bool ShowMsgBox. +// +// Output: none +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID CsmRearrangeBBSOrder (VOID *nvPtr, VOID *DefaultBuffer); +UINT16 EvaluateControlDefault (CONTROL_INFO *CtrlInfo, UINT64 *Defaults); +VOID _LoadDefaults( NVRAM_VARIABLE *defaults, UINTN data ) +{ + UINT32 i; + UINT16 CurrentBootOption=0; + EFI_STATUS Status; +//- Fix for Screen corruption while editing Date/edit controls. + FRAME_DATA *MainFrame; +//- + + if ( data == (UINTN)NULL ?1:(CallbackShowMessageBox( data, MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO ) == MSGBOX_YES) ) //EIP:57547 To avoid draw MessageBox when data is passed as NULL to load Defaults silently + { + UINT32 page, control; + gBrowserCallbackEnabled = TRUE; + if(gCurrLegacyBootData) + { + UINT16 CurLegBootDataValid = 0; + + // Check is gCurrLegacyBootData valid one + for ( i = 0; i < gBootOptionCount; i++ ) + { + if ( &gBootData[i] == gCurrLegacyBootData ) + CurLegBootDataValid = 1; + } + // If valid + if(CurLegBootDataValid) + CurrentBootOption = gCurrLegacyBootData->Option; + else + gCurrLegacyBootData = NULL; + } + + + + for ( page = 0; page < gPages->PageCount; page++ ) + { + PAGE_INFO *pageInfo = (PAGE_INFO *)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[page]); + UINTN Action; + + if ( (NULL != pageInfo) && (0 == pageInfo->PageHandle) ) + continue; + + for ( control= 0; control < pageInfo->PageControls.ControlCount; control++ ) + { + CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo = (CONTROL_INFO *)((UINTN)gControlInfo + pageInfo->PageControls.ControlList[control]); + + if( NULL == controlInfo || NULL == controlInfo->ControlPtr) //Suppressing inconsistent and nosubmit controls so added check for ControlPtr + continue; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + if (UefiIsInteractive (controlInfo)) + { + Action = UefiGetActionWapper (AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_DEFAULT_STANDARD); + Status = CallFormCallBack (controlInfo, UefiGetControlKey (controlInfo), FALSE, Action); + } + if ( + (!UefiIsInteractive (controlInfo) || (EFI_UNSUPPORTED == Status)) && //if interactive control returned unsupported then load defaults from buffer + (!controlInfo->ControlFlags.ControlEvaluateDefault) && + (defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size > 0) + ) + { + UINT32 offset = 0, size = 0; + + if ((!LoadDefaultsFromDefaultBuffer ()) && (controlInfo->ControlDataWidth == 0)) //If defaults not present for a control but if the offset present + { //in the variable which has atleast default then + continue; //try to load it if TSE_LOAD_DEFAULTS_FROM_DEFAULTS_BUFFER + } //is enabled. + if (CONTROL_TYPE_ORDERED_LIST != controlInfo->ControlType) + { + size = UefiGetWidth(controlInfo->ControlPtr); + } + else + { + size = controlInfo->ControlDataWidth; + } + if (0 == size) //For text and submenu skip loading defaults + { + continue; + } + offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(controlInfo->ControlPtr); + if ((0xFFFF == offset) || ((offset + size) > defaults [controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size)) //QF_DATE_STORAGE_TIME and QF_TIME_STORAGE_TIME offsets will be 0xFFFF so we need to skip it + { + continue; + } + if ( ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE) || + ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION) || + ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION) || + ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_USER_DEFAULTS) || + ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY) || + ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_DEV_INFO) || + ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_GROUP_INFO) || + ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION) || //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + (controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_DRIVER_OPTION) || + ( (TSEDonotLoadPasswordOnDefaults()) && (controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP) ) ) //EIP 93881 & 93873 : Save pwd to nvram and not loading empty pwd on loading defaults. + continue; + else if( ((defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Buffer != NULL) && (defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size)) + &&((VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == controlInfo->ControlVariable) || (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == controlInfo->ControlVariable)) + ) + { + MemCopy (gVariableList[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Buffer, defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Buffer, defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size); + gVariableList[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size = defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size; + } + else if (VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER == controlInfo->ControlVariable) //EIP109382: Since boot order loads first legacydevorder corrupted so restructuring with gbootdata + { + if((defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Buffer != NULL) && (defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size)) + CsmRearrangeBBSOrder (&(gVariableList [controlInfo->ControlVariable]), &(defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable])); + } + else + { + if((defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Buffer != NULL) && (defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Size)) + MemCopy (gVariableList [controlInfo->ControlVariable].Buffer + offset, defaults[controlInfo->ControlVariable].Buffer + offset, size); + } + } + if(controlInfo->ControlFlags.ControlEvaluateDefault) + { + UINT64 Defaults = 0 ; + UINT16 size = 0; + UINT32 offset = 0; + + offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(controlInfo->ControlPtr); + + //EIP: 57402 Evaluating the Control Default + size = EvaluateControlDefault(controlInfo,&Defaults); + VarSetValue(controlInfo->ControlVariable, offset, size, &Defaults ); + // EIP: 57402 Setiing the Evaluated value to the gOptimalDefaults + //if(DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, offset, size, &Defaults ); + } + } + } + + gBrowserCallbackEnabled = FALSE; + PasswordCommitChanges( FALSE ); + + TseDiscardAddDelBootOptions(); + TseDiscardAddDelDriverOptions(); //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + + // reinit the gCurrLegacyBootData +// if(gCurrLegacyBootData) //(EIP61172) If defaults is loaded, boot order defaults is not loading after a restart. So commented. +// { //(EIP61172) + gCurrLegacyBootData = BootGetBootData(CurrentBootOption); + if(gCurrLegacyBootData) //EIP-127017 Avoid crashing when press F3 to load defaults + VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_GROUP_INFO, 0, sizeof(UINT16), &(gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyDevCount)); +// } //(EIP61172) + + gResetRequired = TRUE; + + LoadedConfigDefaultsHook(); + + //EIP-126057 + if(gApp!=NULL) + { + //Recreate the special controls to reflect changes + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + + //- Fix for Screen corruption while editing Date/edit controls. + MainFrame = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + + //EIP-25987: Load Optimized Defaults(F3)hangs in a empty page || Fix: Check whether the frame has any controls before doing any operation on a control. + if(MainFrame->ControlCount) + if(MainFrame->CurrentControl != FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + if(MainFrame->ControlList[MainFrame->CurrentControl]->ControlActive == TRUE) + MainFrame->ControlList[MainFrame->CurrentControl]->ControlActive = FALSE; + // - + } + } +} +//EIP 105167 : END +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SaveAndExit +// +// Description: Function to save and exit +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN SaveAndExit( VOID ) +{ + if ( _SaveValues( (UINTN)gSaveExitMsgBox ) ) + { + gVariableChanged = TRUE; + return TRUE; + } + + return FALSE; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SaveWithoutExit +// +// Description: Function to save without exit +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SaveWithoutExit( VOID ) +{ + if ( _SaveValues( (UINTN)gSaveMsgBox ) ) + gVariableChanged = TRUE; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SaveAndReset +// +// Description: Function to save and reset +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN SaveAndReset( VOID ) +{ + if ( _SaveValues( (UINTN)gSaveResetMsgBox ) ) + { + gVariableChanged = TRUE; + gResetRequired = TRUE; + return TRUE; + } + + return FALSE; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ResetSys +// +// Description: Function to reset +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN ResetSys( VOID ) +{ + if ( CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gResetMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO ) == MSGBOX_YES ) + { + gResetRequired = TRUE; // force a reset + gVariableChanged = FALSE; + return TRUE; + } + + return FALSE; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _SaveValues +// +// Description: Function to save the given values +// +// Input: UINTN data +// +// Output: TRUE/FALSE +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN _SaveValues( UINTN data ) +{ + UINT32 i; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvPtr; + EFI_GUID AmitseNvramUpdateGuid = AMITSE_NVRAM_UPDATE_GUID; + EFI_GUID AmitseBootOrderChangeGuid = AMITSE_BOOT_ORDER_CHANGE_GUID; + + if (data == (UINTN)NULL ? 1 : (CallbackShowMessageBox (data, MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO) == MSGBOX_YES) ) //To avoid draw MessageBox when data is passed as NULL to save data silently EIP114800 + { + //Check for NO_SUBMIT_IF before saving data in every page + if(CheckNoSubmitIf()) + { + return FALSE; //cant save Invalid Submit value + } + //EIP-126057 + if(gApp!=NULL) + { + //Check for inconsistency before saving data + if(CheckInconsistence((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]))) + { + return FALSE; //cant save inconsistent value + } + } + + if(gResetRequired) + { //Let's update the SaveState Variable + UINT32 SaveStateVarNum; + UINT16 SaveState=SETUP_SAVED_AND_RESET_REQUIRED; + if(VarGetVariableInfoId( SETUP_SAVE_STATE_INFO_KEY_ID, &SaveStateVarNum )) + VarSetValue(SaveStateVarNum,0,sizeof(UINT16),&SaveState); + } + + nvPtr = gVariableList; + for ( i = 0; i < gVariables->VariableCount; i++, nvPtr++ ) + { + if(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == i) + { + UINTN j,k=0,n=0, CurrSize = 0; + UINT16 *BootOrder = NULL, *CurrOrder = NULL; + BOOT_DATA *pBootData = NULL; + + TseSaveAddDelBootOptions(); + + BootOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(nvPtr->Size); + MemCopy(BootOrder,nvPtr->Buffer,nvPtr->Size); + + //Disable all options + for(j=0;j<gBootOptionCount;j++) + { + if (!(gBootData[j].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) //TSE will not do the option anything if it is hidden + { + gBootData[j].Active &= ~(LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE); + } + } + //Enable options in BootOrder + for(j=0;j<gBootOptionCount;j++) + { + pBootData = BootGetBootData(BootOrder[j]); + if(pBootData) + { + if (!(pBootData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) //TSE will not do the option anything if it is hidden + { + pBootData->Active |= LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE; + } + } + } + + //Save boot options + for(j=0;j<gBootOptionCount;j++) + { + CHAR16 varName[] = L"BootXXXX"; + BOOT_OPTION *pOption; + UINTN OptionSize; + + OptionSize = 0; pOption = NULL; + SPrint( varName, sizeof(CHAR16) * (EfiStrLen( varName )+1),gBootFormarSpecifier, gBootData[j].Option ); + pOption = (BOOT_OPTION *)VarGetNvramName( varName, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &OptionSize ); + + pOption->Active = gBootData[j].Active; + + VarSetNvramName(varName, + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + pOption, + OptionSize); + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&pOption); + } + n=0; + //Enabled options first + for(k=0;k<gBootOptionCount;k++) + { + if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == BootOrder[k]) + { + //add Disabled options + for(j=n; j < gBootOptionCount; j++ ) + { + if ( (!(gBootData[j].Active & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) && (!(gBootData[j].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) ) + { + BootOrder[k] = gBootData[j].Option; + n=j; + n++; + break; + } + } + } + + } + + ASSERT(k==gBootOptionCount); + + //Signal TPM if Boot order has changed + CurrOrder = VarGetNvramName(L"BootOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &CurrSize); + + if( CurrSize != (k*sizeof(UINT16)) ) + EfiLibNamedEventSignal (&AmitseBootOrderChangeGuid); + else if(CurrOrder) + { + if (MemCmp((UINT8 *)CurrOrder, (UINT8 *)BootOrder, CurrSize)) + EfiLibNamedEventSignal (&AmitseBootOrderChangeGuid); + } + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&CurrOrder); + + //Save boot order + VarSetNvramName(L"BootOrder", + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + BootOrder, + k * sizeof(UINT16)); + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &BootOrder); + + //Continue to next variable + continue; + } + //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order starts + if(VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == i) + { + UINTN j, k=0, n=0; + UINT16 *DriverOrder = NULL; + BOOT_DATA *pDriverData = NULL; + + TseSaveAddDelDriverOptions (); + + DriverOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (nvPtr->Size); + MemCopy (DriverOrder,nvPtr->Buffer,nvPtr->Size); + + //Disable all options + for (j = 0; j < gDriverOptionCount; j ++) + { + if (!(gDriverData [j].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) //TSE will not do the option anything if it is hidden + { + gDriverData [j].Active &= ~(LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE); + } + } + //Enable options in DriverOrder + for (j = 0; j < gDriverOptionCount; j ++) + { + pDriverData = DriverGetDriverData (DriverOrder [j]); + if(pDriverData) + { + if (!(pDriverData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) //TSE will not do the option anything if it is hidden + { + pDriverData->Active |= LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE; + } + } + } + //Save driver options + for (j = 0; j < gDriverOptionCount; j ++) + { + CHAR16 varName[] = L"DriverXXXX"; + BOOT_OPTION *pOption; + UINTN OptionSize; + + OptionSize = 0; pOption = NULL; + SPrint (varName, sizeof (CHAR16) * (EfiStrLen (varName) + 1), gDriverFormarSpecifier, gDriverData [j].Option ); + pOption = (BOOT_OPTION *)VarGetNvramName (varName, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &OptionSize ); + + pOption->Active = gDriverData [j].Active; + + VarSetNvramName (varName, + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + pOption, + OptionSize); + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&pOption); + } + n=0; + //Enabled options first + for (k = 0; k < gDriverOptionCount; k ++) + { + if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == DriverOrder [k]) + { + //add Disabled options + for (j = n; j < gDriverOptionCount; j++ ) + { + if ( (!(gDriverData [j].Active & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) && (!(gDriverData [j].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) ) + { + DriverOrder [k] = gDriverData [j].Option; + n = j; + n ++; + break; + } + } + } + + } + + ASSERT (k == gDriverOptionCount); + + //Signal TPM if Boot order has changed //No need of signalling the event for driver order change +/* CurrOrder = VarGetNvramName (L"DriverOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &CurrSize); + + if (CurrSize != (k*sizeof(UINT16))) + EfiLibNamedEventSignal (&AmitseBootOrderChangeGuid); + else if (CurrOrder) + { + if (MemCmp ((UINT8 *)CurrOrder, (UINT8 *)DriverOrder, CurrSize) ) + EfiLibNamedEventSignal (&AmitseBootOrderChangeGuid); + } + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&CurrOrder);*/ + + //Save boot order + VarSetNvramName(L"DriverOrder", + &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + DriverOrder, + k * sizeof(UINT16)); + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &DriverOrder); + + //Continue to next variable + continue; + } + //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order ends + + if(VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER == i) + { + CsmSaveBBSOrder(nvPtr); + //Continue to Next variable + continue; + } + + VarSetNvram( i, nvPtr->Buffer, nvPtr->Size ); + } + + PasswordCommitChanges( TRUE ); + + TSESetHDDPassword(); + + SavedConfigChangesHook(); + + EfiLibNamedEventSignal (&AmitseNvramUpdateGuid); + + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SaveBBSOrder +// +// Description: Function to save the bbs device order +// +// Input: NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvPtr +// +// Output: None +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID SaveBBSOrder(NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvPtr) +{ + UINT16 *BootOrder; + UINTN BootOrderSize,p; + BBS_ORDER_TABLE *NewLegacyOrder, *NewDevEntry, *BufferDevEntry; + UINT8 *NewBuffer, *NewBuffEntry; + BOOT_DATA *pBootData; + BBS_ORDER_LIST *BBSList = NULL; + UINT16 count,r,s; + UINT8 *CurrOrder = NULL; + UINTN CurrSize = 0; + UINTN DPSize = 0; + VOID *DisDPs = NULL; + EFI_GUID BootManGuid = BOOT_MANAGER_GUID; + EFI_GUID AmitseBootOrderChangeGuid = AMITSE_BOOT_ORDER_CHANGE_GUID; + UINT32 LegDevOrderAttribute = 7; + + BootOrderSize = 0; + BootOrder = VarGetNvramName(L"BootOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &BootOrderSize); + + if (0 == BootOrderSize) + return; //continue; + + NewLegacyOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(nvPtr->Size); + NewBuffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(nvPtr->Size); + + //NOTE: Taking advantage of the fact that + //VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER is after + //VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER + NewDevEntry = NewLegacyOrder; + NewBuffEntry = NewBuffer; + for(p=0; p<(BootOrderSize/sizeof(UINT16)); p++) + { + pBootData = BootGetBootData(BootOrder[p]); + //EIP:59417 - Error Handling in case of pBootData is NULL. If its NULL the setupgets a CRASH + if(pBootData == NULL) + goto DONE; + + if(BBSValidDevicePath(pBootData->DevicePath)) + { + BufferDevEntry = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)(nvPtr->Buffer + pBootData->LegacyEntryOffset); + + if ( (BufferDevEntry->Length >= nvPtr->Size) || (0 == BufferDevEntry->Length) ) //EIP-120011 + { + goto DONE; + } + + BBSList = pBootData->OrderList; + + count = pBootData->LegacyDevCount; + + MemCopy(NewDevEntry, BufferDevEntry, sizeof(UINT32)+(count+1)*sizeof(UINT16)); + MemCopy(NewBuffEntry, BufferDevEntry, sizeof(UINT32)+(count+1)*sizeof(UINT16)); + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------------// + // EIP-35863: This block considers the case of legacy devices being positioned // + // anywhere in the LegacyDevOrder (whether enabled or disabled) // + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------------// + if(count>0) //Disabled boot options exist + { + for(r=0;r<count;r++) + { + //See if a given index in BBSList exist in TypeEntry + for(s=0;s<count;s++) + { + if(BBSList[r].Index == NewDevEntry->Data[s]) + { + break; + } + } + + if(s>=count) //Index Not present + { + //Find the first disabled slot + for(s=0;s<count;s++) + { + if(NewDevEntry->Data[s] == DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION) + { + //Add device path to Nvram variable + if(gIsSaveDisabledBBSDevicePath) + CsmBBSSetDisabled(BBSList[r].Index, &DisDPs, &DPSize); + NewDevEntry->Data[s] = BBSList[r].Index; + NewDevEntry->Data[s] |= BBS_ORDER_DISABLE_MASK; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + pBootData->LegacyEntryOffset = (UINTN)NewDevEntry - (UINTN)NewLegacyOrder; + + NewDevEntry = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)((UINTN)NewDevEntry + sizeof(UINT32)+(count+1)*sizeof(UINT16)); + NewBuffEntry = NewBuffEntry + sizeof(UINT32)+(count+1)*sizeof(UINT16); + } + } + +DONE: + //Update the nv buffer with the re ordered list + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &(nvPtr->Buffer)); + nvPtr->Buffer = NewBuffer; + + //Signal TPM if BBS order has changed + CurrOrder = VarGetNvramName( L"LegacyDevOrder", &gLegacyDevGuid, &LegDevOrderAttribute, &CurrSize ); + + if(CurrOrder) + { + if(MemCmp((UINT8 *)CurrOrder, (UINT8 *)NewLegacyOrder, CurrSize)) + EfiLibNamedEventSignal (&AmitseBootOrderChangeGuid); + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &CurrOrder); + } + + //Save BBS order + VarSetNvramName(L"LegacyDevOrder", + &gLegacyDevGuid, + LegDevOrderAttribute, + NewLegacyOrder, + nvPtr->Size); + + if(gIsSaveDisabledBBSDevicePath) + { + //Save disabled device paths + VarSetNvramName(L"DisabledDevs", + &BootManGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, + DisDPs, + DPSize); + + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &DisDPs); + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &BootOrder); + } + MemFreePointer((VOID **) &NewLegacyOrder); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ExitApplication +// +// Description: Function to exit form the setup application +// +// Input: None +// +// Output: TRUE/FALSE +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN ExitApplication( VOID ) +{ + if ( CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gExitMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO ) == MSGBOX_YES ) + { + if ( ! gVariableChanged ) + gResetRequired = FALSE; + + LoadPreviousValues( FALSE ); + gVariableChanged = FALSE; + return TRUE; + } + + return FALSE; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ShowHelpMessageBox +// +// Description: Function to Display the help message box +// +// Input: None +// +// Output: None +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID ShowHelpMessageBox( VOID ) +{ + CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gHelpMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK | MSGBOX_STYLE_LEFT ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CallbackShowMessageBox +// +// Description: Callback function to Display the message box +// +// Input : UINTN data, +// UINT8 type +// +// Output: None +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINT8 CallbackShowMessageBox( UINTN data, UINT8 type ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINT8 retValue = (UINT8)-1; + MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox = NULL; + + CONTROL_INFO dummy; + + Status = gMsgBox.Create( &msgbox ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return retValue; + + MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 ); + dummy.ControlHandle = (VOID*)(UINTN)INVALID_HANDLE; + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)data; + dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE; + + Status = gMsgBox.Initialize( msgbox, &dummy ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + goto Done; + + gMsgBox.SetType( msgbox, type ); + retValue = (UINT8)_CallbackGetValue( msgbox ); + +Done: + gMsgBox.Destroy( msgbox, TRUE ); + + return retValue; +} + +static UINT8 result = (UINT8)-1; +static CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX gCbMsgBox = { { CALLBACK_TYPE_MESSAGEBOX, sizeof(CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX) }, 0 }; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _CallbackGetValue +// +// Description: Callback function to get the message box return value +// +// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox +// +// Output: Message box return value +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN _CallbackGetValue( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox ) +{ + ACTION_DATA *action = gMsgBoxAction; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + result = (UINT8)-1; + gMsgBox.SetCallback( msgbox, NULL, _CallbackMsgbox, &gCbMsgBox ); + + while ( result == (UINT8)-1 ) + { + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + + gMsgBox.Draw( msgbox ); + + if ( gAction.GetAction( action ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + + Status = gMsgBox.HandleAction( msgbox, action ); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status))//EIP-123432 + result = 0xff; + + DoRealFlushLines(); + } + + return result; +} + +VOID _CallbackMsgbox( VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie ) +{ + if ( (cookie != NULL) && ( ((CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX*)cookie)->Header.Type == CALLBACK_TYPE_MESSAGEBOX) ) + result = (UINT8)(((CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX*)cookie)->Result); +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2013, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/callback.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/callback.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf589b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/callback.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/callback.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 6 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/callback.h $ +// +// 6 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 8 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:30a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 6/24/09 6:10p Madhans +// Made TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY=OFF to not to refer EDK module. +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: callback.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle callbacks +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _CALLBACK_H_ +#define _CALLBACK_H_ + + +#include "Minisetup.h" + +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_SUBMENU 1 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_VARIABLE 2 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_MESSAGEBOX 3 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_NVRAM 4 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_DEFAULTS 5 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_LABEL 6 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_PASSWORD 7 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_MENU 8 +#define CALLBACK_TYPE_USER -1 + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_HEADER +{ + UINT32 Type; + UINT32 Length; +} +CALLBACK_HEADER; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_SUBMENU +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + UINT16 DestPage; +} +CALLBACK_SUBMENU; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_MENU +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + UINT16 DestPage; +} +CALLBACK_MENU; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_VARIABLE +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + UINT32 Variable; + UINT32 Offset; + UINT32 Length; + VOID *Data; +} +CALLBACK_VARIABLE; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_PASSWORD +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + UINT32 Variable; + UINT32 Offset; + UINT32 Length; + VOID *Data; + BOOLEAN Encoded; +} +CALLBACK_PASSWORD; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + UINTN Result; +} +CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_NVRAM +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + // I can't remember what this type was for +} +CALLBACK_NVRAM; + +#define DEFAULT_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0 +#define DEFAULT_TYPE_FAILSAFE 1 +#define DEFAULT_TYPE_OPTIMAL 2 + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_DEFAULTS +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + UINT32 Type; +} +CALLBACK_DEFAULTS; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_LABEL +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + UINT32 Key; +} +CALLBACK_LABEL; + +typedef struct _CALLBACK_USER +{ + CALLBACK_HEADER Header; + VOID *UserData; +} +CALLBACK_USER; + +#endif /* _CALLBACK_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/control.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/control.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5ee5cf --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/control.c @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/control.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 5 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/control.c $ +// +// 5 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 6 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 4 11/21/11 8:49a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 3 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: contorl.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle controls +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +CONTROL_METHODS gControl = +{ + ControlCreate, + ControlDestroy, + ControlInitialize, + ControlEmptyMethod, + ControlHandleAction, + ControlSetCallback, + ControlSetFocus, + ControlSetPosition, + ControlSetDimensions, + ControlSetAttributes +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlCreate +// +// Description: Function to create the cotrol options using object functions. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlCreate( CONTROL_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(CONTROL_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gObject.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gControl; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlDestroy +// +// Description: Function to destroy the cotrol options using object functions. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlDestroy( CONTROL_DATA *control, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == control) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gObject.Destroy( control, FALSE ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&control ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize the cotrol options using object functions. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlInitialize( CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + + Status = gObject.Initialize( control, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + if ( ((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr == (UINTN)NULL ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( ! ((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlFlags.ControlVisible ) + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + else + MemCopy( &control->ControlData, data, sizeof(CONTROL_INFO) ); + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlInitialize +// +// Description: Function to draw control. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlDraw( CONTROL_DATA *control ) +{ + return gObject.Draw( control ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlEmptyMethod +// +// Description: Empty control method. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlEmptyMethod( CONTROL_DATA *control ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlSetCallback( CONTROL_DATA *control, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gObject.SetCallback( control, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle action. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlHandleAction( CONTROL_DATA *control, ACTION_DATA *Data ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlSetFocus( CONTROL_DATA *control, BOOLEAN focus ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set the position. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlSetPosition( CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + control->Left = Left; + control->Top = Top; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimensions. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlSetDimensions(CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height) +{ + control->Width = Width; + control->Height = Height; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ControlSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set the control attributes +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ControlSetAttributes( CONTROL_DATA *control, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + if ( FGColor != 0 ) + control->FGColor = FGColor; + + if ( BGColor != 0 ) + control->BGColor = BGColor; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/control.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/control.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7111d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/control.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/control.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 8 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/control.h $ +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 5 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 2/05/09 10:15a Madhans +// Style Module created. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +#ifndef _CONTROL_H_ +#define _CONTROL_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "object.h" +#include "setupdata.h" +#include "action.h" +#if UEFI_SOURCES_SUPPORT +#include "ctrlcond.h" +#endif + +#define CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR STYLE_COLOR_GRAYOUT + +#define CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + CONTROL_INFO ControlData; \ + UINT16 Left; \ + UINT16 Top; \ + UINT16 Width; \ + UINT16 Height; \ + UINT8 FGColor; \ + UINT8 BGColor; \ + BOOLEAN ControlFocus; \ + BOOLEAN ControlActive; \ + UINT32 ParentFrameType; + +typedef struct _CONTROL_METHODS CONTROL_METHODS; + +typedef struct _CONTROL_DATA +{ + CONTROL_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +CONTROL_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*CONTROL_METHOD_SET_FOCUS) ( VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*CONTROL_METHOD_SET_POSITION) ( VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*CONTROL_METHOD_SET_DIMENSIONS) ( VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*CONTROL_METHOD_SET_ATTRIBUTES)( VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*CONTROL_METHOD_GET_CONTROL_HIGHT)( VOID *object, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +#define CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + CONTROL_METHOD_SET_FOCUS SetFocus; \ + CONTROL_METHOD_SET_POSITION SetPosition; \ + CONTROL_METHOD_SET_DIMENSIONS SetDimensions; \ + CONTROL_METHOD_SET_ATTRIBUTES SetAttributes; \ + CONTROL_METHOD_GET_CONTROL_HIGHT GetControlHeight; + +struct _CONTROL_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern CONTROL_METHODS gControl; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS ControlCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS ControlDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS ControlInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS ControlEmptyMethod( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS ControlDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS ControlHandleAction( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data ); +EFI_STATUS ControlSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS ControlSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS ControlSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS ControlSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS ControlSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +CONTROL_DATA * GetUpdatedControlData(CONTROL_DATA * ControlData,UINT16 ControlType,VOID *Handle,UINT16 Key); + + +#endif /* _CONTROL_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/edit.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/edit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8646e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/edit.c @@ -0,0 +1,636 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/edit.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 12 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/edit.c $ +// +// 12 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 11 4/05/12 7:14a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 10 11/30/11 12:46a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static +// code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, +// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 9 11/21/11 12:09p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 8 11/21/11 8:50a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 7 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:50a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 8/13/09 1:17p Blaines +// EIP #24980 Fix to properly display right area text +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 4/29/09 9:02p Madhans +// Bug Fixes after unit Testing.. +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:08p Madhans +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Edit.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Edit control operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + + +EDIT_METHODS gEdit = +{ + EditCreate, + EditDestroy, + EditInitialize, + EditDraw, + EditHandleAction, + EditSetCallback, + EditSetFocus, + EditSetPosition, + EditSetDimensions, + EditSetAttributes, + EditGetControlHight + +}; + +EFI_STATUS _EditHandleActionKey(EDIT_DATA *edit, AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key); +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditCreate +// +// Description: Function to create Edit Controls, which uses the control functions. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditCreate( EDIT_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(EDIT_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gEdit; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditDestroy +// +// Description: Function to Destroy Edit Controls, which uses the control functions. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditDestroy( EDIT_DATA *edit, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == edit) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( edit, FALSE ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&edit->Text ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&edit->TempText ); + + if( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&edit ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditInitialize +// +// Description: Function to Initialize Edit Controls, which uses the control functions. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditInitialize( EDIT_DATA *edit, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( edit, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, + NULL,NULL, + NULL /*&(edit->SelBGColor )*/, &(edit->SelFGColor), + &(edit->BGColor), &(edit->FGColor), + NULL /*UINT8 *LabelBGColor*/,&(edit->LabelFGColor) /*UINT8 *LabelFGColor*/, + &(edit->NSelLabelFGColor)/*UINT8 *NSelLabelFGColor*/, + &(edit->SelBGColor )/*EditBGColor*/,&(edit->EditFGColor), + NULL, NULL ); + + + // add extra initialization here... + edit->TextMargin = (UINT8)gControlLeftMargin; + if ( edit->TextWidth == 0 ) + { + edit->TextWidth = UefiGetWidth(((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr); + edit->TextWidth = (edit->TextWidth>1)?(3 * (UINT16)edit->TextWidth):4; + } + + edit->TextAreaWidth = (edit->TextWidth </*10*/(UINT16)(edit->Width - edit->TextMargin - 2)) ? edit->TextWidth:/*10*/(UINT16)(edit->Width - edit->TextMargin - 2); + edit->Text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((edit->TextWidth +1)* sizeof(CHAR16)); + MemSet( edit->Text, (edit->TextWidth +1)* sizeof(CHAR16), 0 ); + + if( *((UINT8*)((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr) == IFR_PASSWORD_OP) + edit->Chr = L'*'; + + if ( edit->Text != NULL ) + { + VarGetValue( edit->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr), + UefiGetWidth(((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr), edit->Text ); + + } + edit->TempText = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((edit->TextWidth +1)* sizeof(CHAR16)); + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw Edit Controls. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditDraw(EDIT_DATA *edit ) +{ + CHAR16 *text,*text2; + UINT16 i; + UINT8 BGClr,FGClr; + + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT8 ColorNSel = edit->FGColor; + UINT8 ColorLabel = (edit->ControlFocus) ? edit->LabelFGColor : edit->NSelLabelFGColor ; + + + if(edit->ControlFocus) + { + BGClr = edit->SelBGColor; + if(edit->ControlActive) + FGClr = edit->EditFGColor; + else + FGClr = edit->SelFGColor; + } + else + { + BGClr = edit->BGColor; + FGClr = /*ColorLabel;*/ edit->FGColor; + } + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( edit->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &edit->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + FGClr = ColorNSel = ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + + text = HiiGetString( edit->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(edit->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == text){ + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(!text) + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + EfiStrCpy(text,L" "); + } + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(edit->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( edit->Left , edit->Top, + (UINTN)(edit->TextMargin - edit->Left),(UINTN) edit->Height, + text, edit->BGColor | ColorLabel ); + } + else + { + // boundary overflow check + if ((TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(edit->TextMargin - edit->Left )/*21*/ ) + text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(edit->TextMargin - edit->Left ))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( edit->Left , edit->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + edit->BGColor | ColorLabel/*((edit->ControlFocus)? edit->LabelFGColor : edit->NSelLabelFGColor )*/ ); + + } + + for(i=0; i < edit->TextAreaWidth; i++) + DrawStringWithAttribute( edit->Left + edit->TextMargin + i , edit->Top, L" ", + BGClr | FGClr ); + + if(edit->Chr != 0x0) + { + text2 = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( ((TestPrintLength( edit->Text ) / (NG_SIZE))+1) * sizeof(CHAR16)); + for(i = 0; (i < (TestPrintLength( edit->Text ) / (NG_SIZE))) && (i < edit->TextAreaWidth); i++ ) + text2[i] = edit->Chr; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( edit->Left + edit->TextMargin, edit->Top, text2, + BGClr | FGClr ); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&text2); + } + else + DrawStringWithAttribute( edit->Left + edit->TextMargin , edit->Top , edit->Text, + BGClr | FGClr ); + + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&text); + + FlushLines( edit->Top, edit->Top ); + DoRealFlushLines(); + MouseRefresh(); + return Status; + +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditSetCallback( EDIT_DATA *edit, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( edit, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle Edit actions. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditHandleAction( EDIT_DATA *edit, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + return _EditHandleActionKey(edit, Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _EditHandleActionKey +// +// Description: Function to handle Edit actions. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _EditHandleActionKey(EDIT_DATA *edit, AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key) +{ + UINT8 Redraw =0; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINTN i; + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(key); + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionAbort: + if(edit->ControlActive == TRUE) + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + case ControlActionNextUp: + case ControlActionNextDown: + if(edit->ControlActive == TRUE) + { + MemCopy(edit->Text,edit->TempText,edit->TextWidth*sizeof(UINT16)); //UNICODE CHARS + edit->ControlActive = FALSE; + Redraw = 1; + } + break; + + case ControlActionNextLeft: + case ControlActionNextRight: + if(edit->ControlActive == TRUE) + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; // cosume the action if editing + break; + + case ControlActionSelect: + if(edit->Callback != NULL) + { + if ( edit->Cookie != NULL ) + { + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)edit->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = edit->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(edit->ControlData.ControlPtr); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetWidth(edit->ControlData.ControlPtr); + callbackData->Data = (VOID *)edit->Text; + + edit->Callback( edit->Container,edit, edit->Cookie ); + } + } + + Redraw =1; + edit->ControlActive = FALSE; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionBackSpace: + if(EfiStrLen(edit->Text)>0) + { + if(edit->ControlActive == FALSE) + { + MemCopy(edit->TempText,edit->Text,edit->TextWidth * sizeof(UINT16)); //UNICODE CHARS + edit->ControlActive = TRUE; + } + edit->Text[EfiStrLen(edit->Text)-1] = 0x0; + Redraw =1; + } + break; + + default: + if(SCAN_NULL == key.Key.ScanCode) + { + if((EfiStrLen(edit->Text) < edit->TextWidth) | + ( (edit->ControlActive == FALSE) ) && (edit->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_NUMERIC) ) + { + if(edit->ControlActive ==FALSE) + { + MemCopy(edit->TempText,edit->Text,edit->TextWidth* sizeof(UINT16)); + if(edit->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_NUMERIC) + { + i = edit->TextWidth; + do { + edit->Text[i] = 0x0; + }while(i-- > 0 ); + } + edit->ControlActive = TRUE; + } + + i = EfiStrLen(edit->Text); + edit->Text[i] = key.Key.UnicodeChar ; + edit->Text[i+1] = 0x0 ; + Redraw =1; + } + } + break; + } + + if(Redraw) + Status = gEdit.Draw(edit); + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set the edit focus. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditSetFocus(EDIT_DATA *edit, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + if(focus != FALSE) + { + if ( CheckControlCondition( &edit->ControlData ) ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if( !(edit->ControlFocus && focus) ) + edit->ControlFocus = focus; + + if(!focus) + edit->ControlActive = 0; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set the edit position. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditSetPosition(EDIT_DATA *edit, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( edit, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set the edit dimensions. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditSetDimensions(EDIT_DATA *edit, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( edit, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set the edit attributes. +// +// Input: EDIT_DATA *edit, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditSetAttributes(EDIT_DATA *edit, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( edit, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: EditGetControlHight +// +// Description: Function unsuppored. +// +// Input: VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS EditGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/edit.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/edit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f51485 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/edit.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/edit.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 7 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/edit.h $ +// +// 7 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 7 3/26/10 6:52p Madhans +// Support to Map the do the Control Mapping from gTseControlMap Table. So +// no changes need in Frame.c, With this feature gTseControlMap Can be +// customized to add/customize the TSE controls. +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Edit.h +// +// Description: Header file for Edit controls +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _EDIT_H_ +#define _EDIT_H_ + + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" +#include "action.h" + +#define EDIT_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + CHAR16 *Text; \ + CHAR16 *TempText; \ + UINT16 TextMargin; \ + UINT16 MinSize; \ + UINT16 MaxSize; \ + UINT16 TextWidth; \ + UINT16 TextAreaWidth; \ + UINT8 LabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 NSelLabelFGColor; \ + UINT8 LabelMargin; \ + UINT8 SelFGColor; \ + UINT8 SelBGColor; \ + UINT8 EditFGColor; \ + CHAR16 Chr; /* character used to display instead of real chars from keyboard.*/ + /* mainly used for password entry.*/ + +typedef struct _EDIT_METHODS EDIT_METHODS; + +typedef struct _EDIT_DATA +{ + EDIT_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + EDIT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +EDIT_DATA; + +#define EDIT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _EDIT_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + EDIT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +}; + +extern EDIT_METHODS gEdit; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS EditCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS EditDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS EditInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS EditDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS EditHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS EditSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS EditSetFocus( VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS EditSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS EditSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS EditSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS EditGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +#endif /* _EDIT_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/frame.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/frame.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e196a84 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/frame.c @@ -0,0 +1,2563 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2013, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/frame.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 63 $ +// +// $Date: 9/05/14 6:27a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/frame.c $ +// +// 63 9/05/14 6:27a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 62 5/02/14 9:30p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 61 5/02/14 11:01a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 60 5/02/14 2:55a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP131547 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] In CPU Config page, controls are going beyond the page +// while clicking the down arrow in scroll bar in 80*25 mode [when +// terminal redirection module enabled]. +// [RootCause] TSE was checking for LastVisibleCtrl with the total +// number of frame ctrl count +// and accordingly it was modifying FirstVisibleCtrl and LastVisibleCtrl +// But there are some Suppressed controls at the end of the CPU Config +// page +// for which the above check was wrong. +// [Solution] Added an extra condition to check whether LastVisibleCtrl +// is equal to the LastNonSupressctrl in the Frame or not and +// accordingly modify FirstVisibleCtrl and LastVisibleCtrl. +// [Files] frame.c +// +// 59 5/01/14 3:42p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 58 2/11/14 8:32p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP131365 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE Help window flickers when Mouse\Touch device used under +// boot page in Setup +// [Root Cause] gActiveBuffer->Chars get flushed with EmptyString in +// TSEMouseHelpFrameHandleAction() every time +// [Solution] Handled gActiveBuffer properly +// [Files] frame.c +// +// 57 12/03/13 1:07p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 56 12/02/13 12:32p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP131547 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Frame is scrolling beyond visible controls when mouse is +// clicked on down arrow +// [Root Cause] Frame is scrolling for suppressed controls which are not +// visble in the frame +// [Solution] Scrolling frame based on visible controls count. +// [Files] frame.c +// +// 54 3/25/13 8:39a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP116315 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Display control prompt string for password control. +// (for String on CHAP secret popup) +// [Files] - AMITSE.sdl +// - CommonHelper.c +// - FakeToken.c +// - AmiTSEStr.uni +// - TseLite\PopupPassword.c +// - uefi2.1\UefiWapper21.c +// - uefi2.0\UefiWapper20.c +// - uefi2.0\HiiCallback.c +// - uefi2.0\hii.h +// - uefi2.0\hii.c +// +// 53 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 33 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 51 9/18/12 6:18a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP92972 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] System hangs when submenu has no control in it +// [RootCause] visibleControlHeight is 0, dividing by this causes system +// hang +// [Solution] visibleControlHeight handled properly +// [Files] frame.c +// +// 50 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 48 9/10/12 5:02a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP93881 and 93873 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] need keep system password after Load default and +// Password saved into NVRAM immediately(not buffer) while it is installed +// in TSE +// [Files] frame.c, callback.c, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c +// +// 47 5/28/12 12:31p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP67049 & 90224 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support mouse drag operation in frame and list box +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, ListBox.c, Minisetupext.h +// +// 46 4/05/12 9:15a Arunsb +// Unwanted code commented +// +// 45 4/05/12 7:15a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 44 2/01/12 6:09p Blaines +// Rollback +// +// 42 1/31/12 6:33p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 79963 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Synopsis]- Scrollbar functionality with mouse was not working properly +// and While Clicking the arrow buttons in scroll bar moves the entry up +// not the scroll bar. +// [Description]- 1. Build the BIOS project with GTSE and Mouse support, +// 2. Goto Chipset->South bridge, click on the arrow keys or Move the +// scrool bar and observe the behaviour. +// [Root Cause] - Incorrect scrollbar size computed when total +// lines/controls was 1 greater than a filled frame. +// [Solution] - Check for special case and adjust visibleControlHeight +// when total lines is 1 greater than a filled frame (visible controls). +// [Files changed] - frame.c +// [Functions changed] - FrameDraw +// +// 41 1/20/12 4:10a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP78929 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Control selection using Mouse is not user friendly. +// [RootCause] Updating the buffer with mouse click information provided +// by mouse driver is improper. +// [Solution] Updated the mouse click information properly to the buffer +// which is used by tse to do action. +// [Files] Action.c, frame.c ListBox.c +// +// 40 12/07/11 3:32p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP75588 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for queuing UpdatePack notifications +// [Files] frame.c, page.c, formbrowser2.c, hii.c, hiicallback.c, +// hiinotificationhandler.c, tseuefihii.h and uefi21wapper.c +// +// 39 12/07/11 2:10p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP76810 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF to follow 28.2.5.9.2 as per efi +// spec 2.3.1 +// [Files] frame.c +// +// 38 11/21/11 12:07p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 37 11/20/11 7:49a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 36 11/18/11 11:40a Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 72349 +// [Category]- Sighting +// [Synopsis]- In some SAS cards the scroll bar does not function +// correctly. +// +// [Description] - The scroll bar is not accurate, doesn't properly handle +// multi-line controls. In some SAS cards with a large number of drives, +// the scroll bar would move down the screen then disappear before +// reaching the end, giving the appearance that no more items are viewable +// or selectable. +// +// [Files] +// Frame.c +// +// 35 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 34 7/21/11 1:07p Rajashakerg +// Updated the file to close the popup window when left clicked on help +// and navigation frame +// +// 33 7/21/11 11:24a Rajashakerg +// Updated the file to restrict the control selection when cliked on help +// frame with mouse +// +// 30 6/30/11 5:18a Rajashakerg +// Updated the help frame scroll restricted for left click alone. +// +// 29 6/29/11 4:34p Rajashakerg +// Updated for Help frame scroll changes +// +// 28 6/29/11 12:58p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP47086 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Right clicking from the Main page is not exiting from +// BIOS setup. +// +// [Files] minisetup.h, Ezport\style.h,Ezport\EzportBin.sdl, +// Ezport\EzportBin.mak, Ezport\ezport.c, Ezport\EzportBin.cif, +// EzportPlus\style.h, EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.sdl, EzportPlusBin.mak, +// EzportPlus\EzportPlusBin.cif, EzportPlus\ezportplus.c, Legacy\style.h, +// Legacy\EzportPlusBin.sdl, Legacy\LegacyBin.mak, Legacy\LegacyBin.cif, +// Legacy\legacy.c, TseLiteBin.sdl, TseLite.cif, Memo.c, frame.c, +// application.h, application.c, commonoem.h, CommonHelper.c +// +// 27 6/29/11 12:36p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP59657 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] [TSE] When change password status, sometimes will miss +// first item. +// [RootCause] The frame first visible control is not handled properly +// [Solution] The first visible control is handled properly by making +// first visible control as 0 in framescroll +// [Files] Frame.c +// +// 26 6/28/11 2:42p Arunsb +// Build error resolved by adding UpdateDestiantionQuestion function +// declaration. +// +// 25 6/23/11 3:58p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP55762, 58925, 59971 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support REF2,REF3 and REF4 in AMITSE +// Support direct form navigation path +// Improper layout of controls in the root page when Dynamic pages are +// added using the Legacy Setup Style +// +// [Files] setupdata.h, CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, Legacy\Legacy.c, +// Legacy\style.h, Legacy\style.h, frame.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, page.c Popupstring.c, Hii.c, +// Uefi21Wrapper.c, Parse.c Hii.c +// +// 24 4/29/11 4:36p Arunsb +// For 2.13 public patch release IFR RefX feature is omitted +// +// 22 3/29/11 12:15a Madhans +// [TAG] EIP54968 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To Support different style modules in TSE generically +// [Files] Ezport module updated. EzportPlus and Legacy Styles Modules +// added. +// +// 21 12/28/10 9:37a Mallikarjunanv +// updaed changes regarding EIP:48382 +// +// 20 12/25/10 7:41a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 49548 / 48377 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] BIOS gui scroll bar fails to indicate that there are more +// options available on the Advanced | CPU Configuration page +// [RootCause] Scrollbar draw is not handled properly +// [Solution] Updated the scrollbar draw depending on the controls of +// the frame. +// [Files] Frame.c +// +// 19 12/25/10 4:16a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 48382 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Clicking somewhere in BIOS Setup selecting the control +// strings. +// [RootCause] Co-ordinates are not properly set for mouse click +// operation +// [Solution] Co-ordinates are updated properly for mouse click +// operation +// [Files] Frame.c +// +// 18 12/25/10 3:40a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 47940 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Scrollbar disappeared while scrolling in the BOOT page +// [RootCause] Scrollbar support is not handled properly depending on +// the controls +// [Solution] Updated the scrollbar support handling depending on the +// controls. +// [Files] Frame.c +// +// 17 12/02/10 2:44p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 47608 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If the String length is different in different languages, +// Changing language causes +// TSE multiline function to not work correctly. +// [Rootcause] control dimension are set only with initial language and it +// is not updated after that. +// [Solution]- The Control dimentions need to updated when language +// changes. +// [Files] - frame.c +// +// 16 10/05/10 11:53a Blaines +// In the function _FrameAddTitle, set the property ParentFrameType before +// calling gMemo.Initialize. This is useful in case the function +// gMemo.Initialize is overriden. +// +// 15 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans +// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 23 9/15/10 2:05p Madhans +// If the Dynamic update happens while drawing the control (via Evalutate +// Condition->VarGetValue->ExtractConfig). +// The controls may be invalidated. In that case don't proceed with Frame +// Draw. +// +// 22 8/12/10 1:06p Blaines +// EIP-41817: Fix to allow Help Frame scroll support +// +// Use reference to gFrame.AddControl to allow option to customization +// outside of frame.c. +// +// 21 6/17/10 2:46p Madhans +// Mouse issue fix, +// +// 20 6/14/10 7:09p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support +// +// 19 3/30/10 4:50p Blaines +// Remove the call to StyleFrameAddControl. +// +// 18 3/26/10 6:52p Madhans +// Support to Map the do the Control Mapping from gTseControlMap Table. So +// no changes need in Frame.c, With this feature gTseControlMap Can be +// customized to add/customize the TSE controls. +// +// 17 3/23/10 5:13p Blaines +// Add new style module hook +// +// 16 2/24/10 4:37p Madhans +// EIP 35522 Fix to make Text interactive control to work. Need to send +// the Timer action to all the controls. +// +// 15 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 14 2/15/10 10:13p Madhans +// To avoid warnings +// +// 13 2/05/10 6:04p Madhans +// Mouse action override from Style Module. +// +// 12 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 11 2/01/10 7:38p Madhans +// EIP 32501 : Fix to handle the Conditional control Focusing , in the Sub +// form +// +// 10 1/29/10 4:34p Madhans +// To avoid compiler warnings. +// +// 9 1/09/10 6:34a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 8 12/04/09 8:49a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP:31606 - Fix for hanging issue in case of no active controls in a +// frame +// +// 7 8/13/09 1:18p Blaines +// EIP #24980 Fix to properly display right area text; +// +// Properly initialize the control width +// +// 6 7/20/09 1:21p Mallikarjunanv +// error fixed in multiline controls +// +// 5 7/09/09 12:28p Mallikarjunanv +// updated the password encoded fix +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 3 5/20/09 3:44p Blaines +// Update the way Scroll Behavior token is accessed +// +// 2 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans +// Changes after Bin module +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:08p Madhans +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: frame.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle frame operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +EFI_STATUS _FrameHandleKey( FRAME_DATA *frame, AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA Key ); +EFI_STATUS _FrameScroll( FRAME_DATA *frame, BOOLEAN bScrollUp ); +BOOLEAN _FrameSetControlFocus( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 index ); +EFI_STATUS _PreviousFrame (FRAME_DATA *frame); +EFI_STATUS _NextFrame (FRAME_DATA *frame); +EFI_STATUS _FocusFirst (FRAME_DATA *frame); +EFI_STATUS _FocusLast (FRAME_DATA *frame); +EFI_STATUS FrameDrawScrollBar (FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 FirstLine, UINT32 LastLine, UINT32 modVal, UINT32 sizeOfBar, UINT32 numOfBlocks, BOOLEAN bEraseScrollBar); +EFI_STATUS UpdateDestiantionQuestion (UINT32, UINT32, UINT32 *); +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseHelpFrameHandleAction( FRAME_DATA *frame, ACTION_DATA *action,CONTROL_DATA **control); +VOID _HelpFrameScroll(MEMO_DATA *memo,BOOLEAN bScrollUp); +BOOLEAN IsMouseSupported(VOID); +//EIP-67049 Start +INT32 lButtonDownVaringPosition = 0; +INT32 lButtonDownInitialPosition = 0; +static UINT32 gFrameScrollBarTop = 0, gFrameScrollBarBottom = 0; +//EIP-67049 End +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +FRAME_METHODS gFrame = +{ + FrameCreate, + FrameDestroy, + FrameInitialize, + FrameDraw, + FrameHandleAction, + FrameSetCallback, + FrameAddControl +}; +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: FrameCreate +// +// Description: Allocated memory size and creates frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA **object +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - +// EFI_SUCCESS - +// EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES - if the object is NULL +// EFI_ERROR - If there are any the error in the object +// creating process +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS FrameCreate( FRAME_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(FRAME_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gObject.Create( object ); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)object ); + return Status; + } + + (*object)->Methods = &gFrame; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: FrameDestroy +// +// Description: Destroys an existing frame and frees memory +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Frame to be destroyed +// BOOLEAN freeMem - Frees frame memory if TRUE, ignores +// otherwise +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS - EFI_SUCCESS +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS FrameDestroy( FRAME_DATA *frame, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + CONTROL_DATA **control; + UINT32 i; + + if(NULL == frame) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + control = frame->ControlList; + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++, control++ ) + { + if (*control) //Destroy the controls if it is not NULL + (*control)->Methods->Destroy( *control, TRUE ); + } + + frame->ControlCount = 0; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&frame->ControlList ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&frame->BlankLine ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&frame->OrigPosition ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&frame->CurrPosition ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&frame ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: FrameInitialize +// +// Description: Initializes the frame data +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Frame to be intialized +// FRAME_INFO *data - Related frame data +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS - EFI_SUCCESS +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS FrameInitialize( FRAME_DATA *frame, FRAME_INFO *data ) +{ + if ( data != NULL ) + { + MemCopy( &frame->FrameData, data, sizeof(FRAME_INFO) ); + if ( frame->PageID != 0 ) + { + frame->BlankLine = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(CHAR16) * (data->Width + 1) ); + if ( frame->BlankLine != NULL ) + MemFillUINT16Buffer( frame->BlankLine, data->Width, L' ' ); + } + } + + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = 0; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: IsScrollSupportRequired +// +// Description: To know whether the scroll supprot required befor drawing the frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Frame information to get frame info +// +// Output: BOOLEAN - TRUE/FALSE +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN IsScrollSupportRequired(FRAME_DATA *frame ) +{ + CONTROL_DATA **control; + UINT16 i, Height, Top; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + control = frame->ControlList; + Height = frame->FrameData.Top; + + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++, control++ ) + { + Top = Height; + + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &((*control)->ControlData) ); //Check conditional + + if(u8ChkResult == COND_NONE || u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT) { + // EIP47608 +>> + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + if(frame->FrameData.FrameType == MAIN_FRAME) + { + UINT16 height=0; + (*control)->Methods->GetControlHeight( *control, (VOID*)frame,&height); + height = height ? height:1; + (*control)->Methods->SetDimensions( *control, + frame->FrameData.Width - (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin - 2, + height ); + } + } + // EIP47608 <<+ + Height = Height + (*control)->Height; + } + } + + //check whether scroll support required. + if((frame->UseScrollbar) && ((frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height) >= Height+1)) + { + return FALSE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: FrameDraw +// +// Description: Draws the controls for the given frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Frame information to draw controls +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else EFI_ERROR +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS FrameDraw( FRAME_DATA *frame ) +{ + CONTROL_DATA **control; + UINT32 i, j,FirstLine=0, LastLine=0, topPos=0, lastPos=0, count, visibleControlHeight=0, visibleControlCount = 0, modVal=0, sizeOfBar = 0, numOfBlocks = 0,CurrentvisibleControlCount = 0,CurrentFirstvisibleControlCount = 0,MltCnt=0,FrameLastVisibleControl=0;//EIP:48377/49548 Needed Local declarations for modification. + UINT16 CurrHeight, ControlTop; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + UINT8 u8ChkMask; + + BOOLEAN bCurrNotFocused = FALSE,bEraseScrollBar=FALSE; + + if(StyleFrameDrawable(frame)) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( frame->ControlCount == 0 ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + //If there is an active control send draw only for that + if(frame->CurrentControl == FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + { + control = NULL; + bCurrNotFocused = TRUE; // Non is focused + } + else + control = &frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]; + + if ( control != NULL ) + { + //If a control is active only draw that + if( (*control)->ControlActive == TRUE ) + { + (*control)->Methods->Draw( *control ); + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &((*control)->ControlData) ); + + //Setting focus to control if no control-condition is present and token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to make GrayoutIf control to focus and selectable + if ( (COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (IsGrayoutSelectable() && (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) ) + { + // Control might be dynamically updated. Get the actual control + if(*control == NULL) + { + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + // Set the Focus to current control + if((*control)->Methods->SetFocus(*control,TRUE) != EFI_SUCCESS) + { + + //EIP-41817: Fix to allow Help Frame scroll support + if(frame->FrameData.FrameType != HELP_FRAME) + { + frame->CurrentControl = FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED; + bCurrNotFocused = TRUE; // Non is focused + } + } + } + } + + //There is no active control we have to draw all in the view. + + // First, clear the frame. + if ( frame->BlankLine != NULL ) + { + j = frame->FrameData.Top; + for ( i = 1; i < frame->FrameData.Height; i++, j++ ) + { + DrawStringWithAttribute( frame->FrameData.Left, j, frame->BlankLine, frame->FrameData.FGColor | frame->FrameData.BGColor ); + } + } + + //EIP:47940 - Check whether the scroll support required before proceeding. + if(!IsScrollSupportRequired( frame )) { + //If the scroll is not required, then reset the first visible control. + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = 0; + } + + //Set position for all controls begining from FirstVisibleControl. + //In the process calculate the correct LastVisibleControl. + control = frame->ControlList; + ControlTop = CurrHeight = 0; + control = control + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + CurrHeight = frame->FrameData.Top; + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + + for ( i = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; i < frame->ControlCount; i++, control++ ) + { + ControlTop = CurrHeight; + + //Check conditional + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &((*control)->ControlData) ); + + if(*control == NULL) + { + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if(u8ChkResult == COND_NONE || u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT) + { +// EIP47608 +>> + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + if(frame->FrameData.FrameType == MAIN_FRAME) + { + UINT16 height=0; + (*control)->Methods->GetControlHeight( *control, (VOID*)frame,&height); + height = height ? height:1; + (*control)->Methods->SetDimensions( *control, + frame->FrameData.Width - (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin - 2, + height ); + } + } +// EIP47608 <<+ + + //Control is drawn increament height + CurrHeight = CurrHeight + (*control)->Height; + if((frame->ControlCount > 1) && ((frame->FrameData.Top +frame->FrameData.Height) < CurrHeight+1 )) + { + break; + } + else + { + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = i; + } + } + + //If token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to make GrayoutIf control to focus and selectable + if (IsGrayoutSelectable()) + u8ChkMask = COND_NONE | COND_GRAYOUT; + else + u8ChkMask = COND_NONE; + + if ((u8ChkResult & ~u8ChkMask) != 0) + { + //Control grayed out or suppressed + if(frame->CurrentControl == i) + { + //Current control cant be focused + (*control)->Methods->SetFocus(*control,FALSE); + bCurrNotFocused = TRUE; + } + } + + (*control)->Methods->SetPosition( *control, (*control)->Left, ControlTop); + } + + //Current control can not be focused? Find another one to focus. + if(bCurrNotFocused) + { + control = frame->ControlList; + control = control+ frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + + for ( i = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; i <= frame->LastVisibleCtrl; i++, control++ ) + { + if ( (*control)->Methods->SetFocus( *control, TRUE ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + frame->CurrentControl = i; + break; + } + } + + if(i > frame->LastVisibleCtrl) + frame->CurrentControl = FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED; + } + + //Draw controls in the set positions + control = frame->ControlList; + control = control + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + for ( i = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; i <= frame->LastVisibleCtrl; i++, control++ ) + { + (*control)->Methods->Draw( *control ); + } + + CurrHeight = frame->FrameData.Top; + for (count = 0; count < frame->ControlCount; count++) + { + u8ChkResult = COND_NONE; + + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &(frame->ControlList[count]->ControlData) ); + + if((COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) + { + visibleControlCount++ ; + CurrHeight = CurrHeight + frame->ControlList[count]->Height; + + if(count <= frame->LastVisibleCtrl)//EIP:48377/49548 Calculating the actual vlaue of CurrentvisibleControl when suppressed controls are present + CurrentvisibleControlCount++; + if(count < frame->FirstVisibleCtrl)//EIP:48377/49548 Calculating the actual vlaue of FirstvisibleControl when suppressed controls are present + CurrentFirstvisibleControlCount++; + FrameLastVisibleControl = count; + } + } + + //EIP:72349 + if(frame->FrameData.FrameType == MAIN_FRAME) + { + // Total height of all drawable controls, takes care of multi-line issues + visibleControlHeight = (UINT32)(CurrHeight - frame->FrameData.Top); + + // if already have a Scroll bar and due some changes (some controls may bedisabled) we don't need a scroll bar in this frame. + if((frame->UseScrollbar) && ((frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height) >= CurrHeight+1)) + { + bEraseScrollBar = TRUE; + frame->UseScrollbar = FALSE; + } + + // if we don't have a Scroll bar and due some changes (some controls may be enabled) we need a scroll bar in this frame. + if((frame->ControlCount > 1) && (!frame->UseScrollbar) && ((frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height) < CurrHeight+1)) + { + frame->UseScrollbar = TRUE; + } + + if(visibleControlCount==0)visibleControlCount=1; + + //Scroll bar coordinates are updated based on the controls in the frame + numOfBlocks = frame->FrameData.Height - 2; + + // Find the top position, considering multi-line controls may be present + for(count=0; count < frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; count++) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &(frame->ControlList[count]->ControlData) ); + if((COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) + { + topPos += frame->ControlList[count]->Height; + } + } + + // Find the last position, considering multi-line controls may be present + for(count=0; count < frame->LastVisibleCtrl; count++) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &(frame->ControlList[count]->ControlData) ); + if((COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) + { + lastPos += frame->ControlList[count]->Height; + } + } + + // EIP_79963 Start + //Special case, check if total lines is 1 greater than a filled frame (visible controls) + if( (visibleControlHeight > (UINT32)(frame->FrameData.Height-1)) && + ((visibleControlHeight - (UINT32)(frame->FrameData.Height-1)) < 2) ) + { + visibleControlHeight += 1 ; + MltCnt = 1 ; + } + //EIP_79963 End + + if (visibleControlHeight) + { + FirstLine = (((frame->FrameData.Height - 1) * topPos)/visibleControlHeight )+ frame->FrameData.Top; + LastLine = (((frame->FrameData.Height - 1) * lastPos)/visibleControlHeight )+ frame->FrameData.Top; + sizeOfBar = ((frame->FrameData.Height - 1) * numOfBlocks) / visibleControlHeight; + modVal = ((((frame->FrameData.Height - 1) * numOfBlocks) % visibleControlHeight)* numOfBlocks) > (numOfBlocks/2) ? 1 : 0; + } + + //EIP_79963 Start + if(((frame->LastVisibleCtrl < frame->ControlCount-1 )&&(FirstLine > (UINT32)(frame->FrameData.Height-2) )) || (frame->LastVisibleCtrl == FrameLastVisibleControl) || + ((frame->FirstVisibleCtrl > 0) && (FirstLine == frame->FrameData.Top)) ) + { + if( (frame->FrameData.Top+topPos) < (UINT16)(frame->FrameData.Height-2)) + { + if(MltCnt) + { + FirstLine = frame->FrameData.Top+topPos; //Providing the top postion value for immediate scroll after the (frame->FrameData.Height-2) reached + LastLine = FirstLine + sizeOfBar+1;//Providing the appopriate lastline + } + } + } + //EIP_79963 End + + // Minimum scrollbar size is 1 + if( ((LastLine - FirstLine)< 2) || (sizeOfBar == 0) ) + { + sizeOfBar = 1 ; + } + + // Scrollbar size must remain constant + if((LastLine - FirstLine - 1) != sizeOfBar) + { + //Check the maximum scrollbar boundry + if((FirstLine + sizeOfBar + 1) > (UINT32)(frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height - 2)) + { + //Set the maximum scrollbar boundry + FirstLine = frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height - 2 - sizeOfBar - 1 ; + } + + LastLine = FirstLine + sizeOfBar + 1 ; + } + + if(MAIN_FRAME == frame->FrameData.FrameType)//EIP-67049 To store Scrollbar Top and Bottom positon + { + gFrameScrollBarTop = FirstLine; + gFrameScrollBarBottom = LastLine; + } + + // draw scrollbar if necessary + StyleDrawScrollBar(frame, FirstLine, LastLine, modVal, sizeOfBar, numOfBlocks, bEraseScrollBar); + + }//EIP:72349 + + FlushLines( frame->FrameData.Top, frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height ); + +// if((!TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook())&&((frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_DATE)||(frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_TIME))) +// if(MAIN_FRAME == frame->FrameData.FrameType) +// NumericSoftKbdInit(); + + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: FrameDrawScrollBar +// +// Description: Draws the scrollbar controls for the frame.. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the current frame +// UINT32 FirstLine - FirstLine of the scrollbar +// UINT32 LastLine - LastLine +// UINT32 modVal - modVal +// UINT32 sizeOfBar - Size of the Scrollbar +// UINT32 numOfBlocks - Number of blocks +// BOOLEAN bEraseScrollBar - flag to erase the scrollbar +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - +// EFI_SUCCESS - If there exists a next page and the +// function successfully loads it +// EFI_OUT_PF_RESOURCES - If there are know previous page +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS FrameDrawScrollBar (FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 FirstLine, UINT32 LastLine, UINT32 modVal, UINT32 sizeOfBar, UINT32 numOfBlocks, BOOLEAN bEraseScrollBar) +{ + UINT32 i, j ; + CHAR16 ArrUp[2]={{GEOMETRICSHAPE_UP_TRIANGLE},{0x0000}} ; + CHAR16 ArrDown[2]={{GEOMETRICSHAPE_DOWN_TRIANGLE},{0x0000}}; + CHAR16 ScrlSel[2]={{BLOCKELEMENT_FULL_BLOCK/*L'N'*/},{0x0000}}; + CHAR16 ScrlNSel[2]={{BLOCKELEMENT_LIGHT_SHADE/*L'S'*/},{0x0000}}; + + + // draw scrollbar if necessary + if ( frame->BlankLine != NULL ) + { + j = frame->FrameData.Top; + for ( i = 1; i < frame->FrameData.Height; i++, j++ ) + { + // use this loop to draw the scrollbar + if(frame->UseScrollbar) + { + if(i==1) + DrawStringWithAttribute( frame->FrameData.Left + frame->FrameData.Width , j, ArrUp, + StyleGetScrollBarUpArrowColor() ); + else if(i==(UINT16)(frame->FrameData.Height - 1)) + DrawStringWithAttribute( frame->FrameData.Left+ frame->FrameData.Width, j, ArrDown, + StyleGetScrollBarDownArrowColor() ); + else + { + if( (j > FirstLine) && (j < LastLine) && ((sizeOfBar + modVal) != 0))////EIP:48377/49548 commented based on the draw of scrollbar. + { + DrawStringWithAttribute( frame->FrameData.Left+ frame->FrameData.Width, j, ScrlSel, + StyleGetScrollBarColor() ); + sizeOfBar--; + } + else + { + DrawStringWithAttribute( frame->FrameData.Left+ frame->FrameData.Width, j, ScrlNSel, + StyleGetScrollBarColor() ); + } + } + } + else if (bEraseScrollBar == TRUE) + DrawStringWithAttribute( frame->FrameData.Left+ frame->FrameData.Width, j, L" ", + StyleGetScrollBarColor() ); + + } + bEraseScrollBar = FALSE; + } + + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: CheckKeyinHotKeysList +// +// Description: For Inconsistence condition checking for Hotkeys pressed to show the popup +// +// Input: AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA Key +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN CheckKeyinHotKeysList(AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA Key) +{ + UINT16 index=0; + for(index=0; index <= gHotKeyCount; index++) + { + if( (!EfiCompareMem(&Key, &gHotKeyInfo[index], sizeof(EFI_INPUT_KEY)) ) && + ( TseCheckShiftState( Key, gHotKeyInfo[index].KeySftSte ) ) ) + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: FrameHandleAction +// +// Description: Action handler for specific frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the frame data +// ACTION_DATA *action - Specific action for the frame +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else +// EFI_UNSUPPORTED +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS FrameHandleAction( FRAME_DATA *frame, ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + CONTROL_DATA **control; + + if ( frame->ControlCount == 0 ) + return Status; + + if(frame->CurrentControl == FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + control = NULL; + else + control = &frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]; + + switch ( action->Input.Type ) + { + + case ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE: + Status = MouseFrameHandleAction(frame,action,control); + break; + + case ACTION_TYPE_KEY: + if ( control != NULL ) + Status = (*control)->Methods->HandleAction( *control, action ); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + Status = StyleFrameHandleKey( frame, action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key ); + + //EIP76810 : Ckecking Inconsistence for the current control + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + if(( ControlActionUnknown != MapControlKeysHook(action->Input.Data.AmiKey))||(CheckKeyinHotKeysList(action->Input.Data.AmiKey))) + {//If the control action is known and if its hot key only we are popuping up the ERROR popup + if( CheckInconsistence((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) ) + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + gAction.ClearAction( action );//Clearing the action if it is valid key pressed + } + } + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + Status = _FrameHandleKey( frame, action->Input.Data.AmiKey ); + break; + + case ACTION_TYPE_TIMER: + { + UINT32 i; + control = frame->ControlList; + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++, control++ ) + { + EFI_STATUS TempStatus = (*control)->Methods->HandleAction( *control, action ); + if ( Status != EFI_SUCCESS ) + Status = TempStatus; + } + // To kill the timer action. Pass it to all the controls and frame. + // gAction.ClearAction( action ); + } + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + Status = StyleFrameHandleTimer( frame, action); + break; + default: + break; + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: FrameSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS FrameSetCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gObject.SetCallback( frame, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: FrameAddControl +// +// Description: Adds controls to the frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the frame data +// CONTROL_INFO *controlData - Control date to be added +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else +// EFI_UNSUPPORTED +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS FrameAddControl( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_INFO *controlData ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + CONTROL_DATA **control; + POSITION_INFO *pos; + UINT16 count = (UINT16)frame->ControlCount; + UINT16 i; + BOOLEAN IsValidControl = FALSE; + gActiveFrame = frame; + control = MemReallocateZeroPool( frame->ControlList, count * sizeof(CONTROL_INFO *), (count + 1) * sizeof(CONTROL_INFO *) ); + + if ( control == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + frame->ControlList = control; + control = &frame->ControlList[ count ]; + + for(i=0;gTseControlMap[i].ControlType != CONTROL_TYPE_NULL;i++) + { + if(gTseControlMap[i].ControlType == controlData->ControlType) + { + Status = gTseControlMap[i].ControlMethods->Create(control); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + { + if(gTseControlMap[i].CallbackSuppored ) + gTseControlMap[i].ControlMethods->SetCallback(*control, frame, + (OBJECT_CALLBACK)(UINTN)gTseControlMap[i].CallbackFunction, + (VOID*)gTseControlMap[i].CallbackContext); + } + IsValidControl = TRUE; + } + } + + if(!IsValidControl) + { + if(controlData->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_NULL ) + frame->NullCount++; + return Status; + } + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + Status = (*control)->Methods->Initialize( *control, controlData ); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + UINT16 height = 1; + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + + //EIP-127577 Start, commented in order to remove the delay before entering Setup. + // For Multi-line support, GetControlHeight is called again during the draw phase. + /* + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + Status = (*control)->Methods->GetControlHeight( *control, (VOID*)frame,&height); + height = height ? height:1; + } + */ + //EIP-127577 End + + if(frame->FrameData.FrameType == SUBTITLE_FRAME) + (*control)->Methods->SetDimensions( *control, frame->FrameData.Width , height ); + else + (*control)->Methods->SetDimensions( *control, frame->FrameData.Width - (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin - 2 , height ); + + (*control)->ParentFrameType = frame->FrameData.FrameType ; + + frame->ControlCount++; + count++; + + (*control)->Methods->SetPosition( *control, frame->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin, frame->FrameData.Top + count -1 ); + + + if( EFI_ERROR( StyleHandleControlOverflow( frame, frame->ControlList[ count -1 ], (UINT16)frame->ControlCount )) ) + { + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = frame->ControlCount-1; + } + + // set position information + pos = MemReallocateZeroPool( frame->OrigPosition, (count-1) * sizeof(POSITION_INFO), (count ) * sizeof(POSITION_INFO) ); + if ( pos != NULL ) + { + pos[count-1].Left = (*control)->Left; + pos[count-1].Top = (*control)->Top; + frame->OrigPosition = pos; + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&frame->CurrPosition ); + frame->CurrPosition = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( count * sizeof(POSITION_INFO) ); + + } + + } + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _FrameHandleKey +// +// Description: Controls Keyboard action for each frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the frame data +// EFI_INPUT_KEY key - Key pressed in the keyboard +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else +// EFI_UNSUPPORTED +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS _FrameHandleKey( FRAME_DATA *frame, AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + + //Get mapping + Action = MapControlKeysHook(key); + + switch (Action) + { + case ControlActionNextUp: + Status = _FrameScroll( frame, TRUE); + break; + + case ControlActionNextDown: + Status = _FrameScroll( frame, FALSE); + break; + + case ControlActionPageUp: + Status = _PreviousFrame(frame); + break; + + case ControlActionPageDown: + Status = _NextFrame(frame); + break; + + case ControlActionHome: + Status = _FocusFirst(frame); + break; + + case ControlActionEnd: + Status = _FocusLast(frame); + break; + + default: + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + +// if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) +// { +// if((TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook())&&((frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]->ControlData.ControlType != CONTROL_TYPE_DATE)&&(frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]->ControlData.ControlType != CONTROL_TYPE_TIME))) +// NumericSoftKbdExit(); +// if((!TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook())&&((frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_DATE)||(frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl]->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_TIME))) +// NumericSoftKbdInit(); +// } + return Status; +} + + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _FrameScroll +// +// Description: Adds scroll bar functionality for frames with many controls +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the frame data +// BOOLEAN bScrollUp - Go up is TRUE, else to down one control +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else +// EFI_UNSUPPORTED +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS _FrameScroll( FRAME_DATA *frame, BOOLEAN bScrollUp ) +{ + UINT32 thisControl = frame->CurrentControl; + BOOLEAN bDone = FALSE; + UINT32 *pOtherEnd = NULL; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if ( frame->ControlCount == 0 ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + switch ( bScrollUp ) + { + case TRUE: + if (thisControl == FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + thisControl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + + if(thisControl < frame->FirstVisibleCtrl) + thisControl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + + //See if there are some controls that can be focused in the screen + while (thisControl != frame->FirstVisibleCtrl) + { + thisControl--; + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl ) ) + { + bDone = TRUE; + break; + } + } + + if (!bDone) + { + // No controls that can be focused is left move up til we find a unsuppressed control + while(thisControl) + { + thisControl--; + + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &(frame->ControlList[thisControl]->ControlData) ); + + if((COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) + { + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = thisControl; + pOtherEnd = &(frame->LastVisibleCtrl); + _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl); + bDone = TRUE; + break; + } + } + + // If no control can be found roll to last visible page + if (!bDone && StyleGetScrollBehavior()) + { + thisControl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl = frame->ControlCount; + do + { + thisControl--; + + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &(frame->ControlList[thisControl]->ControlData) ); + + if((COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) + { + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = thisControl; + pOtherEnd = &(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl); + bDone = TRUE; + break; + } + }while(thisControl); + } + + if(!bDone) + { + //No control can be shown in this whole frame + //Blaines EIP#13293 + if(StyleGetScrollBehavior()) + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl = 0; + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + // Calculate other end + StyleFrameSetControlPositions(frame, pOtherEnd); + + if(pOtherEnd == &(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl)) + { + //We rolled to last page; find if we can focus one + while (thisControl >= frame->FirstVisibleCtrl) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl ) ) + { + break; + } + if(thisControl == 0) + break; + thisControl--; + } + } + + //De-focus if we have no control that can be focused in the screen + if(frame->CurrentControl != FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + { + if((frame->CurrentControl < frame->FirstVisibleCtrl) || (frame->CurrentControl > frame->LastVisibleCtrl)) + { + (frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl])->Methods->SetFocus(frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl],FALSE); + frame->CurrentControl = FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED; + } + } + } + break; + + case FALSE: + if (thisControl == FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + thisControl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl; + + if(thisControl > frame->LastVisibleCtrl) + thisControl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl; + + //See if there are some controls that can be focused in the screen + while (thisControl != frame->LastVisibleCtrl) + { + thisControl++; + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl ) ) + { + bDone = TRUE; + break; + } + } + + if (!bDone) + { + // No controls that can be focused is left move down til we find an unsuppressed control + while((frame->ControlCount - 1) != thisControl) + { + thisControl++; + + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &(frame->ControlList[thisControl]->ControlData) ); + + if((COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) + { + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = thisControl; + pOtherEnd = &(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl); + _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl); + bDone = TRUE; + break; + } + } + + // If no control can be found roll to First visible page + //EIP#13293 + if (!bDone && StyleGetScrollBehavior()) + { + thisControl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = 0; + while(thisControl < frame->ControlCount) + { + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &(frame->ControlList[thisControl]->ControlData) ); + + if((COND_NONE == u8ChkResult) || (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult)) + { + //frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = thisControl; + pOtherEnd = &(frame->LastVisibleCtrl); + bDone = TRUE; + break; + } + + if((thisControl + 1) == frame->ControlCount) //this while loop breaks here before while statement + break; + thisControl++; + } + } + + if(!bDone) + { + //No control can be shown in this whole frame + //Blaines EIP#13293 + if(StyleGetScrollBehavior()) + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl = 0; + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + //Calculate other end + StyleFrameSetControlPositions(frame, pOtherEnd); + + if(pOtherEnd == &(frame->LastVisibleCtrl)) + { + //We rolled to First page; find if we can focus one + while (thisControl <= frame->LastVisibleCtrl) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl ) ) + { + break; + } + thisControl++; + } + } + + //De-focus if we have no control that can be focused in the screen + if(frame->CurrentControl != FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + { + if((frame->CurrentControl < frame->FirstVisibleCtrl) || (frame->CurrentControl > frame->LastVisibleCtrl)) + { + (frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl])->Methods->SetFocus(frame->ControlList[frame->CurrentControl],FALSE); + frame->CurrentControl = FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED; + } + } + } + break; + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _FrameSubmenuCallback +// +// Description: Function to set frame submenu callback. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _FrameSubmenuCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, VOID *cookie ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + CALLBACK_SUBMENU *callbackData = (CALLBACK_SUBMENU *)cookie; + + if ( ( callbackData == NULL ) || ( callbackData->Header.Type != CALLBACK_TYPE_SUBMENU ) ) + return; + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + gApp->CurrentPage = callbackData->DestPage; +//EIP: 55762 Start + if(submenu->ControlData.DestQuestionID != 0){ + UINT32 FocusControlIndex = 0; + + Status = UpdateDestiantionQuestion(gApp->CurrentPage, submenu->ControlData.DestQuestionID, &FocusControlIndex); + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS){ + UINT32 MainFrameIndex = 0; + FRAME_DATA *MainFrame = NULL; + PAGE_DATA *pageData = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]; + MainFrameIndex = StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME); + MainFrame = pageData->FrameList[MainFrameIndex]; + _FrameSetControlFocus(MainFrame, FocusControlIndex); + } + } + } +//EIP: 55762 End + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + gApp->OnRedraw = SUBMENU_COMPLETE_REDRAW; + +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _FrameMenuCallback +// +// Description: Function to set frame menu callback. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, MENU_DATA *menu, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _FrameMenuCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, MENU_DATA *menu, VOID *cookie ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + CALLBACK_MENU *callbackData = (CALLBACK_MENU *)cookie; + + if ( ( callbackData == NULL ) || ( callbackData->Header.Type != CALLBACK_TYPE_MENU ) ) + return; + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + gApp->CurrentPage = callbackData->DestPage; + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + gApp->OnRedraw = MENU_COMPLETE_REDRAW; +//EIP: 58925 Start + if(IsLinkHistorySupport()) + { + ResetNavStack(); + } +//EIP: 58925 End +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _FrameVariableCallback +// +// Description: Function to set frame variable callback. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _FrameVariableCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *cookie ) +{ + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)cookie; + + if ( ( callbackData == NULL ) || ( callbackData->Header.Type != CALLBACK_TYPE_VARIABLE ) ) + return; + + if ( callbackData->Variable >= gVariables->VariableCount ) + return; + + VarSetValue( callbackData->Variable, callbackData->Offset, callbackData->Length, callbackData->Data ); + + if ( control->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReset ) + gResetRequired = TRUE; + +} +BOOLEAN TSEPwdSavetoNvram(VOID);//EIP 93881 & 93873 : Save pwd to nvram and not loading empty pwd on loading defaults. +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _FramePasswordCallback +// +// Description: Function to set frame password callback. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _FramePasswordCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *cookie ) +{ + CALLBACK_PASSWORD *callbackData = (CALLBACK_PASSWORD *)cookie; + CHAR16 *saveData = NULL; + + if ( ( callbackData == NULL ) || ( callbackData->Header.Type != CALLBACK_TYPE_PASSWORD ) ) + return; + + if ( callbackData->Variable >= gVariables->VariableCount ) + return; + + saveData = (CHAR16 *)callbackData->Data; + + if(FramePwdCallbackIdePasswordUpdate ( control,saveData) != EFI_SUCCESS) + { +//EIP 23354 : Start + if( IsPasswordEncodeEnabled(&control->ControlData) ) + saveData = PasswordUpdate( callbackData->Data, callbackData->Length); +//EIP 23354 : End + + if ( saveData ) + { +//EIP 93881 & 93873 : Save pwd to nvram and not loading empty pwd on loading defaults. + if((TSEPwdSavetoNvram())&&( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP == callbackData->Variable )) + { + AMITSESETUP *TempSaveData = (AMITSESETUP *)NULL; + UINTN size=0; + TempSaveData = (AMITSESETUP *) EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(AMITSESETUP)); + size = sizeof(AMITSESETUP); + + TempSaveData = VarGetNvram(VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, &size); + MemCopy( ((UINT8*)(TempSaveData))+(callbackData->Offset), saveData, callbackData->Length ); + VarSetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, TempSaveData, sizeof(AMITSESETUP)); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&TempSaveData ); + } + else + VarSetValue( callbackData->Variable, callbackData->Offset, callbackData->Length, saveData ); + + FramePasswordAdvancedCallback(callbackData,saveData); + } + + if ( saveData != callbackData->Data ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&saveData ); + } + + if ( control->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReset ) + gResetRequired = TRUE; + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _FrameSetControlFocus +// +// Description: Sets focus on a defined control in the frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Date for a specific frame +// UINT32 index - Index of the control +// +// Output: BOOLEAN focusSet - TRUE if focus is set, FALSE otherwise +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +BOOLEAN _FrameSetControlFocus( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 index ) +{ + CONTROL_DATA *control; + BOOLEAN focusSet = FALSE; + + if ( frame->ControlCount <= index ) + return focusSet; + + control = frame->ControlList[index]; + focusSet = (BOOLEAN)(control->Methods->SetFocus( control, TRUE ) == EFI_SUCCESS); + + // de-focus all other controls + if ( focusSet ) + { + UINT32 i; + + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++ ) + { + if ( i == index ) + continue; + control = frame->ControlList[i]; + control->Methods->SetFocus( control, FALSE ); + } + + frame->CurrentControl = index; + } + + return focusSet; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _FrameAddControls +// +// Description: Function to add controls in the frame +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, PAGE_INFO *data +// +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _FrameAddControls( FRAME_DATA *frame, PAGE_INFO *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + UINT32 i, controlNumber = 0; + BOOLEAN focusSet = FALSE; + + for ( i = 0; i < data->PageControls.ControlCount; i++ ) + { + Status = gFrame.AddControl( frame, (CONTROL_INFO *) ((UINT8 *)gControlInfo + data->PageControls.ControlList[i]) ); + if ( EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + continue; + + if ( ! focusSet ) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, controlNumber ) ) + { + frame->CurrentControl = controlNumber; + focusSet = TRUE; + } + } + controlNumber++; + } + + Status = StyleAddAdditionalControls( frame, controlNumber, focusSet ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _FrameAddTitle +// +// Description: Function to add tittle to a frame. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameNumber, PAGE_INFO *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _FrameAddTitle( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType, PAGE_INFO *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + CONTROL_DATA **control; + CONTROL_INFO dummy; + UINT8 BORDER = (frame->FrameData.Border==TRUE)?1:0 ; + + UINT8 SPACER = 0 ; + + + control = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(CONTROL_INFO *) ); + if ( control == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + frame->ControlList = control; + Status = gMemo.Create( control ); + + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 ); + dummy.ControlHandle = (VOID*)(UINTN)INVALID_HANDLE; + dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE; + dummy.ControlType = CONTROL_TYPE_MEMO; + + switch ( frameType ) + { + case TITLE_FRAME: + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)gTitle; + break; + case HELP_FRAME: + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)gHelp; + SPACER = 1 ; + break; + case SUBTITLE_FRAME: + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)gSubTitle; + break; + case HELPTITLE_FRAME: + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)gHelpTitle; + break; + case NAV_FRAME: + dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)gNavStrings; + break; + default: + if(StyleFrameAddTitle(frame, frameType,&dummy) != EFI_SUCCESS) + { + gMemo.Destroy( *control, TRUE ); + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + + (*control)->ParentFrameType = frame->FrameData.FrameType ; + gMemo.Initialize( *control, &dummy ); + gMemo.SetPosition( *control, frame->FrameData.Left+BORDER, frame->FrameData.Top+BORDER ); + gMemo.SetDimensions( *control, frame->FrameData.Width-SPACER-2*BORDER, frame->FrameData.Height-2*BORDER ); + gMemo.SetAttributes( *control, frame->FrameData.FGColor, frame->FrameData.BGColor ); + if((IsMouseSupported()) && (frameType == NAV_FRAME)) + { + (*control)->FGColor = FOCUS_COLOR; + } + frame->ControlCount++; + + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _PreviousFrame +// +// Description: Loads the controls from the previous frame into the screen. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame = Pointer to the current frame +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - +// EFI_SUCCESS - If there exists a previous page and the +// function successfully loads it +// EFI_OUT_PF_RESOURCES - If there are know previous page +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS _PreviousFrame (FRAME_DATA *frame) +{ + UINT32 thisControl; + BOOLEAN bFocused; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl > 0) + { + //return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl-1; + StyleFrameSetControlPositions(frame, &(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl)); + + + if(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl<=0) + { + StyleFrameSetControlPositions(frame, &(frame->LastVisibleCtrl)); + } + } + + + //Focus a control if possible + thisControl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + bFocused = FALSE; + while (thisControl <= frame->LastVisibleCtrl) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl ) ) + { + bFocused = TRUE; + break; + } + thisControl++; + } + + if (!bFocused) + frame->CurrentControl = FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS ; + + return Status; +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _NextFrame +// +// Description: Loads the controls from the next frame into the screen. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame = Pointer to the current frame +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - +// EFI_SUCCESS - If there exists a next page and the +// function successfully loads it +// EFI_OUT_PF_RESOURCES - If there are know previous page +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _NextFrame (FRAME_DATA *frame) +{ + UINT32 thisControl; + BOOLEAN bFocused; + + if(frame->LastVisibleCtrl < (frame->ControlCount-1)) + { + //return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl + 1; + + StyleFrameSetControlPositions(frame, &(frame->LastVisibleCtrl)); + + if(frame->LastVisibleCtrl>=(frame->ControlCount-1)) + { + StyleFrameSetControlPositions(frame, &(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl)); + } + } + + + //Focus a control if possible + /* + thisControl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + bFocused = FALSE; + while (thisControl <= frame->LastVisibleCtrl) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl ) ) + { + bFocused = TRUE; + break; + } + thisControl++; + } + */ + + //EIP#13118 Set Focus to bottom of page on PageDown + thisControl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl; + bFocused = FALSE; + while (thisControl >= frame->FirstVisibleCtrl) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, thisControl ) ) + { + bFocused = TRUE; + break; + } + //EIP:31606 - Fix for hanging issue in case of no active controls in a frame + if (thisControl == 0) + break; + + thisControl--; + } + + if (!bFocused) + frame->CurrentControl = FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _FocusFirst +// +// Description: Set focus to the first control in the frame (in the first page). +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame = Pointer to the current frame +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - +// EFI_SUCCESS - If there exists a previous page and the +// function successfully loads it +// EFI_OUT_PF_RESOURCES - If there are know previous page +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS _FocusFirst (FRAME_DATA *frame) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + do + { //At least once in case there's less than a page + Status = _PreviousFrame(frame); + + }while(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl > 0); + + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: _FocusLast +// +// Description: Set focus to the last control in the frame. +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame = Pointer to the current frame +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - +// EFI_SUCCESS - If there exists a previous page and the +// function successfully loads it +// EFI_OUT_PF_RESOURCES - If there are know previous page +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS _FocusLast (FRAME_DATA *frame) +{ + + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + do + { //At least once in case there's less than a page + Status = _NextFrame(frame); + + }while(frame->LastVisibleCtrl < (frame->ControlCount-1)); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _FrameHandleMouse +// +// Description: Function to hadnle frame using mouse +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, +// MOUSE_INFO MouseInfo +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _FrameHandleMouse( FRAME_DATA *frame,MOUSE_INFO MouseInfo) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT32 i, Action; + + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&MouseInfo); + //if(TSEMOUSE_RIGHT_CLICK == MouseInfo.ButtonStatus) + if(ControlActionAbort == Action) + return Status; + + if ( frame->ControlCount == 0 ) + return Status; + + //Reset lbutton positions + if (ControlMouseActionLeftUp == Action || ControlActionChoose == Action || ControlActionSelect == Action) + { + lButtonDownInitialPosition = 0; + lButtonDownVaringPosition = 0; + } + + //For Handling Frame Scroll Bar using Mouse + if(frame->UseScrollbar) + { + //If clicked on scrollbar area + if(MouseInfo.Left == (UINT32) frame->FrameData.Left + frame->FrameData.Width) + { + //If clicked on UP_ARROW + if( (MouseInfo.Top == frame->FrameData.Top) /*Arrow Up*/ + &&((TSEMOUSE_LEFT_CLICK == MouseInfo.ButtonStatus)||(TSEMOUSE_LEFT_DCLICK == MouseInfo.ButtonStatus))//EIP 78929 : Check for left click and left double click to scroll the frame if click on arrow buttons of scroll bar. + ) + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, TRUE, 1 ); + + //If clicked on DOWN_ARROW + else if( ( MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32) (frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height -2) || MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32) (frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height -3) ) //EIP:48377 Coordinates of Mouse click down arrow operation are updated to work for GTSE and AMITSE. + &&((TSEMOUSE_LEFT_CLICK == MouseInfo.ButtonStatus)||(TSEMOUSE_LEFT_DCLICK == MouseInfo.ButtonStatus))//EIP 78929 : Check for left click and left double click to scroll the frame if click on arrow buttons of scroll bar. + ) + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, FALSE, 1 ); + + //If mouse clicked below UP_ARROW and above ScrollBar + else if( (MouseInfo.Top <= gFrameScrollBarTop) //Clicked above scrollbar + && (MouseInfo.Top > frame->FrameData.Top) //Clicked below UP_ARROW + && (ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action) + ) + { + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, TRUE, gFrameScrollBarTop-MouseInfo.Top+1 ); + } + + //If mouse clicked on scrollbar + else if( (MouseInfo.Top < gFrameScrollBarBottom) && (MouseInfo.Top > gFrameScrollBarTop) //Clicked on ScrollBar area + && (ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action) // Clicked lbutton down + && ((ControlActionChoose != Action) || (ControlActionSelect != Action)) //Neglecting LEFT_DCLICK and LEFT_CLICK on scrollbar area + ) + { + if ( lButtonDownInitialPosition == 0 )//To get initial lButtonDown position + { + lButtonDownInitialPosition = MouseInfo.Top; + } + if ( lButtonDownInitialPosition != MouseInfo.Top ) + { + lButtonDownVaringPosition = MouseInfo.Top; + //Move scrollbar upwards + if( lButtonDownInitialPosition > lButtonDownVaringPosition ) + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, TRUE, lButtonDownInitialPosition - lButtonDownVaringPosition ); + + //Move scrollbar downwards + else + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, FALSE, lButtonDownVaringPosition - lButtonDownInitialPosition ); + lButtonDownInitialPosition = lButtonDownVaringPosition; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + //If mouse clicked above DOWN_ARROW and below ScrollBar + else if( (MouseInfo.Top >= gFrameScrollBarBottom) + && (MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32) (frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height -2)) + && (ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action) + ) + { + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, FALSE, MouseInfo.Top-gFrameScrollBarBottom + 1 ); + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + //If mouse button clicked on scrollbar and moved outside the scroll area + else if( ControlMouseActionLeftDown == Action + && (lButtonDownInitialPosition != 0) + && ((ControlActionChoose != Action) || (ControlActionSelect != Action)) + ) + { + lButtonDownVaringPosition = MouseInfo.Top; + //Move scrollbar upwards + if( lButtonDownInitialPosition > lButtonDownVaringPosition ) + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, TRUE, lButtonDownInitialPosition - lButtonDownVaringPosition ); + + //Move scrollbar downwards + else + MouseScrollBarMove( frame, FALSE, lButtonDownVaringPosition - lButtonDownInitialPosition ); + lButtonDownInitialPosition = lButtonDownVaringPosition; + + //Reset lButtonDown position when lButton releases + if (ControlMouseActionLeftUp == Action) + { + lButtonDownInitialPosition = lButtonDownVaringPosition = 0; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + //If mouse clicked on frame without scrollbar support + if(!((MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)frame->FrameData.Top) && (MouseInfo.Left > (UINT32)(frame->FrameData.Width+1) )) //Clicked other than scrollbar area + && (ControlMouseActionLeftUp != Action) //Neglecting LEFT_UP action + ) + { + //Find control that was clicked + for(i=frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; i<=frame->LastVisibleCtrl; i++) + { + if( (MouseInfo.Top >= frame->ControlList[i]->Top) && (MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(frame->ControlList[i]->Top + frame->ControlList[i]->Height)) ) + { + //This is the control; select it. + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, i ) ) + { + // if((TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook())&&((frame->ControlList[i]->ControlData.ControlType != CONTROL_TYPE_DATE)&&(frame->ControlList[i]->ControlData.ControlType != CONTROL_TYPE_TIME))) + // NumericSoftKbdExit(); + // if((!TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook())&&((frame->ControlList[i]->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_DATE)||(frame->ControlList[i]->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_TIME))) + // NumericSoftKbdInit(); + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + } + } + } + } + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSEMouseFrameHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to hadnle frame using mouse +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, +// ACTION_DATA *action, +// CONTROL_DATA **control +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseFrameHandleAction( FRAME_DATA *frame, ACTION_DATA *action,CONTROL_DATA **control ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if( (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)frame->FrameData.Top) && (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left > (UINT32)(frame->FrameData.Width+1) ) ) + { + TSEMouseHelpFrameHandleAction(frame, action, control); + } + + //EIP-123727 check whether Current Control is with in the Visible Area or not. + if ( control != NULL && (frame->CurrentControl >= frame->FirstVisibleCtrl && frame->CurrentControl <= frame->LastVisibleCtrl)) + Status = (*control)->Methods->HandleAction( *control, action ); + + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + Status = StyleFrameHandleMouse( frame, action->Input.Data.MouseInfo ); + + //EIP76810 : Ckecking Inconsistence for the current control + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + if( CheckInconsistence((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) ) + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + + } + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + Status = _FrameHandleMouse( frame, action->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + + return Status; +} + +//EIP:62098 START +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TSEMouseHelpFrameHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to hadnle help frame using mouse +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, +// ACTION_DATA *action, +// CONTROL_DATA **control +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseHelpFrameHandleAction( FRAME_DATA *frame, ACTION_DATA *action,CONTROL_DATA **control ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + MEMO_DATA *memo; + BOOLEAN bScrollBar = FALSE; + CHAR16 *text = NULL; + UINT16 height = 0; + + control = frame->ControlList; + control = control+ frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + memo = (MEMO_DATA *) *control; + + if( memo->ParentFrameType != HELP_FRAME ) + return Status; + else + { + text = HiiGetString( memo->ControlData.ControlHandle,UefiGetTitleField( (VOID *)memo->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + if ( text == NULL ) + return Status; + + if ( EfiStrLen(text) == 0) + { + // String is empty but memory is allocated. + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + return Status; + } + + // clear out old wrapped string + //EIP-131365 Here gActiveBuffer will update with EmptyString and clear HelpFrame characters. This causes help area flickers when mouse action happens. + //for ( pos = 0; pos < memo->Height; pos++ ) + //DrawStringWithAttribute( memo->Left, memo->Top + pos, memo->EmptyString, memo->FGColor | memo->BGColor ); + + // XXX: this wrapping code is probably not compatible with all languages + StringWrapText( text, memo->Width, &height ); + if(height == 0) + return Status; + + bScrollBar = ( (height > memo->Height) && (memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME /*memo->Top == MAIN_TOP*/) ) ? 1 : 0; + + if(bScrollBar && (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.ButtonStatus == TSEMOUSE_LEFT_CLICK)) + { + + if((action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == (frame->FrameData.Top + frame->FrameData.Height -1))&&(action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left == frame->FrameData.Width + frame->FrameData.Left -1 )) + _HelpFrameScroll( memo, FALSE); + + if(((action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == frame->FrameData.Top) ||(action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == frame->FrameData.Top -1)) + && (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left == frame->FrameData.Width + frame->FrameData.Left -1) ) + _HelpFrameScroll( memo, TRUE); + + + } + else + return Status; + } + + return Status; + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _HelpFrameScroll +// +// Description: Function to hadnle help frame scroll using mouse +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame, +// ACTION_DATA *action, +// CONTROL_DATA **control +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _HelpFrameScroll(MEMO_DATA *memo,BOOLEAN bScrollUp) +{ + switch(bScrollUp) + { + + case FALSE: + if( memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME) + { + // Incrementing the ScrollBarPosition. + memo->ScrollBarPosition++; + // Based upon ScrollBarPosition drawing the Memo again. + gMemo.Draw(memo); + } + break; + + case TRUE: + if( memo->ParentFrameType == HELP_FRAME) + { + // Decrementing ScrollBarPosition + if( memo->ScrollBarPosition != 0 ) + memo->ScrollBarPosition--; + else + memo->ScrollBarPosition = 0; + gMemo.Draw(memo); + } + break; + default: + return ; + } + +} +//EIP:62098 END + +//EIP-67049 Start +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: TSEMouseScrollBarMove +// +// Description: Adds scroll bar functionality for frames with many controls +// +// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame - Pointer to the frame data +// BOOLEAN bScrollUp - Go up is TRUE, else to down one control +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else +// EFI_UNSUPPORTED +// +//-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS TSEMouseScrollBarMove( FRAME_DATA *frame, BOOLEAN bScrollUp, UINT32 Size ) +{ + CONTROL_DATA *control=NULL; + UINTN i=0,IndexOfLastNonSupressctrl=0; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if ( frame->ControlCount == 0 ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + switch ( bScrollUp ) + { + case TRUE: + + if( Size >= frame->FirstVisibleCtrl ) + Size = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl; + //If FirstVisibleCtrl is not equal to first control then move scrollbar till it reaches top + if(frame->FirstVisibleCtrl > 0) + { + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl - Size; + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl - Size; + } + break; + + case FALSE: + //If the size of scroll to move exceeds the remaining control count then change the size value based on the remaining control count + if( Size >= (frame->ControlCount - frame->LastVisibleCtrl) ) + Size = frame->ControlCount - frame->LastVisibleCtrl - 1; + //get the Index of the Last Non Supress Ctrl in the Frame + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++ ) + { + + control = frame->ControlList[i]; + if(control != NULL) + { + //Check conditional + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition(&(control->ControlData )); + if(COND_SUPPRESS != u8ChkResult ) + IndexOfLastNonSupressctrl=i; + else + continue; + } + } + //If LastVisibleCtrl is not equal to last control then move scrollbar till it reaches bottom + if(frame->LastVisibleCtrl < frame->ControlCount-1 && IndexOfLastNonSupressctrl != frame->LastVisibleCtrl) + { + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = frame->FirstVisibleCtrl + Size; + frame->LastVisibleCtrl = frame->LastVisibleCtrl + Size; + } + break; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//EIP-67049 End + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2013, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/frame.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a33e4e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/frame.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 7 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/frame.h $ +// +// 7 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: frame.h +// +// Description: Header file for Frame control related functions +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +#ifndef _FRAME_H_ +#define _FRAME_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "object.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "control.h" + +#include "submenu.h" +#include "menu.h" +#include "text.h" + +#define MAIN_FRAME 0 +#define TITLE_FRAME (MAIN_FRAME + 1) +#define HELP_FRAME (TITLE_FRAME + 1) +#define NAV_FRAME (HELP_FRAME + 1) +#define SUBTITLE_FRAME (NAV_FRAME + 1) +#define HELPTITLE_FRAME (SUBTITLE_FRAME + 1) +#define MAINTITLE_FRAME (HELPTITLE_FRAME + 1) +#define SCROLLBAR_FRAME (MAINTITLE_FRAME + 1) + +typedef struct _FRAME_INFO +{ + UINT32 FrameType; + BOOLEAN Drawable; + BOOLEAN Border; + CHAR16 BorderType; + UINT8 Width; + UINT8 Height; + UINT8 Top; + UINT8 Left; + UINT8 FGColor; + UINT8 BGColor; + UINT8 ScrlFGColor; + UINT8 ScrlBGColor; + UINT8 ScrlUpFGColor; + UINT8 ScrlUpBGColor; + UINT8 ScrlDnFGColor; + UINT8 ScrlDnBGColor; + +} +FRAME_INFO; + +typedef struct _AMITSE_CONTROL_MAP +{ + UINT16 ControlType; + CONTROL_METHODS *ControlMethods; + BOOLEAN CallbackSuppored; + VOID *CallbackFunction; + VOID *CallbackContext; +}AMITSE_CONTROL_MAP; + +typedef struct _POSITION_INFO +{ + UINT16 Top; + UINT16 Left; +} +POSITION_INFO; + +#define FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED 0xFFFFFFFF + +#define FRAME_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + FRAME_INFO FrameData; \ + UINT32 PageID; \ + UINT32 ControlCount; \ + UINT32 NullCount; \ + UINT32 CurrentControl; \ + CONTROL_DATA **ControlList; \ + CHAR16 *BlankLine; \ + BOOLEAN UseScrollbar; \ + UINT32 FirstVisibleCtrl; \ + UINT32 LastVisibleCtrl; \ + POSITION_INFO *OrigPosition; \ + POSITION_INFO *CurrPosition; + +typedef struct _FRAME_METHODS FRAME_METHODS; + +typedef struct _FRAME_DATA +{ + FRAME_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + FRAME_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +FRAME_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*FRAME_METHOD_ADD_CONTROL) ( VOID *object, VOID *data ); + + +#define FRAME_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + FRAME_METHOD_ADD_CONTROL AddControl; + +struct _FRAME_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + FRAME_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern FRAME_METHODS gFrame; +extern AMITSE_CONTROL_MAP gTseControlMap[]; +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS FrameCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS FrameDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS FrameInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS FrameDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS FrameHandleAction( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data ); +EFI_STATUS FrameSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Frame Methods +EFI_STATUS FrameAddControl( VOID *object, VOID *data ); + + +VOID _FrameSubmenuCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, SUBMENU_DATA *submenu, VOID *cookie ); +VOID _FrameVariableCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *cookie ); +VOID _FramePasswordCallback( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_DATA *control, VOID *cookie ); +BOOLEAN _FrameSetControlFocus( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 index ); +EFI_STATUS _FrameAddControls( FRAME_DATA *frame, PAGE_INFO *data ); +EFI_STATUS _FrameAddTitle( FRAME_DATA *frame, UINT32 frameType, PAGE_INFO *data ); + +#endif /* _FRAME_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotclick.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotclick.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8dd6b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotclick.c @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotclick.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 3 $ +// +// $Date: 3/14/13 11:47a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotclick.c $ +// +// 3 3/14/13 11:47a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP85745 & 109814 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support for Modal Form Support as per UEFI 2.3.1 +// [Files] Parse.c, Page.c, Menu.c, Hotclick.c +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:03a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 2 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 6/29/11 5:01a Rajashakerg +// Added to support Hot clicks +// +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: hotclick.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle hotclick operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" +extern BOOLEAN IsPageModal(UINT32 PgIndex); + +HOTCLICK_METHODS gHotClick = +{ + HotClickCreate, + HotClickDestroy, + HotClickInitialize, + HotClickEmptyMethod, + HotClickHandleAction, + HotClickSetCallback +}; +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotClickCreate +// +// Description: Function create a HotClick, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: HOTCLICK_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotClickCreate( HOTCLICK_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(HOTCLICK_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gObject.Create( object ); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)object ); + return Status; + } + + (*object)->Methods = &gHotClick; + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotClickDestroy +// +// Description: Function destroy a HotClick, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: HOTCLICK_DATA *hotkey, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotClickDestroy( HOTCLICK_DATA *hotclick, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + + gObject.Destroy( hotclick, FALSE ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&hotclick ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotClickInitialize +// +// Description: Function Initialize a Hotclick, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: HOTCLICK_DATA *hotkey, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotClickInitialize( HOTCLICK_DATA *hotclick, VOID *data ) +{ + HOTCLICK_TEMPLATE *template = (HOTCLICK_TEMPLATE *)data; + +// MemCopy( &hotclick->HotClickData.MouseInfo, &(template->MouseInfo), sizeof(MOUSE_INFO) ); + hotclick->HotClickData.Xo = template->Xo; + hotclick->HotClickData.Yo = template->Yo; + hotclick->HotClickData.Xn = template->Xn; + hotclick->HotClickData.Yn = template->Yn; + + hotclick->BasePage = template->BasePage; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +EFI_STATUS HotClickEmptyMethod( HOTCLICK_DATA *hotclick ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotClickHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the HotClick actions. +// +// Input: HOTCLICK_DATA *hotkey, ACTION_DATA *action +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotClickHandleAction( HOTCLICK_DATA *hotclick, ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + PAGE_DATA *page=NULL; + + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE ) + return Status; + + page = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]; + if(!page) + return Status; + + if(IsPageModal(page->PageData.PageID)){ + return Status; + } + if ( + ((action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= hotclick->HotClickData.Xo) && (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left <= hotclick->HotClickData.Xn)) && + ((action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= hotclick->HotClickData.Yo) && (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top <= hotclick->HotClickData.Yn)) + ) + { + if ( hotclick->Callback ) + hotclick->Callback( hotclick->Container, hotclick, hotclick->Cookie ); + + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotClickSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: HOTCLICK_DATA *hotkey, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotClickSetCallback( HOTCLICK_DATA *hotclick, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gObject.SetCallback( hotclick, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotclick.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotclick.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..988c353 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotclick.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotclick.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 2 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:03a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotclick.h $ +// +// 2 10/18/12 6:03a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 2 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 1 6/29/11 5:01a Rajashakerg +// Added to support Hot clicks +// +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: hotclick.h +// +// Description: Header file for hotclick code to handling +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _HOTCLICK_H_ +#define _HOTCLICK_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "object.h" +#include "action.h" + + +typedef struct _HOTCLICK_INFO +{ + UINT32 Xo, Yo, Xn, Yn; +} +HOTCLICK_INFO; + +#define HOTCLICK_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + HOTCLICK_INFO HotClickData; \ + UINT32 BasePage; + +typedef struct _HOTCLICK_METHODS HOTCLICK_METHODS; + +typedef struct _HOTCLICK_DATA +{ + HOTCLICK_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + HOTCLICK_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +HOTCLICK_DATA; + +#define HOTCLICK_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _HOTCLICK_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + HOTCLICK_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern HOTCLICK_METHODS gHotClick; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS HotClickCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS HotClickDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS HotClickInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS HotClickEmptyMethod( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS HotClickHandleAction( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data ); +EFI_STATUS HotClickSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +#endif /* _HOTCLICK_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotkey.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotkey.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d54674 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotkey.c @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotkey.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 5 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotkey.c $ +// +// 5 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 7 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 1/09/10 6:34a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:04p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: hotkey.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle hotkey operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +HOTKEY_METHODS gHotKey = +{ + HotKeyCreate, + HotKeyDestroy, + HotKeyInitialize, + HotKeyEmptyMethod, + HotKeyHandleAction, + HotKeySetCallback +}; +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotKeyCreate +// +// Description: Function create a Hotkey, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: HOTKEY_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotKeyCreate( HOTKEY_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(HOTKEY_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gObject.Create( object ); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)object ); + return Status; + } + + (*object)->Methods = &gHotKey; + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotKeyDestroy +// +// Description: Function destroy a Hotkey, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotKeyDestroy( HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + + gObject.Destroy( hotkey, FALSE ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&hotkey ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotKeyInitialize +// +// Description: Function Initialize a Hotkey, which uses the Object functions. +// +// Input: HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotKeyInitialize( HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, VOID *data ) +{ + HOTKEY_TEMPLATE *template = (HOTKEY_TEMPLATE *)data; + + MemCopy( &hotkey->HotKeyData.Key, &(template->Key), sizeof(EFI_INPUT_KEY) ); + + hotkey->HotKeyData.KeySftSte=template->KeySftSte; + + hotkey->BasePage = template->BasePage; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +EFI_STATUS HotKeyEmptyMethod( HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotKeyHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the HotKey actions. +// +// Input: HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, ACTION_DATA *action +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotKeyHandleAction( HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + return Status; + + if ( (! EfiCompareMem( &action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key, &hotkey->HotKeyData.Key, sizeof(EFI_INPUT_KEY) ) ) + && ( TseCheckShiftState( (action->Input.Data.AmiKey), (hotkey->HotKeyData.KeySftSte) ) ) ) + { + if ( hotkey->Callback ) + hotkey->Callback( hotkey->Container, hotkey, hotkey->Cookie ); + + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotKeySetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS HotKeySetCallback( HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gObject.SetCallback( hotkey, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotkey.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotkey.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc7aa64 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/hotkey.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotkey.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 6 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/hotkey.h $ +// +// 6 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 8 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: hotkey.h +// +// Description: Header file for hotkey code to handling +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _HOTKEY_H_ +#define _HOTKEY_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "object.h" +#include "action.h" + +/* +typedef struct _HOTKEY_TEMPLATE +{ + EFI_INPUT_KEY Key; + UINT32 KeySftSte; + OBJECT_CALLBACK Callback; + UINT32 BasePage; +} +HOTKEY_TEMPLATE; +*/ +typedef struct _HOTKEY_INFO +{ + EFI_INPUT_KEY Key; + UINT32 KeySftSte; +} +HOTKEY_INFO; + +#define HOTKEY_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + HOTKEY_INFO HotKeyData; \ + UINT32 BasePage; + +typedef struct _HOTKEY_METHODS HOTKEY_METHODS; + +typedef struct _HOTKEY_DATA +{ + HOTKEY_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + HOTKEY_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +HOTKEY_DATA; + +#define HOTKEY_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _HOTKEY_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + HOTKEY_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern HOTKEY_METHODS gHotKey; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS HotKeyCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS HotKeyDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS HotKeyInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS HotKeyEmptyMethod( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS HotKeyHandleAction( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data ); +EFI_STATUS HotKeySetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +#endif /* _HOTKEY_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/minisetupext.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/minisetupext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90e8256 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/minisetupext.c @@ -0,0 +1,2378 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/minisetupext.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 79 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 11:52a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/minisetupext.c $ +// +// 79 8/28/14 11:52a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP174031 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Removed TODO comments and added proper comments in those +// places +// [Files] commonoem.c, commonhelper.c, special.c, submenu.c, +// minisetupext.c, uefi21wapper.c and legacy.c +// +// 78 8/28/14 6:50a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP93340 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] - Defaults can be given to string type controls using tag +// "Default = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DEFAULT_STRING)". +// - New token TSE_SUPPORT_DEFAULT_FOR_STRING_CONTROL is introduced for +// this support. +// - Enabling this TSE_SUPPORT_DEFAULT_FOR_STRING_CONTROL token will +// display default string mention in setup. +// - On loading optimal defaults also string will load default mentioned +// in default value tag. +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, MiniSetupExt.c, Hii.c +// +// 77 5/03/14 3:14p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 76 5/02/14 1:06p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP128526 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Disable ESC action in BBS popup menu +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, TseLite/MinisetupExt.c +// +// 75 5/02/14 4:27a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP155965 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] MessageBox, ListBox cannot be canceled by Mouse +// Right-Click +// Checked for gpoststatus. On clicking outside of the postmenu should not +// close it. +// [Files] MessageBox.c, ListBox.c and minisetupext.c +// +// 74 5/02/14 3:48a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP155965 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] MessageBox, ListBox cannot be canceled by Mouse +// Right-Click +// [Files] MessageBox.c, ListBox.c and minisetupext.c +// +// 73 5/02/14 12:42a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP150526 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE hangs on disconnecting and connecting the RAID driver +// [Root Cause] Process pack updated on processing the existing pack +// update +// [Solution] First we getting remove and new pack. On getting this TSE +// starts processing the pack(ProcessPackNotification) but on processing +// the pack itself we getting notification again for remove and add. So +// again process pack happens inside notification +// itself(IFRChangeNotifyFn), this processing should not happen inside +// notification so enabled flag gEnableProcessPack in PageHandleAction. +// [Files] hii.c, minisetupext.c and page.c +// +// 72 2/11/14 8:43p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 71 12/05/13 1:32a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 70 12/03/13 1:23p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP128526 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Disable ESC action in BBS popup menu +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, TseLite/MinisetupExt.c +// +// 69 11/01/13 1:45p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP136371, 141870 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Normal +// [Symptom:] Menu ordering is not proper when entering into setup through +// BBS popup menu +// [Root Cause] Boot flow is not set to normal for after BBS popup, so in +// root page ordering boot flow is not matched +// [Solution] After existing from BBS popup menu boot flow set to +// BOOT_FLOW_CONDITION_NORMAL +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 68 6/10/13 12:06p Premkumara +// [Issue Faced] In DriverSample, REF setup get crashes after +// selecting REF5 interactive control +// [Root Cause] When gApp->CurrentPage is 0 gApp->PageList is +// NULL +// [Solution] Return NULL, when gApp->PageListis NULL +// [Modified Files] Minisetupext.c +// +// 67 5/23/13 5:18a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123432 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Issue Faced] Take print screen for save & Exit msg box. OK +// of msg box is consumed by Save & Exit msg box. +// - Cursor is missing after taking print screen of popupedit box in +// string control +// - Printscreen support is not given for Filebrowser feature +// [RootCause] - When msg box for Save&Exit is popped and printscreen +// event is called and displaying msg box over Save&Exit. Then msgbox +// handleaction for printscreen event will change the result value in +// _CallbackMsgbox() function so it will break the while loop in +// _CallbackGetValue() function so destroy the next msg box in +// CallbackShowMessageBox() function. +// - DrawCursor variable is not set to TRUE after printscreen event +// [Solution] - Returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED for printscreen event handling +// function for messgebox and change the result value to 0xff +// - Support given for file browser feature +// [Files] Callback.c, MessageBox.c, Minisetupext.c, PopupString.c, +// AddBootOption.c +// AmiTSEStr.uni, FakeToken.c, minisetupext.c +// +// 66 5/22/13 11:02a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123432 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Issue Faced] Take print screen for save & Exit msg box. OK +// of msg box is consumed by Save & Exit msg box. +// - Cursor is missing after taking print screen of popupedit box in +// string control +// - Printscreen support is not given for Filebrowser feature +// [RootCause] - When msg box for Save&Exit is popped and printscreen +// event is called and displaying msg box over Save&Exit. Then msgbox +// handleaction for printscreen event will change the result value in +// _CallbackMsgbox() function so it will break the while loop in +// _CallbackGetValue() function so destroy the next msg box in +// CallbackShowMessageBox() function. +// - DrawCursor variable is not set to TRUE after printscreen event +// [Solution] - Returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED for printscreen event handling +// function for messgebox and change the result value to 0xff +// - Support given for file browser feature +// [Files] Callback.c, MessageBox.c, Minisetupext.c, PopupString.c, +// AddBootOption.c +// AmiTSEStr.uni, FakeToken.c +// +// 65 5/22/13 10:45a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP122907 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] For getting name value offset preserving page number +// then it will be easy to find handle of the hii which published name +// value. Additional general checks added. +// +// 64 3/12/13 7:18a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP116559 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [RootCause] A predicable problem of the ShowPostMenu function on +// minisetupext.c +// [Solution] Invoked ProcessProceedToBootHook() function at appropriate +// place. +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 63 11/19/12 11:38p Arunsb +// Checked in the source properly +// +// 62 10/18/12 11:39a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP 97951 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Critical +// [Symptom] Creation of TSE which does not access NVRAM during recovery +// [RootCause] TSE get Platform lang every time using VarGetNvramName +// [Solution] Moved the code accessing PlatformLang to uefi2.1. +// [Files] hiistring21.c, minisetupext.c, hiistring20.c +// +// 58 9/21/12 1:05p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP 93639 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] PostMenu called from inside of PostMenu callback will +// cause both menus to exit +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 57 9/21/12 12:56p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP 92891 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] DisplayPostMenu always forces the system to boot +// [RootCause] TSE is booting even gPostStatus is not +// TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_BBS_POPUP +// [Solution] Handled only to boot when gPostStatus is +// TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_BBS_POPUP +// [Files] Minisetupext.c +// +// 56 9/21/12 3:43a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP 97951 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Critical +// [Symptom] Creation of TSE which does not access NVRAM during recovery +// [RootCause] TSE get Platform lang every time using VarGetNvramName +// [Solution] Created cache to store Platform lang intially and using +// cached value instead of +// reading from NVRAM (VarGetNvramName ). +// [Files] hiistring21.c, minisetupext.c +// +// 55 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 53 8/29/12 4:25p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP94702 +// [Description] Support for Native Resolution in POST/BOOT +// [Files] amitse.sdl, commonhelper.c, commonoem.c, boot.c, logo.c, +// notify.c, postmgmt.c, tselite\minisetupext.c, ezport/stylecommon.c, +// ezportplus/stylecommon.c andlegacy/stylecommon.c +// +// 52 5/29/12 5:32a Premkumara +// Replaced MouseDestroy() with MouseStop() since mouse destroy is +// destroying mouse pointer +// +// 51 5/29/12 4:39a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP91109 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Sync the Aptio IV source for AptioV +// +// 50 5/25/12 1:14a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP83105 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Inconsistency checked only for valid pages +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 49 5/24/12 1:28p Arunsb +// Hooking MainSetupLoop for special case leads to not setting the +// gPostStatus properly. +// So gPostStatus is again set to TSE_POST_STATUS_ENTERING_TSE in +// mainsetuploop. +// +// 48 5/17/12 12:58a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP90149 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] TSE 1224 never executes callbacks with +// EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_FORM_CLOSE when reset is required +// [RootCause] EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_FORM_CLOSE not invoked when reset is +// required +// [Solution] EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_FORM_CLOSE action invoked for reset +// also +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 47 4/27/12 5:31a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP88435 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Touch does not have functionality at POST +// [RootCause] Mouse is initialized after getting notification from +// mousedriver. So mouse avaliable at post and if we click at post, then +// the button status is not consumed by any other application and mouse +// pointer stuck at post +// [Solution] Provided the changes to init the mouse at setup in the +// absence of softkbd. +// [Files] notify.c, minisetupext.c +// +// 46 4/25/12 6:07a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP86827 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] "gBootFlow" variable should be changed to +// BOOT_FLOW_CONDITION_NORMAL if we press ESC key from pop-pup menu +// [RootCause] ProcessProceedToBootHook() is not invoked when we press +// ESC key in the BBS popup Menu. +// [Solution] Fixed the issue by calling ProcessProceedToBootHook() when +// we press ESC key in the BBS popup Menu. +// [Files] BootOlny/minisetupext.c, TseLite/minisetupext.c. +// +// 45 4/04/12 12:25a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP86253 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Mouse and SoftKbd does not work after displaying "No option +// to boot to" in POST +// [RootCause] Mouse timer cleared once after displaying the "No option +// to boot to" in POST +// [Solution] Mouse timer cleared only when its going to boot. +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, commonoem.c, minisetupext.c, protocol.c +// +// 44 4/03/12 3:11a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP84150 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] All the timers for mouse drivers before exiting from setup +// is not stopped +// [RootCause] MouseDestroy() is not called StopPointingDevice() +// function to stop Mouse device +// [Solution] StopPointingDevice() function is called in MouseDestroy() +// function +// [Files] Mouse.c, Protocol.c, Ezport/StyleCommon.c, +// EzportPlus/StyleCommon.c, Legacy/StyleCommon.c, Minisetupext.c +// +// 43 12/08/11 12:51p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP63190 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Security operations in BootOnly module instead of +// TSELite. GetAMITSEVariableLocal moved to tselite. +// +// 42 12/08/11 5:17a Arunsb +// EIP63190 => Moving password support from TSELite to BootOnly. QuietBoot +// is defaultly enabled in BootOnly so moving CheckEnableQuietBoot +// function to TSELite to avoid the conflict. +// +// 41 12/05/11 5:36a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP76381 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Performance: Improving variable data load and usage +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, variable.c, variable.h, +// minisetup.h, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c +// +// 40 12/02/11 6:01a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Mouse is Initialized when mouse is notified so +// refreshing the mouse. +// +// 39 11/30/11 6:40a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP71351 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Setup Crash when iSCSI is loaded +// [RootCause] Aptio giving length as 0xe(matches size of +// EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION) but in latest EDKII driver it is 0x1c. +// [Solution] change the length as j += ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER*)(buff + i + +// j))->Length; +// [Files] Parse.c, Hii.c, Variable.c, Minisetupext.c +// +// 38 11/28/11 1:56a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] UefiWapper.c, Hii.c, Expression.c, CtrlCond.c, PopupSel.c, +// Minisetupext.c, Menu.c, Date.c, Ezport\Stylecommon.c, +// EzportPlus\StyleCommon.c, +// +// 37 11/20/11 7:54a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 36 11/11/11 2:15a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP64387 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] In serial redirection set to 9600bps, the BBS Popup menu +// goes away as soon as it appears. +// [RootCause] MapControlKeysHook() is called on an action even if +// gListBox.HandleAction() returns an error or a non-keyboard action. +// [Solution] MapControlKeysHook() is called only if +// gListBox.HandleAction() returns success and for keyboard action. +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 35 11/10/11 11:32a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP75028 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Pressing esc from main menu is not poping the exit msgbox +// [RootCause] Navigation stack +// [Solution] Navigation stack reordered +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 34 10/31/11 9:38a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP71120, 71512 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] BIOS gets stuck in infinite loop On enabling +// TSE_LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN token,In first boot incorrect devices is +// disabled in Setup & BBS table but in second boot the correct device is +// disabled in both places. +// [Solution] Hidden option handled properly. +// [Files] TseLite\variable.c, TseLite\minisetupext.c, TseAdvanced.c, +// special.c, BootOnly\minisetup.h,BootOnly\boot.c, BootOnly\bbs.c +// +// 33 6/23/11 3:56p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP55762, 58925, 59971 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support REF2,REF3 and REF4 in AMITSE +// Support direct form navigation path +// Improper layout of controls in the root page when Dynamic pages are +// added using the Legacy Setup Style +// +// [Files] setupdata.h, CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, Legacy\Legacy.c, +// Legacy\style.h, Legacy\style.h, frame.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, page.c Popupstring.c, Hii.c, +// Uefi21Wrapper.c, Parse.c Hii.c +// +// 32 6/20/11 10:35a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP54861 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Updating string token value dynamically for Title Bar +// and Copyright messages. +// [Files] minisetup.c and tselite\minisetupext.c +// +// 31 6/15/11 5:18p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP62185 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] The Main Page cannot hide when press F2 to enter setup +// [RootCause] If pagevisible set to TRUE then it is not checked for not +// showing it +// [Solution] Pagevisible = TRUE is checked for not showing the page. +// The next parent page will be shown instead of it. +// [Files] minisetupext.c +// +// 30 5/17/11 6:37p Arunsb +// StyleExit function added in DrawBbsPopupMenu function to clear the +// screen after bbs popup menu vanishes. +// +// 29 3/28/11 9:25p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP41744 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] SoftKeyBoard Support in TSE. and Support to Work with +// new mouse driver(Label 07). +// [Files] HookAnchor.h +// AMITSE.sdl +// CommonHelper.c +// commonoem.c +// commonoem.h +// HookList.c +// HookAnchor.c +// Mouse.c +// minisetupext.c +// postmgmtext.c +// minisetupext.h +// PopupPassword.c +// PopupString.c +// TseLiteCommon.c +// +// 28 3/21/11 12:34a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 27 3/15/11 5:16a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP51671 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Boot overide menu devices are not disable +// [Files] boot.c, minisetup.h, special.c, minisetupext.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// boot.h, CommonHelper.c +// +// 26 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 25 2/24/11 1:09p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 54517 +// [Category]- Enhancement +// [Symptom]- When navigating through a postmenu and hitting a seperator +// item, the menu will exit. Processing of Post Menu Changes is done after +// the decision to quit the post menu has been made. +// [Solution] - Check for selected non-focus item immediately after +// updating menu. Process Post Menu Change in the callback function. +// [File] - Minisetupext.c +// +// 24 2/16/11 12:45p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 52897 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Symptom]- PostMenu exit from callback item is not correctly exiting +// the PostMenu loop.. +// [Solution]- In ShowPostMenu, make sure pSelection is updated before +// callback is handled, and check for menu change due to hotkey. +// In _PostMenuCallback, allways check menu item callback for NULL to exit +// properly. +// [Files] - minisetupext.c, +// +// 23 2/10/11 12:32p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 53146 +// [Category]- New Feature +// [Description] -Add the support to Move the Dynamic IFR Pages under +// subpages. It should be customizable to move around. +// +// 22 2/07/11 7:23a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP51627 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Provide Mouse support to select file system device +// entries during "Add boot option" in File browser support. +// [Files] Minisetupext.c +// +// 21 1/24/11 1:10p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 51425 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- "Esc" key and "Enter" key have same effect at BBS popup +// menu.. +// [Solution] - Check for ABORT status and set default boot index. +// [Function] - DrawBbsPopupMenu +// [File] - minisetupext.c. +// +// 20 1/20/11 11:50a Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 52427 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Possible memory leak when updating PostMenu title. +// [Solution] - Check title and free memory before updating title string. +// [Function] - ShowPostMenu +// +// 19 12/25/10 3:47a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 47939 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Displaying blue screen for a moment and displaying BIOS +// setup +// [RootCause] Clear screen is done before style initialzation . +// [Solution] Style initialization is before screen clear. +// [Files] Minisetupext.c +// +// 18 12/02/10 2:55p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 48169 +// [Category]- Enhancement +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Then Dynamic page is updated the page cache is updated with +// defaults. User change is lost. +// [Rootcause] - UICallback is updated all the contols with default value +// when page dynamicalled updated. +// [Solution]- Take care to update the variable cache only to newly added +// variables. +// [Files] - tselite\minisetupext.c +// +// 17 11/18/10 7:24p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 45374 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Need method to configure Post Menu programmatically, Items +// requested +// - Exit Keys +// - Font Colors +// - Background Colors. +// [Solution] +// - Create hook to set window color, +// - Add AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY attribute to POSTMENU_TEMPLATE to +// configure exit keys. +// [Files] - stylecommon.c, style.h, listbox.c, minisetupext.c, +// AMIPostMgr.h +// +// +// [TAG] - EIP 48417 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Symptom]- PostManagerDisplayMenu does not dynamically update Menu +// Title on language change. +// +// [Solution]- Update listbox title string by calling HiiGetString +// whenever a selection is made. redraws. +// [Files] - listbox.c, minisetupext.c, +// +// +// +// 16 11/01/10 12:07p Blaines +// Fix issue in DrawBbsPopupMenu which caused system hang when boot menu +// ItemCount is zero. +// +// 15 10/05/10 12:19p Mallikarjunanv +// EIP_38553 - corrected the name of the hook function +// PreSystemResetHookHook +// +// 14 9/29/10 1:27p Blaines +// Function ShowPostMenu was updated to do better error checking, and to +// return the correct index into the post menu when an item is selected. +// Since hidden items are moved to the end, ShowPostMenu should return the +// matching index of the caller's menu. +// +// 13 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans +// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 24 8/18/10 6:16p Mallikarjunanv +// EIP-38089: Hook after pressing F2 key and before showing setup menu. +// +// 23 8/12/10 1:08p Blaines +// EIP-41614 : Change to allow DisplayPostMenu protocol to dynamically +// update menu items modified from the callback functions. +// +// 21 7/07/10 7:47p Madhans +// To fix the Variables when new forms dynamically added. +// +// 20 6/17/10 2:46p Madhans +// +// 19 6/14/10 7:09p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support +// +// 18 6/08/10 5:23p Blaines +// - Support PostManagerDisplayMenu of menu list with ALL non-focusable +// items. +// +// - Return error status in PostManagerDisplayMenu on <esc> key press. +// +// 17 5/24/10 5:57p Blaines +// Set the correct default selection in function ShowPostMenu, make sure +// it is not hidden or non-focused. +// +// 16 3/30/10 4:59p Blaines +// Use PostManagerDisplayMenu to display BBS Popup Menu. +// +// 15 3/26/10 6:13p Madhans +// EIP 36704 : Fix for Making sure to make the Variable to NULL after it +// is Freed up. +// +// 14 3/23/10 5:23p Blaines +// BBS Popup modifications to support new listbox functionality. +// +// 13 2/19/10 8:19a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 12 2/04/10 11:18p Madhans +// SCAN_EFI reference removed. +// +// 11 1/09/10 7:07a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 10 12/04/09 7:12a Mallikarjunanv +// Fix for EIP:30263 - Gif Logo Issue +// +// 9 10/28/09 5:38p Madhans +// +// 8 10/09/09 10:22a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP:26409 - Added Hook function 'PreSystemResetHook' to update setup +// before resetting the system +// +// 7 9/15/09 9:45a Sudhirv +// added a flag to handle the FlushPause +// +// 6 8/19/09 12:56p Madhans +// To call invalidkeyhook on BBS popup. +// +// 5 8/13/09 7:39a Mallikarjunanv +// eip:24971 - supporting tse features without tse sources +// +// 4 6/24/09 6:11p Madhans +// BBSpopup code should be there always and controlled by the TSE +// binaries. +// Fix in BBSpopup booting... +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 5 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 3/31/09 4:11p Madhans +// +// 3 2/05/09 5:19p Madhans +// PostMgrStatus interface added. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: MINISETUP.C +// +// Description: This file contains code for entrypoint and setup loop +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +//Internal function definitions +VOID MainSetupLoopInitHook(VOID); +VOID InitGlobalPointers( VOID ); +UINT16 _BootSetBootNowCount(VOID); +BOOLEAN IsSoftKbdSupported(VOID); +CHAR16 *ReadPlatformLang( UINTN *Size ); +BOOLEAN IsDisableESCinBBSMenu (VOID); +BOOLEAN SingleClickActivation (VOID); //EIP-139608 +extern BOOLEAN IsSupportDefaultForStringControl (VOID); +POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *gPostMenuData = NULL ; + +UINT16 gPostMenuLevel = 0 ; +UINT16 gDynamicParentPage=0; + +//EIP: 58925 Start +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Variables +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +BOOLEAN bSelectionChanged = FALSE; +UINT32 gPageNavCount = 0; +UINT32 gNavStartPage = 0; +static UINT16 gDisplayPageId = 0; //PageId which is currently displaying + +#define MAX_NAVIGATION_DEPTH 20 //for breadcrumb trail +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Type definitions +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +typedef struct _NAV_PAGE_STACK{ + VOID *PageHandle; //Varies, HII Handle to the formset that contains this control + UINT32 PageFormID; //Varies, Form ID within the formset for this page + VOID *ParentPageHandle; //Varies, HII Handle to the formset that contains Parent Page control + UINT32 PageParentFormID; //Varies, Pagent Form ID within the formset for this page +} NAV_PAGE_STACK; + +NAV_PAGE_STACK *NavPageStack = (NAV_PAGE_STACK *)NULL; +UINT32 NavPageStackSize = 0; +EFI_STATUS GetParentFormID(UINT16 ChildID, UINT16 *ParentID, UINT32 *StackIndex); +extern CHAR16 gPlatformLang [20]; //EIP97951 + +//EIP: 58925 End +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MiniSetupEntry +// +// Description: This function prepares system so that setup can be +// launched. Preparation mainly includes Setup data +// fixup and variable details gathering. +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: Return Status based on errors that occurred in library +// functions. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS MiniSetupEntry(VOID) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + AMITSESETUP *pSetupVariable = (AMITSESETUP *)NULL; + UINTN size = 0; + + RUNTIME_DEBUG( L"nvram" ); + + // Update application data information to match that of HII + Status = HiiFixupData( ); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)){ + goto DONE;//EIP 76381 : Reset to read the variable from NVRAM + } + + UEFICallSetupFormCallBack(AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_OPEN);//EIP-53480: Calling the Wraper function with action AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_OPEN + + Status = VarBuildDefaults(); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)){ + goto DONE;//EIP 76381 : Reset to read the variable from NVRAM + } + + Status = VarLoadVariables( (VOID **)&gVariableList, gOptimalDefaults ); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)){ + goto DONE;//EIP 76381 : Reset to read the variable from NVRAM + } + + //EIP-71351 Call Retrive callback after loading Current values to variable Cache. + UEFICallSetupFormCallBack(AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE);//EIP-53480: Calling the Wraper function with action AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE + + if(!NoVarStoreSupport()) + { + VarGetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, &size ); + if(size < sizeof(AMITSESETUP)) + { + pSetupVariable = (AMITSESETUP *) EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(AMITSESETUP)); + if(gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP].Buffer) + MemCopy( pSetupVariable, gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP].Buffer, gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP].Size ); + VarSetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, pSetupVariable, sizeof(AMITSESETUP)); + VarUpdateDefaults(VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP); + } + } + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + +DONE: + CleanTempNvramVariableList();//EIP 76381 : Reset to read the variable from NVRAM + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: MainSetupLoop +// +// Description: This function runs the loop for setup execution. This +// function is responsible for creating the application +// hierarchy. It also gathers actions and passes them +// thru application hierarchy and initiates draw +// sequence. +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: Return Status based on errors that occurred in library +// functions. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> + +EFI_STATUS MainSetupLoop( VOID ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + ACTION_DATA *action = NULL; + BOOLEAN refresh = TRUE; + UINT32 ii; + UINT32 page,previouspage=1; + PAGE_DATA *thisPage; + UINT32 SaveStateVarNum; + UINT16 SaveState=SETUP_RESET_NOT_REQUIRED; + CHAR16 *Language = NULL; + UINTN Size = 0; + + // Close the Image related events before loading the setup pages + gPostStatus = TSE_POST_STATUS_ENTERING_TSE; //Hooking MainSetupLoop for special case leads to not setting the gPostStatus properly + MouseStop (); //Stopping before clearing the screen + CleanUpLogo(); + MouseRefresh (); //Refreshing after clearing the screen + + gEnterSetup = FALSE; + MainSetupLoopInitHook(); +// StopClickEvent();//EIP 86253 : Invoking the StopClickEvent function in the mainsetuploophook function + Status = MiniSetupEntry(); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return MiniSetupExit( Status ); + + //EIP-38089: Hook after pressing F2 key and before showing setup menu. + ProcessUIInitHookHook(); + + Status = gApplication.Create( &gApp ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return MiniSetupExit( Status ); + +#if APTIO_4_00 + gMaxRows = MAX_ROWS; + gMaxCols = MAX_COLS; +#endif +// SetDesiredTextMode(); //EIP94702 - StyleInit will set the desired text mode + MemSet(gFlushBuffer, sizeof(SCREEN_BUFFER), 0); + + //EIP:47939 - Style initialization before screen clear + StyleInit(); + MouseStop (); //Stopping before clearing the screen + ClearScreen (STYLE_CLEAR_SCREEN_COLOR); + MouseRefresh (); //Refreshing after clearing the screen + + RUNTIME_DEBUG( L"init" ); + Status = gApplication.Initialize( gApp, gApplicationData ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return MiniSetupExit( Status ); + + gMsgBoxAction = gApp->Action; + + // add boot manager and language pages + StyleAddExtraPagesData(); + + //Let's create the SaveState Variable + if(VarGetVariableInfoId( SETUP_SAVE_STATE_INFO_KEY_ID, &SaveStateVarNum )) + VarSetValue(SaveStateVarNum,0,sizeof(UINT16),&SaveState); + + action = gApp->Action; + + if ( gApp->PageList == NULL ) + gApp->Quit = TRUE; + + gApp->CurrentPage = gStartPage; + if ( gStartPage == 0 ) + StyleSelectFirstDisplayPage(); +// EIP62185: Not to show the pages with PageVisible = TRUE as root page + thisPage = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]; + // Check current page is workable. + if (thisPage->PageData.PageFlags.PageVisible == TRUE) + { + // Find first workable page. + for ( ii = 0; ii < gApp->PageCount; ii++ ) + { + thisPage = gApp->PageList[ii]; + if(thisPage == NULL) + continue; + if ((thisPage->PageData.PageID != 0) && (thisPage->PageData.PageParentID == 0)) + { + if (thisPage->PageData.PageFlags.PageVisible != TRUE) + { + gApp->CurrentPage = ii; + break; + } + } + } + } +// EIP62185 + if ( gApp->PageList != NULL )//EIP-75384 Static code + { + if ( gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage] == NULL ) + { + for ( ii = 0; ii < gApp->PageCount; ii++ ) + { + if ( gApp->PageList[ii] != NULL ) + { + gApp->CurrentPage = ii; + break; + } + } + } + } + + page = gApp->CurrentPage; + + // Report the Status code DXE_SETUP_INPUT_WAIT + EfiLibReportStatusCode(EFI_PROGRESS_CODE, DXE_SETUP_INPUT_WAIT,0,NULL,NULL); + gPostStatus = TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_TSE; + + if (IsLinkHistorySupport ()) //EIP75028 Pressing esc from Main menu which has sub menu is entering into sub menu instead of poping the exit msgbox + SetParentFormID (0, (UINT16)gApp->CurrentPage); + + while ( ! gApp->Quit ) + { + if ( page != gApp->CurrentPage ) + { + if ( gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage] == NULL ) + gApp->CurrentPage = page; + else + { + if(((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[page]))->PageHandle != NULL) //EIP 83105 When the page is removed, don't check for inconsistency + { + if( CheckInconsistence((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[page])) ) + { + //There is inconsistence so do not move from this page + gApp->CurrentPage = page; + } + else + { + page = gApp->CurrentPage; + } + } + else + { + page = gApp->CurrentPage; + } + } + } + + thisPage = gApp->PageList[page]; + + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + + if ( gApp->CompleteRedraw ) + refresh = TRUE ; //EIP101564: Do refresh in case Refresh Id Group requires redraw + + if ( refresh ) + { + //EIP97951-Start + if (NULL != Language) + { + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&Language); + } + Size = 0; +// Language = VarGetNvramName (L"PlatformLang", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &Size); + Language = ReadPlatformLang(&Size); + if (NULL != Language)//EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + { + EfiZeroMem (gPlatformLang, sizeof (gPlatformLang)); + EfiCopyMem (gPlatformLang, Language, Size); + } + //EIP97951-End + if(page == previouspage) + MouseFreeze(); + else + MouseStop(); + + if ( gApp->ClearScreen ) + { + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + MemSet(gFlushBuffer, sizeof(SCREEN_BUFFER), 0); + ClearScreen( STYLE_CLEAR_SCREEN_COLOR ); + gApp->ClearScreen = FALSE; + } + + if ( gApp->CompleteRedraw ) + { + StyleDrawPageBorder( page ); + SpecialUpdatePageControls( page ); + gPage.Draw( thisPage ); + gApp->CompleteRedraw = FALSE; + }else + gPage.Draw( thisPage ); + DoRealFlushLines(); + + previouspage = page; + MouseRefresh(); + + refresh = FALSE; + } + + if ( gAction.GetAction( action ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + + if ( gPage.HandleAction( thisPage, action ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + if ( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + if ( (ControlActionAbort != MapControlKeysHook(action->Input.Data.AmiKey)) && ( thisPage->PageData.PageFlags.PageDisableHotKeys ) ) + { + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + continue; + } + } + + if ( gApplication.HandleAction( gApp, action ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + refresh = TRUE; + } + else if ( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + { + InvalidActionHookHook(); + } + } + else + refresh = TRUE; + + } + StyleExit(); + +// MouseDestroy(); //EIP-84150 + + if ( gResetRequired ) { + MiniSetupExit (Status); //EIP90149; Invoking EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_FORM_CLOSE on reset also + ///EIP:26409 - Hook function to update setup before resetting the system + PreSystemResetHookHook(); + gRT->ResetSystem( EfiResetCold, EFI_SUCCESS, 0, NULL ); + } +//EIP: 58925 Start + if(IsLinkHistorySupport()) + { + ResetNavStack(); + } +//EIP: 58925 End + return MiniSetupExit( Status ); +} + +extern int gNumOfDev ; +extern UINT16 gBBSPopupSel ; +UINT16 gQuitBBSLoop=0; +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DrawBbsPopupMenu +// +// Description: function for the BBS Popup menu +// +// Input: void +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +extern UINT32 gBootFlow; +EFI_STATUS DrawBbsPopupMenu( VOID ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT16 i=0, ItemCount=0, u16BootCount = (UINT16)gNumOfDev ; + CHAR16 *BootStr; + POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *BootMenu = NULL; + UINT16 Title, Legend, sel = 0 ; + EFI_GUID AmiPostManagerProtocolGuid = AMI_POST_MANAGER_PROTOCOL_GUID; + AMI_POST_MANAGER_PROTOCOL *pAmiPostMgr = NULL; + + Status = gBS->LocateProtocol( (EFI_GUID *)&AmiPostManagerProtocolGuid, + (void*)NULL, + (void**)&pAmiPostMgr ); + + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + return Status; +// SetDesiredTextMode(); //EIP94702 - StyleInit will set the desired text mode + ClearScreen( EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_LIGHTGRAY ); + StyleInit(); + + ItemCount = u16BootCount; + +#if POPUP_MENU_ENTER_SETUP + ItemCount++; +#endif + BootMenu = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof( POSTMENU_TEMPLATE ) * ItemCount); + + for ( i = 0; i < u16BootCount; i++ ) + { +///EIP - 24971 + BootStr = BootGetBootNowName(i, gPopupMenuShowAllBbsDev, BootNowInBootOrderSupport()); +///EIP - 24971 + // EIP:51671 Start + //Depending on the value of the token hide of the disabled boot options is done + if((gPopupMenuHideDisableBootOptions && IsBootDeviceEnabled(i,gPopupMenuShowAllBbsDev,BootNowInBootOrderSupport(),0))|| + (gLoadOptionHidden &&(NULL == BootStr))) + { + + + BootMenu[i].ItemToken = 1; + BootMenu[i].Callback = (VOID*)NULL ; + BootMenu[i].CallbackContext = (VOID*)NULL; + continue; + } + + BootMenu[i].ItemToken = HiiAddString( gHiiHandle, BootStr ); + BootMenu[i].Callback = (VOID*)NULL ; + BootMenu[i].CallbackContext = (VOID*)NULL ; + BootMenu[i].Attribute = AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_FOCUS; + BootMenu[i].Key.Key.ScanCode = 0 ; + BootMenu[i].Key.Key.UnicodeChar = 0 ; + BootMenu[i].Key.KeyShiftState = 0 ; + } + +#if POPUP_MENU_ENTER_SETUP + BootMenu[u16BootCount].ItemToken = STRING_TOKEN(STR_POPUPMENU_ENTER_SETUP); + BootMenu[u16BootCount].Callback = (VOID*)NULL ; + BootMenu[u16BootCount].CallbackContext = (VOID*)NULL ; + BootMenu[u16BootCount].Attribute = AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_FOCUS; + BootMenu[u16BootCount].Key.Key.ScanCode = 0 ; + BootMenu[u16BootCount].Key.Key.UnicodeChar = 0 ; + BootMenu[u16BootCount].Key.KeyShiftState = 0 ; +#endif + + Title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BBS_POPUP_TITLE_STRING) ; + Legend = STRING_TOKEN(STR_BBS_POPUP_HELP_STRING) ; + + gBBSPopupSel = 0 ; + +// EIP - 46314: Check ItemCount before displaying boot menu + if(ItemCount) + { + + MouseRefresh();//Mouse is Initialized when mouse is notified so refreshing the mouse. + Status = pAmiPostMgr->DisplayPostMenu(gHiiHandle, Title, Legend, BootMenu, ItemCount, &sel); + MouseStop(); + + // EIP - 51425: Check ESC key before setting boot selection + if((Status == EFI_ABORTED)||(Status != EFI_SUCCESS)) + { + if ( EFI_ABORTED == Status ) + ProcessProceedToBootHook();//EIP 116559 : When ESC pressed in the BBS popup menu + gBBSPopupSel = 0 ; + goto DONE; + } + +#if POPUP_MENU_ENTER_SETUP + if(BootMenu[sel].ItemToken == STRING_TOKEN(STR_POPUPMENU_ENTER_SETUP)) + { + gEnterSetup = TRUE; + } + else +#endif + gBBSPopupSel = sel ; + + }// EIP - 46314 + +DONE: + gBootFlow = BOOT_FLOW_CONDITION_NORMAL; //EIP 136371, BBS popup flow also, should behave normally on entering into setup. Fixed for root page ordering + Status = pRS->SetVariable (L"BootFlow", + &_gBootFlowGuid, + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS, + sizeof (gBootFlow), + &gBootFlow); + StyleExit (); //Added to clear the screen after bbs popup menu vanishes. + return Status; +} + + + + + +#ifdef RUNTIME_DEBUG_SUPPORT +BOOLEAN __RuntimeCheckDebugMode( CHAR16 *string ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_GUID env = ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE_ID; + + UINTN size = 0; + CHAR16 *buffer = NULL; + INTN result = 1; + + Status = gRT->GetVariable( + L"debug", + &env, + NULL, + &size, + NULL); + + if ( Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL ) + { + buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( size ); + if ( buffer != NULL ) + { + Status = gRT->GetVariable( + L"debug", + &env, + NULL, + &size, + buffer); + } + } + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + result = EfiStrCmp( string, buffer ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&buffer ); + + return (BOOLEAN)( result == 0 ); +} +#endif + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: InitGlobalPointers +// +// Description: function to Initialize all the global pointer declared. +// +// Input: void +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID InitGlobalPointers( VOID ) +{ + UINT8 *data; + + gSetupPkg = (SETUP_PKG *)gApplicationData; + data = (UINT8 *)gSetupPkg; + + gScreen = (SCREEN_INFO *)(data + gSetupPkg->PackageScreen); + gToolPages = gPages = (PAGE_LIST *)(data + gSetupPkg->PackagePageList); + gToolControlInfo = (CONTROL_INFO *) (data + gSetupPkg->PackageControlOffset); + gToolVariables = gVariables = (VARIABLE_LIST *)(data + gSetupPkg->PackageVariableList); + gHpkInfo = (HPK_INFO *)(data + gSetupPkg->PackageHpkData); + gHpkInfoLength = gSetupPkg->PackageGuidList - gSetupPkg->PackageHpkData; + gGuidList = (GUID_LIST *)(data + gSetupPkg->PackageGuidList); + gToolPageIdList = gPageIdList = (PAGE_ID_LIST *) (data + gSetupPkg->PackagePageIdList); + gToolPageIdInfo = gPageIdInfo = (PAGE_ID_INFO *)(((UINT8 *) gToolPageIdList) + gToolPageIdList->PageIdList[0]); + InitgProgress(); +} + + + +EFI_STATUS _PostMenuUpdate( LISTBOX_DATA *ListBox) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 Index= 0, j=0 ; + LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA *listboxBBSPopupData=NULL; + + + listboxBBSPopupData = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof( LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA ) ); + + if(listboxBBSPopupData==NULL) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + listboxBBSPopupData->pControlData = NULL ; + listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount = ListBox->ItemCount; + listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POSTMENU_TEMPLATE)* listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount); + + if ( listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + + // MOVE the Hidden items to the end, + // First copy the printable list + for ( Index = 0,j=0; Index < listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + if( (gPostMenuData[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)&& + (gPostMenuData[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)) + { + listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems[j] = gPostMenuData[Index] ; + j++; + } + } + + listboxBBSPopupData->HiddenItemCount = Index - j; + // copy the hidden list + for ( Index = 0; Index < listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + if( (gPostMenuData[Index].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)|| + (gPostMenuData[Index].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)) + { + listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems[j] = gPostMenuData[Index] ; + j++; + } + } + + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&ListBox->PtrTokens); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&ListBox->PtrItems); + //RestoreScreen( ListBox->ScreenBuf ); + + ListBox->Width = 0 ; + ListBox->Height = 0 ; + + Status = gListBox.InitializeBBSPopup( ListBox, listboxBBSPopupData ); + + // Free allocated init data + MemFreePointer((VOID**)&listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems); + MemFreePointer((VOID**)&listboxBBSPopupData); + + MemCopy( gActiveBuffer, ListBox->ScreenBuf, sizeof(SCREEN_BUFFER) ); + + + return Status ; +} + +EFI_STATUS _PostMenuItemChange( POSTMENU_TEMPLATE MenuItem, UINT16 Count ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS ; + UINT16 Index= 0 ; + + for ( Index = 0; Index < Count; Index++ ) + { + if(gPostMenuData[Index].ItemToken == MenuItem.ItemToken) + { + if(gPostMenuData[Index].Attribute != MenuItem.Attribute) + break; + + if(gPostMenuData[Index].Callback != MenuItem.Callback) + break; + + if(gPostMenuData[Index].Key.Key.ScanCode != MenuItem.Key.Key.ScanCode) + break; + + if(gPostMenuData[Index].Key.Key.UnicodeChar != MenuItem.Key.Key.UnicodeChar) + break; + + if(gPostMenuData[Index].Key.KeyShiftState != MenuItem.Key.KeyShiftState) + break; + + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + + return Status ; +} + +EFI_STATUS _PostMenuChange( LISTBOX_DATA *PopupMenu) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 Index= 0 ; + + for ( Index = 0; Index < PopupMenu->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + Status = _PostMenuItemChange(PopupMenu->PtrItems[Index], PopupMenu->ItemCount) ; + + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS) + return Status ; + } + + return Status ; +} + +VOID _ProcessPostMenuChange( LISTBOX_DATA *PopupMenu) +{ + ACTION_DATA *action=NULL; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 Sel = PopupMenu->Sel ; + + //Check if Menu has been dynamically changed + if(_PostMenuChange(PopupMenu )== EFI_SUCCESS) + { + //Update and initialize with new menu data + //Note: PopupMenu->Sel will be initialized to zero + _PostMenuUpdate(PopupMenu); + + if(PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS) + { + // item has been changed to non-focus + PopupMenu->Sel = Sel; + + //Create and Send Fake Action...<Down-Arrow> Key + Status = gAction.Create( &action ); + if ( !EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + action->Input.Type = ACTION_TYPE_KEY ; + action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = SCAN_DOWN; + action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = CHAR_NULL ; + gListBox.HandleAction(PopupMenu, action); + + gAction.Destroy( action, TRUE ); + } + } + else if( (PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)&& + (PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)) + { + PopupMenu->Sel = Sel; + } + //Exit if item callback has been changed to null + else if(PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].Callback == NULL) + { + PopupMenu->QuitPopupLoop = 1; + } + } +} + +VOID _PostMenuCallback( LISTBOX_DATA *container, LISTBOX_DATA *PopupMenu, VOID *cookie ) +{ + if ( cookie != NULL ) + { + UINT16 Sel = *(UINT16 *) cookie; + POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *CurrentPostMenuData = NULL ; + + + if(PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].Callback != NULL) + { + CurrentPostMenuData = gPostMenuData; //EIP-93639 + PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].Callback(PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].CallbackContext); + } + + if( NULL != CurrentPostMenuData ) //EIP-93639 + gPostMenuData = CurrentPostMenuData; + // EIP:54517 + _ProcessPostMenuChange(PopupMenu); + + //EIP:52897, Allways check for NULL to exit properly. + if(PopupMenu->PtrItems[Sel].Callback == NULL) + PopupMenu->QuitPopupLoop = 1; + } +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ShowPostMenu +// +// Description: Function to show menu +// +// Input: IN CHAR16 *Title, IN POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *MenuData, IN UINT32 menucount, OUT UINT16 *pSelection +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ShowPostMenu( + IN VOID *HiiHandle, + IN UINT16 TitleToken, + IN UINT16 LegendToken, + IN POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *MenuData, + IN UINT16 MenuCount, + OUT UINT16 *pSelection) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT16 Index= 0, j, i, EXIT_KEY_PRESENT=0; + CONTROL_INFO *newControlInfo=NULL; + LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA *listboxBBSPopupData=NULL; + LISTBOX_DATA *ListBoxCtrl=NULL; + ACTION_DATA *action=NULL; + UINT8 Color, sel = 0 ; + CONTROL_ACTION Action ; + + + // Error check the input pointers (HiiHandle is allowed to be NULL) + if(pSelection == NULL || MenuData == NULL) return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + + newControlInfo = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof( CONTROL_INFO ) ); + + if(newControlInfo==NULL) return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + newControlInfo->ControlHandle = (HiiHandle!=NULL)?HiiHandle:gHiiHandle; + newControlInfo->ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE; + + listboxBBSPopupData = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof( LISTBOX_BSS_POPUP_DATA ) ); + + if(listboxBBSPopupData==NULL) return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + listboxBBSPopupData->TitleToken = TitleToken; + listboxBBSPopupData->Help1Token = LegendToken; + listboxBBSPopupData->pControlData = newControlInfo; + + Status = gAction.Create( &action ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount = MenuCount; + listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POSTMENU_TEMPLATE)* listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount); + + if ( listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + gPostMenuData = MenuData; + + // MOVE the Hidden items to the end, + // First copy the printable list + for ( Index = 0,j=0; Index < listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + if( (MenuData[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)&& + (MenuData[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)) + { + //EIP:51671 START + //Depending on the value of the token hide of the disabled boot options is done + if(gPopupMenuHideDisableBootOptions || gLoadOptionHidden) + { + if(MenuData[Index].ItemToken == 1) + { + MenuData[Index].Attribute = AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN; + continue; + } + } + // EIP:51671 END + listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems[j] = MenuData[Index] ; + j++; + } + } + + listboxBBSPopupData->HiddenItemCount = Index - j; + + // Then copy the hidden list + for ( Index = 0; Index < listboxBBSPopupData->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + if( (MenuData[Index].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)|| + (MenuData[Index].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)) + { + listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems[j] = MenuData[Index] ; + j++; + } + } + + // Create the list box item + if ( gListBox.Create( &ListBoxCtrl ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + Status = gListBox.InitializeBBSPopup( ListBoxCtrl, listboxBBSPopupData ); + // Free allocated init data + MemFreePointer((VOID**)&newControlInfo); + MemFreePointer((VOID**)&listboxBBSPopupData->PtrItems); + MemFreePointer((VOID**)&listboxBBSPopupData); + + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + //Set default selection, make sure it is not hidden or non-focused + if( (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[*pSelection].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)&& + (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[*pSelection].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)&& + (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[*pSelection].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS)) + { + ListBoxCtrl->Sel = *pSelection; + } + else + { + //Find the next selectable item... + for ( Index = 0; Index < ListBoxCtrl->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + if( (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_HIDDEN)&& + (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY)&& + (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[Index].Attribute != AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_NON_FOCUS)) + { + ListBoxCtrl->Sel = Index; + break; + } + } + + // if the entire menuy is hidden, get out + if(ListBoxCtrl->HiddenItemCount == ListBoxCtrl->ItemCount) + { + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + goto Done; + } + + // If there are no selectable items, go out + if(Index == ListBoxCtrl->ItemCount) + { + //Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + //goto Done; + } + + } + + gPostMenuLevel += 1 ; + + Color = ListBoxCtrl->FGColor | ListBoxCtrl->BGColor ; + StyleGetWindowColor(&Color, gPostMenuLevel, TSE_WINDOW_TYPE_POSTMENU); + ListBoxCtrl->FGColor = (Color & 0x0F) ; + ListBoxCtrl->BGColor = (Color & 0xF0) ; + + + // Display everything to the internal screen buffer + ListBoxCtrl->QuitPopupLoop = 0 ; + gListBox.SetCallback(ListBoxCtrl, NULL, _PostMenuCallback, NULL); + gListBox.Draw( ListBoxCtrl ); + + MouseStop(); + // Display everything to the screen + DoRealFlushLines(); + MouseRefresh();//EIP:51627 -Provided the mouse support for Add boot option with File browser support + + + while(!ListBoxCtrl->QuitPopupLoop) + { + if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) + gAction.ClearAction( action ); + + gListBox.Draw( ListBoxCtrl ); + MouseFreeze(); + DoRealFlushLines(); + MouseRefresh(); + + if ( gAction.GetAction( action ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + + //EIP-123432 PrintScreen Support work only inside TSE not in post + if( (gPostStatus == TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_TSE) && ( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) && + (TsePrintScreenEventSupport(action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode) ) ) + { + gApplication.HandleAction( gApp, action ); + continue; + } + + //EIP:52897, Make sure pSelection is updated before callback is handled. + for(i=0; i < MenuCount; i++) + { + if( ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[ListBoxCtrl->Sel].ItemToken == MenuData[i].ItemToken) + { + *pSelection = i; + break; + } + } + + Status = gListBox.HandleAction( ListBoxCtrl, action ); + if ( !EFI_ERROR (Status) )//EIP-123432 + { + if (action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + Action = MapControlKeysHook (action->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + else if( (gPostStatus == TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_TSE) && ( //If mouse is clicked outside menu inside setup + (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(ListBoxCtrl->Top-2)) || //If clicked above menu title + (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)(ListBoxCtrl->Top + ListBoxCtrl->Height)) || //if clicked below menu + (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(ListBoxCtrl->Left)) || //if clicked left outside of menu + (action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left > (UINT32)(ListBoxCtrl->Left + ListBoxCtrl->Width)) //if clicked right outside of menu + ) &&( (SingleClickActivation() && (ControlActionSelect ==MapControlMouseActionHook(&action->Input.Data.MouseInfo))) || //If singleClickActivation is enabled + (ControlActionAbort == MapControlMouseActionHook(&action->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) || //If right clicked outside + (ControlActionChoose == MapControlMouseActionHook(&action->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) //EIP-139608 Closing postmenu when mouse action happens outside postmenu. + ) + ) + { + Action = ControlActionAbort; + } + } + + + //Menu may dynamically update, so init EXIT KEY flag here... + EXIT_KEY_PRESENT = 0 ; + + //Since hidden items are moved to the end, + //we need to return the matching index of the caller's menu + for(i=0; i < MenuCount; i++) + { + if( ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[ListBoxCtrl->Sel].ItemToken == MenuData[i].ItemToken) + *pSelection = i; + + if(ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[i].Attribute == AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_EXIT_KEY) + { + EXIT_KEY_PRESENT = 1 ; + + if( (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[i].Key.Key.ScanCode == action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode ) && + (ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[i].Key.Key.UnicodeChar == action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar) && + (TseCheckShiftState( action->Input.Data.AmiKey, ListBoxCtrl->PtrItems[i].Key.KeyShiftState) ) ) + { + ListBoxCtrl->QuitPopupLoop = 1; + Status = EFI_ABORTED ; //EIP:39415, return error status on esc key + + } + } + } + + if(ControlActionSelect == Action) + { + + //EIP:52427 Start + if(TitleToken && ListBoxCtrl->Title != NULL) + { + //To avoid memory leak, free memory before updating... + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&ListBoxCtrl->Title); + + //EIP:48417 Start + ListBoxCtrl->Title = HiiGetString( ListBoxCtrl->ListHandle, TitleToken ); + //EIP:48417 End + } + //EIP:52427 End + + + gPostMenuData = MenuData; + _ProcessPostMenuChange(ListBoxCtrl) ; + + }else if(!EXIT_KEY_PRESENT && ControlActionAbort == Action) + { + if (gPostStatus == TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_BBS_POPUP) + { + if (IsDisableESCinBBSMenu ())//EIP-128526 Disable ESC behaviour in BBS menu and retain till selecting any options + continue; + else //Enabling ESC key in BBS menu and exit BBS menu on pressing ESC key + { + ListBoxCtrl->QuitPopupLoop = 1; + Status = EFI_ABORTED ; //EIP:39415, return error status on esc key + } + } + else //Handling ESC other than BBSMenu + { + ListBoxCtrl->QuitPopupLoop = 1; + Status = EFI_ABORTED ; + } + } + } + } + } + + +Done: + + gPostMenuLevel -= 1 ; + + gListBox.Destroy( ListBoxCtrl,TRUE ); + ListBoxCtrl = NULL; + + gAction.Destroy( action, TRUE ); + MouseStop();//EIP:51627 -Provided the mouse support for Add boot option with File browser support + + FlushLines( 0, gMaxRows - 1 ); + DoRealFlushLines(); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _LoadPageDefaults +// +// Description: Function to updated defaults for specific page for both Optimal and FailSafe defaults +// +// Input: PAGE_INFO, UINT32 +// +// Output: VOID +// +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _LoadPageDefaults(PAGE_INFO *pageInfo, UINT32 OldVariableCount) +{ + UINT32 control; + + for ( control= 0; control < pageInfo->PageControls.ControlCount; control++ ) + { + CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo = (CONTROL_INFO *)((UINTN)gControlInfo + pageInfo->PageControls.ControlList[control]); + + if ( ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE ) || ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ) || (controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) ) + continue; + + if ( controlInfo->ControlDataWidth > 0 ) + { + VOID *ifrData = controlInfo->ControlPtr; + UINT8 *failValue, *optValue; + UINT32 ControlVarOffset; + + if ( ifrData == NULL ) + continue; + + failValue = (UINT8 *)controlInfo + sizeof(CONTROL_INFO); + optValue = failValue + controlInfo->ControlDataWidth; + + ControlVarOffset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + + //EIP-93340 Updating gOptimalDefaults and gFailSafeDefaults for stringType controls based on controlPtr + if (IsSupportDefaultForStringControl() && controlInfo->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUP_STRING) + { + if (*(UINT16*)(failValue)) + { + failValue = (VOID*)HiiGetString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, *(UINT16*)(failValue)); + if (NULL == failValue) + continue; + + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, EfiStrLen((CHAR16*)failValue) * sizeof(CHAR16), failValue ); + } + + if (*(UINT16*)(optValue)) + { + optValue = (VOID*)HiiGetString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, *(UINT16*)(optValue)); + if (NULL == optValue) + continue; + + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, EfiStrLen((CHAR16*)optValue) * sizeof(CHAR16), optValue ); + + if(controlInfo->ControlVariable > OldVariableCount) + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gVariableList, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, EfiStrLen((CHAR16*)optValue) * sizeof(CHAR16), optValue ); + + } + + if (failValue) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&failValue ); + + if (optValue) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&optValue ); + } + //EIP-93340 End + else + { + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, controlInfo->ControlDataWidth, failValue ); + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, controlInfo->ControlDataWidth, optValue ); + // Dont' Update the cache of exsiting variable. + if(controlInfo->ControlVariable > OldVariableCount) + _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gVariableList, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, controlInfo->ControlDataWidth, optValue ); + } + } + } + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UIUpdateCallback +// +// Description: UI callback function for dynamic form updates. +// +// Input: IN Handle of Affected page +// +// Output: None +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +static AMI_IFR_MENU gMenuData = {CONTROL_TYPE_MENU,2}; +extern UINT32 gtempCurrentPage; +VOID UIUpdateCallback(VOID * Handle, UINT32 OldVariableCount) +{ + UINT32 i,j, CurrentPage,Index; + PAGE_INFO *_gPageInfo,*_gappPageInfo,*_tmpPageInfo; + UINT32 tmpControlCount,tmpCurrentControl,tmpFirstVisibleCtrl; + FRAME_DATA *fdata; + PAGE_DATA *PageData; + + if(gApp == NULL) + return; // Application data not initilized. + + if(gVariables->VariableCount > OldVariableCount) + { + // NewVariables Added. + // Update the TSE catch and Defaults + // Reallocate + gVariableList = MemReallocateZeroPool( gVariableList, sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE) * OldVariableCount, gVariables->VariableCount * sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE)); + gOptimalDefaults = MemReallocateZeroPool( gOptimalDefaults, sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE) * OldVariableCount, gVariables->VariableCount * sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE)); + gFailsafeDefaults = MemReallocateZeroPool( gFailsafeDefaults, sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE) * OldVariableCount, gVariables->VariableCount * sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE)); + ASSERT (gVariableList != NULL); + ASSERT (gOptimalDefaults != NULL); + ASSERT (gFailsafeDefaults != NULL); + + for(Index = OldVariableCount; Index< gVariables->VariableCount; Index++) + { + gVariableList[Index].Buffer = VarGetNvram( Index, &(gVariableList[Index].Size) ); + if (gVariableList[Index].Size) + { + // init std defautls + gOptimalDefaults[Index].Buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( gVariableList[Index].Size ); + if (NULL == gOptimalDefaults[Index].Buffer) + { + continue; + } + if (NULL == gVariableList[Index].Buffer) + { + gVariableList[Index].Buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( gVariableList[Index].Size ); + if (NULL == gVariableList[Index].Buffer) + { + continue; + } + } + MemCopy(gOptimalDefaults[Index].Buffer, gVariableList[Index].Buffer, gVariableList[Index].Size); + + // init mfg defautls + gFailsafeDefaults[Index].Buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( gVariableList[Index].Size ); + MemCopy(gFailsafeDefaults[Index].Buffer, gVariableList[Index].Buffer, gVariableList[Index].Size); + } + else + { + gFailsafeDefaults[Index].Buffer = NULL; + gOptimalDefaults[Index].Buffer = NULL; + } + + gFailsafeDefaults[Index].Size = gVariableList[Index].Size; + gOptimalDefaults[Index].Size = gVariableList[Index].Size; + } + } + + CurrentPage = gApp->CurrentPage; + fdata = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + + tmpControlCount = fdata->ControlCount; + tmpCurrentControl = fdata->CurrentControl; + tmpFirstVisibleCtrl = fdata->FirstVisibleCtrl; + + // Fix gApp Pages + for ( i = 1; i < gPages->PageCount; i++ ) + { + // Get the Setupdata's Page Info + _gPageInfo = (PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[i]); + + // If page is updated + if( (_gPageInfo->PageHandle == Handle) || (_gPageInfo->PageHandle == (VOID *)(UINTN)0xFFFF)) + { + for ( j = 1; j < gApp->PageCount; j++ ) + { + _gappPageInfo = (PAGE_INFO*)&( gApp->PageList[j]->PageData); + // If updated handle ? + if(_gappPageInfo->PageHandle == Handle) + { + // Update page + if(_gPageInfo->PageFormID == _gappPageInfo->PageFormID) + { + gPage.Destroy( gApp->PageList[j], FALSE ); + if(_gPageInfo->PageHandle != (VOID *)(UINTN)0xFFFF) + { + if((_gPageInfo->PageFlags.PageDynamic == TRUE) && (_gPageInfo->PageParentID == 0)) + _gPageInfo->PageParentID = gDynamicParentPage; + gPage.Initialize( gApp->PageList[j], _gPageInfo ); + _LoadPageDefaults(_gPageInfo,OldVariableCount); + } + else + _gappPageInfo->PageHandle = NULL; + + break; + } + } + } + // New Page - Add Page + if(j == gApp->PageCount) + { + gtempCurrentPage = gApp->CurrentPage; + gApp->CurrentPage = j; //Change the current else in UefiGetQuestionOffset page handle will not be matched useful for name value + gApplication.AddPage( gApp, _gPageInfo ); + gApp->CurrentPage = gtempCurrentPage; + _LoadPageDefaults(_gPageInfo,OldVariableCount); + } + } + } + + // If Current Page removed ???? + _gappPageInfo = (PAGE_INFO*)&( gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]->PageData); + if(_gappPageInfo->PageHandle == NULL) + { + UINT32 rootPage = 0, FirstPage=0; + for ( j = 1; j < gApp->PageCount; j++ ) + { + _tmpPageInfo = (PAGE_INFO*)&( gApp->PageList[j]->PageData); + if(_tmpPageInfo->PageHandle == Handle) + { + if(_gappPageInfo->PageFormID == _tmpPageInfo->PageFormID) + { + //Current Page moved + CurrentPage = gApp->CurrentPage = j; + break; + } + if(_tmpPageInfo->PageParentID == 0) + rootPage = _tmpPageInfo->PageID; + } + if((_tmpPageInfo->PageHandle != NULL) && (FirstPage==0) && (!_tmpPageInfo->PageFlags.PageVisible)) + FirstPage = j; + } + // Page permently removed. + if(j == gApp->PageCount) + { + if(rootPage) + { + // Try to go to Root page of Current handle + gApp->CurrentPage = rootPage; + } + else + { + if(FirstPage) + gApp->CurrentPage = FirstPage; + else + { + // NO Valid PAGE Found + // HANDLE ERRROR!!!! + } + } + } + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + } + + // Update the Menu control + i = StyleFrameIndexOf(SUBTITLE_FRAME); + for ( j = 1; j < gApp->PageCount; j++ ) + { + PageData = (PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[j]; + if(PageData == NULL) + continue; + if(PageData->PageData.PageHandle != NULL) + { + gFrame.Destroy( PageData->FrameList[i], FALSE ); + StyleInitializeFrame( PageData->FrameList[i], SUBTITLE_FRAME, &PageData->PageData ); + } + } + + // To Maintain the current control + if(CurrentPage == gApp->CurrentPage) + { + fdata = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + // Update Controls + if(fdata->ControlCount == tmpControlCount) + { + fdata->CurrentControl=tmpCurrentControl; + fdata->FirstVisibleCtrl=tmpFirstVisibleCtrl; + _FrameSetControlFocus( fdata, tmpCurrentControl ); + } + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: GetUpdatedControlData +// +// Description: Try to get the updated control. +// +// Input: CONTROL_DATA * ControlData,UINT16 ControlType,VOID *Handle,UINT16 Key +// +// Output: controlData. Null if not found. +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +CONTROL_DATA * GetUpdatedControlData(CONTROL_DATA * ControlData,UINT16 ControlType,VOID *Handle,UINT16 Key) +{ + FRAME_DATA *frame; + UINT32 i; + CONTROL_DATA **control; + + if ( NULL == ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]) )//Setup crashes on clicking submenu when PageList is NULL + return NULL; + + frame = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + + control = frame->ControlList; + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++, control++ ) + { + if(((*control)->ControlData.ControlHandle == Handle) && ((*control)->ControlData.ControlType == ControlType)) + { + if(UefiGetControlKey(&((*control)->ControlData)) == Key) + return *control; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +BOOLEAN IsActiveControlPresent(PAGE_DATA *page) +{ + BOOLEAN ControlActive=FALSE; + CONTROL_DATA **control; + FRAME_DATA * pFrame; + UINTN i; + + for ( i = 0; i < page->FrameCount; i++ ) + { + pFrame = page->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf((UINT32)i)]; + if(pFrame->CurrentControl != FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + { + control = &pFrame->ControlList[pFrame->CurrentControl]; + if((*control)->ControlActive == TRUE ) + { + ControlActive = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + return ControlActive; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdategScreenParams +// +// Description: Verifies and corrects the gScreen params with the current uni strings +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID UpdategScreenParams (VOID) +{ + if (STR_MAIN_TITLE != gScreen->MainTitle) + { + gScreen->MainTitle = STR_MAIN_TITLE; + } + if (STR_MAIN_COPYRIGHT != gScreen->MainCopyright) + { + gScreen->MainCopyright = STR_MAIN_COPYRIGHT; + } + if (STR_EVAL_MSG != gScreen->MainHelpTitle) + { + gScreen->MainHelpTitle = STR_EVAL_MSG; + } +} +//EIP: 58925 Start +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: GetParentFormID +// +// Description: Gets the parent page ID from given child page ID +// +// Input: UINT16 ChildID - Child page ID +// UINT16 *ParentID - Parent page ID +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else EFI_ERROR +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS GetParentFormID(UINT16 ChildID, UINT16 *ParentID, UINT32 *StackIndex) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + UINT32 navCount = 0, gAppPageCount = 0; + + *StackIndex = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + if(gApp->PageList[ChildID] == NULL){ + Status = EFI_ABORTED; + goto DONE; + } + + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + for(navCount = 0; navCount < gPageNavCount; navCount++){ //Check in the navigated page stack + if((NavPageStack[navCount].PageFormID == gApp->PageList[ChildID]->PageData.PageFormID) + && (NavPageStack[navCount].PageHandle == gApp->PageList[ChildID]->PageData.PageHandle)) + { + if((NavPageStack[navCount].PageParentFormID == 0) && (NavPageStack[navCount].ParentPageHandle == NULL)){ //If the parent page and parent handle is invalid + *StackIndex = 0; + break; + } + for(gAppPageCount = gNavStartPage; gAppPageCount < gApp->PageCount; gAppPageCount++){ //Check against the application page list + if((gApp->PageList[gAppPageCount]->PageData.PageFormID == (UINT16)NavPageStack[navCount].PageParentFormID) + && (gApp->PageList[gAppPageCount]->PageData.PageHandle == NavPageStack[navCount].ParentPageHandle)) + { + *ParentID = gApp->PageList[gAppPageCount]->PageData.PageID; + *StackIndex = navCount; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + +DONE: + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: SetParentFormID +// +// Description: Updated NAV_PAGE_STACK with current page and parent page info +// +// Input: UINT16 ParentID - Current/Parent Page ID +// UINT16 TargetID - Target/child page ID +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS Status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else EFI_ERROR +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS SetParentFormID(UINT16 ParentID, UINT16 TargetID) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT32 StackIndex = 0xFFFFFFFF; + UINT16 ParID = 0; //Temporary variable for finding the parent page ID of the target page + + if(ParentID == TargetID){ + return Status; + } + + if(NavPageStack == NULL){ + NavPageStackSize = gApp->PageCount + MAX_NAVIGATION_DEPTH; + NavPageStack = (NAV_PAGE_STACK *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(NAV_PAGE_STACK) * (NavPageStackSize)); + if(NavPageStack == NULL){ + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + gNavStartPage = TargetID; //Sets the start page of the formset + } + + Status = GetParentFormID(TargetID, &ParID, &StackIndex); + if(Status == EFI_ABORTED){ + goto DONE; + } + if((Status == EFI_SUCCESS) && (StackIndex < NavPageStackSize)){ + gPageNavCount = StackIndex + 1; //Decrement the total number of pages navigated + if(gPageNavCount < NavPageStackSize){ + MemSet(&NavPageStack[gPageNavCount], (NavPageStackSize - gPageNavCount) * sizeof(NAV_PAGE_STACK), 0); //Remove the child page information from NAV_PAGE_STACK + } + goto DONE; + } else if((Status != EFI_SUCCESS) && (StackIndex < NavPageStackSize) && (ParID == 0)){ + gPageNavCount = 1; //Because the navigation root is not found + if(gPageNavCount < NavPageStackSize){ + MemSet(&NavPageStack[gPageNavCount], (NavPageStackSize - gPageNavCount) * sizeof(NAV_PAGE_STACK), 0); //Remove the child page information from NAV_PAGE_STACK + } + goto DONE; + } + + //Adds the child page info in the NAV_PAGE_STACK + if(NavPageStackSize <= gPageNavCount) + { + NavPageStackSize += MAX_NAVIGATION_DEPTH; + NavPageStack = MemReallocateZeroPool( NavPageStack, NavPageStackSize-MAX_NAVIGATION_DEPTH, NavPageStackSize ); + if(NavPageStack == NULL){ + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + gPageNavCount=0; + goto DONE; + } + } + + NavPageStack[gPageNavCount].PageHandle = gApp->PageList[TargetID]->PageData.PageHandle; + NavPageStack[gPageNavCount].PageFormID = gApp->PageList[TargetID]->PageData.PageFormID; + if(gPageNavCount){ + NavPageStack[gPageNavCount].ParentPageHandle = NavPageStack[gPageNavCount - 1].PageHandle; + NavPageStack[gPageNavCount].PageParentFormID = NavPageStack[gPageNavCount - 1].PageFormID; + } + gPageNavCount++; //Increment the total number of pages navigated + + +DONE: + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ResetNavStack +// +// Description: Resets the navigation stack +// +// Input: None +// +// Output: VOID +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID ResetNavStack() +{ + if(NavPageStack){ + MemFreePointer(&NavPageStack); + NavPageStack = (NAV_PAGE_STACK *)NULL; //Resets the navigated page info + } + gPageNavCount = 0; //Resets the navigated page count + gNavStartPage = 0; //Resets the start page of the formset + gDisplayPageId = 0; //Reset the displayed page ID +} +//EIP: 58925 End + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CheckEnableQuietBoot +// +// Description: Function to check the quick boot enable option +// +// Input: void +// +// Output: void +// +// Notes : if NVRAM variable field AMISilentBoot = 0, then disable silent +// mode else enable In case of error reading the Setup variable, +// then return as silent boot disable +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID CheckEnableQuietBoot( VOID ) +{ +#ifndef STANDALONE_APPLICATION + if(ItkSupport()) + gQuietBoot = TRUE; + else + { + UINT8 *setupvar=NULL; + UINT8 *setup=NULL; + UINTN size = 0; + UINTN offset; + + GetAMITSEVariable((AMITSESETUP**)&setup,&setupvar,&size); + + offset = STRUCT_OFFSET( AMITSESETUP, AMISilentBoot ); + if ( ( setup == NULL ) || ( size < offset ) ) + gQuietBoot = FALSE; + else + gQuietBoot = (BOOLEAN)setup[offset]; + + if(setupvar) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&setupvar ); + else + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&setup ); + } +#endif //#ifndef STANDALONE_APPLICATION +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: GetAMITSEVariableLocal +// +// Description: function to get the local NvRam variable +// +// Input: AMITSESETUP **mSysConf, UINT8 **setup, UINTN *VarSize +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID GetAMITSEVariableLocal(AMITSESETUP **mSysConf, UINT8 **setup, UINTN *VarSize) +{ + *mSysConf = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, VarSize ); + if ( ( *mSysConf == NULL ) || ( *VarSize != sizeof(AMITSESETUP) ) ) + *mSysConf = VarGetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, VarSize ); +} +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/minisetupext.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/minisetupext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d829aed --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/minisetupext.h @@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2012, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/minisetupext.h $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 30 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 3:07p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/minisetupext.h $ +// +// 30 8/28/14 3:07p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 29 8/28/14 6:06a Premkumara +// EIP-135253 Updating file name proper in #include +// +// 28 5/02/14 9:28p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 27 5/02/14 10:59a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 26 2/11/14 8:23p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 24 3/12/13 7:02a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP105167 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Making the specify setup items departing from F2/F3 +// effect. +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h, +// PopupPassword.c, SubMenu.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 23 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 14 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 22 5/28/12 12:32p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP67049 & 90224 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support mouse drag operation in frame and list box +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, ListBox.c, Minisetupext.h +// +// 21 5/28/12 11:45a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP89272 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Change softkbd layout for numeric control +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Minisetup.h, C, Numeric.c +// +// 20 4/05/12 7:16a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 19 1/24/12 4:40a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP81581 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Default driver order support +// [Files] globals.c, addbootoption.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h and +// variable.c +// +// 18 11/20/11 7:55a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 17 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 16 11/13/11 1:00p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70421 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini, +// boot.c, +// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c, +// addbootoption.c, +// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h, +// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h, +// TseElink.h, variable.h, +// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni +// +// 15 10/20/11 12:25p Blaines +// Correct the comments. +// +// 14 10/20/11 11:48a Blaines +// [TAG] EIP 72333 +// [Category] Sighting +// [Symptom] Some SAS controller card HII Screen Titles are displaying +// the wrong information +// [RootCause] Menu tab always displays the root page title when +// navigating submenu pages. TSE did not support the display of Formset +// Help. +// +// [Solution] Display Formset Help for Dynamic page, Display page title of +// submenu pages in the menu tab. +// +// [Files Changed] +// - AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, special.c, Menu.c, minisetupext.h, +// TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 13 6/23/11 3:55p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP55762, 58925, 59971 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support REF2,REF3 and REF4 in AMITSE +// Support direct form navigation path +// Improper layout of controls in the root page when Dynamic pages are +// added using the Legacy Setup Style +// +// [Files] setupdata.h, CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, Legacy\Legacy.c, +// Legacy\style.h, Legacy\style.h, frame.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, page.c Popupstring.c, Hii.c, +// Uefi21Wrapper.c, Parse.c Hii.c +// +// 12 3/28/11 9:24p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP41744 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] SoftKeyBoard Support in TSE. and Support to Work with +// new mouse driver(Label 07). +// [Files] HookAnchor.h +// AMITSE.sdl +// CommonHelper.c +// commonoem.c +// commonoem.h +// HookList.c +// HookAnchor.c +// Mouse.c +// minisetupext.c +// postmgmtext.c +// minisetupext.h +// PopupPassword.c +// PopupString.c +// TseLiteCommon.c +// +// 11 3/28/11 4:58p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP56413 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] TSE: Support for EFI_IFR_RESET_BUTTON opcode +// [Files] ezport.c, minisetupext.h, ResetButton.c, ResetButton.h, +// Hii.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, hii.h, Uefi20Wapper.c +// +// 10 3/21/11 12:36a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 9 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 8 2/10/11 12:32p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 53146 +// [Category]- New Feature +// [Description] -Add the support to Move the Dynamic IFR Pages under +// subpages. It should be customizable to move around. +// +// 7 1/06/11 7:44p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 51678 +// [Category]- Enhancment +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- If OEMs override the style module parts, If new tse adds +// new style hook then +// if the OEM has different style module, even if they don't need use the +// hook to avoid +// compilation issue they need touch their style module to add the new +// hook. +// [RootCause] - The Original Style Hooks are part of Style module itself. +// [Solution]- To create Empty style Hook List in TSE core. This will +// allows the OEM not +// to change their style module to update newer TSE. +// [Files] - StyleHook Module Part under TSE lite sources. StyleHook.lib +// StyleHookx64.lib tselitebin.sdl +// +// 6 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 10 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 9 2/15/10 10:14p Madhans +// Uefi 2.1 support +// +// 8 1/09/10 6:23a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 7 10/28/09 5:38p Madhans +// +// 6 9/15/09 9:46a Sudhirv +// added new definition VARIABLE_ID_OEM_TSE_VAR +// +// 5 8/20/09 6:43p Madhans +// Fix for Mouse click crash issue. +// +// 4 8/19/09 12:58p Madhans +// IsToggleStateKey() function added +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 5 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 3/31/09 4:11p Madhans +// +// 3 2/05/09 10:15a Madhans +// Style Module created. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: MINISETUPEXT.h +// +// Description: Header file for FULL TSE specific minisetup entery and exit funtionallies +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _MINISETUPEXT_H_ +#define _MINISETUPEXT_H_ + + +#define MINI_SETUP_HPK_DATA_GUID \ + { 0xDCFBBCA4, 0x2498, 0x48DB, 0x91, 0x22, 0xFF, 0x7E, 0x96, 0x4B, 0xC5, 0x69 } +//EIP:53480 Defining the Action requests for the callbacks +#define AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE 1 +#define AMI_CALLBACK_RETRIEVE 2 +#define AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_OPEN 3 +#define AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_CLOSE 4 +#define AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_DEFAULT_STANDARD 0x1000 //EIP 105167 : Making the specify setup items departing from F2/F3 effect. +#define AMI_CALLBACK_FORM_DEFAULT_MANUFACTURING 0x1001 + +#include "setupdata.h" +#if EFI_SPECIFICATION_VERSION <= 0x20000 +#include "hii.h" +#else +#include "TseUefiHii.h" +#endif /* #if EFI_SPECIFICATION_VERSION <= 0x20000 */ +#include "StyleHook\StyleHook.h" +#if TSE_STYLE_SOURCES_SUPPORT +#include "style.h" +#endif +#include "application.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "MessageBox.h" +#include "hotkey.h" +#include "Date.h" +#include "Text.h" +#include "edit.h" +#include "Label.h" +#include "ListBox.h" +#include "Memo.h" +#include "Menu.h" // +#include "numeric.h" +#include "popup.h" +#include "PopupEdit.h" +#include "PopupPassword.h" +#include "PopupSel.h" +#include "PopupString.h" +#include "SubMenu.h" +#include "Time.h" +#include "password.h" +#include "ordlistbox.h" +#include "UefiAction.h" +#include "ResetButton.h"//EIP:56413 Added reset button header file + +/* +#include "special.h" +*/ + +extern SETUP_PKG *gSetupPkg; +extern SCREEN_INFO *gScreen; +extern PAGE_LIST *gPages; +extern PAGE_LIST *gToolPages; +extern CONTROL_INFO *gToolControlInfo; +extern CONTROL_INFO *gControlInfo; +extern VARIABLE_LIST *gToolVariables; +extern VARIABLE_LIST *gVariables; +extern PAGE_ID_LIST *gPageIdList; +extern PAGE_ID_LIST *gToolPageIdList; +extern PAGE_ID_INFO *gPageIdInfo; +extern PAGE_ID_INFO *gToolPageIdInfo; + +extern NVRAM_VARIABLE *gVariableList; +extern NVRAM_VARIABLE *gFailsafeDefaults; +extern NVRAM_VARIABLE *gOptimalDefaults; + +extern HPK_INFO *gHpkInfo; + +extern GUID_LIST *gGuidList; + +extern FRAME_DATA *gActiveFrame; + +extern ACTION_DATA *gMsgBoxAction; +extern UINT16 gDynamicParentPage; +// callback.c +VOID LoadPreviousValues( BOOLEAN showMsgBox ); +VOID LoadOptimalDefaults( VOID ); +VOID LoadFailsafeDefaults( VOID ); +BOOLEAN SaveAndExit( VOID ); +VOID SaveWithoutExit( VOID ); +BOOLEAN SaveAndReset( VOID ); +BOOLEAN ResetSys( VOID ); +BOOLEAN ExitApplication( VOID ); +VOID ShowHelpMessageBox( VOID ); +UINT8 CallbackShowMessageBox( UINTN data, UINT8 type ); +EFI_STATUS CallFormCallBack(CONTROL_INFO * pControlData, UINT16 Key, UINT8 Flags, UINTN Action); +VOID UEFICallSetupFormCallBack(UINTN Action ); + +// Helper +extern CHAR8 *gPrevLanguage; +extern UINTN gPrevLangSize; + +VARIABLE_INFO *VarGetVariableInfoIndex( UINT32 index ); +VARIABLE_INFO *VarGetVariableInfoId( UINT32 varId, UINT32 *index ); +// variable.h +extern UINTN gSetupCount; +VOID *BBSReOrderDefultLegacyDevOrder(BBS_ORDER_TABLE *DefaultLegDevOrder,UINTN DefaultLegDevOrderSize); +extern EFI_GUID EfiDefaultLegacyDevOrderGuid; +extern EFI_GUID EfiDefaultBootOrderGuid; +extern EFI_GUID EfiDefaultDriverOrderGuid; //EIP81581 +//#define SETUP_PASSWORD_LENGTH 20 +extern const UINTN TsePasswordLength; +VOID InitgProgress( VOID ); +VOID SetHDDPassword(VOID); +VOID BBSUpdateOrder(UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer); +VOID BootUpdateOrder (UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer); +VOID DriverUpdateOrder (UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer); //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + +extern VOID MainSetupLoopInit(VOID) ; +EFI_STATUS DoBbsPopupInit(VOID) ; +EFI_STATUS DrawBbsPopupMenu( VOID ); +VOID DrawBootOnlyBbsPopupMenu( VOID ) ; +VOID BbsBoot(VOID) ; + +EFI_STATUS VarBuildAMIDefaults(VOID); + +// Mouse Functions +VOID NumericSoftKbdExit(VOID); +VOID NumericSoftKbdInit(VOID); +VOID PrintableKeysSoftKbdInit(VOID); +VOID PrintableKeysSoftKbdExit(VOID); +VOID MouseInit(VOID); +VOID MouseStop(VOID); +VOID MouseFreeze(VOID); +VOID MouseRefresh(VOID); +BOOLEAN IsMouseClickedonSoftkbd(VOID); +VOID MouseStart(VOID); +VOID MouseDestroy(VOID); +EFI_STATUS MouseReadInfo(VOID *MouseInfo); +EFI_STATUS MouseScrollBarMove(VOID *frame, BOOLEAN bScrollUp, UINT32 Size); //EIP-67049 +EFI_STATUS MouseListBoxScrollBarMove(VOID *listbox, BOOLEAN bScrollUp, UINT32 Size); //EIP-67049 +EFI_STATUS MouseFrameHandleAction( VOID *frame, VOID *action, VOID *control ); +EFI_STATUS MouseSubMenuHandleAction( VOID *submenu, VOID *Data); +EFI_STATUS MouseMsgBoxHandleAction( VOID *msgbox, VOID *Data,BOOLEAN * pRedraw ); +EFI_STATUS MouseListBoxHandleAction( VOID *listbox, VOID *Data); +EFI_STATUS MousePopupSelHandleAction( VOID *popupSel, VOID *Data); +EFI_STATUS MousePopupEditHandleAction( VOID *PopupEdit, VOID *Data,BOOLEAN * pRedraw ); +EFI_STATUS MouseMenuHandleAction( VOID *menu, VOID *Data ); + + +VOID ReGroupOptions(UINT16 *optionList,UINT16 *OrgOptionList); +EFI_STATUS PopupEditHandlePassword( VOID *PopupEdit, VOID *Data); +EFI_STATUS ActionReadKey( AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout ); +EFI_STATUS AMIReadKeyStroke(EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData); +EFI_STATUS HelperIsPasswordCharValid(EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData,UINTN StrIndex,UINTN PasswordLength, CHAR16 *OutChar); +VOID FramePasswordAdvancedCallback(CALLBACK_PASSWORD *callbackData,CHAR16 *saveData); +EFI_STATUS FramePwdCallbackIdePasswordUpdate ( CONTROL_DATA *control,CHAR16 *saveData); +EFI_STATUS PopupPwdAuthenticateIDEPwd(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN *AbortUpdate,VOID *data); +VOID PopupPwdUpdateIDEPwd (VOID); +EFI_STATUS PopupPwdHandleActionOverRide(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, ACTION_DATA *Data); +UINT32 PopupPasswordCheckInstalled(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword); +BOOLEAN PopupPasswordAuthenticate( POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, CHAR16 *Password ); +EFI_STATUS FormBrowserLocateSetupHandles(/*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID* **handleBuffer,UINT16 *count); +BOOLEAN FormBrowserHandleValid(VOID); +VOID GetAMITSEVariable(AMITSESETUP **mSysConf,UINT8 **setup,UINTN *VarSize); +VOID NoVarStoreUpdateSystemAccess(UINT8 sysAccessValue); +VOID SetSystemAccessValueItk(UINT8 sysAccessValue); +VOID VarBuildItkDefaults(VOID); +VOID SpecialUpdatePageControls(UINT32 CurrentPage); +EFI_STATUS PopupPasswordFormCallback(CONTROL_INFO * pControlData,UINT16 Key,UINT8 Flags); +BOOLEAN CheckSystemPasswordPolicy(UINT32 PasswordInstalled); + +extern UINTN gHpkInfoLength; +BOOLEAN IsReadOnlyGrayout(); +BOOLEAN IsGrayoutSelectable(); +BOOLEAN IsGroupDynamicPages(); +BOOLEAN IsOrphanPagesAsRootPage(); +BOOLEAN IsLinkHistorySupport(); +BOOLEAN IsSubMenuDisplayTitle(); + +VOID CsmSaveBBSOrder( VOID *); +VOID CsmBBSSetDisabled(UINT16 Index, VOID **DisDPs, UINTN *DPSize); +VOID CsmRearrangeBBSOrderVariable(VOID *popupSel, UINT8 bIncrease,UINT16 *newOption); +VOID CsmLoadDefaultLegDevOrder(VOID); +EFI_STATUS CsmBBSUpdateOrder(UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer); + +BOOLEAN TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList(CONTROL_DATA *); + + +///IDE Password Hooks +UINT16 TSEIDEPasswordGetName(UINT16 Index); +EFI_STATUS TSEIDEPasswordAuthenticate(CHAR16 *Password, VOID* DataPtr, BOOLEAN bCheckUser); +BOOLEAN TSEIDEPasswordUpdate( UINT32 DeviceIndex, CHAR16 *Password, BOOLEAN bCheckUser); +VOID* TSEIDEPasswordGetDataPtr( UINTN Index); +BOOLEAN TSEIDEPasswordGetLocked(UINTN Index); +VOID TSEIDEPasswordCheck(); +VOID TSEIDEPasswordFreezeDevices(); +VOID TSEUnlockHDD(VOID); +VOID TSESetHDDPassword(VOID); +VOID TSEIDEUpdateConfig(VOID *ideSecConfig, UINTN value); + + +UINTN TseGetANSIEscapeCode(CHAR16 *String,UINT8 *Bold,UINT8 *Foreground, UINT8 *Background); +CHAR16 *TseSkipEscCode(CHAR16 *String); + +BOOLEAN TseCheckShiftState(AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA ActionKey, UINT32 HotkeyState); + +UINT32 _GetControlVariable(CONTROL_INFO *control); + +VOID TseHotkeyPrintScreenSupport(); +BOOLEAN TsePrintScreenEventSupport(UINT16 ScanCode); +BOOLEAN IsToggleStateKey(ACTION_DATA *Data); +BOOLEAN IsActiveControlPresent(PAGE_DATA *page); +VOID TSEStringReadLoopEntryHook(VOID); +VOID TSEStringReadLoopExitHook(VOID); +BOOLEAN TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook(VOID); +VOID TSENumericSoftKbdExit(VOID); +VOID TSENumericSoftKbdInit(VOID); +#endif /* _MINISETUP_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2012, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/numeric.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/numeric.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4526b03 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/numeric.c @@ -0,0 +1,1430 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/numeric.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 38 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 3:06p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/numeric.c $ +// +// 38 8/28/14 3:06p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 37 5/03/14 8:04p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 36 5/03/14 3:17p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 35 5/02/14 9:33p Arunsb +// EIP141986 changes reverted. +// +// 34 5/02/14 10:58a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Made Grayed controls to focus-able when token +// TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// is enabled and can't edit the values +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl,CommonHelper.c,frame.c,Label.c,minisetupext.h, +// numeric.c,PopupPassword.c,PopupSel.c,PopupString.c,SubMenu.c +// +// 33 5/01/14 3:43p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 32 2/11/14 9:02p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 31 12/05/13 1:37a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP139608 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] Not able to navigate to other page using Mouse/Clicks when +// Numeric control is focused. Msgbox, Menu, Listbox is not closing using +// touch/mouse. +// [Root Cause] When token SINGLE_CLICK_ACTIVATION is enabled +// numerichandle action is not returning unsupported. TSE isn't handled +// ControlActionSelect to close msgbox, menu, listbox when token is +// enable. +// [Solution] Handled mouse action properly for numeric control. Handled +// action properly to close msgbox, listbox, menu. +// [Files] ListBox.c, Numeic.c, MessageBox.c, MinisetupExt.c +// +// 30 12/03/13 1:10p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP141986 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Make grayedout control focusable and this feature is +// handled by token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, Label.c, Minisetupext.c, +// Numeric.c, PopupPassword.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString. SubMenu.c +// +// 29 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 13 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 28 6/28/12 8:23p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP92407 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Shift + "+" key wont respond +// [RootCause] Shift state not cleared +// [Solution] Shift state cleared +// [Files] numeric.c +// +// 27 5/29/12 2:41a Premkumara +// Added missed EIP-88811 changes (TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook()) in +// numeric.c +// +// 26 5/28/12 11:52a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP89272 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Change softkbd layout for numeric control +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Minisetup.h, C, Numeric.c +// +// 25 5/28/12 8:27a Arunsb +// CallbackShowMessageBox commented in NumericDraw +// +// 24 5/24/12 7:30a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP88811 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] When pop-up window is invoked in setup and Click on ESC +// icon or ESC/Right Click, it will respond as two times ESC is clicked +// [RootCause] ESC functionality provided for left click on the ESC +// sting navigation frame . +// [Solution] Now providing the ESC sequence for left down and double +// click +// [Files] ezport.c, numeric.c, MessageBox.c +// +// 23 5/09/12 6:23p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP83703 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] TSE hangs while clicking on the "link training time out" +// value [this is happening while trying the specified steps immediate +// after bios flash +// [RootCause] When invalid range input is provided for numeric control +// ESC sequence is not provided if it is handled by the mouse. +// [Solution] Provided the proper ESC sequence to the control such that +// it close the Invalid Range Fail MsgBox when handled with the mouse and +// key. +// [Files] Numeric.c, CommonHelper.c +// +// $/Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ +// - numeric.c (ver 22) +// +// $/Alaska/BIN/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/ +// - CommonHelper.c (ver 88) +// +// 22 5/09/12 5:04p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP83703 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] TSE hangs while clicking on the "link training time out" +// value [this is happening while trying the specified steps immediate +// after bios flash +// [RootCause] When invalid range input is provided for numeric control +// ESC sequence is not provided if it is handled by the mouse. +// [Solution] Provided the proper ESC sequence to the control such that +// it close the Invalid Range Fail MsgBox when handled with the mouse and +// key. +// [Files] Numeric.c, CommonHelper.c +// +// 21 4/05/12 7:17a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 20 4/03/12 11:57p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP83703 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] TSE hangs while clicking on the "link training time out" +// value [this is happening while trying the specified steps immediate +// after bios flash] +// [RootCause] Invalid message box handling with in the numeric is not +// proper which is cauing the hang. +// [Solution] Invalid message box is handled propely with mouse +// selection. +// [Files] numeric.c +// +// 19 12/08/11 12:28p Rajashakerg +// Updated the file to overcome build errors when build for x32 mode. +// +// 18 11/21/11 11:23a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 17 11/21/11 12:23a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE. +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 16 11/20/11 8:01a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 15 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 14 10/21/11 2:54a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP60563 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Updating the file with fix for issue : maximum 8 byte +// value shows negative number +// [Files] numeric.c, numeric.h, string.c, string.h +// +// 13 10/10/11 1:32a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP66976 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Provision to change the Numeric string format +// [Files] commonhelper.c, amitse.sdl and numeric.c +// +// 12 6/23/11 3:54p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP55762, 58925, 59971 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] +// Support REF2,REF3 and REF4 in AMITSE +// Support direct form navigation path +// Improper layout of controls in the root page when Dynamic pages are +// added using the Legacy Setup Style +// +// [Files] setupdata.h, CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, Legacy\Legacy.c, +// Legacy\style.h, Legacy\style.h, frame.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, page.c Popupstring.c, Hii.c, +// Uefi21Wrapper.c, Parse.c Hii.c +// +// 11 6/20/11 12:22p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP60563 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for signed decimal value for +// EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP. +// [Files] numeric.c, numeric.h, string.c, string.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 10 6/07/11 2:44p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP61897 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To ignore the limit checking for the Suppressed +// Controls in TSE +// [Files] numeric.c +// +// 9 3/21/11 12:39a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP53480 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] FormBrowser extended actions support +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, numeric.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, TseLiteCommon.c, UefiAction.c, +// Hiicallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c +// +// 8 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 7 12/02/10 6:08p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP49562 +// [Category]- Improvment. +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Need to support UEFI 2.2 requirements related to Calling +// Formcallback with +// EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGING and EFI_BROWSER_ACTION_CHANGED action. +// [Solution]- Implemented the support. +// [Files] - submenu.c, numeric.c, popupsel.c, popupString.c, +// uefi20\hii.h, uefi20\uefi20wrapper.c +// uefi21\hiicalback.c, uefi21\tseuefihii.h +// +// 6 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 5 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:45a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 9/15/09 3:54p Madhans +// // EIP: 26473 Fix To support uppercase Hex numbers +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 2 4/29/09 9:02p Madhans +// Bug Fixes after unit Testing.. +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: numeric.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Label operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +NUMERIC_METHODS gNumeric = +{ + NumericCreate, + NumericDestroy, + NumericInitialize, + NumericDraw, + NumericHandleAction, + NumericSetCallback, + NumericSetFocus, + NumericSetPosition, + NumericSetDimensions, + NumericSetAttributes, + NumericGetControlHeight +}; +BOOLEAN SingleClickActivation (VOID); //EIP-139608 +extern UINTN gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox; +static BOOLEAN NumericIncDec = TRUE; +BOOLEAN CheckKeyinHotKeysList(AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA Key); +EFI_STATUS NumericHandleActionKeyMouse(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, ACTION_DATA *Data); +VOID NumSPrint(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric,NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE Num); +VOID UpdateNumericDisplayString (CHAR16 **, INT64, UINT8, UINT16, UINT16); +VOID ClearNumericShiftState (AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *);//EIP-83703 + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericCreate +// +// Description: function used for Numeric control Create, which uses the Edit functions. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericCreate( NUMERIC_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(NUMERIC_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gEdit.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gNumeric; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericDestroy +// +// Description: function used to destroy Numeric controls, which uses the Edit functions. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA **object, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericDestroy( NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == numeric ) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gEdit.Destroy( numeric, FALSE ); + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&numeric->Text ); + + if( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&numeric ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//EIP:60563 to support signed integers for NUMERIC opcode +//EIP:60563 START +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CheckForRange +// +// Description: function used to check the range for the negative numbers and positive nubmers. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, NUMERIC_VALUE_BASE *Num +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN CheckForRange(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, NUMERIC_VALUE_BASE *Num) +{ + if(numeric->Base == 32) + { + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 1) + { + if(((INT8)*Num < (INT8)numeric->MinValue) ||((INT8)*Num > (INT8)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 2) + { + if(((INT16)*Num < (INT16)numeric->MinValue) ||((INT16)*Num > (INT16)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 4) + { + if(((INT32)*Num < (INT32)numeric->MinValue) ||((INT32)*Num > (INT32)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 8) + { + if(((INT64)*Num < (INT64)numeric->MinValue) ||((INT64)*Num > (INT64)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else + return FALSE; + } + else + { + if(((*Num) < numeric->MinValue) ||(*Num > numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + else + return FALSE; + } +return FALSE; + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CheckForRangefromsetup +// +// Description: function used to check the range for the negative numbers and positive nubmers from setup. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, NUMERIC_VALUE_BASE *Num +// +// Output: BOOLEAN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +BOOLEAN CheckForRangefromsetup(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, NUMERIC_VALUE_BASE *Num) +{ + if(numeric->Base == 32) + { + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 1) + { + if(((INT8)*Num >= (INT8)numeric->MinValue) &&((INT8)*Num <= (INT8)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 2) + { + if(((INT16)*Num >= (INT16)numeric->MinValue) &&((INT16)*Num <= (INT16)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 4) + { + if(((INT32)*Num >= (INT32)numeric->MinValue) &&((INT32)*Num <= (INT32)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 8) + { + if(((INT64)*Num >= (INT64)numeric->MinValue) &&((INT64)*Num <= (INT64)numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + } + else + return FALSE; + } + else + { + if(((*Num) >= numeric->MinValue) &&(*Num <= numeric->MaxValue)) + return TRUE; + else + return FALSE; + } + + return FALSE; +} +//EIP:60563 END +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericInitialize +// +// Description: function used to Initialize the Numeric controls, which uses the Edit functions. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA **object, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericInitialize( NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + NUMERIC_VALUE_BASE *Num; + VOID * ControlPtr = ((CONTROL_INFO *)data)->ControlPtr; + UINT16 Size = UefiGetWidth(ControlPtr); + + // If the size 1 (it can hold upto 3 Decimal data +1 for null, is more then one the size * 3 is ok + numeric->TextWidth = (Size>1)?(3 * (UINT16)Size):4; + + Status = gEdit.Initialize( numeric, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + //numeric->FGColor = EFI_YELLOW; + //numeric->BGColor = EFI_BACKGROUND_BLUE; + //numeric->TextWidth = numeric->TextAreaWidth; + numeric->Chr = 0x0; + numeric->MinValue = UefiGetMinValue(ControlPtr);//EIP:60563 to support signed integers for NUMERIC opcode + numeric->MaxValue = UefiGetMaxValue(ControlPtr); + numeric->Step = UefiGetStepValue(ControlPtr); + numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth = Size; + numeric->Base = UefiGetBaseValue(ControlPtr); // default base decimal number + numeric->Interval = (UINT8)(numeric->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + + Num = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (Size <sizeof(NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE))? sizeof(NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE):Size ); + + if ( Num != NULL ) + { + VarGetValue( numeric->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(ControlPtr), Size, Num ); + + // check that value is in range + //EIP:60563 to support signed integers for NUMERIC opcode + if(CheckForRange( numeric, Num)) + { + // try to use the default + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth != 0) + { + VarGetDefaults( numeric->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(ControlPtr), + Size, Num ); + } + } + + if(*Num < numeric->MinValue) + *Num = numeric->MinValue;//revert to minimum value + + if(*Num > numeric->MaxValue) + *Num =numeric->MaxValue;//revert to maximum value + + numeric->Value = *Num; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&Num ); + } + + NumSPrint(numeric,numeric->Value); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericDraw +// +// Description: function used to draw the numeric controls +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericDraw(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric ) +{ + NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE *Num; + VOID * ControlPtr = numeric->ControlData.ControlPtr; + + if(numeric->ControlActive == TRUE) + return gEdit.Draw( numeric ); + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( numeric->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &numeric->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + case COND_GRAYOUT: + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + + Num = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth<sizeof(NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE))?sizeof(NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE):numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth); + + if ( Num != NULL ) + { + VarGetValue( numeric->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(ControlPtr), + numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth, Num ); + + // check that value is in range + //EIP:60563 to support signed integers for NUMERIC opcode + if(CheckForRange(numeric, Num)) + { + //Report Message box +// CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + + // try to use the default + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth != 0) + { + VarGetDefaults( numeric->ControlData.ControlVariable, + UefiGetQuestionOffset(ControlPtr), + numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth, Num ); + } + if(*Num < numeric->MinValue) + *Num = numeric->MinValue;//revert to minimum value + + if(*Num > numeric->MaxValue) + *Num =numeric->MaxValue;//revert to maximum value + } + + numeric->Value = *Num; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&Num ); + } + + NumSPrint(numeric,numeric->Value); +#if 0 + /*To eliminate leading zeroes*/ + Num = atoi( numeric->Text, numeric->Base ); + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextAreaWidth, L"%d", Num); +#endif + return gEdit.Draw( numeric ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericSetCallback +// +// Description: function used for setting Numeric control callback. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericSetCallback( NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gEdit.SetCallback( numeric, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericHandleAction +// +// Description: function used handle the Numeric controls +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericHandleAction( NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + if(numeric->ControlActive) + return Status; + + if (numeric->Interval == 0) + return Status; + + if(IsActiveControlPresent(gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) + return Status; + + if ( --(numeric->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + numeric->Interval = (UINT8)(numeric->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return UefiRefershQuestionValueNvRAM(&(numeric->ControlData)); + } + else + return Status; + } + + if (( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY )||(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)) + return NumericHandleActionKeyMouse(numeric, Data); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CheckforIncrementandDecreament +// +// Description: function used handle the Numeric controls Increment and Decreament operation +// +// Input: NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE *Num, NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, CONTROL_ACTION Action,UINT8 *bValueChanged +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID CheckforIncrementandDecreament(NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE *Num, NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, CONTROL_ACTION Action,UINT8 *bValueChanged ) +{ + if(ControlActionIncreament == Action) + { + if(AMI_BASE_INT_DEC == numeric->Base) + { + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 1) + { + if ( ((INT8)*Num + (INT8)numeric->Step) <= (INT8)numeric->MaxValue ) + { + *Num = *Num + (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + } + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 2) + { + if ( ((INT16)*Num + (INT16)numeric->Step) <= (INT16)numeric->MaxValue ) + { + *Num = *Num + (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + + } + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 4) + { + if ( ((INT32)*Num + (INT32)numeric->Step) <= (INT32)numeric->MaxValue ) + { + *Num = *Num + (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + + } + } + else + { + if ( ((INT64)*Num + (INT64)numeric->Step) <= (INT64)numeric->MaxValue ) + { + *Num = *Num + (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + + } + } + + } + else + { + if ( *Num + numeric->Step <= numeric->MaxValue ) + { + *Num = *Num + (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + } + } + } + else + { + if(AMI_BASE_INT_DEC == numeric->Base) + { + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 1) + { + if ( ((INT8)*Num - (INT8)numeric->Step) >= (INT8)numeric->MinValue) + { + *Num = *Num - (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + + } + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 2) + { + if ( ((INT16)*Num - (INT16)numeric->Step) >= (INT16)numeric->MinValue ) + { + *Num = *Num - (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + + } + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 4) + { + if ( ((INT32)*Num - (INT32)numeric->Step) >= (INT32)numeric->MinValue) + { + *Num = *Num - (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + + } + } + else + { + if ( ((INT64)*Num - (INT64)numeric->Step) >= (INT64)numeric->MinValue ) + { + *Num = *Num - (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + + } + } + + + } + else + { + if( *Num - numeric->Step >= numeric->MinValue ) + { + *Num = *Num - (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + *bValueChanged = 1; + } + } + + } + + +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericHandleActionKey +// +// Description: function used handle the Numeric control keys +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericHandleActionKeyMouse(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + CHAR16 Chr; + BOOLEAN DataOk = FALSE; + NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE Num; + ACTION_DATA TempData; + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key; + VOID * ControlPtr = numeric->ControlData.ControlPtr; + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &numeric->ControlData ); + + //Not to perform action for control when token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to set focus for GrayoutIf control + if ( IsGrayoutSelectable() && (COND_GRAYOUT == u8ChkResult) ) { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReadOnly) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + key = Data->Input.Data.AmiKey; + //Get mapping + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + { + Action = MapControlKeysHook(key); + } + else if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + //EIP-123727 check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of Neumeric Control or not + if ( (ControlActionSelect == Action) && + ( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)numeric->Top) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(numeric->Top+numeric->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)numeric->Left) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(numeric->Left+numeric->Width)) + )//EIP-139608 when mouse is clicked on numeric control and action is ControlActionSelect + ) + { + Action = ControlActionSelect; + if(!TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook()) + { + if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_INT_DEC || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_DEC) + NumericSoftKbdInit(); + else if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_HEX || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_OCT) + { + PrintableKeysSoftKbdInit(); + } + } + } + //EIP-123727 Close softkbd if activatd when clicked/touch outside numeric + else if ( ((!((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)numeric->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(numeric->Top+numeric->Height))&& (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)numeric->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(numeric->Left+numeric->Width))))) + &&(TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook())&&(( ControlMouseActionLeftDown== Action)||(ControlMouseActionLeftUp == Action)) + ) + { + if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_INT_DEC || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_DEC) + NumericSoftKbdExit(); + else if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_HEX || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_OCT) + { + PrintableKeysSoftKbdExit(); + } + + gAction.ClearAction( Data ); + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + //If mouse clicked outside numeric control area + else if ( ((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)numeric->Top) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)(numeric->Top+numeric->Height)) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)numeric->Left) || + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left > (UINT32)(numeric->Left+numeric->Width)) + )&& ( (ControlActionSelect == Action) && SingleClickActivation() ) //EIP-139608 + ) + { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + //If mouse clicked in numeric control area including multi-line string also don't consume mouse action in numeric side. + else if ((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)numeric->Top) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(numeric->Top+numeric->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)numeric->Left) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(numeric->Left+numeric->Width))&& + (numeric->ControlActive) + ) + { + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + } + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionSelect: + // check that the data is proper. + if((numeric->Text[0] ==0x0)||((numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_INT_DEC)&&(L'-' == numeric->Text[0])&&( EfiStrStr(numeric->Text+1, L"-")))) + NumSPrint(numeric,numeric->MinValue); + + Num = (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)atoi( numeric->Text, numeric->Base ); + + //EIP:60563 to support signed integers for NUMERIC opcode + if ( CheckForRangefromsetup( numeric, &Num) ) + { + if ( ( numeric->Callback != NULL ) && ( numeric->Cookie != NULL ) ) + { + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)numeric->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = numeric->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ControlPtr); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetWidth(ControlPtr); + callbackData->Data = (VOID *)&Num; + // To support UEFI 2.1.C spec to Not to update the control when Callback fails. + UefiPreControlUpdate(&(numeric->ControlData)); + numeric->Callback( numeric->Container,numeric, numeric->Cookie ); + } + + { + if(UefiIsInteractive(&numeric->ControlData)) + { + VOID * Handle=numeric->ControlData.ControlHandle; + UINT16 Key = UefiGetControlKey(&(numeric->ControlData)); + CONTROL_DATA *Control; + + Status = CallFormCallBack(&(numeric->ControlData), Key, 0, AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE);//EIP-53480: Updated the action to AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE + Control = GetUpdatedControlData((CONTROL_DATA*)numeric,CONTROL_TYPE_NUMERIC,Handle,Key); + + if(Control == NULL) // Control deleted ? + return EFI_SUCCESS; + if(Control != (CONTROL_DATA*)numeric) + numeric = (NUMERIC_DATA*)Control; //control Updated + + } + } + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + numeric->ControlActive = FALSE; + if(((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY))&&(TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook() == TRUE)&& (TRUE == NumericIncDec)) + { + if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_INT_DEC || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_DEC) + NumericSoftKbdExit(); + else if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_HEX || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_OCT) + { + PrintableKeysSoftKbdExit(); + } + } + else if(!NumericIncDec) + { + NumericIncDec = TRUE; + } + } + else + { + //Report Message box + CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidRangeFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK ); + Data->Input.Type = ACTION_TYPE_KEY;//EIP 83703 : Providing the input type as key such that it can be consumed in edithandleaction + Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = SCAN_ESC; + Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = L'\0'; + ClearNumericShiftState(&(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey));//EIP-83703 + //Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.KeyState.KeyShiftState = 0;//EIP 83703 : providing the key shiftstate + DataOk = TRUE; + } + break; + + case ControlActionBackSpace: + DataOk = TRUE; + break; + + case ControlActionIncreament: + case ControlActionDecreament: + if ( ( numeric->Step != 0 ) && ( ! numeric->ControlActive )) + { + UINT8 bValueChanged = 0; + + Num = (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)atoi( numeric->Text, numeric->Base ); + if ( ControlActionIncreament == Action ) + { + if(Num == numeric->MaxValue); + else + CheckforIncrementandDecreament(&Num,numeric,Action,&bValueChanged); + /* if ( Num + numeric->Step <= numeric->MaxValue ) + { + Num = Num + (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + bValueChanged = 1; + }*/ + } + else if ( ControlActionDecreament == Action ) + { + if(Num == numeric->MinValue); + else + CheckforIncrementandDecreament(&Num,numeric,Action,&bValueChanged); + /* if( Num - numeric->Step >= numeric->MinValue ) + { + Num = Num - (NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE)numeric->Step; + bValueChanged = 1; + }*/ + } + + NumSPrint(numeric,Num); + NumericIncDec = FALSE; + if((bValueChanged)&& CheckForRangefromsetup( numeric, &Num)) + { + MemCopy(&TempData,Data,sizeof(ACTION_DATA)); + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = 0; + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN; + ClearNumericShiftState(&(TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey));//EIP-92407 Clearing the Shiftstate before invoking numerichandleaction with CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN + gNumeric.HandleAction(numeric,&TempData); + } + // Data updated to variables Now draw it in the screen. + Status = gNumeric.Draw( numeric ); + } + else if( ( numeric->ControlActive )&&(numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_INT_DEC)) + { + DataOk = TRUE; + } + + break; + + case ControlActionAlpha: + case ControlActionNumeric: + Chr = key.Key.UnicodeChar; + switch ( numeric->Base ) + { + case AMI_BASE_BIN: + if ( ( Chr == L'0' ) || ( Chr == L'1' ) ) + DataOk = TRUE; + break; + + case AMI_BASE_OCT: + if ( ( Chr <= L'7' ) && ( Chr >= L'0' ) ) + DataOk = TRUE; + break; + + case AMI_BASE_DEC: + case AMI_BASE_INT_DEC: + if ( ( Chr <= L'9' ) && ( Chr >= L'0' ) ) + DataOk = TRUE; + break; + + case AMI_BASE_HEX: + // EIP: 26473 To support uppercase Hex numbers + if ( ( ( Chr <= L'9' ) && ( Chr >= L'0' ) ) || ( ( Chr >= L'a' ) && ( Chr <= L'f' ) ) || ( ( Chr >= L'A' ) && ( Chr <= L'F' ) )) + + DataOk = TRUE; + break; + } + break; + + case ControlActionNextUp: + case ControlActionNextDown: + case ControlActionNextLeft: + case ControlActionNextRight: + if ( numeric->ControlActive ) + { + MemCopy(&TempData,Data,sizeof(ACTION_DATA)); + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = 0; + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN; + ClearNumericShiftState(&(TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey));//EIP-92407 Clearing the Shiftstate before invoking numerichandleaction with CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN + gNumeric.HandleAction(numeric,&TempData); + } + break; + + default: + if ( numeric->ControlActive ) + { + MemCopy(&TempData,Data,sizeof(ACTION_DATA)); + TempData.Input.Type = ACTION_TYPE_KEY; + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode = 0; + TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar = CHAR_CARRIAGE_RETURN; + ClearNumericShiftState(&(TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey));//EIP-83703 + //TempData.Input.Data.AmiKey.KeyState.KeyShiftState = 0; + gNumeric.HandleAction(numeric,&TempData); + } + // Only Alpha Numeric chars are allowed. Other Special printable chars not allowed. + if(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode) + DataOk = TRUE; + break; + } + + if ( DataOk ) + Status = gEdit.HandleAction( numeric, Data ); + + if((((!numeric->ControlActive)||(!IsMouseClickedonSoftkbd())) && (TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook() == TRUE) ) + && (((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) && ((Action == ControlActionNextLeft) ||(Action == ControlActionNextRight) ||(Action == ControlActionNextUp) ||(Action == ControlActionNextDown) ||(Action == ControlActionPageUp) ||(Action == ControlActionPageDown) ||(Action == ControlActionAbort) ||(Action == ControlActionHome) ||(Action == ControlActionEnd) ||(CheckKeyinHotKeysList(key))) ) + || ((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)&&((!((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)numeric->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(numeric->Top+numeric->Height))&& (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)numeric->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(numeric->Left+numeric->Width))))||(Action == ControlActionAbort)))) + ) + { + if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_INT_DEC || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_DEC) + NumericSoftKbdExit(); + else if (numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_HEX || numeric->Base == AMI_BASE_OCT) + { + PrintableKeysSoftKbdExit(); + } + } + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericSetFocus( NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, BOOLEAN focus ) +{ + UINT8 u8ChkResult; + + if(focus != FALSE) + { + u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( &numeric->ControlData ); + + //Setting focus to control which has no control-condtion and token TSE_SETUP_GRAYOUT_SELECTABLE is enable to set focus for GrayoutIf control + if ( ((u8ChkResult != COND_NONE) && (u8ChkResult != COND_GRAYOUT)) || + (!IsGrayoutSelectable() && (u8ChkResult == COND_GRAYOUT)) + ){ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + } + + + if( !(numeric->ControlFocus && focus) ) + numeric->ControlFocus = focus; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericSetPosition(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gEdit.SetPosition( numeric, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimensions. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericSetDimensions(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gEdit.SetDimensions( numeric, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set attributes. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericSetAttributes(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gEdit.SetAttributes( numeric, FGColor, BGColor ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumericGetControlHeight +// +// Description: Function to get label height. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, UINT16 Width, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS NumericGetControlHeight(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric, VOID* frame , UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width; + + Width = (UINT16)(((EDIT_DATA *)numeric)->TextMargin - (((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gControlLeftPad)); + text = HiiGetString( numeric->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField((VOID *)numeric->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + newText = StringWrapText( text, Width, height ); + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + else + { + *height =1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: NumSPrint +// +// Description: Function to print nums. +// +// Input: NUMERIC_DATA *numeric,NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE Num +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID NumSPrint(NUMERIC_DATA *numeric,NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE Num) +{ + switch(numeric->Base) + { + case AMI_BASE_HEX: + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16), L"%lx", Num ); + break; + case AMI_BASE_INT_DEC: + if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 1) + { + if((INT8)Num < 0) + { + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16), L"%d", (INT8)Num ); + break; + } + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 2) + { + if((INT16)Num < 0) + { + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16), L"%d", (INT16)Num ); + break; + } + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 4) + { + if((INT32)Num < 0) + { + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16), L"%d", (INT32)Num ); + break; + } + } + else if(numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth == 8) + { + if((INT64)Num < 0) + { + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16), L"%ld", (INT64)Num ); + break; + } + } + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16), L"%d", Num ); + break; + case AMI_BASE_DEC: + default: + SPrint( numeric->Text, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16), L"%ld", Num ); + break; + } + UpdateNumericDisplayString (&(numeric->Text), Num, numeric->Base, numeric->ControlData.ControlDataWidth, numeric->TextWidth*sizeof(CHAR16)); //EIP66976 Provision to change the Numeric string format +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/numeric.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/numeric.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccee7d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/numeric.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/numeric.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 12 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/numeric.h $ +// +// 12 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 11 4/05/12 7:18a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 10 11/20/11 8:03a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 9 10/21/11 2:55a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP60563 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Updating the file with fix for issue : maximum 8 byte +// value shows negative number +// [Files] numeric.c, numeric.h, string.c, string.h +// +// 8 6/20/11 12:23p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP60563 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for signed decimal value for +// EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP. +// [Files] numeric.c, numeric.h, string.c, string.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 7 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: numeric.h +// +// Description: Header file for numeric control +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> +#ifndef _NUMERIC_H_ +#define _NUMERIC_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "MessageBox.h" + +#define AMI_BASE_BIN 2 +#define AMI_BASE_OCT 8 +#define AMI_BASE_DEC 10 +#define AMI_BASE_HEX 16 +#define AMI_BASE_INT_DEC 32 + +#define NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE UINT64 //EIP:60563 to support signed integers for NUMERIC opcode +#define NUMERIC_VALUE_BASE UINT64 +#define NUMERIC_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + UINT8 Base; \ + NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE MinValue; \ + NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE MaxValue; \ + NUMERIC_VALUE_BASE Value; \ + NUMERIC_MIN_MAX_BASE Step; \ + UINT8 Interval; + + +typedef struct _NUMERIC_METHODS NUMERIC_METHODS; + +typedef struct _NUMERIC_DATA +{ + NUMERIC_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + EDIT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + NUMERIC_MEMBER_VARIABLES +} +NUMERIC_DATA; +#define NUMERIC_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + + +struct _NUMERIC_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + EDIT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + NUMERIC_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern NUMERIC_METHODS gNumeric; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS NumericCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS NumericDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS NumericInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS NumericDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS NumericHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS NumericSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS NumericSetFocus( VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS NumericSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS NumericSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS NumericSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS NumericGetControlHeight(VOID *object, VOID *frame, UINT16 *height); +#endif /* _NUMERIC_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/object.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/object.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24461eb --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/object.c @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/object.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 4 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/object.c $ +// +// 4 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 6 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 3 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Object.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Objects +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +OBJECT_METHODS gObject = +{ + ObjectCreate, + ObjectDestroy, + ObjectInitialize, + ObjectDraw, + ObjectHandleAction, + ObjectSetCallback +}; + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ObjectCreate +// +// Description: function to create an object +// +// Input: OBJECT_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ObjectCreate( OBJECT_DATA **object ) +{ + if ( *object == NULL ) + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(OBJECT_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + (*object)->Methods = &gObject; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ObjectDestroy +// +// Description: function to Destroy an object +// +// Input: OBJECT_DATA **object, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ObjectDestroy( OBJECT_DATA *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&object ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ObjectInitialize +// +// Description: Function to initialize an object +// +// Input: OBJECT_DATA *object, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ObjectInitialize( OBJECT_DATA *object, VOID *data ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ObjectDraw +// +// Description: Function to draw an object +// +// Input: OBJECT_DATA *object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ObjectDraw( OBJECT_DATA *object ) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ObjectHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle object action +// +// Input: OBJECT_DATA *object, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ObjectHandleAction( OBJECT_DATA *object, ACTION_DATA *Data ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: ObjectSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set object callback +// +// Input: OBJECT_DATA *object, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS ObjectSetCallback( OBJECT_DATA *object, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + object->Callback = callback; + object->Container = container, + object->Cookie = cookie; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/object.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/object.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7045bfd --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/object.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/object.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 5 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/object.h $ +// +// 5 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 7 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 6/24/09 6:11p Madhans +// Made TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY=OFF to not to refer EDK module. +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Object.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle Objects +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _OBJECT_H_ +#define _OBJECT_H_ + +//#include "Tiano.h" +//#include "EfiDriverLib.h" +#include "Minisetup.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "callback.h" + +typedef VOID (*OBJECT_CALLBACK) ( VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie ); + +#define OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + OBJECT_CALLBACK Callback; \ + VOID *Container; \ + VOID *Cookie; + +typedef struct _OBJECT_METHODS OBJECT_METHODS; + +typedef struct _OBJECT_DATA +{ + OBJECT_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES +} +OBJECT_DATA; + +typedef EFI_STATUS (*OBJECT_METHOD_CREATE) ( VOID **object ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*OBJECT_METHOD_DESTROY) ( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*OBJECT_METHOD_INITIALIZE) ( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*OBJECT_METHOD_DRAW) ( VOID *object ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*OBJECT_METHOD_HANDLE_ACTION) ( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data ); +typedef EFI_STATUS (*OBJECT_METHOD_SET_CALLBACK) ( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +#define OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS \ + OBJECT_METHOD_CREATE Create; \ + OBJECT_METHOD_DESTROY Destroy; \ + OBJECT_METHOD_INITIALIZE Initialize; \ + OBJECT_METHOD_DRAW Draw; \ + OBJECT_METHOD_HANDLE_ACTION HandleAction; \ + OBJECT_METHOD_SET_CALLBACK SetCallback; + +struct _OBJECT_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern OBJECT_METHODS gObject; + +EFI_STATUS ObjectCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS ObjectDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); + +EFI_STATUS ObjectInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS ObjectDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS ObjectHandleAction( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data ); +EFI_STATUS ObjectSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +#endif /* _OBJECT_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ordlistbox.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ordlistbox.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d388e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ordlistbox.c @@ -0,0 +1,1080 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2013, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ordlistbox.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 22 $ +// +// $Date: 5/01/14 3:44p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ordlistbox.c $ +// +// 22 5/01/14 3:44p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 21 7/03/13 10:29a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP127000 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] After suppressing any of items in orderlist, the listbox is +// showing blank space. If items are changing using +/- then Empty list +// item appear +// [RootCause] Since items are suppressing in listbox and the +// listbox->ItemCount, listbox->Sel, listbox options value and ptrtoken +// value are not updated properly +// [Solution] Handling orderedlistbox items and itemcount properly after +// items are suppressed +// [Files] OrdListBox.c +// -$/Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ordlistbox.c (ver +// 20) +// +// 20 7/02/13 10:19a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP127000 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] After suppressing any of items in orderlist, the listbox is +// showing blank space. If items are changing using +/- then Empty list +// item appear +// [RootCause] Since items are suppressing in listbox and the +// listbox->ItemCount, listbox->Sel, listbox options value and ptrtoken +// value are not updated properly +// [Solution] Handling orderedlistbox items and itemcount properly after +// items are suppressed +// [Files] OrdListBox.c +// +// 19 10/18/12 8:58a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP103568 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Help string support for ordered list +// [Files] Uefi21Wapper.c, ordlistbox.c +// +// 18 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 17 5/28/12 12:35p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP67049 & 90224 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support mouse drag operation in frame and list box +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Frame.c, ListBox.c, Minisetupext +// +// 16 5/09/12 1:37p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP86885 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] ISCSI attempt order is not changing on setup +// [RootCause] Orderlist maxcontainers value and ordered list size not +// handled properly +// [Solution] Orderlist maxcontainers value is 0xff, but TSE changed the +// cache value for only the added attempts(dynamic orderlist creation) +// remaining buffer left as is, Now the remaining buffers made as 0. +// [Files] HiiCallback.c and ordlistbox. +// +// 15 2/03/12 4:45a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP75066 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] _OrdListGetSelection logic changed to support the +// special controls(Boot Order). +// [Files] Ordlistbox.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, CtrlCond.c, HiiCallback.c, +// Parse.c, Uefi20Wapper.c and TseUefihiil.h +// +// 14 2/02/12 2:50a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75066 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support loading defaults for Ordelist controls +// [Files] Ordlistbox.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, CtrlCond.c, HiiCallback.c, +// Parse.c, Uefi20Wapper.c, TseUefihiil.h +// +// 13 2/01/12 1:49a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP74968 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support for mouse drag and drop to rearrange the items +// in the Orderlist. +// [Files] Ordlistbox.c, commonoem.c and commonoem.h +// +// 12 12/10/11 4:45a Arunsb +// Header corrected +// +// 11 12/01/11 7:42a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70966 +// UefiGetValidOptionSize fnc declaration added for avoiding build error +// in 2.0. +// +// 10 11/28/11 4:59a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Callback handling :For interactive controls updating +// the currnet vaule in cache even when hii callback returns error status. +// [Files] Date.c, SubMenu.c, ordlistbox.c, time.c, UefiAction.c, +// hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 9 11/21/11 11:18a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 8 11/21/11 8:54a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 7 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 6 11/03/11 4:29a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP70966 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Hii orderlist item can't update priority from value in +// Setup menu for both enable and disable TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS token +// [Files] Ordlistbox.c, ordlistbox.h, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wrapper.c +// +// 5 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 4 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 3 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 2/17/10 7:03p Madhans +// To suppor readonly control +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:12p Madhans +// TSE Lite Special control support +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: orderlistbox.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle ordered list box controls +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +VOID _PopupSelGetSelection( POPUPSEL_DATA *popupSel ); +EFI_STATUS _OrdListMultiLIneDraw(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *OrdList); +UINT16 gOrderlistcount; +extern BOOLEAN lButtonOnListBoxScroll;//EIP-67049 + +ORD_LISTBOX_METHODS gOrdListBox = +{ + OrdListBoxCreate, + OrdListBoxDestroy, + OrdListBoxInitialize, + OrdListBoxDraw, + OrdListBoxHandleAction, + OrdListBoxSetCallback, + OrdListBoxSetFocus, + OrdListBoxSetPosition, + OrdListBoxSetDimensions, + OrdListBoxSetAttributes, + OrdListGetControlHeight +}; +VOID UefiGetValidOptionType(CONTROL_INFO *CtrlInfo, UINTN *Type, UINT32 *SizeOfData); +BOOLEAN FirstDownEvent = FALSE; //EIP74968 Change Order in Orderlist using Mouse drag +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxCreate +// +// Description: function to Create a Order List Box, which uses the PopupSel Fucntions +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxCreate( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gPopupSel.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gOrdListBox; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxDestroy +// +// Description: function to Destroy a Order List Box, which uses the PopupSel Fucntions +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxDestroy( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == listbox) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gPopupSel.Destroy( listbox, FALSE ); + + if( freeMem ) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(listbox->PtrTokens) ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&listbox ); + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxDestroy +// +// Description: function to initialize a Order List Box, which uses the PopupSel Fucntions +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxInitialize( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gPopupSel.Initialize( listbox, data ); +// _OrdListGetSelection(listbox); // make sure data is correct. + listbox->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(listbox->ControlData.ControlPtr);//EIP:103568 Updated the Help field for order list control. + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxDraw +// +// Description: function to draw a ordered List Box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxDraw( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + Status = _OrdListMultiLIneDraw(listbox); //EIP-70966 Draw OrderListBox + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdateOrderlistcount +// +// Description: Function to update the orderlist count. +// +// Input: UINT16 ItemCount +// +// Output: VOID +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _UpdateOrderlistcount(UINT16 ItemCount) +{ + gOrderlistcount = ItemCount; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: DoOrdListCallBack +// +// Description: Call back function of ordered List Box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID DoOrdListCallBack(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox) +{ + UINT8 i=0; + VOID *Data = (VOID *)NULL; //EIP70966 + + if ( listbox->Cookie != NULL ) + { + VOID *ifrData = listbox->ControlData.ControlPtr; + CALLBACK_VARIABLE *callbackData = (CALLBACK_VARIABLE *)listbox->Cookie; + + callbackData->Variable = listbox->ControlData.ControlVariable; + callbackData->Offset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData); + callbackData->Length = UefiGetMaxEntries(ifrData); + + if( (listbox->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER) || + (listbox->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) ) + { + // Special Handling for Boot Order variable change + Data = (UINT8*)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( listbox->ItemCount * sizeof(UINT16) ); + for(i=0;i<listbox->ItemCount;i++) + ((UINT16*)Data)[i] = (UINT16)(listbox->PtrTokens[i].Value); + callbackData->Length = listbox->ItemCount * sizeof(UINT16); + } + else + { + //EIP70966_START + UINT32 sizeOfData = 0; + UINTN type = 0; + UINT8 *tempData = (UINT8 *)NULL; + + //To find the Type and Size of OrderList based on EFI_IFR_TYPE + UefiGetValidOptionType(&listbox->ControlData, &type, &sizeOfData); + + Data = (UINT8*)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( listbox->ItemCount * sizeOfData); + tempData = Data; + + for(i=0;i<listbox->ItemCount;i++) + { + //Data[i] = (UINT8)(listbox->PtrTokens[i].Value); + //Copy Data based on EFI_IFR_TYPE and Size + MemCopy(tempData, &listbox->PtrTokens[i].Value, sizeOfData); + tempData = (UINT8 *)tempData + sizeOfData; + } + //Fix the length of Data based on EFI_IFR_TYPE + callbackData->Length = UefiGetMaxEntries(ifrData) * sizeOfData; + if (callbackData->Length > (listbox->ItemCount * sizeOfData)) //EIP86885, Filling all the dynamic forming datas with 0's + { + Data = MemReallocateZeroPool (Data, (listbox->ItemCount * sizeOfData), callbackData->Length); + } + //EIP70966_END + } + + callbackData->Data = Data; //must send actual array of UINT8 values + } + _UpdateOrderlistcount(listbox->ItemCount); //Initializing gOrderlistcount + UefiPreControlUpdate(&(listbox->ControlData)); + listbox->Callback( listbox->Container, listbox, listbox->Cookie ); + + //For interactive orderedlist control invoke the callback functions + if(UefiIsInteractive(&listbox->ControlData)){ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + Status = CallFormCallBack(&listbox->ControlData, UefiGetControlKey(&listbox->ControlData), FALSE, AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE); + } + //_OrdListGetSelection(listbox); + + if(Data!=NULL) + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&Data); + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the ordered List Box actions +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxHandleAction( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT8 i=0; + CONTROL_ACTION Action; + + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + // List box is active don't refresh + if ( listbox->ListBoxCtrl != NULL ) + return Status; + + if (listbox->Interval == 0) + return Status; + + if(IsActiveControlPresent(gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) + return Status; + + if ( --(listbox->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + listbox->Interval = (UINT8)(listbox->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return UefiRefershQuestionValueNvRAM(&(listbox->ControlData)); + } + else + return Status; + } + + if(listbox->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReadOnly) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if(!listbox->ControlFocus) + return Status; + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) //EIP74968 Change Order in Orderlist using Mouse drag + { + if((listbox->Top <= (UINT16)Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top ) && + ((listbox->Top + listbox->Height) > (UINT16)Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top )&& + (listbox->Left <= Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left) && + ((listbox->Left + listbox->Width) > (UINT16)Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left) ) + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + } + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + Action = MapControlKeysHook(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey); + + if ( listbox->ListBoxCtrl != NULL ) + { + Status = gListBox.HandleAction(listbox->ListBoxCtrl,Data); + // special case, we need ot get the Sel from the listbox and put it into ordlistbox + listbox->Sel = listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Sel; + if ( listbox->ListBoxEnd ) + { + gListBox.Destroy(listbox->ListBoxCtrl,TRUE); + listbox->ListBoxCtrl = NULL; + listbox->ListBoxEnd = FALSE; + listbox->ControlActive = FALSE; + DoOrdListCallBack(listbox); + } + } + else + { + if(ControlActionSelect == Action) + { + if ( gListBox.Create( &(listbox->ListBoxCtrl) ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + UINT16 TempLength=0; + + listbox->ControlActive = TRUE; + gListBox.Initialize( listbox->ListBoxCtrl, &(listbox->ControlData) ); + //The next for loop should not be necessary after the callback + //updates NVRAM properly + //EIP70966 + //if(TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList((CONTROL_DATA *)listbox) == TRUE) // EIP70966 - + { + for( i = 0 ; i < listbox->ItemCount; i++ ) + { + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->PtrTokens[i] = listbox->PtrTokens[i].Option; + TempLength = (UINT16)HiiMyGetStringLength( listbox->ListBoxCtrl->ListHandle, listbox->ListBoxCtrl->PtrTokens[i] ); + TempLength+=5; // to included barders + if ( TempLength > listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Width ) + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Width = TempLength; + + } + } + if ( listbox->Sel > (listbox->ItemCount-1) ) //EIP-127000 If selected item is suppresed then reset the focus to first item + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Sel = listbox->Sel = 0; + else + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Sel = listbox->Sel; + gListBox.SetCallback(listbox->ListBoxCtrl, listbox, _OrdListBoxCallback, NULL); + gListBox.Draw( listbox->ListBoxCtrl ); + } + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE && !lButtonOnListBoxScroll)//EIP74968 Change Order in Orderlist using Mouse drag && EIP-67049 + { + if ( listbox->ListBoxCtrl != NULL ) + { + Action = MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo); + // Check if the Mouse action is on top of list box. + if( + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)(listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Top - 1)) && + (ControlActionSelect != Action) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top <= (UINT32)(listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Top + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Left) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left <= (UINT32)(listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Left + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Width - 1)) + ) + { + //Note MOUSE_LEFT_DOWN position + if(Action==ControlMouseActionLeftDown) + { + if(FirstDownEvent == FALSE ) + { + if(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top == (UINT32)(listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Top + listbox->Sel - listbox->ListBoxCtrl->FirstVisibleSel + 1)) + FirstDownEvent = TRUE; + } + else + { + if(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top > (UINT32)(listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Top + listbox->Sel - listbox->ListBoxCtrl->FirstVisibleSel + 1)) + Action = ControlActionDecreament; + + if(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Top + listbox->Sel - listbox->ListBoxCtrl->FirstVisibleSel + 1)) + Action = ControlActionIncreament; + } + } + else + { + FirstDownEvent = FALSE; + } + } + } + } + switch ( Action ) + { + case ControlActionDecreament: + // eip : B12674 Don't allow +/- until it is selected. + if ( listbox->ListBoxCtrl != NULL ) + { + if(!EFI_ERROR(_OrdListBoxShift(listbox, FALSE))) + { + if ( (INTN)(listbox->Sel) < listbox->ItemCount - 1 ) + listbox->Sel++; + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + break; + + case ControlActionIncreament: + // eip : B12674 Don't allow +/- until it is selected. + if ( listbox->ListBoxCtrl != NULL ) + { + if(!EFI_ERROR(_OrdListBoxShift(listbox, TRUE))) + { + if ( listbox->Sel > 0 ) + listbox->Sel--; + } + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + break; + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback for ordered List Box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetCallback( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gPopupSel.SetCallback( listbox, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus for ordered List Box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetFocus(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + return gPopupSel.SetFocus(listbox,focus); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position for ordered List Box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetPosition(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gPopupSel.SetPosition( listbox, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set dimension for ordered List Box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetDimensions(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gPopupSel.SetDimensions( listbox, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListBoxSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set atributes for ordered List Box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetAttributes(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gPopupSel.SetAttributes( listbox, FGColor, BGColor ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _OrdListBoxCallback +// +// Description: Ordered List Box callback function +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *container, CONTROL_DATA *listbox, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _OrdListBoxCallback( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *container, CONTROL_DATA *listbox, VOID *cookie ) +{ + container->ListBoxEnd = TRUE; + if ( cookie != NULL ) + container->Sel = *((UINT16*)cookie); +} + +/* + Please note that the following function is non-rotatary or non-circular + This is an internal function to ordered list control,so we need to: + 1-add underscore to the name + 2-do not put it in control_methods + This function is not used by any one else outside the control. +*/ + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _OrdListBoxShift +// +// Description: Function used in OrdListBoxHandleAction to handle actions +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT8 bShiftUp +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _OrdListBoxShift(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT8 bShiftUp) +{ + PTRTOKENS unSwap; + UINT8 i=0; + + if(TRUE == bShiftUp) + { + //move up + if ( listbox->Sel > 0 ) + { + unSwap = listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel]; + listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel] = listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel-1]; + listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel-1] = unSwap; + if( listbox->ListBoxCtrl !=NULL) + { + // update string tokens into listbox area + for( i = 0 ; i < listbox->ItemCount; i++ ) + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->PtrTokens[i] = listbox->PtrTokens[i].Option; + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Sel--; + gPopupSel.Draw(listbox); + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + else + { + //move dn + if ( (INTN)(listbox->Sel) < listbox->ItemCount - 1 ) + { + unSwap = listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel]; + listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel] = listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel+1]; + listbox->PtrTokens[listbox->Sel+1] = unSwap; + if( listbox->ListBoxCtrl !=NULL) + { // update string tokens into listbox area + for( i = 0 ; i < listbox->ItemCount; i++ ) + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->PtrTokens[i] = listbox->PtrTokens[i].Option; + listbox->ListBoxCtrl->Sel++; + gPopupSel.Draw(listbox); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: OrdListGetControlHeight +// +// Description: Function used get the hight of control +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *OrdList, VOID* frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS OrdListGetControlHeight( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *OrdList, VOID* frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width; + + Width = (UINT16)(OrdList->LabelMargin - (((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gLabelLeftMargin)); + + text = HiiGetString( OrdList->ControlData.ControlHandle, OrdList->Title ); + if ( text == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + newText = StringWrapText( text, Width, height ); + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + *height = (*height < OrdList->ItemCount)? OrdList->ItemCount : *height ; + } + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _OrdListMultiLIneDraw +// +// Description: Function used to draw teh Ordered list box +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *OrdList +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _OrdListMultiLIneDraw(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *OrdList) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT8 ColorNSel = OrdList->NSelFGColor; + UINT8 ColorLabel = (OrdList->ControlFocus) ? OrdList->LabelFGColor : OrdList->NSelLabelFGColor ; + CHAR16 *text1, *text; + UINTN i=0,Len, oldSize = 0; + BOOLEAN MultilineSupport = FALSE; + UINT16 *OptionList=NULL, Index = 0; + UINT64 *ValueList=NULL; + + //Draw the list box alone if the control is active + if( OrdList->ListBoxCtrl != NULL) + { + gListBox.Draw( OrdList->ListBoxCtrl ); + } + else + { + // check conditional + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if( OrdList->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &OrdList->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorNSel = ColorLabel = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + if(TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList((CONTROL_DATA *)OrdList) != TRUE) //EIP-127000 Fix options and option count in listbox if any item is suppressed + { + oldSize = OrdList->ItemCount; + + Status = UefiGetOneOfOptions(&OrdList->ControlData,&OrdList->PopupSelHandle, + &OptionList, &ValueList, &OrdList->ItemCount,NULL,NULL); + + if (OrdList->ItemCount!=oldSize) + { + OrdList->PtrTokens = MemReallocateZeroPool(OrdList->PtrTokens, oldSize*sizeof(PTRTOKENS), OrdList->ItemCount * sizeof(PTRTOKENS)); + if (NULL == OrdList->PtrTokens) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + for( Index = 0; Index < OrdList->ItemCount; Index++ ) + { + OrdList->PtrTokens[Index].Option = OptionList[Index]; + OrdList->PtrTokens[Index].Value = ValueList[Index]; + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(OptionList)); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(ValueList)); + } + _OrdListGetSelection(OrdList); //EIP70966 To handle OrderList Items + //_PopupSelGetSelection((POPUPSEL_DATA *)OrdList); + + //Draw label in left column + text1 = HiiGetString( OrdList->ControlData.ControlHandle, OrdList->Title ); + if ( text1 != NULL ) + { + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(OrdList->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( OrdList->Left, OrdList->Top, + (UINTN)(OrdList->LabelMargin - OrdList->Left),(UINTN) OrdList->Height, + text1, OrdList->BGColor | ColorLabel ); + } + else + { + // boundary overflow check + if((TestPrintLength( text1) / (NG_SIZE))> (UINTN)(OrdList->LabelMargin - OrdList->Left )) + text1[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text1 ,(UINTN)(OrdList->LabelMargin - OrdList->Left ))] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( OrdList->Left , OrdList->Top, (CHAR16*)text1, + OrdList->BGColor | ColorLabel ); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + } + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) //TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + MultilineSupport = TRUE; + + do + { + text1 = HiiGetString( OrdList->PopupSelHandle, OrdList->PtrTokens[i].Option); + + if(!text1) //EIP-70966 To handle NULL items in orderlistbox + text1 = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2); + + Len = TestPrintLength( text1 ) / (NG_SIZE); + if ( Len > (UINTN)(OrdList->Width - OrdList->Left - OrdList->LabelMargin -2) ) + EfiStrCpy(&text1[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text1 ,(UINTN)(OrdList->Width - OrdList->Left - OrdList->LabelMargin -4))],L"..." ); + + //Enclose the string with [ ] + text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (Len+3)*2 ); + SPrint( text,(UINTN)( (Len+3)*2 ), L"[%s]", text1 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text1 ); + + DrawStringWithAttribute( + OrdList->Left + OrdList->LabelMargin, + OrdList->Top+i, + (CHAR16*)text, + (UINT8)(OrdList->ControlFocus ? OrdList->SelBGColor|OrdList->SelFGColor : OrdList->BGColor|ColorNSel) + ); + i++; + }while(i<OrdList->ItemCount && MultilineSupport); + + /* + i=TestPrintLength(text) / (NG_SIZE); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + + // erase extra spaces if neccessary + for(;(UINT16)(popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin + i+2) <= (popupSel->Width-1);i++) + DrawStringWithAttribute( popupSel->Left + popupSel->LabelMargin +i +2 , popupSel->Top, L" ", + popupSel->BGColor | ColorNSel ); + */ + + FlushLines( OrdList->Top, OrdList->Top+i-1 ); + } + + return Status; +} + +// EIP70966_START +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _OrdListGetSelection +// +// Description: Function to ordering the option in OrderList +// +// Input: ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *ordlist +// +// Output: +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _OrdListGetSelection( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *ordlist ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + UINT8 *temp=NULL; + VOID *ifrData = ordlist->ControlData.ControlPtr; + int i=0,j=0; + PTRTOKENS *OrdPtrTokens=NULL, TempOrdPtrTokens; + + + + UINT32 sizeOfData = 0; + UINTN type = 0; + UINTN dataLen = 0; + //Find the size of OrderList based on EFI_IFR_TYPE of EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION +// UefiGetValidOptionSize(&ordlist->ControlData, &sizeOfData); +// dataLen = ordlist->ItemCount * sizeOfData; + + UefiGetValidOptionType(&ordlist->ControlData, &type, &sizeOfData); + dataLen = UefiGetMaxEntries(ifrData) * sizeOfData; + + temp = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( dataLen ); + if ( temp == NULL ) + return; + + OrdPtrTokens = ordlist->PtrTokens; + + Status = VarGetValue( ordlist->ControlData.ControlVariable, UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData), dataLen, temp ); + + // Check variable data and adjust item order. + if ( Status == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + for (i=0 ; i<ordlist->ItemCount-1 ; i++) + { + for (j=i+1 ; j<ordlist->ItemCount ; j++) + { + if ( MemCmp( (VOID *)&(OrdPtrTokens[j].Value),(VOID *)(temp + (i * sizeOfData)), sizeOfData ) == 0) + { + TempOrdPtrTokens = OrdPtrTokens[i]; + OrdPtrTokens[i] = OrdPtrTokens[j]; + OrdPtrTokens[j] = TempOrdPtrTokens; + break; + } + } + } + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&temp ); + +} +// EIP70966_END + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2013, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ordlistbox.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ordlistbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c449de --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/ordlistbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ordlistbox.h $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 9 $ +// +// $Date: 8/28/14 6:06a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/ordlistbox.h $ +// +// 9 8/28/14 6:06a Premkumara +// EIP-135253 Updating file name proper in #include +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 11/03/11 4:33a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP70966 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Hii orderlist item can't update priority from value in +// Setup menu for both enable and disable TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS token +// [Files] Ordlistbox.c, ordlistbox.h, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wrapper.c +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +// 8 7/09/07 10:45a Arunkumars +// - Added multi line support for ordered list +// +// 7 6/11/07 9:02p Arunkumars +// Changed ordered list control to correct invalid value in variables only +// on refresh of a page and not during initialization. +// +// 6 7/06/06 6:37p Arunkumars +// Include tiano.h instead of efi.h +// +// 5 6/22/05 11:17a Franklynd +// 1- Adding knowledge of dimension to the controls +// 2- Adding check for boundaries in controls. +// +// 4 6/17/05 5:20p Jerryp +// Code rollback to incorporate bug fixes BEFORE feature enhancements +// +// 2 5/25/05 11:56p Franklynd +// Finalized coding on ordered list control. +// +// 1 5/25/05 12:26a Franklynd +// orderedlistbox controls files +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: orderlistbox.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle ordered list box controls +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _ORD_LISTBOX_H_ +#define _ORD_LISTBOX_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "PopupSel.h" + +//TBD// May be removed if not needed. +#ifndef TRUE + #define TRUE 1 + #define FALSE 0 +#endif + +#define SCAN_PLUS '+' +#define SCAN_MINUS '-' + +#define ORD_LISTBOX_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + VOID *ScreenBuf; \ + /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID* ListHandle; + +/* These variables are defined in PopupSel control + UINT16 Sel; \ + UINT16 ItemCount; \ + UINT16 *PtrTokens;*/ + +typedef struct _ORD_LISTBOX_METHODS ORD_LISTBOX_METHODS; + +typedef struct _ORD_LISTBOX_DATA +{ + ORD_LISTBOX_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUPSEL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + ORD_LISTBOX_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +ORD_LISTBOX_DATA; + + +#define ORD_LISTBOX_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + + +struct _ORD_LISTBOX_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + ORD_LISTBOX_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern ORD_LISTBOX_METHODS gOrdListBox; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS OrdListBoxSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS OrdListGetControlHeight( VOID *OrdList,VOID* frame, UINT16 *height ); +EFI_STATUS _OrdListBoxShift(ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *listbox, UINT8 bShiftUp); + +VOID _OrdListBoxCallback( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *container, CONTROL_DATA *listbox, VOID *cookie ); +VOID _OrdListGetSelection( ORD_LISTBOX_DATA *ordlist );//EIP-70966 + +#endif /* _ORD_LISTBOX_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/page.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/page.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..007e6c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/page.c @@ -0,0 +1,1079 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2013, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/page.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 19 $ +// +// $Date: 5/02/14 12:40a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/page.c $ +// +// 19 5/02/14 12:40a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP150526 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE hangs on disconnecting and connecting the RAID driver +// [Root Cause] Process pack updated on processing the existing pack +// update +// [Solution] First we getting remove and new pack. On getting this TSE +// starts processing the pack(ProcessPackNotification) but on processing +// the pack itself we getting notification again for remove and add. So +// again process pack happens inside notification +// itself(IFRChangeNotifyFn), this processing should not happen inside +// notification so enabled flag gEnableProcessPack in PageHandleAction. +// [Files] hii.c, minisetupext.c and page.c +// +// 18 2/11/14 8:25p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP129750 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Dynamic pages support in ESA +// [Files] page.c +// +// 17 12/03/13 2:13p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP130420 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] String is getting truncated +// [RootCause] The string for messagebox, Popup controls is getting +// truncated +// [Solution] Used temp variable to store original string and modify the +// string temp and used to avoid changing org string. +// [Files] String.c +// +// 16 7/01/13 9:57a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP126876 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Printscreen is not captured in H/W Monitor page +// [RootCause] TSE is trying to create new file with page title name +// after taking print screen. If page title has special character then +// file will not create with any of these character so returning +// FileHandle as NULL +// [Solution] If page title has any of these character then it will be +// replace wit hypen character +// [Files] Page.c +// +// 15 5/15/13 4:44a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP23310 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Memory leak +// [RootCause] Memory is not freed after taking printscreen buffer +// [Solution] Freed memory for BmpBuffer variable after taking +// printscreen buffer +// [Files] Page.c +// +// 14 4/18/13 9:25a Arunsb +// Wrapper function introduce to avoid build error in 2.0 +// +// 13 3/29/13 12:24p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP97611 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] PrintScreen Support in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, HotKeyBin.h, AddBootOption.c, +// Page.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 12 3/14/13 11:46a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP85745 & 109814 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Support for Modal Form Support as per UEFI 2.3.1 +// [Files] Parse.c, Page.c, Menu.c, Hotclick.c +// +// 11 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 11 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 10 12/07/11 3:34p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP75588 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for queuing UpdatePack notifications +// [Files] frame.c, page.c, formbrowser2.c, hii.c, hiicallback.c, +// hiinotificationhandler.c, tseuefihii.h and uefi21wapper.c +// +// 9 11/20/11 8:05a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 8 6/23/11 3:53p Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP55762, 58925, 59971 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] +// Support REF2,REF3 and REF4 in AMITSE +// Support direct form navigation path +// Improper layout of controls in the root page when Dynamic pages are +// added using the Legacy Setup Style +// +// [Files] setupdata.h, CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, Legacy\Legacy.c, +// Legacy\style.h, Legacy\style.h, frame.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, page.c Popupstring.c, Hii.c, +// Uefi21Wrapper.c, Parse.c Hii.c +// +// 7 3/01/11 1:56p Blaines +// Removes Engineer's name [Blaines] from commented code. +// +// 6 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans +// Dynamic parsing support in TSE. +// +// 5 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 8 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 7 2/04/10 11:17p Madhans +// Mouse support related code optimized +// +// 6 2/01/10 7:38p Madhans +// EIP 32501 : Fix to handle the Conditional control Focusing , in the Sub +// form +// +// 5 1/09/10 6:27a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 11/09/09 4:44a Mallikarjunanv +// Eip-30111 : fixed the issue to update the help if +// STYLE_PAGE_FIRSTITEM_FOCUS token enabled. +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +// 25 9/17/08 7:44p Madhans +// For Boot only Driver file split changes. +// +// 24 8/11/08 7:04p Madhans +// TSE_PRN_SCRN_EVENT_SUPPORT SDL token created. +// +// 23 7/30/08 5:52p Madhans +// To handle the printscreen hotkey event. +// +// 22 3/19/08 4:00p Madhans +// Shift Tab Support for Date and Time, MapControlKeys takes +// AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA. +// +// 21 10/24/07 11:23a Arunkumars +// - Moved IDE security code to binary +// - Fixed build errors under UGA draw support +// - Added EFI key password support +// - Added modifier hot key support +// - Added popup support in From browser protocol +// +// 20 7/09/07 1:27p Arunkumars +// - Added elink hooks for Logo, Password management and Control Keys +// customizations +// +// 19 5/07/07 8:46a Arunkumars +// - Mouse input support +// - Message box protocol to display message boxes +// +// 18 4/02/07 4:50p Arunkumars +// - When a control is active Issue draw only to the frame in which the +// control is present +// +// 17 6/16/06 3:40p Madhans +// 64 Bit Support. Set SDL token TSE_FOR_64BIT for 64 bit support. +// +// 16 5/02/06 7:38a Arunkumars +// Fix for alignment of the controls +// +// 15 4/27/06 9:59a Arunkumars +// Fix to scroll to unfocusable views +// +// 14 2/14/06 1:02p Arunkumars +// 1. Added Inconsistentif feature +// 2. We publish two events before and after asking for password (see +// postmgt.c and minisetup.h) +// +// 13 9/02/05 1:23p Jerryp +// fix for incorrect help information being displayed +// +// 12 5/25/05 1:38a Jerryp +// Moved handling of page 0 into the style specific code +// +// 11 4/01/05 1:54p Franklynd +// +// 10 2/17/05 12:47p Jerryp +// Reversed draw order to avoid help overwriting current. +// +// 9 2/14/05 2:59p Jerryp +// Renamed some functions for consistency +// +// 8 2/06/05 11:15a Jerryp +// Full hotkey support +// +// 7 2/02/05 4:20p Jerryp +// **WORK IN PROGRESS ** +// Latest changes for Label/Index. +// Not completely tested +// +// 6 1/19/05 6:09p Jerryp +// Cleaned up header mess +// +// 5 1/14/05 7:09p Jerryp +// First integration code with boot to shell. +// Still a bug in booting to shell from FV +// +// 4 1/13/05 10:37a Jerryp +// Latest updated +// Added ifdef for fake HII info +// +// 2 1/06/05 11:31a Jerryp +// Moved callback from Control to Object +// Better class heirarchy definitions through #define +// +// 1 12/30/04 5:35p Jerryp +// Initial checkin +// ** Still some debugging code in place +// ** Not all object/controls work as expected +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: page.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle page level operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Variable Declarations +////////////////////////////////////////////////// +PAGE_METHODS gPage = +{ + PageCreate, + PageDestroy, + PageInitialize, + PageDraw, + PageHandleAction, + PageSetCallback +}; +CHAR16 *gPageTitle = NULL; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Extern variables +////////////////////////////////////////////////// +extern EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *gGOP; +extern BOOLEAN gPackUpdatePending; +extern UINT16 gSelIdx; +extern UINT8 gAddBgrtResolutions; + +extern EFI_STATUS FileBrowserLaunchFileSystem (UINT32 Variable); +////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Function Declarations +////////////////////////////////////////////////// +EFI_STATUS GetPageSubTitle(UINT32 PgIndex, UINT16 *TitleToken); +VOID SetGetBgrtCoordinates ( UINTN *DestX, UINTN *DestY, UINTN *Width, UINTN *Height, BOOLEAN Command ); +VOID *ConvertBlt2Bmp (); +EFI_STATUS ProcessPackNotificationHook (VOID); +BOOLEAN IsPageModal(UINT32 PgIndex); //EIP-85745 Modal Support + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PageCreate +// +// Description: function to create a page +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PageCreate( PAGE_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(PAGE_DATA)); + if ( *object == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + Status = gObject.Create( object ); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)object ); + return Status; + } + + (*object)->Methods = &gPage; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PageDestroy +// +// Description: function to destroy a page, which uses the HotKey Fucntions +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PageDestroy( PAGE_DATA *page, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + UINT32 i; + + gObject.Destroy( page, FALSE ); + + for ( i = 0; i < page->HotKeyCount; i++ ) + { + gHotKey.Destroy( page->HotKeyList[i], TRUE ); + } + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&page->HotKeyList ); + + for ( i = 0; i < page->FrameCount; i++ ) + { + gFrame.Destroy( page->FrameList[i], TRUE ); + } + page->FrameCount = 0; + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&page->FrameList ); + + if ( freeMem ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&page ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PageInitialize +// +// Description: function to initialize a page, which uses the Frame Fucntions +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page, PAGE_INFO *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PageInitialize( PAGE_DATA *page, PAGE_INFO *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT32 i; + + page->CurrentFrame = 0; + MemCopy( &page->PageData, data, sizeof(PAGE_INFO) ); + + page->FrameCount = StyleGetPageFrames( data->PageID ); + + page->FrameList = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(FRAME_DATA *) * page->FrameCount ); + if ( page->FrameList == NULL ) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + for ( i = 0; i < page->FrameCount; i++ ) + { + if ( gFrame.Create( &page->FrameList[i] ) != EFI_SUCCESS ) + continue; + + page->FrameList[i]->PageID = data->PageID; + gFrame.Initialize( page->FrameList[i], StyleGetFrameInitData( data->PageID, i ) ); + + Status = StyleInitializeFrame( page->FrameList[i], page->FrameList[i]->FrameData.FrameType, data ); + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PageDraw +// +// Description: function to draw a page with attributes +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PageDraw( PAGE_DATA *page ) +{ + UINT32 i, PageNum, MainFrameIndex=0, CurrentControl; + + FRAME_DATA *MainFrame = NULL; + + CONTROL_DATA **control; + + MainFrameIndex =StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME); + MainFrame = page->FrameList[MainFrameIndex]; + + StyleBeforeFrame( MainFrame ) ; + + // update the help for the current selection + _PageUpdateHelp( page ); + _PageUpdateTitle( page ); + _PageUpdateSubtitle( page ); + _PageUpdateNavStrings( page ); + _PageUpdateFrameStrings( page ); + + PageNum = gApp->CurrentPage ; + + //Call Oem hooks to decide item focus on complete redraw + + if(gApp->CompleteRedraw && gApp->OnRedraw) { + + if(gApp->OnRedraw == MENU_COMPLETE_REDRAW) + StylePageItemFocus(page, MainFrame); + else if(gApp->OnRedraw == SUBMENU_COMPLETE_REDRAW) + StyleSubPageItemFocus(page, MainFrame); + + gApp->OnRedraw = 0 ; + + } + + + + //If there is an active control in Main frame only draw that frame + if(MainFrame->CurrentControl == FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + control = NULL; + else + control = &MainFrame->ControlList[MainFrame->CurrentControl]; + + if ( control != NULL ) + { + //If a control is active only draw that + if( (*control)->ControlActive == TRUE ) + { + StyleBeforeFrame( MainFrame ) ; + gFrame.Draw( MainFrame ); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + // Backup the MainFrame->CurrentControl + CurrentControl = MainFrame->CurrentControl; + for ( i = 0; i < page->FrameCount; i++ ) + { + StyleBeforeFrame( page->FrameList[i] ) ; + gFrame.Draw( page->FrameList[i] ); + if(i == MainFrameIndex) + { + // After expression evalution if current control is affected + if(MainFrame->CurrentControl != CurrentControl) + { + // Help might be updated + _PageUpdateHelp( page ); + CurrentControl = MainFrame->CurrentControl; + i = 0; // Redraw all the frames again + } + } + } + + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PageHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the page actions +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page, ACTION_DATA *action +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +extern BOOLEAN gEnableProcessPack; +EFI_STATUS PageHandleAction( PAGE_DATA *page, ACTION_DATA *action ) +{ + UINT32 i; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +//EIP: 58925 Start + UINT32 stackIndex = 0xFFFFFFFF, tmpcounter = 0; + UINT16 parentPgID = 0, TitleToken = 0; + +//EIP: 58925 End + // On printScreen HotKey, Just return Unsupported and It will handed by Application Hotkey Handler. + if( ( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) && + (TsePrintScreenEventSupport(action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode) ) ) + { + GetPageSubTitle(page->PageData.PageID, &TitleToken); + gPageTitle = HiiGetString( page->PageData.PageHandle, TitleToken); + + if (NULL != gPageTitle) + { + while(gPageTitle[tmpcounter]!= L'\0') + { + if ( ('/' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + ('\\' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + ('<' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + ('>' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + ('?' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + ('*' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + (':' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + ('"' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) || + ('|' == gPageTitle[tmpcounter]) + ) //EIP-126876 to avoid create file with special characters. If any of these character found then replace it with '-' character + gPageTitle[tmpcounter] = '-'; + tmpcounter++; + } + } + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + goto DONE; + + } +/* +#if TSE_PRN_SCRN_EVENT_SUPPORT + if (( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) && ( action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode == TSE_PRN_SCRN_KEY_SCAN )) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +#endif +*/ + for ( i = 0; i < page->FrameCount; i++ ) + { + if ( gFrame.HandleAction( page->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(i)], action ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + goto DONE; + } + } + + //EIP-85745 Modal Support + //If Page is Modal do not proceed further + if(IsPageModal(page->PageData.PageID)) + { + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; //IF page is Modal + + if( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) + action->Input.Type = ACTION_TYPE_NULL ; + goto DONE; + } + + for ( i = 0; i < page->HotKeyCount; i++ ) + { + if ( gHotKey.HandleAction( page->HotKeyList[i], action ) == EFI_SUCCESS ) + { + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + goto DONE; + } + } + + if( + (( action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY ) && (ControlActionAbort == MapControlKeysHook(action->Input.Data.AmiKey))) + || ((action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) && (ControlActionAbort == MapControlMouseActionHook(&(action->Input.Data.MouseInfo))) /*(TSEMOUSE_RIGHT_CLICK == action->Input.Data.MouseInfo.ButtonStatus)*/) + ) + { + if ( page->PageData.PageParentID == 0 ) + { + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +//EIP: 58925 Start + if(IsLinkHistorySupport()) + { + Status = GetParentFormID((UINT16)gApp->CurrentPage, &parentPgID, &stackIndex); //Gets the parent page of the current page + + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS) + { + gApp->CurrentPage = parentPgID; //Else set the current page to the parent page + } + } +//EIP: 58925 End + + goto DONE; + } + + if ( page->PageData.PageID != page->PageData.PageParentID ) + { + // check for inconsistency here too. + if (CheckInconsistence((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[page->PageData.PageID]))!= TRUE ) + { + // reset focus to first control + FRAME_DATA *frame = page->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + UINT32 i; + + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++ ) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, i ) ) + { + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = 0; + break; + } + } +//EIP: 58925 Start + if(IsLinkHistorySupport()) + { + // tell application that we need to change pages + Status = GetParentFormID((UINT16)gApp->CurrentPage, &parentPgID, &stackIndex); //Gets the parent page of the current page + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + gApp->CurrentPage = page->PageData.PageParentID; + else + gApp->CurrentPage = parentPgID; //Else set the current page to the parent page + } + else + { + gApp->CurrentPage = page->PageData.PageParentID; + } +//EIP: 58925 End + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + gApp->OnRedraw = SUBMENU_COMPLETE_REDRAW; + } + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } +DONE: + if (gPackUpdatePending) //EIP75588 Update If any pack pending + { + if(!IsActiveControlPresent(page)) + { + SETUP_DEBUG_UEFI_NOTIFICATION ("\n\n[TSE] PageHandleAction () calling ProcessPackNotificationHook() \n\n"); + gEnableProcessPack = TRUE; + Status = ProcessPackNotificationHook (); + gEnableProcessPack = FALSE; + } + } +//EIP: 58925 Start + if(IsLinkHistorySupport()) + { + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS) + { + SetParentFormID(page->PageData.PageID, (UINT16)gApp->CurrentPage); + } + } +//EIP: 58925 End + return Status; +} + +EFI_STATUS PageSetCallback( PAGE_DATA *page, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gObject.SetCallback( page, container, callback, cookie ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PageUpdateMemo +// +// Description: function to update the memo +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page, UINT16 frameNumber, VOID* handle, UINT16 token +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PageUpdateMemo( PAGE_DATA *page, UINT32 frameType, /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID* handle, UINT16 token ) + +{ + MEMO_DATA *memo; + FRAME_DATA *memoFrame; + UINT32 frameIndex; + + frameIndex = StyleFrameIndexOf(frameType); + if ( ( page->FrameCount <= frameIndex ) || ( token == 0 ) ) + return; + + memoFrame = page->FrameList[frameIndex]; + + + if ( memoFrame->ControlCount == 0 ) + return; + + memo = (MEMO_DATA *)memoFrame->ControlList[0]; + memo->ControlData.ControlHandle = handle; + + if(memo->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_MEMO) + UefiSetSubTitleField((VOID *)memo->ControlData.ControlPtr,token); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PageUpdateHelp +// +// Description: function to update the page help +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PageUpdateHelp( PAGE_DATA *page ) +{ + CONTROL_DATA *control; + FRAME_DATA *mainFrame; + + mainFrame = page->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + + _PageUpdateMemo( page, HELP_FRAME, gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_EMPTY_STRING) ); + if ( mainFrame->ControlCount == 0 ) + return; + + if(mainFrame->CurrentControl == FRAME_NONE_FOCUSED) + return; + + control = mainFrame->ControlList[mainFrame->CurrentControl]; + + if ( control->ControlFocus ) + _PageUpdateMemo( page, HELP_FRAME, control->ControlData.ControlHandle, control->ControlData.ControlHelp ); + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PageUpdateSubtitle +// +// Description: function to update the subtitle of the page +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PageUpdateSubtitle( PAGE_DATA *page ) +{ + /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID * hiiHandle = page->PageData.PageHandle; + UINT16 token = page->PageData.PageSubTitle; + + if ( token == 0 ) + { + hiiHandle = gHiiHandle; + token = gScreen->MainCopyright; + } + + _PageUpdateMemo( page, SUBTITLE_FRAME, hiiHandle, token ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PageUpdateTitle +// +// Description: function to update the title of the page +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PageUpdateTitle( PAGE_DATA *page ) +{ + /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID * hiiHandle = page->PageData.PageHandle; + UINT16 token = page->PageData.PageTitle; + + if ( token == 0 ) + { + hiiHandle = gHiiHandle; + token = gScreen->MainTitle; + } + + _PageUpdateMemo( page, TITLE_FRAME, hiiHandle, token ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PageUpdateNavStrings +// +// Description: function to update the title of the page +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PageUpdateNavStrings( PAGE_DATA *page ) +{ + _PageUpdateMemo( page, NAV_FRAME, gHiiHandle, StyleGetNavToken( page->PageData.PageID ) ); +} + + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _PageUpdateFrameStrings +// +// Description: function to update the title of the page +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _PageUpdateFrameStrings( PAGE_DATA *page ) +{ + StyleUpdateFrameStrings(page); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: UpdatePageFocusedItemHelp +// +// Description: function to update the Help in case of First Item focus set. +// +// Input: PAGE_DATA *page +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID UpdatePageFocusedItemHelp(PAGE_DATA *page) +{ + //call the internal function to update the page help + _PageUpdateHelp(page); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HotclickESCaction +// +// Description: function to handle the left click on ESC in Navigation frame. +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID HotclickESCaction(VOID) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + PAGE_DATA *page; + UINT32 stackIndex = 0xFFFFFFFF; + UINT16 parentPgID = 0; + page = gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage]; + + if ( page->PageData.PageParentID == 0 ) + { + gApp->Quit = ExitApplication(); + return; + } + + if ( page->PageData.PageID != page->PageData.PageParentID ) + { + // check for inconsistency here too. + if (CheckInconsistence((PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[page->PageData.PageID]))!= TRUE ) + { + // reset focus to first control + FRAME_DATA *frame = page->FrameList[StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME)]; + UINT32 i; + + for ( i = 0; i < frame->ControlCount; i++ ) + { + if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, i ) ) + { + frame->FirstVisibleCtrl = 0; + break; + } + } + + if(IsLinkHistorySupport()) + { + // tell application that we need to change pages + Status = GetParentFormID((UINT16)gApp->CurrentPage, &parentPgID, &stackIndex); //Gets the parent page of the current page + if(Status != EFI_SUCCESS) + gApp->CurrentPage = page->PageData.PageParentID; + //gApp->CurrentPage = gNavStartPage; //If the parent page was not found or invalid, go to the first page + else + gApp->CurrentPage = parentPgID; //Else set the current page to the parent page + } + else + { + gApp->CurrentPage = page->PageData.PageParentID; + } + + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + gApp->OnRedraw = SUBMENU_COMPLETE_REDRAW; + } + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + + if(IsLinkHistorySupport()) + { + if(Status == EFI_SUCCESS) + { + SetParentFormID(page->PageData.PageID, (UINT16)gApp->CurrentPage); + } + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PrntScrnKeyHandleaction +// +// Description: Function to handle PrintScreenKeyto get screen image as BltBuffer and save as BMP file to a available filesystem +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS WriteDataToFileWrapper (CHAR16 *filename, VOID *Data, UINTN length, UINT32 index); +EFI_STATUS PrntScrnKeyHandleaction() +{ + BMP_IMAGE_HEADER *BmpBuffer=NULL; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + EFI_TIME time; + + CHAR16 *Title = L"Snap of current page:"; + CHAR16 *Msg = NULL; + CHAR16 *Filename = NULL; + UINT8 Sel = 0; + UINTN StartX = 0, StartY = 0, Width = 0, Height = 0; + UINT32 variable = 0xffff; + + + gAddBgrtResolutions = 1; + Height = (UINTN)(gGOP->Mode->Info->VerticalResolution); + Width = (UINTN)(gGOP->Mode->Info->HorizontalResolution); + + SetGetBgrtCoordinates (&StartX,&StartY,&Width,&Height,TRUE); + + //Converting blt buffer to BMP + BmpBuffer = ConvertBlt2Bmp (); + + if (BmpBuffer) + { + //List available FileSystem + Status = FileBrowserLaunchFileSystem(variable); + + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + PostManagerDisplayMsgBox (L"PrintScreen Error!!",L"Screen is not captured",MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,&Sel); + goto DONE; + } + + gRT->GetTime( &time, NULL ); + + if (NULL == gPageTitle) + { + gPageTitle = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool ( (EfiStrLen(L"TSE_Snap")+1)*sizeof(CHAR16) ); + EfiStrCpy (gPageTitle, L"TSE_Snap"); + } + + Filename = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool ( (EfiStrLen(gPageTitle)+16)*sizeof(CHAR16));//length of title and time format (HH-MM-SS) and .BMP character + if (NULL == Filename) + { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + + SPrint(Filename,((EfiStrLen(gPageTitle)+16)*sizeof(CHAR16)),L"%s_[%02d-%02d-%02d].BMP",gPageTitle,time.Hour,time.Minute,time.Second ); + Status = WriteDataToFileWrapper (Filename,BmpBuffer,BmpBuffer->Size,gSelIdx); + + if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) + { + Msg = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (EfiStrLen(L"Image is stored with name : ") + EfiStrLen (Filename) + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + + if (NULL == Msg) + { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + + SPrint(Msg,( (EfiStrLen(L"Image is stored with name : ") + EfiStrLen (Filename)+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) ),L"Image is stored with name : %s",Filename); + PostManagerDisplayMsgBox (Title,Msg,MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,&Sel); + } + + else + PostManagerDisplayMsgBox (L"Error Message",L"Failed to save to a file",MSGBOX_TYPE_OK,&Sel); + } + +DONE: + if (BmpBuffer) //EIP-123310 memory leak + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&BmpBuffer); + if (Filename) + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&Filename); + if (Msg) + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&Msg); + if (gPageTitle) + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)&gPageTitle); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PrntScrnKeyNotification +// +// Description: PrntScrnKeyNotification Function handle PrntScrnKey action +// +// Input: CHAR16 * +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID PrntScrnKeyNotification(APPLICATION_DATA *app, HOTKEY_DATA *hotkey, VOID *cookie ) +{ + if ( TRUE == TsePrintScreenEventSupport ( ((HOTKEY_DATA*)hotkey)->HotKeyData.Key.ScanCode ) ) + PrntScrnKeyHandleaction(); +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2013, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/page.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/page.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33abbc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/page.h @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/page.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 6 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:01a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/page.h $ +// +// 6 10/18/12 6:01a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 8 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +// +// 7 7/06/06 6:37p Arunkumars +// Include tiano.h instead of efi.h +// +// 6 2/06/05 11:15a Jerryp +// Full hotkey support +// +// 5 1/14/05 7:09p Jerryp +// First integration code with boot to shell. +// Still a bug in booting to shell from FV +// +// 4 1/13/05 7:14p Jerryp +// Added new method to Control class +// Added RUNTIME_DEBUG_SUPPORT option +// Fixed flushing error with memo +// Added update to help of date control +// Removed all fake HII stuff +// +// 3 1/13/05 10:37a Jerryp +// Latest updated +// Added ifdef for fake HII info +// +// 2 1/06/05 11:31a Jerryp +// Moved callback from Control to Object +// Better class heirarchy definitions through #define +// +// 1 12/30/04 5:35p Jerryp +// Initial checkin +// ** Still some debugging code in place +// ** Not all object/controls work as expected +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: page.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle page level operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _PAGE_H_ +#define _PAGE_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "object.h" +#include "action.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "hotkey.h" + +#define PAGE_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + PAGE_INFO PageData; \ + UINT32 CurrentFrame; \ + UINT32 FrameCount; \ + FRAME_DATA **FrameList; \ + UINT32 HotKeyCount; \ + HOTKEY_DATA **HotKeyList; + +typedef struct _PAGE_METHODS PAGE_METHODS; + +typedef struct _PAGE_DATA +{ + PAGE_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + PAGE_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +PAGE_DATA; + +#define PAGE_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _PAGE_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + PAGE_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern PAGE_METHODS gPage; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS PageCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS PageDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS PageInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS PageDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS PageHandleAction( VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *data ); +EFI_STATUS PageSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +VOID _PageUpdateMemo( PAGE_DATA *page, UINT32 frameType, /*EFI_HII_HANDLE*/VOID * handle, UINT16 token ); + +VOID _PageUpdateHelp( PAGE_DATA *page ); +VOID _PageUpdateSubtitle( PAGE_DATA *page ); +VOID _PageUpdateTitle( PAGE_DATA *page ); +VOID _PageUpdateNavStrings( PAGE_DATA *page ); +VOID _PageUpdateFrameStrings( PAGE_DATA *page ); + +#endif /* _PAGE_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/popup.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/popup.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39ec33d --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/popup.c @@ -0,0 +1,613 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/popup.c $ +// +// $Author: Premkumara $ +// +// $Revision: 14 $ +// +// $Date: 5/03/14 6:22p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/popup.c $ +// +// 14 5/03/14 6:22p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP135665 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// Corrected condtion to display multi-line string +// +// 13 5/03/14 4:01p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP135665 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE get hangs, when long string is given as title for +// password +// [Root Cause] TSE is not handling properl when PasswordTitle length +// exceeds screen width +// [Solution] Handled password title length based on screen width and +// given support to display title in multiple lines. +// [Files] postmgmtext.c, Popup.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 12 5/02/14 1:03p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP154407 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] NVMe Driver - AddBootOption Hang +// [RootCause] System hangs When popup->width(NvMe driver path) is more +// than +// gmaxcol. +// [Solution] Added condition to initialize the popup->width = +// gmaxcol-10 when +// it exceeds gmaxcol. +// [Files] popup.c +// +// 11 2/11/14 9:01p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 10 12/06/13 4:49a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP135665 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Comments] Corrected condtion properly for password and +// string type control +// +// 9 12/03/13 9:02a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP135665 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity:] Important +// [Symptom:] TSE get hangs, when long string is given as title for +// password +// [Root Cause] TSE is not handling properl when PasswordTitle length +// exceeds screen width +// [Solution] Handled password title length based on screen width and +// given support to display title in multiple lines. +// [Files] postmgmtext.c, Popup.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupPassword.c +// +// 8 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 10 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 7 12/01/11 1:39a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP73236 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Large amounts of allocated memory are not freed +// [Files] Expression.c, PopupEdit.c, Popup.c, MessageBox.c, Menu.c, +// Memo.c, +// +// 6 11/21/11 8:55a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP69104 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Not to destroy the controls if it is NULL +// [Files] control.c, edit.c, Label.c, memo.c, menu.c, ordlistbox.c, +// popup.c, PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c. +// +// 5 6/28/11 10:14a Madhans +// To remove ";" in unwanted case. +// +// 4 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 3 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 4 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:52p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:05p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: popup.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle popup operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +POPUP_METHODS gPopup = +{ + PopupCreate, + PopupDestroy, + PopupInitialize, + PopupDraw, + PopupHandleAction, + PopupSetCallback, + PopupSetFocus, + PopupSetPosition, + PopupSetDimensions, + PopupSetAttributes, + PopupGetControlHight +}; + +extern BOOLEAN IsShowPromptStringAsTitle(VOID);//EIP-116315 password string +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and creates the Popup menu +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupCreate( POPUP_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POPUP_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create( object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gPopup; + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys the Popup menu +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupDestroy( POPUP_DATA *popup, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == popup) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( popup, FALSE ); + + if( freeMem ){ + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popup->Title );//EIP-73236 + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popup->Help1 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popup->Help2 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popup->Help3 ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&popup ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupInitialize +// +// Description: this function uses the initialize function of control +// and initializes the Popup menu +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupInitialize( POPUP_DATA *popup, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( (CONTROL_DATA *)popup, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + popup->PopupBorder = POPUP_SINGLE_BORDER; //Default border + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: GetLineCount +// +// Description: function to get line count and max width. +// +// Input: CHAR16 *line, UINT8 *Width +// +// +// Output: UINTN +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +UINTN PopupGetLineCount(CHAR16 *line) +{ + CHAR16 * text; + UINTN i=1; + CHAR16 * String=line; + + + while(1) + { + CHAR16 save; + + text = String; + if ( *String == L'\0' ) + break; + + while ( ( *String != L'\n' ) &&( *String != L'\r' ) && ( *String != L'\0' ) ) + String++; + + save = *String; + *String = L'\0'; + + + if ( ( *String = save ) != L'\0' ) + { + if ( *String == L'\r' ) + { String++; + i--; + } + if ( *String == L'\n' ) + { + String++; + + if ( *(String - sizeof(CHAR16)) == L'\r' ) + i++; + } + } + else + break; + i++; + } + return i; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupDrawString +// +// Description: function to draw string in a popup menu with attributes +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, CHAR16 *Str,UINT16 Top +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID PopupDrawString(POPUP_DATA *popup, CHAR16 *Str,UINT16 Top) +{ + CHAR16 *PadTitle = NULL; + UINTN Height = 0; + UINT16 OpCode = 0xFF; + + + if ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER*)popup->ControlData.ControlPtr) //If it has valid control pointer + { + //Skipping ESC code color not to print title in color for Popup controls like OneOf,CheckBox,String,Password(based on token IsShowPromptStringAsTitle) + if( (popup->ControlData.ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUPSEL) || + (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)popup->ControlData.ControlPtr)->OpCode == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP) || + (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)popup->ControlData.ControlPtr)->OpCode == CONTROL_TYPE_ORDERED_LIST) || + ( IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() && ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)popup->ControlData.ControlPtr)->OpCode == EFI_IFR_PASSWORD_OP ) + ) + { + Str = TseSkipEscCode(Str); + } + } + + if ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER*)popup->ControlData.ControlPtr) //If it has valid control pointer + OpCode = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER*)popup->ControlData.ControlPtr)->OpCode; + + //If control is of Password OR String type, and Multiline is supported + if ( ( (OpCode == EFI_IFR_PASSWORD_OP ) || (EFI_IFR_STRING_OP == OpCode) ) && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported() ) + { + if (Str) + { + Height=(EfiStrLen(Str) / popup->Width)+(((EfiStrLen(Str) % popup->Width) > 0)?1:0); + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute (popup->Left+2, Top, popup->Width-3, Height, Str, 0); + } + } + + else + { + if ( Str != NULL ) + { + PadTitle = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (popup->Width + 3) * sizeof(CHAR16) ); + + //If no multiline support truncating the long string and showing ... at last + if((TestPrintLength( Str) / (NG_SIZE)) > popup->Width) + { + UINTN Index=HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(Str ,popup->Width); + Str[Index-4] = L'\0'; + Str[Index-5] = L'.'; + Str[Index-6] = L'.'; + Str[Index-7] = L'.'; + } + + if ( PadTitle != NULL ) + SPrint( PadTitle, (EfiStrLen(Str)) * sizeof(CHAR16), L" %s ",Str ); + } + + if ( PadTitle ) + { + DrawStringJustified( 0, gMaxCols, Top, JUSTIFY_CENTER, PadTitle ); + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&PadTitle); + } + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupDraw +// +// Description: function to draw popup menu with attributes +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupDraw( POPUP_DATA *popup ) +{ + UINTN NumOfHelpLines = 0, NumOfTitleLines = 0; + CHAR16 *String = NULL, *text = NULL; + UINTN i=0; + + + BOOLEAN bShadow = StyleGetShadowSupport() ; + popup->Top = (UINT16)(gMaxRows - popup->Height) / 2; + popup->Left = (UINT16)(gMaxCols - popup->Width) / 2; + + //EIP154407 System hangs if popup->Width is more than gMaxCols + if( popup->Width > gMaxCols) + { + popup->Width = (UINT16)(gMaxCols - 10); + } + + + if(popup->Style == POPUP_STYLE_NORMAL) + { + DrawWindow( popup->Left, popup->Top, popup->Width, popup->Height, + (UINT8)(popup->BGColor | popup->FGColor) , popup->Border, bShadow ); + + if ( popup->Title != NULL ) + PopupDrawString(popup,popup->Title,popup->Top); + } + else + { +#define TITLE_LINES 1 +#define HELP_LINES 3 + + + if ( popup->Title != NULL ) + NumOfTitleLines = 2 ; + + if ( popup->Help1 != NULL ) + NumOfHelpLines = PopupGetLineCount(popup->Help1)+1 ; + + + DrawWindow( popup->Left, popup->Top-NumOfTitleLines, popup->Width, popup->Height+NumOfHelpLines+NumOfTitleLines, + (UINT8)(popup->BGColor | popup->FGColor), FALSE, FALSE ); + + if(NumOfTitleLines) + DrawBorder( popup->Left, popup->Top-NumOfTitleLines, popup->Width, NumOfTitleLines+1 ); + if(NumOfHelpLines) + DrawBorder( popup->Left, popup->Top+popup->Height-1, popup->Width, NumOfHelpLines+1); + DrawBorder( popup->Left, popup->Top-NumOfTitleLines, popup->Width, popup->Height+NumOfHelpLines+NumOfTitleLines ); + + if ( popup->Title != NULL ) + PopupDrawString(popup,popup->Title,popup->Top-1); + + //if ( popup->Help1 != NULL ) + // PopupDrawString(popup,popup->Help1,popup->Top+popup->Height); + + String = popup->Help1 ; + + for(i=0;i<NumOfHelpLines;i++) + { + CHAR16 save; + + text = String; + if ( *String == L'\0' ) + break; + + while ( ( *String != L'\n' ) &&( *String != L'\r' ) && ( *String != L'\0' ) ) + String++; + + save = *String; + *String = L'\0'; + + if((TestPrintLength( text ) / (NG_SIZE)) > (UINTN)(popup->Width-2)) + EfiStrCpy( &text[HiiFindStrPrintBoundary(text,(UINTN)(popup->Width-5))],L"..."); + + PopupDrawString(popup, text, (UINT16)(popup->Top+popup->Height+i)); + + + if ( ( *String = save ) != L'\0' ) + { + String++; + if ( ( *String == L'\r' ) || ( *String == L'\n' ) ) + String++; + } + } + } + + return gControl.Draw( popup ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set the Popup callback +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSetCallback( POPUP_DATA *popup, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return gControl.SetCallback( popup, container, callback, cookie ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupHandleAction +// +// Description: Function to handle the Popup Edit actions +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupHandleAction( POPUP_DATA *popup, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + //do nothing here, the action is handled on the child class either listbox or messagebox + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSetFocus( POPUP_DATA *popup, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set focus +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: Status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSetPosition( POPUP_DATA *popup, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( popup, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set the dimentions of the editable popup menu +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSetDimensions( POPUP_DATA *popup, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( popup, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set the dimentions of the editable popup menu +// +// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupSetAttributes( POPUP_DATA *popup, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( popup, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: PopupGetControlHight +// +// Description: Function unsuppored. +// +// Input: VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS PopupGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} + + +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Norcross, Suite 200, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/popup.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/popup.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31768b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/popup.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/popup.h $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 7 $ +// +// $Date: 10/18/12 6:02a $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/popup.h $ +// +// 7 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 9 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 6 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 5 2/26/10 8:54p Madhans +// For TSE 2.01.1024. refer changelog.log for file checkin history . +// +// 6 2/26/10 1:30p Madhans +// To avoid build issues with EDK. +// +// 5 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 4 8/17/09 12:27p Presannar +// Removed References to Tiano.h and replaced it with Efi.h +// +// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar +// Added File Headers for Header Files +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:06p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:58p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: popup.h +// +// Description: Header file for code to handle popup operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#ifndef _POPUP_H_ +#define _POPUP_H_ + +#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY +#include "Tiano.h" +#else +#include "Efi.h" +#endif + +#include "control.h" + +// popup constants +#define POPUP_SINGLE_BORDER 1 +#define POPUP_DOUBLE_BORDER 2 + +#define POPUP_STYLE_NORMAL 0 +#define POPUP_STYLE_BBS 1 + +#define POPUP_MEMBER_VARIABLES \ + CHAR16 *Title; \ + UINT16 PopupBorder; \ + BOOLEAN Border; \ + BOOLEAN Shadow; \ + UINT16 Style; \ + CHAR16 *Help1; \ + CHAR16 *Help2; \ + CHAR16 *Help3; + +typedef struct _POPUP_METHODS POPUP_METHODS; + +typedef struct _POPUP_DATA +{ + POPUP_METHODS *Methods; + + OBJECT_MEMBER_VARIABLES + CONTROL_MEMBER_VARIABLES + POPUP_MEMBER_VARIABLES + +} +POPUP_DATA; + +#define POPUP_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + +struct _POPUP_METHODS +{ + OBJECT_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + CONTROL_METHOD_FUNCTIONS + POPUP_METHOD_FUNCTIONS +}; + +extern POPUP_METHODS gPopup; + +// Object Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupCreate( VOID **object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupDestroy( VOID *object, BOOLEAN freeMem ); +EFI_STATUS PopupInitialize( VOID *object, VOID *data ); +EFI_STATUS PopupDraw( VOID *object ); +EFI_STATUS PopupHandleAction(VOID *object, ACTION_DATA *Data); +EFI_STATUS PopupSetCallback( VOID *object, VOID *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ); + +// Control Methods +EFI_STATUS PopupSetFocus(VOID *object, BOOLEAN focus); +EFI_STATUS PopupSetPosition(VOID *object, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top); +EFI_STATUS PopupSetDimensions(VOID *object, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height); +EFI_STATUS PopupSetAttributes(VOID *object, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor); +EFI_STATUS PopupGetControlHight( VOID *object,VOID *frame, UINT16 *height ); + +#endif /* _POPUP_H_ */ + + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/time.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/time.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a55a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/time.c @@ -0,0 +1,1121 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2013, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/time.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 33 $ +// +// $Date: 5/01/14 11:27p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/time.c $ +// +// 33 5/01/14 11:27p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP128948 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] TSE security code check failure for using uninitialized +// variable "Action" +// [RootCause] Action variable in TimeHanldeActionKeyMouse and +// _PostPopupEditGetValues is not initialized +// [Solution] Initialized Action variable. +// [Files] Time.c, TseAdvanced.c +// +// 32 5/01/14 3:46p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP123727 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Enabling Multiline and in Boot option priorities, Clicking +// on second or third line of the boot item is not selecting boot options +// menu +// [RootCause] Proper Condition was not there to check whether Mouse +// Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Solution] Added Proper Condition to check whether Mouse Click +// is within the Width and Height of Control or not. +// [Files] Date.c, time.c, frame.c, SubMenu.c, numeric.c, +// PopupString.c, PopupSel.c, ordlistbox.c, PopupPassword.c, UefiAction.c, +// +// 31 2/11/14 9:03p Arunsb +// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label +// +// 30 11/06/13 1:24a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP128948 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] TSE security code check failure for using uninitialized +// variable "Action" +// [RootCause] Action variable in TimeHanldeActionKeyMouse and +// _PostPopupEditGetValues is not initialized +// [Solution] Initialized Action variable. +// [Files] Time.c, TseAdvanced.c +// +// 29 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 13 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 28 4/05/12 7:26a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP87122,85508,86449 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Numeric in old style, softkbd issues +// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Mouse.c, Date.c, edit.c, frame.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, time.c +// +// 27 2/02/12 1:18p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351,75352,75384 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, boot.c, TseAdvanced.c,Time.c, PopupEdit.c, +// MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 26 1/11/12 7:41a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP79965 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Unable to set the date and time with the soft keyboard and +// mouse +// [RootCause] Softkbd disabled even the control is active +// [Solution] Disabled the softkbd only when control is inactive +// [Files] Date.c and time.c +// +// 25 12/08/11 7:02p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 77070 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- "-"key can not loop the time setting.. +// [Files] +// time.c +// +// 24 12/07/11 9:01a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moved the UefiPreControlUpdate function call in time.c +// and date.c to the appropriate place. +// [Files] time.c, date.c +// +// 23 11/30/11 12:32a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75351 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static +// code analyzer +// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, +// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c +// +// 22 11/28/11 5:00a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP73231 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Callback handling :For interactive controls updating +// the currnet vaule in cache even when hii callback returns error status. +// [Files] Date.c, SubMenu.c, ordlistbox.c, time.c, UefiAction.c, +// hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c, HiiCallback.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c +// +// 21 11/21/11 11:02a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP72610 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Moving TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS to Binary +// [Files] AMITSE-CommonHelper.c, AMITSE.sdl, +// TSELITE-UefiAction.c, TseLite.sdl, Time.h, Text.c, +// SubMenu.c, ResetButton.c, PopupString.c, PopupSel.h, PopupSel.c, +// PopupPassword.c, OrderListBox.c, Numeric.c, Label.c, Frame.c, Edit.c, +// Date.h, Date.c, +// LEGACY-Legacy.c, +// BOOTONLY- Minisetup.h +// +// 20 11/20/11 8:20a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP62763 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Utilize the Improvements done from mouse driver in +// AMITSE +// [Files] HookAnchor.h, TseCommon.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, +// commonoem.c, commonoem.h, buffer.c, globals.c, HookAnchor.c, +// minisetup.h, notify.c, postmgmt.c, protocol.c, ezport.c, stylecommon.c, +// Mouse.c, Action.c, Date.c, frame.c, MessageBox.c, minisetupext.c, +// minisetupext.h, numeric.c, numeric.h, page.c, PopupEdit.c, PopupEdit.h, +// PopupPassword.c, postmgmtext.c, time.c. +// +// 19 11/19/11 11:49a Arunsb +// EIP 65222 changes has been removed for 2.14 release. Now it is added. +// +// 18 11/14/11 6:55p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 75486 +// [Category]- Function Request +// [Synopsis]- Support grayout condition for readonly controls. +// [Description] - Display readonly controls as grayout, non-selectable. +// [Files] +// AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetupext.h, stylecommon.c, Legacy.c, +// date.c, edit.c, label.c, memo.c, menu.c,, numeric.c, ordlistbox.c, +// PopupPassword.c, +// PopupSel.c, PopupString.c, ResetButton.c, SubMenu.c, Text.c, Time.c, +// UefiAction.c, ctrlcond.c, +// +// 17 8/26/11 6:34p Blaines +// [TAG] EIP68354 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [RootCause] Callback was invoked during periodic update for time and +// date controls without EFI_IFR_REFRESH_OP. +// [Solution] Callback is only invoked for interactive controls. +// [Files] TseLite: Time.c, Date.c, +// Uefi21: Parese.c, Uefi21Wrapper.c +// +// 16 8/18/11 4:13a Arunsb +// Reverted back to (INT)4.6.2_TSE_2_14_1219 source for making TSE Lite +// release. +// +// 15 8/02/11 9:49a Arunsb +// EIP 65222 fix uploaded again after the public label +// 4.6.2_TSE_2_14_1219. +// +// 14 8/01/11 6:07a Arunsb +// Reverted back to (INT)4.6.2_TSE_2_14_1219 source for making public +// label. +// +// 13 7/28/11 10:36a Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 65222 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Synopsis]- [ECS-DT][Acer][Q67H2-AM]Adjust RTC time issue. +// [Description]- Set Power On by RTC Alarm -> Time(hh:mm:ss) function +// error. When set 59 at second(ss) column. Press decrease key(-) and the +// second(ss) value can't be modified. +// [Solution] - In Case 2, change "if( (Tm.Second > 0) && (Tm.Hour > +// time->Min ) )" to "if( (Tm.Second > 0) && (Tm.Second > time->Min ) )" +// [Files changed] - Time.c +// [Functions changed] - TimeDecrease +// +// 12 6/15/11 4:43p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP61650 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Minor +// [Symptom] Cannot edit time field when using new "time" format +// [RootCause] Default refresh interval set to all the time variables +// [Solution] Default refresh interval provided only for RTC time +// variable +// [Files] time.c, date.c, parse.c and uefihpktool.exe +// +// 11 3/09/11 7:23p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP48615 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] To support UEFI 2.1 RefreshOp. Based in Refersh Rate +// Controls are refershed periodically. +// [Files] minisetupext.h +// SubMenu.h +// SubMenu.c +// Memo.c +// Memo.h +// numeric.c +// numeric.h +// time.c +// Date.c +// PopupSel.c +// PopupSel.h +// PopupString.c +// PopupString.h +// ordlistbox.c +// minisetupext.c +// UefiAction.c +// hii.h +// Uefi20wapper.c +// hiicallback.c +// Parse.c +// tseuefihii.h +// Uefi21wapper.c +// +// 10 11/30/10 2:07p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 48979 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- Both Date & Time controls of setup menu do not display +// gray-out color when the controls are in the gray-out state. +// +// [Rootcause] - Improper use of color variable for Date and Time controls +// in the draw function. +// [Solution] - Proper use of color variables to handle normal and +// gray-out state for these controls. +// [Files] - date.c and time.c +// +// 9 11/17/10 3:08p Madhans +// [TAG] - EIP 48433 +// [Category]- Defect +// [Severity]- Mordarate +// [Symptom]- While editing Date and Time control pressing +// Pageup/PageDown/Home keys +// causes to leave Date&Time in the Edit state but changes foucs. +// [Rootcause] - Default case of Action handling not done for Date and +// Time controls. +// [Solution] - Add the Default action handle caes for this controls. +// [Files] - date.c and time.c +// +// 7 11/10/10 7:02p Blaines +// EIP 47037: Add range checks to properly edit and update date/time. +// +// 6 6/04/10 12:53p Blaines +// Add support for UEFI 2.1 date and time controls +// +// 5 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans +// Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 4 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans +// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history. +// +// 6 2/19/10 8:18a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 5 2/17/10 7:03p Madhans +// To suppor readonly control +// +// 4 1/09/10 6:46a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:53p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 3 6/03/09 11:22a Blaines +// reverting back to alpha labled version +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:07p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 5 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 3/31/09 4:07p Madhans +// Fix for EDK version +// +// 3 2/05/09 10:15a Madhans +// Style Module created. +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: Time.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle Time control operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +TIME_METHODS gTime = +{ + TimeCreate, + TimeDestroy, + TimeInitialize, + TimeDraw, + TimeHandleAction, + TimeSetCallback, + TimeSetFocus, + TimeSetPosition, + TimeSetDimensions, + TimeSetAttributes, + TimeGetControlHeight +}; + +static EFI_TIME EditTime; +CHAR16 TimeTempNum[3]; +BOOLEAN CheckKeyinHotKeysList(AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA Key); +VOID _TimeUpdateEntry(TIME_DATA *time); +EFI_STATUS _TimeHandleActionKeyMouse( TIME_DATA *time, ACTION_DATA *Data); + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _TimeDecrease +// +// Description: to decrease the time, i.e. Hours/Mins/Secs based on the selection +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, UINT16 Selection +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _TimeDecrease(TIME_DATA *time ) +{ + EFI_TIME Tm; + + time->ControlActive =TRUE; + //gRT->GetTime(&Tm,NULL); + UefiGetTime(&time->ControlData, &Tm); + + + switch(time->Sel ) + { + case 0: + if((Tm.Hour > 0) && (Tm.Hour > time->Min )) + Tm.Hour--; + else + Tm.Hour = /*(time->Max < 23)? (UINT8)time->Max :*/ 23 ; //EIP 77070 + StrZeroPad(Tm.Hour, TimeTempNum); //Update the static time string + break; + case 1: + if( (Tm.Minute > 0) && (Tm.Minute > time->Min )) + Tm.Minute--; + else + Tm.Minute = /*(time->Max < 59)? (UINT8)time->Max :*/ 59; //EIP 77070 + StrZeroPad(Tm.Minute, TimeTempNum); //Update the static time string + break; + case 2: + if( (Tm.Second > 0) && (Tm.Second > time->Min ) ) + Tm.Second--; + else + Tm.Second = /*(time->Max < 59)? (UINT8)time->Max :*/ 59; //EIP 77070 + StrZeroPad(Tm.Second, TimeTempNum); //Update the static time string + break; + } + + UefiSetTime(&time->ControlData, &Tm); + //gRT->SetTime(&Tm); + time->ControlActive =FALSE; + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _TimeIncrease +// +// Description: to increase the time, i.e. Hours/Mins/Secs based on the selection +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, UINT16 Selection +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _TimeIncrease(TIME_DATA *time ) +{ + EFI_TIME Tm; + time->ControlActive =TRUE; + //gRT->GetTime(&Tm,NULL); + UefiGetTime(&time->ControlData, &Tm); + + switch(time->Sel ) + { + case 0: + if(Tm.Hour < 23) + Tm.Hour++; + else + Tm.Hour =0; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Hour, TimeTempNum); //Update the static time string + break; + case 1: + if(Tm.Minute <59) + Tm.Minute++; + else + Tm.Minute =0; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Minute, TimeTempNum); //Update the static time string + break; + case 2: + if(Tm.Second <59) + Tm.Second++; + else + Tm.Second =0; + StrZeroPad(Tm.Second, TimeTempNum); //Update the static time string + break; + } + + //gRT->SetTime(&Tm); + UefiSetTime(&time->ControlData, &Tm); + time->ControlActive =FALSE; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeCreate +// +// Description: this function uses the create function of control +// and creates and sets the timer +// +// Input: TIME_DATA **object +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeCreate( TIME_DATA **object ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + if ( *object == NULL ) + { + *object = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(TIME_DATA) ); + + if ( *object == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + Status = gControl.Create(object ); + if ( ! EFI_ERROR(Status) ) + (*object)->Methods = &gTime; + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeDestroy +// +// Description: this function uses the destroy function of control +// and destroys the timer +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, BOOLEAN freeMem +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeDestroy( TIME_DATA *time, BOOLEAN freeMem ) +{ + if(NULL == time) + return EFI_SUCCESS; + + gControl.Destroy( (CONTROL_DATA *)time, FALSE ); + + if ( freeMem ) + { + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&time->EditTime); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&time ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeInitialize +// +// Description: this function uses the Initialize function of control +// and initializes the time +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, VOID *data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeInitialize( TIME_DATA *time, VOID *data ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + Status = gControl.Initialize( (CONTROL_DATA *)time, data ); + if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) + return Status; + + // add extra initialization here... + time->ControlData.ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(time->ControlData.ControlPtr); + time->Interval = (UINT8)time->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh; + time->LabelMargin = (UINT8)gControlLeftMargin; + time->Sel=0; + time->ControlFocus=FALSE; + time->ControlActive = FALSE; + time->EditTime = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(EFI_TIME) ); + if ( time->EditTime == NULL ) + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + + SetControlColorsHook(NULL, NULL, + NULL, &(time->FGColor), + &(time->SelBGColor), &(time->SelFGColor), + &(time->BGColor), &(time->NSelFGColor), + NULL, &(time->LabelFGColor), + &(time->NSelLabelFGColor), + NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL); + + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeDraw +// +// Description: function to draw time with attributes +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeDraw( TIME_DATA *time ) +{ + CHAR16 *t,text[50]; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT8 ColorTime = time->NSelFGColor ; + UINT8 ColorLabelTime = (time->ControlFocus)? time->LabelFGColor : time->NSelLabelFGColor ; + CHAR16 txt[6]; + + if(!(time->ControlActive)) + //Status= gRT->GetTime(&EditTime,NULL); + UefiGetTime(&time->ControlData, time->EditTime); + + + // check conditional ptr if necessary + //EIP 75486 Support grayout condition for readonly controls + //if ( time->ControlData.ControlConditionalPtr != 0x0 ) + //{ + switch( CheckControlCondition( &time->ControlData ) ) + { + case COND_NONE: + break; + case COND_GRAYOUT: + Status = EFI_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE; + ColorTime = ColorLabelTime = CONTROL_GRAYOUT_COLOR; + break; + default: + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + break; + } + //} + t = HiiGetString( time->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(time->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + if (NULL == t){ + t = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16)); + if(!t) + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + EfiStrCpy(t,L" "); + } + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(time->Height>1 && IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + DrawMultiLineStringWithAttribute( time->Left , time->Top, + (UINTN)(time->LabelMargin - time->Left),(UINTN) time->Height, + t,time->BGColor | ColorLabelTime ); + } + else + { + // boundary overflow check + if ( EfiStrLen( t ) > (UINTN)(time->LabelMargin - time->Left )/*21*/ ) + t[time->LabelMargin - time->Left ] = L'\0'; + + DrawStringWithAttribute( time->Left , time->Top, (CHAR16*)t, + time->BGColor | ColorLabelTime ); + } + MemFreePointer((VOID **)&t); + + EfiStrCpy(text,L"[ : : ]"); + DrawStringWithAttribute( time->Left + time->LabelMargin, time->Top, (CHAR16*)text, + time->BGColor | ColorTime ); + + DrawStringWithAttribute( time->Left + time->LabelMargin +1 , time->Top, + ( (time->Sel==0) && (time->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? TimeTempNum :StrZeroPad( time->EditTime->Hour,txt), + (UINT8)((((time->Sel == 0) && (time->ControlFocus)) ? + time->SelBGColor | time->SelFGColor : + time->BGColor | ColorTime )) ); + + DrawStringWithAttribute( time->Left + time->LabelMargin + 4 , time->Top, + ( (time->Sel==1) && (time->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? TimeTempNum :StrZeroPad( time->EditTime->Minute,txt), + (UINT8)( (((time->Sel == 1) && (time->ControlFocus)) ? + time->SelBGColor | time->SelFGColor : + time->BGColor | ColorTime )) ); + + DrawStringWithAttribute( time->Left + time->LabelMargin +7 , time->Top, + ( (time->Sel==2) && (time->ControlActive == TRUE ) ) ? TimeTempNum :StrZeroPad( time->EditTime->Second,txt), + (UINT8)( (((time->Sel == 2) && (time->ControlFocus)) ? + time->SelBGColor | time->SelFGColor : + time->BGColor | ColorTime )) ); + + FlushLines(time->Top, time->Top); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeHandleAction +// +// Description: function to handle the actions of time +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeHandleAction( TIME_DATA *time, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + if ( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_TIMER ) + { + if(time->ControlActive) + return Status; + + if (0 == time->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh) //EIP61650 If control not has refresh no need of proceeding + return Status; + + if(IsActiveControlPresent(gApp->PageList[gApp->CurrentPage])) + return Status; + + if( --(time->Interval) == 0 ) + { + // initialize the interval + time->Interval = (UINT8)(time->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlRefresh); + return UefiRefershQuestionValueNvRAM(&(time->ControlData)); + } + else + return Status; + } + + if ( ! time->ControlFocus ) + return Status; + + if (( Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY )||(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)) + return _TimeHandleActionKeyMouse(time, Data); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _TimeHandleActionKeyMouse +// +// Description: function to handle the action key of time +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, ACTION_DATA *Data +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _TimeHandleActionKeyMouse(TIME_DATA *time, ACTION_DATA *Data) +{ + CONTROL_ACTION Action = ControlActionUnknown; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + EFI_TIME Tm; + AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA key = Data->Input.Data.AmiKey; + if(time->ControlData.ControlFlags.ControlReadOnly) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + + + //Get time + //gRT->GetTime( &Tm, NULL ); + UefiGetTime(&time->ControlData, &Tm); + + + //Get mapping + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) + { + Action = MapControlKeysHook(key); + } + else if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + { + if(ControlActionSelect == MapControlMouseActionHook(&Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo)) + { + //EIP-123727 check whether MouseTop is within the Height and Width of Time Control or not + if( (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)time->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(time->Top+time->Height)) && + (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)time->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(time->Left+time->Width)) + ) + { + Action = ControlActionSelect; + } + } + } + + switch(Action) + { + case ControlActionNextLeft: +//#if !SETUP_STYLE_EZPORT +#if SETUP_STYLE_AWARD + if ( time->ControlActive ) + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + + if ( time->Sel == 0 ) + time->Sel = 2; + else + time->Sel--; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; +#endif + + case ControlActionNextRight: + if ( time->ControlActive ) + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + +#if SETUP_STYLE_AWARD + if ( time->Sel == 2 ) + time->Sel = 0; + else + time->Sel++; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; +#endif + break; + + case ControlActionNextUp: + case ControlActionNextDown: + if ( time->ControlActive ) + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + break; + + case ControlActionAbort: + if ( time->ControlActive ) + { + time->ControlActive = FALSE; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + break; + + case ControlActionSelect: + if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE) + NumericSoftKbdInit(); + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + _TimeUpdateHelp( time ); +// for EZPORT: expressely to go to next entry in time control after hitting enter +//#if ! SETUP_STYLE_EZPORT +#if SETUP_STYLE_AWARD + break; +#endif + case ControlActionNextSelection: + if ( time->ControlActive ) + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + + if ( time->Sel == 2 ) + time->Sel = 0; + else + time->Sel++; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionPrevSelection: + if ( time->ControlActive ) + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + + if ( time->Sel == 0 ) + time->Sel = 2; + else + time->Sel--; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + case ControlActionDecreament: + if(time->ControlActive) + { + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + } + _TimeDecrease( time ); + time->ControlActive = TRUE; //Set control state to active, so that control string is updated with the static time string + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionIncreament: + if(time->ControlActive) + { + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + } + _TimeIncrease( time ); + time->ControlActive = TRUE; //Set control state to active, so that control string is updated with the static time string + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + break; + + case ControlActionNumeric: + if( !(time->ControlActive)) + { + time->ControlActive = TRUE; + switch(time->Sel) + { + case 0: //month + SPrint(TimeTempNum,sizeof(TimeTempNum),L"%d", time->EditTime->Hour); + break; + case 1: // day + SPrint(TimeTempNum,sizeof(TimeTempNum),L"%d", time->EditTime->Minute); + break; + case 2: //year + SPrint(TimeTempNum,sizeof(TimeTempNum),L"%d", time->EditTime->Second ); + break; + } + } + + + if(EfiStrLen(TimeTempNum)>1) + TimeTempNum[0] = TimeTempNum[1]; + + TimeTempNum[1] = key.Key.UnicodeChar; + Status = gTime.Draw(time); + break; + default: + if ( time->ControlActive ) + _TimeUpdateEntry(time); + break; + } + + if( (((!time->ControlActive)||(!IsMouseClickedonSoftkbd())) && (TSEMouseIgnoreMouseActionHook() == TRUE) )&& + (((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY) && + ((Action == ControlActionNextLeft) ||(Action == ControlActionNextRight) ||(Action == ControlActionNextUp) ||(Action == ControlActionNextDown) ||(Action == ControlActionPageUp) ||(Action == ControlActionPageDown) ||(Action == ControlActionAbort) ||(Action == ControlActionHome) ||(Action == ControlActionEnd) ||(CheckKeyinHotKeysList(key))) ) || + ((Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_MOUSE)&&((!((Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top >= (UINT32)time->Top) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Top < (UINT32)(time->Top+time->Height))&&(Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left >= (UINT32)time->Left) && (Data->Input.Data.MouseInfo.Left < (UINT32)(time->Left+time->Width))))||(Action == ControlActionAbort)))) + ) + { + NumericSoftKbdExit();//EIP62763 : Check for softkbd presence and existing the numeric softkbd + } + _TimeUpdateHelp( time ); + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeSetCallback +// +// Description: Function to set callback. +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeSetCallback( TIME_DATA *time, OBJECT_DATA *container, OBJECT_CALLBACK callback, VOID *cookie ) +{ + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeSetFocus +// +// Description: Function to set focus. +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, BOOLEAN focus +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeSetFocus(TIME_DATA *time, BOOLEAN focus) +{ + if(focus != FALSE) + { + if ( CheckControlCondition( &time->ControlData ) ) + return EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + } + + if( !(time->ControlFocus && focus) ) + { + time->ControlFocus = focus; + // set the selected field to Hour + time->Sel = 0; + _TimeUpdateHelp( time ); + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeSetPosition +// +// Description: Function to set position. +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeSetPosition(TIME_DATA *time, UINT16 Left, UINT16 Top ) +{ + return gControl.SetPosition( time, Left, Top ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeSetDimensions +// +// Description: Function to set time dimension. +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeSetDimensions(TIME_DATA *time, UINT16 Width, UINT16 Height ) +{ + return gControl.SetDimensions( time, Width, Height ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeSetAttributes +// +// Description: Function to set time attributes. +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeSetAttributes(TIME_DATA *time, UINT8 FGColor, UINT8 BGColor ) +{ + return gControl.SetAttributes( time, FGColor, BGColor ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: TimeGetControlHeight +// +// Description: Function to set time height. +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time, frame, UINT16 *height +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS TimeGetControlHeight(TIME_DATA *time,VOID *frame , UINT16 *height) +{ + //EIP-72610 TSE_MULTILINE_CONTROLS moved to binary + if(IsTSEMultilineControlSupported()) + { + CHAR16 *newText = NULL,*text=NULL; + UINT16 Width; + + *height = 1; + Width = (UINT16)(time->LabelMargin - (((FRAME_DATA*)frame)->FrameData.Left + (UINT8)gControlLeftPad)); + text = HiiGetString( time->ControlData.ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(time->ControlData.ControlPtr)); + + newText = StringWrapText( text, Width, height ); + + (*height) = (*height) ? (*height):1; + + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text ); + } + else + { + *height = 1; + } + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _TimeUpdateHelp +// +// Description: function to update the help of time +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _TimeUpdateHelp( TIME_DATA *time ) +{ + UINT16 helpToken = time->ControlData.ControlHelp; + + switch ( time->Sel ) + { + case 0: + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(time->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_TIME_HOUR,&helpToken,&time->Min,&time->Max); + break; + + case 1: + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(time->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_TIME_MIN,&helpToken,&time->Min,&time->Max); + break; + + case 2: + UefiGetDateTimeDetails(time->ControlData.ControlPtr,AMI_TIME_SEC,&helpToken,&time->Min,&time->Max); + break; + default: + break; + } + + time->ControlData.ControlHelp = helpToken; + +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _TimeUpdateEntry +// +// Description: function to update the entries in Time +// +// Input: TIME_DATA *time +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _TimeUpdateEntry(TIME_DATA *time) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + if ( time->ControlActive ) + { + // focus stays on the selection becuase we just edited it + switch ( time->Sel ) + { + case 0: + time->EditTime->Hour = (UINT8)atoi(TimeTempNum, 10); + break; + case 1: + time->EditTime->Minute = (UINT8)atoi(TimeTempNum, 10); + break; + case 2: + time->EditTime->Second = (UINT8)atoi(TimeTempNum, 10); + break; + } + + UefiPreControlUpdate(&(time->ControlData)); + UefiSetTime(&time->ControlData, time->EditTime); + //For interactive time control invoke the formcallback functions + if(UefiIsInteractive(&time->ControlData)){//code for callback based on interactive time control + UINT8 Flags = UefiGetFlagsField(time->ControlData.ControlPtr) ; + + + if(CheckTimeFlags(Flags)) + { + //for storage type QF_TIME_STORAGE_NORMAL generate time in EFI_HII_TIME format + + //Call the callbacks passing the generated input value and value size + Status = CallFormCallBack(&time->ControlData, UefiGetControlKey(&time->ControlData), 0, AMI_CALLBACK_CONTROL_UPDATE); + } //else { + //This case would be handled by UefiSetTime() outside + //since this case is directly updated using the runtime services + //} + } + //gRT->SetTime( &EditTime ); + time->ControlActive = FALSE; + } +} +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2012, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/variable.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/variable.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..757d324 --- /dev/null +++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseLite/variable.c @@ -0,0 +1,1488 @@ +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//** **// +//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **// +//** **// +//** All Rights Reserved. **// +//** **// +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **// +//** **// +//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **// +//** **// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/variable.c $ +// +// $Author: Arunsb $ +// +// $Revision: 34 $ +// +// $Date: 2/11/14 8:44p $ +// +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// +// Revision History +// ---------------- +// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseLite/variable.c $ +// +// 34 2/11/14 8:44p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP135606 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Symptom:] SAS Driver Issues. +// [Root Cause] In the function CopyNvramVariableList, the buffered value +// for DynamicPageCount variable is updated from nvram when copying from +// one variable list to another variable list. +// [Solution] In the function CopyNvramVariableList, update the buffered +// value for DynamicPageCount from the cached value of the variable. +// [Files] variable.c +// +// 33 7/02/13 10:09a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP120011 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Variable BootOrder and LegacyDevOrder need +// fool-proofing function when TSE load variabled +// [Files] Bbs.c, Boot.c, Callback.c, TseLiteHelper.c, Variable.c +// +// 32 5/22/13 10:47a Arunsb +// General checks added +// +// 31 10/18/12 6:02a Arunsb +// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission +// +// 14 10/10/12 12:38p Arunsb +// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio +// +// 29 9/17/12 6:20a Rajashakerg +// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release. +// +// 27 9/11/12 3:40p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 100429 +// [Category] - Function Request +// [Synopsis] - "Save and exit" pop up message appear when viewing BBS +// priorities in BIOS menu +// [Root cause] - The function SetupConfigModifiedHook is called whenever +// a variable is modified from Setup. +// [Solution] - Prevent calls to SetupConfigModifiedHook for variables +// that don't affect setup changes. +// [Files] - Variable.c +// +// 26 8/29/12 8:52a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP93954 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Boot Options get corrupted on Loading defaults when +// TseDefaultBootOrder is added. +// [RootCause] Legacy dev order is not updated properly. +// [Solution] Restore Default issue +// [Files] variable.c +// +// 25 5/09/12 7:39a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP71351 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] System hangs with SETUP_RUNTIME_IFR_PROCESSING enabled and +// Intel GIG Undi driver +// [RootCause] The issue is occured when driver is loaded from shell the +// variable is not updated propely in setup +// [Solution] If the variable ist is null then clearing the cache values +// and updaitng the cache with new list +// [Files] variable.c +// +// 24 4/27/12 7:52a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP81402 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] HDD Port Number is not properly updated after adding +// "TseDefaultBootOrder" +// [RootCause] when GROUP_BOOT_OPTIONS_BY_TAG=0 BBSList->Name is not +// returned properly +// [Solution] Returned BBSList->Name properly +// [Files] bbs.c, variable.c +// +// 23 1/24/12 4:42a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP81581 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Default driver order support +// [Files] globals.c, addbootoption.c, callback.c, minisetupext.h and +// variable.c +// +// 22 1/20/12 5:07a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP77875 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Minisetup: Memory leaks in text browser +// [Files] Uefi21Wapper.c, hiistring21.c, variable.c +// +// 21 12/16/11 1:36a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP76381 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Performance: Improving variable data load and usage. +// Upto TSE entering into setup the +// variables are read from +// NVRAM in setup it will read from +// temporary buffer. +// +// 20 12/05/11 5:43a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP76381 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Performance: Improving variable data load and usage +// [Files] callback.c, minisetupext.c, variable.c, variable.h, +// minisetup.h, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c +// +// 19 12/02/11 8:21a Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP75524 +// [Category] Improvement +// +// 18 11/30/11 11:29p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP75588 +// Build error correction +// +// 17 11/30/11 1:31p Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP75352 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer +// [Files] Boot.c, bbs.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, Variable.c, +// TseLiteHelper.c, PopupSel.c, AddBootOption.c, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c +// +// 16 11/30/11 6:39a Premkumara +// [TAG] EIP71351 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Setup Crash when iSCSI is loaded +// [RootCause] Aptio giving length as 0xe(matches size of +// EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION) but in latest EDKII driver it is 0x1c. +// [Solution] change the length as j += ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER*)(buff + i + +// j))->Length; +// [Files] Parse.c, Hii.c, Variable.c, Minisetupext.c +// +// 15 11/23/11 5:11a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP75473 +// [Category] Improvement +// [Description] System Time is not updated every second +// [Files] variable.h, variable.c, FormBrowser2.c, TseUefiHii.h, +// Uefi21Wapper.c, hii.h, uefi20Wapper.c +// +// 14 11/13/11 1:09p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP70421 +// [Category] New Feature +// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE +// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini, +// boot.c, +// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c, +// addbootoption.c, +// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h, +// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h, +// TseElink.h, variable.h, +// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni +// +// 13 10/31/11 9:37a Rajashakerg +// [TAG] EIP71120,71512 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] BIOS gets stuck in infinite loop On enabling +// TSE_LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN token,In first boot incorrect devices is +// disabled in Setup & BBS table but in second boot the correct device is +// disabled in both places. +// [Solution] Hidden option handled properly. +// [Files] TseLite\variable.c, TseLite\minisetupext.c, TseAdvanced.c, +// special.c, BootOnly\minisetup.h,BootOnly\boot.c, BootOnly\bbs.c +// +// 12 9/28/11 12:38p Arunsb +// [TAG] EIP69143 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] CPU exception +// [RootCause] Accessing gVariableList even it is NULL in +// VarUpdateVariable function. +// +// [Solution] gVariableList initialized by calling VarLoadVariables +// [Files] TseLite\variable.c +// +// 10 8/23/11 1:25p Arunsb +// In _VarUpdate function if VarGetNvram returns NULL then no need to +// update the buffer +// +// 9 5/11/11 12:07p Madhans +// [TAG] EIP54219 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Important +// [Symptom] Language Popup Control will not update correctly +// CHINESE_TRAD,CHINESE_SIMP used togather. +// [RootCause] The Current Language is not read from the NVRAM fully and +// compared. It was reading only 2 bytes for Lanugage comparition. +// [Solution] _VarGetRealValue function fixed to compare the Current +// Lang from NVRAM is read and compared with supported languages. +// [Files] variable.c +// +// 8 3/23/11 8:38p Blaines +// [TAG] - EIP 23601 +// [Category]- Enhancement +// [Symptom]- Add support for OEM special controls. +// [Files] - AmiTse.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Setup.ini, UefiSetup.ini, +// AmiVfr.h, minisetup.h, minisetup.sdl, variable.c, special.c +// +// 7 1/07/11 12:23a Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP51619 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] Changing the option in the "HDD BBS Priority" option not +// reflected in the boot options list. +// [RootCause] Boot page is not updated properly with changes made by +// BBS HDD BBS Priority +// [Solution] Updated the boot page with changes made by BBS HDD BBS +// Priority +// [Files] special.c, variable.c +// +// 6 12/24/10 12:56p Mallikarjunanv +// [TAG] EIP 46296 +// [Category] Bug Fix +// [Severity] Normal +// [Symptom] HDD BBS priority option having two same entries in its list +// (with 2 SATA HDD, 1 USB drive emulated as FDD) +// [RootCause] The defaults for BBS order variable not initialized +// properly. +// [Solution] Fixed the issue by properly initializing the defaults for +// BBS order variable. +// +// [Files] variable.c +// +// 5 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans +// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details. +// +// 9 9/13/10 4:43p Madhans +// BBSReOrderDefultLegacyDevOrder() function checks if the +// DefaultLegacyDevOrder can be considered or not. (if the device list is +// different from LegacyDevOrder then DefaultLegacyDevOrder is ignored.) +// on that case make the Size of gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ] +// also 0. +// +// 8 2/19/10 8:19a Mallikarjunanv +// updated year in copyright message +// +// 7 2/18/10 8:26p Madhans +// To take care NOGET and NOSET Attribs from Exetendedflags of +// VariableInfo +// +// 6 1/27/10 9:30a Mallikarjunanv +// EIP-24971: Tse features without tse sources support update for token +// SETUP_SUPPORT_PLATFORM_LANG_VAR +// +// 5 1/09/10 7:10a Mallikarjunanv +// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards +// +// 4 9/15/09 9:52a Sudhirv +// //to Ignore the DefaultLegacyDevOrder if is size is not matching with +// LegacyDevOder. +// +// 3 6/23/09 6:53p Blaines +// Coding standard update, +// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list +// creation. +// +// 2 6/12/09 7:44p Presannar +// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0 +// +// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans +// +// 1 4/28/09 11:07p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 4 4/28/09 9:40p Madhans +// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin. +// +// 3 3/31/09 4:13p Madhans +// UEFI 2.1 Support +// +// 2 1/30/09 6:06p Madhans +// Function headers added. +// +// 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans +// Intial version of TSE Lite sources +//*****************************************************************// +//*****************************************************************// + +//<AMI_FHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Name: variable.c +// +// Description: This file contains code to handle variable operations +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_FHDR_END> + +#include "minisetup.h" + +extern UINTN gSetupCount; + +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Variables +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +NVRAM_VARIABLE *gCurrNvramVarList = (NVRAM_VARIABLE *)NULL; +UINTN gCurrNvramVarCount = 0; + +CHAR8 *gPrevLanguage; +UINTN gPrevLangSize = 0; +BOOLEAN gSetupUpdated = FALSE;//EIP:51619 Flag which represents the setup update + +#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT +EFI_STATUS OEMSpecialUpdateOneOf(UINT16 newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID OUT **buffer); +#endif // SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT + +UINT8 IsBootOptionsGroupingEnabled (void); //EIP-93954 To Restore BootOption default issue + +//EIP 76381 : START +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: GetNvramVariableList +// +// Description: Gets all system variables +// +// Input: NVRAM_VARIABLE **RetNvramVarList - Returns pointer to the var list +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else EFI_ERROR +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS GetNvramVariableList(NVRAM_VARIABLE **RetNvramVarList) +{ + EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvVarlist = (NVRAM_VARIABLE *)NULL; + UINT32 index = 0; + + if ( (gCurrNvramVarList == NULL) || (gVariables->VariableCount != gCurrNvramVarCount) || (gPostStatus <= TSE_POST_STATUS_ENTERING_TSE)) + { + gCurrNvramVarList = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(gVariables->VariableCount * sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE)); + if(gCurrNvramVarList == NULL) + { + status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + + // Get the Current Values from the NVRAM + nvVarlist = gCurrNvramVarList; + for(index = 0; index < gVariables->VariableCount; index++, nvVarlist++){ + nvVarlist->Buffer = VarGetNvram(index, &nvVarlist->Size); + if ((0 != nvVarlist->Size) && (NULL == nvVarlist->Buffer)) + { + nvVarlist->Buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (nvVarlist->Size); + } + } + gCurrNvramVarCount = gVariables->VariableCount; + } + status = CopyNvramVariableList(gCurrNvramVarList, RetNvramVarList); + +DONE: + return status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CleanTempNvramVariableList() +// +// Description: Clean up the current retrive variable list +// +// Input: None +// +// Output: VOID +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID CleanTempNvramVariableList() +{ + NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvVarlist = (NVRAM_VARIABLE *)NULL; + UINT32 index = 0; + + if(gCurrNvramVarList != NULL){ + nvVarlist = gCurrNvramVarList; + for(index = 0; index < gCurrNvramVarCount; index++, nvVarlist++){ + MemFreePointer(&nvVarlist->Buffer); + } + } + gCurrNvramVarCount = 0; + MemFreePointer(&gCurrNvramVarList); + gCurrNvramVarList = (NVRAM_VARIABLE *)NULL; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: CopyNvramVariableList +// +// Description: Copies variable buffer from one var list to another var list +// +// Input: NVRAM_VARIABLE *SrcVarList - Source variable list +// NVRAM_VARIABLE **DestVarList - Destination variable list +// +// Output: EFI_STATUS status - EFI_SUCCESS if successful, else EFI_ERROR +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS CopyNvramVariableList(NVRAM_VARIABLE *SrcVarList, NVRAM_VARIABLE **DestVarList) +{ + EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT32 index = 0; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *varPtr = (NVRAM_VARIABLE *)NULL; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *currVarPtr = (NVRAM_VARIABLE *)NULL; + + *DestVarList = (NVRAM_VARIABLE *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(gVariables->VariableCount * sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE)); + if(*DestVarList == NULL){ + status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + + varPtr = *DestVarList; + currVarPtr = SrcVarList; + for(index = 0; index < gVariables->VariableCount; index++, varPtr++, currVarPtr++) + { + if((varPtr->Buffer == NULL) && (currVarPtr != NULL) && (currVarPtr->Size != 0)) + { + varPtr->Buffer = EfiLibAllocatePool(currVarPtr->Size); + if(varPtr->Buffer == NULL){ + status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } else{ + if (currVarPtr->Buffer) + { + //EIP-135606: Update the buffered value for DynamicPageCount from the cache. + if(index == VARIABLE_ID_DYNAMIC_PAGE_COUNT) + VarGetValue( VARIABLE_ID_DYNAMIC_PAGE_COUNT, 0, sizeof(UINT16), currVarPtr->Buffer ); + MemCopy( varPtr->Buffer, currVarPtr->Buffer, currVarPtr->Size ); + } + varPtr->Size = currVarPtr->Size; + } + } + } +DONE: + return status; +} +//EIP 76381 : END + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarLoadVariables +// +// Description: function to load the variables +// +// Input: VOID **list, NVRAM_VARIABLE *defaultList +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS VarLoadVariables( VOID **list, NVRAM_VARIABLE *defaultList ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT32 index; + + NVRAM_VARIABLE *varPtr; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *defaultVar = defaultList; + + if(*list != NULL)//EIP 71351 : If the list is null then clearing the cache values and updaitng the cache with new list + CleanTempNvramVariableList(); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)list ); + + if( ( ! gVariables ) || ( gVariables->VariableCount == 0 ) ) // fatal error + while(1); + + Status = GetNvramVariableList((NVRAM_VARIABLE **)list); + if(EFI_ERROR(Status)){ + goto DONE;//EIP 76381 :Performance Improving of variable data load and usage + } + + varPtr = *list; + for ( index = 0; index < gVariables->VariableCount; index++, varPtr++, defaultVar++ ) + { + if ( ( varPtr->Buffer == NULL ) && ( defaultList != NULL ) && ( defaultVar->Size != 0 ) ) + { + varPtr->Buffer = EfiLibAllocatePool( defaultVar->Size ); + if ( varPtr->Buffer == NULL ) + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + else + { + MemCopy( varPtr->Buffer, defaultVar->Buffer, defaultVar->Size ); + varPtr->Size = defaultVar->Size; + } + } + + if ( varPtr->Buffer == NULL ) // If varPtr->Buffer is still NULL Skip the variable. + continue; + + //Introduce DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION in place of disabled options + //for mem copy of BootOrder and BBSOrder + if(gBootData && (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == index)) + { + UINT16 *BootOrder = (UINT16 *)varPtr->Buffer; + BOOT_DATA *pBootData; + UINTN i; + + for(i=0; i<(varPtr->Size / sizeof(UINT16)); i++) + { + pBootData = BootGetBootData(BootOrder[i]); //Should yield a valid option + if(NULL != pBootData) //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + { + if ( (!(pBootData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) && (!(pBootData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) ) + BootOrder[i] = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + } + } + } + //Introduce DISABLED_DRIVER_OPTION in place of disabled options + //Change the DriverOrder cache + else if (gDriverData && (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == index)) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + { + UINT16 *DriverOrder = (UINT16 *)varPtr->Buffer; + BOOT_DATA *pDriverData; + UINTN i; + + for (i = 0; i < (varPtr->Size / sizeof (UINT16)); i++) + { + pDriverData = DriverGetDriverData (DriverOrder[i]); //Should yield a valid option + if (pDriverData) + { + if ( (!(pDriverData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE)) && (!(pDriverData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN)) ) + DriverOrder [i] = DISABLED_DRIVER_OPTION; + } + } + } + else if(VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER == index) + { + BBS_ORDER_TABLE *TypeEntry, *TSEDevOrder = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *) varPtr->Buffer; + UINTN i,j,count; + + TypeEntry = TSEDevOrder; + for(i=0; i < varPtr->Size;) + { + if ( ( TypeEntry->Length >= varPtr->Size) || (0 == TypeEntry->Length) ) //EIP-120011 + { + break; + } + + count = TypeEntry->Length / sizeof(UINT16) - 1; + + for(j=0; j < count; j++) + { + if(TypeEntry->Data[j] & BBS_ORDER_DISABLE_MASK) + TypeEntry->Data[j] = DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; + } + + count = sizeof(UINT32) + TypeEntry->Length; + TypeEntry = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)((UINTN)TypeEntry + count); + i += count; + } + } + } + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarBuildDefaults +// +// Description: function to build the default variables +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS VarBuildDefaults( VOID ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + + UINT8 *newBuffer = NULL; + UINT8 *DefDrvBuffer = NULL; + UINTN size = 0; + + Status = VarBuildAMIDefaults(); + + if(Status == EFI_UNSUPPORTED) + { + Status = HiiLoadDefaults( (VOID **)&gFailsafeDefaults,(UINT32) HiiGetManufactuingMask() ); // Allocates Space and filles + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + Status = HiiLoadDefaults( (VOID **)&gOptimalDefaults, (UINT32) HiiGetDefaultMask() ); // Allocates Space and filles + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + return Status; + + } + + //EIP-46296: reset default values of BBS order variable. + if ( gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer != NULL ) { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer ); + } + if ( gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer != NULL ) { //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer ); + } + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Buffer = gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer = gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer = NULL; + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Size = gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Size = gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Size = 0; + + if ( gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Buffer != NULL ) { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Buffer ); + } + if ( gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer != NULL ) { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer ); + } + + gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Buffer = gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer = gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Buffer = NULL; + gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Size = gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Size = gFailsafeDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER ].Size = 0; + + // special provision for language + //VarGetValue( VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE, 0, 3, gPrevLanguage ); + gPrevLanguage = VarGetNvram ( VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE, &gPrevLangSize ); + + //Special provision for "Boot order" and "Legacy dev order" + size = 0; + newBuffer = VarGetNvramName ( L"DefaultBootOrder", &EfiDefaultBootOrderGuid, NULL, &size ); + if(newBuffer) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **) &gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer ); + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Buffer = (UINT8 *)newBuffer; + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ].Size = size; + } + size = 0; //EIP81581 Default driver order support + DefDrvBuffer = VarGetNvramName (L"DefaultDriverOrder", &EfiDefaultDriverOrderGuid, NULL, &size); + if (DefDrvBuffer) + { + MemFreePointer ((VOID **) &gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer); + gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer = (UINT8 *)DefDrvBuffer; + gOptimalDefaults [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Size = size; + } + CsmLoadDefaultLegDevOrder(); + LoadedBuildDefaultsHook(); + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: LoadDefaultLegDevOrder +// +// Description: Function to load default legacy boot order +// +// Input: VOID +// +// Output: VOID +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID LoadDefaultLegDevOrder(VOID) +{ + UINT8 *newBuffer = NULL; + UINTN size = 0; + + newBuffer = VarGetNvramName( L"DefaultLegacyDevOrder", &EfiDefaultLegacyDevOrderGuid, NULL, &size ); + if(newBuffer) + { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Buffer ); + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Buffer = BBSReOrderDefultLegacyDevOrder((BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)newBuffer,size); + //Ignore the DefaultLegacyDevOrder if is size is not matching with LegacyDevOder. + if(gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Buffer == NULL) + size = 0; + gOptimalDefaults[ VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER ].Size = size; + MemFreePointer(&newBuffer); + } +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarGetNvram +// +// Description: function to get the NvRam varible names +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINTN *size +// +// Output: void +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID *VarGetNvram( UINT32 variable, UINTN *size ) +{ + VOID *buffer = NULL; + VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo; + EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + *size = 0; + + varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex( variable ); + if ( varInfo == NULL ) + return buffer; + + if((varInfo->ExtendedAttibutes & AMI_SPECIAL_VARIABLE_NO_GET) == AMI_SPECIAL_VARIABLE_NO_GET) + { + // Don't read from the NVRAM + // But in the Init we may need to take care return empty buffer + NVRAM_VARIABLE *list = gVariableList; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvVar; + if(gVariableList != NULL) + { + nvVar = &list[ variable ]; + if((nvVar!=NULL)&&(nvVar->Size!=0)) + { + *size = nvVar->Size; + //This function Suppose allocate and give the buffer + buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( *size ); + if(nvVar->Buffer != NULL) + MemCopy( buffer, nvVar->Buffer, *size ); + return buffer; + } + } + // If Local catch is not found Just return null. + *size = 0; + return buffer; + } + + if(UefiIsEfiVariable(variable,varInfo)) + { + *size = 0; + if(varInfo->VariableAttributes == 0) + varInfo->VariableAttributes = 0x07; + buffer = VarGetNvramName( varInfo->VariableName, &varInfo->VariableGuid, &varInfo->VariableAttributes, size ); + } + else + { + { + if((varInfo->ExtendedAttibutes & VARIABLE_ATTRIBUTE_VARSTORE) == VARIABLE_ATTRIBUTE_VARSTORE) + *size = varInfo->VariableSize; + status = UefiVarGetNvram(varInfo, &buffer, VAR_ZERO_OFFSET, *size); + if(EFI_ERROR(status)) + { + *size = 0; + } + } + } + return buffer; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarGetNvramQuestionValue +// +// Description: Gets the question value buffer from a specific offset of a +// variable buffer +// +// Input: UINT32 variable +// UINTN offset +// UINTN *size +// +// Output: VOID *buffer - Question value buffer +//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID *VarGetNvramQuestionValue(UINT32 variable, UINTN Offset, UINTN Size) +{ + VOID *buffer = (VOID *)NULL; + VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = (VARIABLE_INFO *)NULL; + EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex( variable ); + if ( varInfo == NULL ) + return buffer; +//EIP 77875 : Minisetup: Memory leaks in text browser + if(UefiIsEfiVariable(variable,varInfo)) + { + UINTN size = 0; + UINT8 *tempBuffer = NULL; + + buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(Size+1); + if(buffer == NULL) + { + status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto DONE; + } + + if(varInfo->VariableAttributes == 0){ + varInfo->VariableAttributes = 0x07; + } + tempBuffer = VarGetNvramName( varInfo->VariableName, &varInfo->VariableGuid, &varInfo->VariableAttributes, &size ); + if(tempBuffer != NULL && size != 0) + { + if((Offset + Size) > size) + { + status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto DONE; + } + MemCopy(buffer, &tempBuffer[Offset], Size); + MemFreePointer(&tempBuffer); + } + } + else + { + { + if((varInfo->ExtendedAttibutes & VARIABLE_ATTRIBUTE_VARSTORE) == VARIABLE_ATTRIBUTE_VARSTORE) + if((Offset + Size) > varInfo->VariableSize) + { + status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto DONE; + } + status = UefiVarGetNvram(varInfo, &buffer, Offset, Size); + } + } +DONE: + return buffer; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarSetNvram +// +// Description: function to set the NvRam varible names +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, VOID *buffer, UINTN *size +// +// Output: status +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS VarSetNvram( UINT32 variable, VOID *buffer, UINTN size ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = (VARIABLE_INFO *)NULL; + + if(buffer == NULL) + { + goto DONE; + } + + varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex(variable); + if(varInfo == NULL) + { + goto DONE; + } + + if((varInfo->ExtendedAttibutes & AMI_SPECIAL_VARIABLE_NO_SET) == AMI_SPECIAL_VARIABLE_NO_SET) + { + // Don't save the variable + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + if(UefiIsEfiVariable(variable,varInfo)) + { + Status = VarSetNvramName( varInfo->VariableName, &varInfo->VariableGuid, varInfo->VariableAttributes, buffer, size ); + } + else + { + Status = UefiVarSetNvram(varInfo, buffer, VAR_ZERO_OFFSET, size); + } + } + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + { + VarUpdateVariable(variable); + } + +DONE: + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _VarGetRealValue +// +// Description: function to get the real value of the variable +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINTN offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _VarGetRealValue( UINT32 variable, UINTN offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINTN i; + + switch ( variable ) + { + case VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE: + { + UINTN varsize=0; + VOID * LangBuf = VarGetNvram( variable, &varsize ); // Read the Variable from Variable Service + for ( i = 0; i < gLangCount; i++ ) + { + if ( ! EfiCompareMem( LangBuf, gLanguages[i].LangCode, varsize ) ) + { + MemSet( buffer, size, 0 ); + *(UINT16 *)buffer = (UINT16)i; + break; + } + } + MemFreePointer(&LangBuf); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _VarSetRealValue +// +// Description: function to set the real value of the variable +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINT32 *offset, UINTN *size, +// VOID *buffer, VOID **realBuffer +// +// Output: status +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _VarSetRealValue( UINT32 variable, UINT32 *offset, UINTN *size, VOID *buffer, VOID **realBuffer ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + UINT16 index = *(UINT16 *)buffer; + + if ( variable == VARIABLE_ID_SETUP ) + { + Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED; + return Status; + } + if (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER == variable) + *size = gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + + if (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == variable) //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + *size = gDriverOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16); + + *realBuffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( *size ); + if ( *realBuffer == NULL ) + { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + return Status; + } + + switch ( variable ) + { + case VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE: + { + if ( index > gLangCount ) + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + else + { + ///EIP-24971:Removed the Token SETUP_SUPPORT_PLATFORM_LANG_VAR dependency from TSE sources + if( PlatformLangVerSupport() ) { + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)realBuffer ); + *size = StrLen8(gLanguages[index].LangCode) +1; + *realBuffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( *size ); + } + else { + *size = 3; + } + + MemCopy( *realBuffer, gLanguages[index].LangCode, *size ); + } + } + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER: + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)realBuffer); + BootUpdateOrder (buffer, offset, size, realBuffer); + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER: //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order + MemFreePointer ((VOID **)realBuffer); + DriverUpdateOrder (buffer, offset, size, realBuffer); + break; + case VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER: + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)realBuffer ); + //BBSUpdateOrder( /*index*/buffer, offset, size, realBuffer ); + Status = CsmBBSUpdateOrder(buffer, offset, size, realBuffer); + break; + +#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT + case VARIABLE_ID_OEM_TSE_VAR: + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)realBuffer ); + Status = OEMSpecialUpdateOneOf( index, offset, size, realBuffer ); + break; +#endif + + default: + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)realBuffer ); + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + break; + } + + return Status; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarGetValue +// +// Description: Function to get var value +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer +// +// Output: STATUS +// +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS VarGetValue( UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer ) +{ + return _VarGetData( variable, offset, size, buffer, FALSE ); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarGetDefaults +// +// Description: Function to get var defaults +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer +// +// Output: STATUS +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS VarGetDefaults( UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer ) +{ + return _VarGetData( variable, offset, size, buffer, TRUE ); +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _VarGetData +// +// Description: function to get variable data +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, +// VOID *buffer, BOOLEAN useDefaults +// +// Output: status +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _VarGetData( UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer, BOOLEAN useDefaults ) +{ + UINT32 TempOffset =offset; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + NVRAM_VARIABLE *list = gVariableList; + + if ( ( useDefaults ) || ( list == NULL ) ) + list = gOptimalDefaults; + + Status = _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_GET_VALUE, list, variable, TempOffset, size, buffer ); + + if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + Status = _VarGetRealValue( variable, offset,size, buffer ); + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarSetValue +// +// Description: Function to set variable value +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer +// +// +// Output: status +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS VarSetValue( UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + VOID *realBuffer = (VOID *)NULL; + + Status = _VarSetRealValue( variable, &offset, &size, buffer, &realBuffer ); + if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) + realBuffer = buffer; + + Status = _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gVariableList, variable, offset, size, realBuffer ); + + if ( ( variable == VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE ) && ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) ) + { + if (NULL != gApp) + { + gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; + } + Status = VarSetNvram( variable, realBuffer, size ); + } + + if ( realBuffer != buffer ) + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&realBuffer ); + + //EIP:100429 Prevent calls to SetupConfigModifiedHook for variables that don't affect setup changes. + if(!( + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_SETUP || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_TIMEOUT || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_USER_DEFAULTS || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_ERROR_MANAGER || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_DEV_INFO || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_AMI_CALLBACK || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_GROUP_INFO || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_OEM_TSE_VAR || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_DYNAMIC_PAGE_COUNT || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_DRV_HLTH_ENB || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_DRV_HLTH_COUNT || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER || + //variable == VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_DRIVER_OPTION || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_PORT_OEM1 || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_PORT_OEM2 || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_PORT_OEM3 || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_PORT_OEM4 || + variable == VARIABLE_ID_PORT_OEM5 )) + { + /// Hook can be used after a control is modified... + SetupConfigModifiedHook(); + gSetupUpdated = TRUE;//EIP:51619 Flag is Set when any of the setup variable is set + } + + + + return Status; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _VarGetSetValue +// +// Description: intermediate function for the set and get operations +// +// Input: UINTN command, NVRAM_VARIABLE *list, UINT32 variable, +// UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer +// +// Output: status +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +EFI_STATUS _VarGetSetValue( UINTN command, NVRAM_VARIABLE *list, UINT32 variable, UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *varInfo; + + if ( ( variable >= gVariables->VariableCount ) || ( buffer == NULL ) || ( size == 0 ) ) + return Status; + + varInfo = &list[ variable ]; + + if ( ( command == VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE ) && ( varInfo->Buffer == NULL ) ) + { + varInfo->Buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( offset + size ); + if ( varInfo->Buffer != NULL ) + varInfo->Size = offset + size; + } + + if ( varInfo->Size == 0 ) + { + varInfo->Buffer = VarGetNvram( variable, &varInfo->Size ); + if ( varInfo->Buffer == NULL ) + return Status; + } + + if ( offset + size > varInfo->Size ) + { + if ( command == VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE ) + { + UINT8 *newBuffer; + + newBuffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( offset + size ); + if ( newBuffer == NULL ) + return Status; + MemCopy( newBuffer, varInfo->Buffer, varInfo->Size ); + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&varInfo->Buffer ); + varInfo->Buffer = newBuffer; + varInfo->Size = offset + size; + } + } + + if ( command == VAR_COMMAND_GET_VALUE ) + { + MemSet( buffer, size, 0 ); + if ( offset + size > varInfo->Size ) + size = varInfo->Size - offset; + if ( varInfo->Size > offset ) + MemCopy( buffer, &varInfo->Buffer[offset], size ); + } + else + MemCopy( &varInfo->Buffer[offset], buffer, size ); + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + return Status; + +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: _VarUpdate +// +// Description: Function to update variable +// +// Input: NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvramVar, UINT32 variable +// +// +// Output: VOID +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID _VarUpdate(NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvramVar, UINT32 variable) +{ + UINT8 *newBuffer; + UINTN nvSize; + + newBuffer = (UINT8 *)VarGetNvram( variable, &nvSize ); + if (NULL == newBuffer) //No need to update the buffer if it is NULL + { + return; + } + MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&nvramVar->Buffer ); + nvramVar->Buffer = newBuffer; + nvramVar->Size = nvSize; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarUpdateVariable +// +// Description: Function to update variable +// +// Input: UINT32 variable +// +// +// Output: VOID +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID VarUpdateVariable(UINT32 variable) +{ + NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvramVar; + EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + + if (NULL == gVariableList) + Status = VarLoadVariables ((VOID **)&gVariableList, NULL); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) + return; + nvramVar = &gVariableList[ variable ]; + _VarUpdate(nvramVar, variable); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarUpdateDefaults +// +// Description: Function to update variable defaults +// +// Input: UINT32 variable +// +// +// Output: VOID +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID VarUpdateDefaults(UINT32 variable) +{ + NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvramVar; + nvramVar = &gFailsafeDefaults[ variable ]; + _VarUpdate(nvramVar, variable); + nvramVar = &gOptimalDefaults[ variable ]; + _VarUpdate(nvramVar, variable); +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarUpdateDefaults +// +// Description: Function to get variable +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, UINTN *size +// +// +// Output: VOID* +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID *VarGetVariable( UINT32 variable, UINTN *size ) +{ + VOID *buffer = NULL; + NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvramVar; + + if ( variable >= gVariables->VariableCount ) + return buffer; + + if(gVariableList == NULL) + return buffer; + + nvramVar = &gVariableList[ variable ]; + if ( nvramVar == NULL ) + return buffer; + + if ( ( *size == 0 ) || ( *size > nvramVar->Size ) ) + *size = nvramVar->Size; + + if(*size == 0) + return buffer; + + buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( *size ); + if ( ( buffer != NULL ) && ( nvramVar->Buffer != NULL ) ) + MemCopy( buffer, nvramVar->Buffer, *size ); + else + *size = 0; + + return buffer; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarGetVariableInfoIndex +// +// Description: Function to get variable info index +// +// Input: UINT32 index +// +// +// Output: VARIABLE_INFO * +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VARIABLE_INFO *VarGetVariableInfoIndex( UINT32 index ) +{ + VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = NULL; + + if ( index < gVariables->VariableCount ) + varInfo = (VARIABLE_INFO *)((UINT8 *)gVariables + gVariables->VariableList[index]); + + return varInfo; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: VarGetVariableInfoId +// +// Description: function to get the ID of the variable information +// +// Input: UINTN command, NVRAM_VARIABLE *list, UINT32 variable, +// UINT32 offset, UINTN size, VOID *buffer +// +// Output: Variable Info +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VARIABLE_INFO *VarGetVariableInfoId( UINT32 varId, UINT32 *index ) +{ + VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = NULL; + UINT32 i; + + for ( i = 0; i < gVariables->VariableCount; i++, varInfo++ ) + { + varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex( i ); + if ( NULL != varInfo && varInfo->VariableID == varId)//EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer + { + if ( index != NULL ) + *index = i; + return varInfo; + } + } + + varInfo = NULL; + return varInfo; +} + +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: BBSReOrderDefultLegacyDevOrder +// +// Description: To reoder the DefaultLegacyDevOrder Variable as TSE reorders +// the LegacyDevOrder based on Boot Order +// +// Input: DefaultLegDevOrder and DefaultLegDevOrderSize +// +// Output: NewDefultLegacyDevOrder +// NULL = if DefaultLegDevOrderSize is not Equal with LegacuDevOrderSize +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID *BBSReOrderDefultLegacyDevOrder(BBS_ORDER_TABLE *DefaultLegDevOrder,UINTN DefaultLegDevOrderSize) +{ + BBS_ORDER_TABLE * LegacyDevOrder,*NewDefultLegacyDevOrder,*TempDevOrder,*NewDevEntry; + UINTN LegacyOrderSize=0; + UINTN count=0; + UINTN i,j; + + LegacyDevOrder = VarGetNvramName( L"LegacyDevOrder", &gLegacyDevGuid, NULL, &LegacyOrderSize ); + + // If the DefaultLegacyDevOrderSize is not Matching with LegacyDevOrderSize (EIP-25288) + if(LegacyOrderSize != DefaultLegDevOrderSize) + return NULL; + + if(DefaultLegDevOrderSize && LegacyDevOrder) + NewDefultLegacyDevOrder = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( DefaultLegDevOrderSize); + else + return NULL; + + NewDevEntry = NewDefultLegacyDevOrder; + for(j=0; j<LegacyOrderSize; ) + { + TempDevOrder = DefaultLegDevOrder; + for(i=0;i<DefaultLegDevOrderSize;) + { + if ( (0 == TempDevOrder->Length) || (TempDevOrder->Length >= DefaultLegDevOrderSize) ) //EIP-120011 + { + return NULL; + } + + count = sizeof(UINT32) + TempDevOrder->Length; + + //If GROUP_BOOT_OPTIONS_BY_TAG is enable + if ( LegacyDevOrder->Type == TempDevOrder->Type && IsBootOptionsGroupingEnabled() ) //EIP-93954 To Restore BootOption default issue + { + MemCopy(NewDevEntry,TempDevOrder,count); //Copying default legacyDevOrder + NewDevEntry = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)((UINTN)NewDevEntry + count); + break; + } + //If GROUP_BOOT_OPTIONS_BY_TAG is disable + else + { + if ( (LegacyDevOrder->Type == TempDevOrder->Type) && (LegacyDevOrder->Data[0] == TempDevOrder->Data[0]) ) + { + MemCopy(NewDevEntry,TempDevOrder,count); //Copying default legacyDevOrder + NewDevEntry = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)((UINTN)NewDevEntry + count); + break; + } + } + + TempDevOrder = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)((UINTN)TempDevOrder + count); + i += count; + } + + //Go to next entry + count = sizeof(UINT32) + LegacyDevOrder->Length; + LegacyDevOrder = (BBS_ORDER_TABLE *)((UINTN)LegacyDevOrder + count); + j += count; + } + + if(((UINTN)NewDevEntry - (UINTN)NewDefultLegacyDevOrder) != LegacyOrderSize) + // Something wrong in the Variables. Lets just use LegacyDevOrder + MemCopy(NewDefultLegacyDevOrder,LegacyDevOrder,LegacyOrderSize); + + return NewDefultLegacyDevOrder; +} +//<AMI_PHDR_START> +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Procedure: HelperGetVariable +// +// Description: Function helper to get variable +// +// Input: UINT32 variable, CHAR16 *name, EFI_GUID *guid, UINT32 *attributes, UINTN *size +// +// +// Output: VOID * +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//<AMI_PHDR_END> +VOID * HelperGetVariable( UINT32 variable, CHAR16 *name, EFI_GUID *guid, UINT32 *attributes, UINTN *size ) +{ + VOID * Buffer; + Buffer = VarGetVariable( variable, size ); + if(Buffer == NULL) + Buffer = VarGetNvram( variable, size ); + return Buffer; +} + +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** +//** ** +//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. ** +//** ** +//** All Rights Reserved. ** +//** ** +//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 ** +//** ** +//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 ** +//** ** +//********************************************************************** +//********************************************************************** |